Sound Periodical

JDubllc Hihvavp

This Volume is for REFERENCE USE ONLY

r«^^lr•^"/»Tr«^lr«virr*^lr«^l^r•^'rr•Ylrr«^"rl(^1y*^"r^^^

• * « • • •

I

RADIO AGE

RESEARCH • MANUFACTURING • COMMUNICATIONS • BROADCASTING • TELEVISION

AV^^ :

:d

Pubr

'c L fbrarjr '^a-'^sas City. Mo.

rtKIUUIOAL DfePl

CTOBER 1948

I

W'xhrii. cjjuiiiil. yi^niJu.Dit is ( M(J'> R.iJi'niiitr'i. Il.ii.in.i. 1/ im/ui/es -ut Icjl, tibove — glamoroiif inu II urmr liros. thttttrv, ulso K'< . I nfiiippvJ.

^^i,^/^^-^'^^/

Cuba's new voice among the nations

• KadiiKcnlro, Station CMQ's SA.OOO.OOO K.ulio f.'\\\, is ("uba's ni:w voice among the nations. In it the newest and m«)st efficient liroadcaslinj; equip- incni is lieaulifulU and function.illv liotised .iniid fine shops, restaurants, an dMkc huilding. and the ne\s Warner Hros. theatre, all welded into a great, modern enterprise.

K( A hails the significant trend toward radio Centers, such as (".MQ. that dramati/e the impor- tance «)f radio t«) the progress of modern nations.

K('A is proud that from microphones lo transmis- sion tower.s.(jMQ uses RC^A equipment. Around the world the voices of the other great hroadcasl- ing stations and networks are RCA equipped, too.

In planning new broadcasting or radio com- munications facilities, consult vour R('A distribu- tor. In radio and electronics. m)u buv wiseb and safeb an\ where in the world when the equipment carries the RCA trade mark, svmbol of quality and leadership.

RCA INTERNATIONAL DIVISION

RADIO CORPORATION of AMERICA

745 FIFTH AVt., NEW YORK, N.Y., U.S.A.

Radio addrtti: RAOIOINTER, N. Y.

INDEX

RADIO AGE, 1941-1949

(Volumes I through VIII)

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

A

Article Number Year

1 Adventure on the Air by H. B. Summers

[April] 1943

2 /ldi!e)i(i(rcs in Marketing by Frank M. Fol-

som [January] 1948

3 Advertising in the Public Interest by Niles

Trammell [January] 1947

4 Allocations, World Conference on Radio by

Philip F. Siling [October] 1947

5 An Exciting Era Ahead by Thomas F. Jovce

[October] 1944

6 A7iniversary Dinner (25th) [January] 1945

7 Antenna, Calculates .... Design [October] 1945

8 Antenna, Neu^ Television [October] 1945

9 Antenna, New Television [Julv] 1946

10 Antenna, Pylon . ... for FM (W. W. Watts

address) [October] 1946

11 Antemta Reduces Interference, Television

[April] 1949

12 Antennas, Better Television (J. B. Elliott ad-

dress) [April] 1946

13 Antennas Point Ahead by Dr. George H.

Brown [April] 1944

14 Army Takes the Air by William Burke Miller

[January] 1943

15 Army-Navy "E" Is Won by RCAM Plant

[October] 1942

16 ASCAP: Close Harmony [October] 1941

17 Atom's Challenge, The, by David Sarnoff

[July] 1946

18 Audience Research : Critics by Request bv

Hugh M. Beville, Jr. [October] ". 1946

19 Auditions for Servicemen [October] 1945

20 Aurora Spells Radio Trouble [October] 1941

21 Australia : Pacific Link [January] 1942

22 Aviation SO Years Ago, Radio and, bv George

H. Clark [July] 1942

B

23 Beat the Promise by Thomas F. Joyce [Octo-

ber] 1941

24 "Berkshire", Introducing the [October] 1947

25 Beverage, Signal Corps Honors RCAC [July] 1944

26 Bikini, Electronics at, by Dr. Arthur F. Van

Dvck [October] 1946

27 Bloomington : RCA to Open Neiv Plant [July] 1949

28 Blue in Neiv Offices [July] 1942

29 "Blue Network Company, Inc." [January] . . . 1942

30 Blue Network: Daytime Programs Change bv

Edgar Kobak [July] '. 1943

31 Blue Network Sale .Announced by RCA [Octo-

ber] 1943

Article Number Year

32 Blue, New Ideas Come Out of the, by Edgar

Kobak [October] 1942

33 Blue, New Offices for, [April] 1942

34 Blue Tries New Program Ideas by Philips

Carlin [January] 1943

35 Bond Sales, f 10,303,600 in [October] 1942

36 Boston Symphony on Blue [January] 1943

37 Brand Names Are Trusted by Frank M. Fol-

soni [April] 1948

38 British Technical Mission Visits KCA. (photo

layout) [January] 1944

39 Broadcasting, 18 Years in, by Niles Trammell

[October] 1944

40 Broadcasting, Plant, by David J. Finn [April] 1944

41 Broadcasting Station, Midget (George McEl-

rath address) [April] 1948

42 Broadicay Play Given Try-Out [January]... 1943

43 Buck Elected President of Radiomarine

[April] 1948

44 Building Human Resources by W. B. Dom-

inick [July] 1944

45 46

47 48

49

50

51

52

53

54 55 56 57 58

59

60

61

Cahill Elected RCA Director, John T. [July] 1946 Camden: Plant Wins "E" With Star [Janu- ary] 1943

Canada Has New Radio Voice [July] 1945

Canada Produces for War, RCA in (photo lay- out) [Julv] 1944

Canada : With RCA— North of the Border by

A. Usher [July] 1943

"CC"/"MCC"/"WCC" by George Clark [Oc- tober] 1942

Chatham, Mass., Scenes from Radio Trans- mitting and Receiving Stations WCC-WIM

(photo layout) [January] 1949

Chatham: New Transrnitter Building Erected

for Station WCC [January] 1949

Chemistry Aids War Work by Clifford Eddi-

son [October] 1943

Chess by Radio [January] 1948

China, RCA Transmitters in [January] 1945

Coin-Operated Radios [April] 1947

College-Radio Plan [July] 1948

Communications — Key to Victory by David

Sarnoff [April] 1949

Communications, Modernized .... Calls for

Trained Personnel by Earl Zack [April] . . 1948 Coynmtmications Secrecy by Ray Hutchens

[April] 1943

Communications with Wings by H. M. Hucke

[April] 1945

Oct 2 3

1950

Article Number Year

62 Courae. A i-Fold Refresher by E. A. Laport

[April] 194«

63 Crystal Iluttleneek Broken, Radio, by Harry

E. Leroy [October] 1943

D

64 Dakar Circuit Opens [April] 1943

65 Distribution Coats Sought, Lower, by E. W.

Butler [July] 1943

66 Distribution, Modern by Frank M. Folsom

[January] lOl"?

67 Drive-In Morries [October] 1946

68 Dun-Cove Sjirakcr by Dr. H. F. Olson and J.

Preston [October] 1946

E

69 Echoes Mtule to Order [October] 1946

70 Ecuador: AVtc Radio Circuit Opens [July]. 1943

71 Ediirnli'^v b'l Radio by Sterling W. Fisher

[April] 1949

72 Education, Radio in, bv Thomas D. Rishworth

[July] 1942

73 Electron Micro-Analyzer: Device Identifies

A tows [January] 1944

74 Electron Microscope Advances [January]... 1943

75 Electron Microscope Aids Dentistry [Janu-

ary] 1946

76 Electron Microscope: Deeper into the Un-

known [January] 1946

77 Electron Microscope: Food Research Aided

[January] 1947

78 Electron Microscope Improved (J. Hillier ad-

dress) [January] 1948

79 Elcrlrov Micrnsrope in Industry by Paul A.

Greenmcyer [April] 1949

80 Electron Microscope iv Xcw Fields by Dr. V.

K. Zworykin [January] 1942

81 Electron Microscope: Penetrating New

Worlds [October] 1941

82 Electron Microxrope Progress by Dr. James

Hillior [April] 1948

83 Electron Microscope: Two New Microscopes

by Perry C. Smith [July] 1044

84 Electron Microscope, Snoth [January] 1947

85 Electron Microscopes Abroad (Meade Brunct

address) [July] 1948

86 Electronic Clock, RCA Laboratories Develops,

[October] 1942

87 Electronic Bean-Sorters by M. J. Carroll

[April] 1946

88 Electrons Make Patterns by Dr. James Hillier

[October] 1946

89 Enijineerinp Advances, Human, by Forrest H.

Kirkpatrick [July] 1942

90 Enijineering Virtues by Alfred N. Goldsmith

[April] 1942

91 Fntrstrom: Research Director [January].... 1944

92 European Outlook Brighter (Sarnoff state-

ment) [April] 1949

93 Export Radios, Designing, by John Vnssos

[July] 1949

A rticle

Number Year

9G FM Policies, RCA Outlines (C. B. Jolliffe and

Niles Trammell statements) [April] 1944

97 FM Radio for Police [January] 1948

98 FM Radios, New Circuit Lowers Cost of (S.

W. Seeley statement) [October] 1945

99 FM Advances, Traces, by Dr. C. B. Jolliffe

[April] 1948

100 Folsom Heads RCA Victor [January] 1944

101 "For This U> Fight" Looks Ahead by Dr.

James R. Angell [July] 1943

102 Foreign Policy", "Our [April] 1945

103 iO Y'cars in Radio by David Sarnoff [October] 1946

104 'iS to See Industrial Pou-cr in Full Force by

James G. Harbord [January] 1943

105 Freedom to Listen (David Sarnoff staten;ent

to UN) [April] 194G

106 Freedom to Listen and Freedom to Look

(David Sarnoff address— UNESCO) [Oc- tober] 1947

107 Fretch Is Honored, Mary [April] 1914

108 Fungus Fighters by Clifford Eddison [July] 1945

109 Future Linked with Science (David Sarnoff

broadcast) [July] 1943

G

110 GJ.s Co Back to School by Charles J. Pannill

[April] 1946

111 Glass Loses Its Glare by Dr. F. H. Nicoll

[July] 1945

112 Glass Reflection Reduced (Dr. F. H. Nicoll

statement) [October] 1941

H

113 Harbord, Enduring Peace Urged by General

[April] 1943

114 Harhnrd is Confident of Invasion's Outcome

[July] 1944

115 Harbord Sees Allied Victory [April] 1942

116 Harris, Commission to, by Mark Woods [July] 1943

117 Honorary Degrees, Three Receive [July].... 1942

118 Honorary Degrees to Folsom and Engstrom

[July] 1949

119 Honored by President, S f January] 1943

120 Hopkins Presents", "Arthur [July] 1944

I

121 Image Orthicon Demonstrated, Neic RCA

[October] 1945

122 India, Radio and Films in (M. Akbar Fazal-

bhoy statement) [April] 1945

123 Industry Training. New Trend in, by R. C.

Maslin [January] 1944

124 Information PleasI by Anita L. Barnard

[July] 1942

125 Ingles Elected President of RCA Communica-

tions [October] 1947

126 Ingira Heads RCA Institutes [Julv] 1947

127 I.R.E. Fellowships, Receive [.\pril] 1949

128 Italy Linked by New RCAC Station, U. S. and

[April] 1944

94 Film Recording at "1,11" by H. P. Bradbury 129

[January] 1949 130

95 Fifhbein Heads Group to Analyze Programs 131

[October] 1942

Jolliffe Elected Director of RCA [October] 1947

Jolliffe Moves Tp [April] 1945

Jungle to Antarctic, From, by S. H. Simpson,

Jr. [July] 1947

Article Nu7nbvr

Year

132 "Know-How" in Radio, The, by Robert Shan-

non [October] 1944

133 "Kukla, Fran & Ollie" [April] 1949

L

134 Lancaster Plant Holds "Open House" [July] 1945

135 Lancaster: New Factory [April] 1942

136 Laiicaster Tube Plant [July] 1946

137 Lixncaster: Tube Plant Enlarged [July] 1948

138 Latin Ainei-ica, Radio in, by Meade Brunet

[October] 1947

139 Latin Americans Get RCAM Neivs Programs

[October] 1942

140 Legion of Merit, Awarded (David Sarnoff —

T. H. Mitchell) [October] 1944

141 Legion of Merit: Awards to RCA Officials

[April] 1946

142 Lifeboat Radio, New, by Charles J. Pannill

[April] 1945

143 Lifeboat Set Saves Si, RCA [July] 1943

144 Listening in from "Middle of Nowhere" by Lt.

Robert Sarnoff [October] 1943

145 Listening Post [October] 1941

146 Loran, Navigating by, by Charles J. Pannill

[July] 1946

M

147 "Macbeth" Sets Video Record [July] 1949

148 MacLeish Series on NBC [April] 1944

149 "Magic Brain" [October] 1941

150 Magnetron, The, by Dr. J. S. Donal, Jr. [Octo-

ber] 1947

151 Making People Shock-proof by Clarence L.

Menser [April] 1942

152 Man and Scie7ice bv David Sarnoff [July] . . . 1949

153 McConnell Elected RCA Executive Vice Presi-

dent, J. H. [July] 1949

154 Messengers: Fast, Reliable, Colorful [Octo-

ber] 1945

155 Metal Detector: Hidden Particles Detected

[April] 1946

156 Metal Detectors in Industry by W. H. Bohlke

[October] 1947

157 Metal Kinescope, Praises IR-Inch <L. W. Tee-

carden statement) [April] 1949

158 Microphones — 1920 to 191,8 by T. A. Smith

[July] 1948

159 Monroe: Sings at .100 Rallirs [January] 1943

160 Monroe Starts New Rally Series, Lucy [Oc-

tober] 1943

161 Morgenthau, Praise from [July] 1943

162 Movies as You Ride [April] 1947

163 Multiplex: 8 Messages — 1 Transmitter [July] 1945

164 Music America Loves Best, RCA Presents

[April] 1944

165 Music Critics Circle in Symphony Award

[July] 1944

166 Music in Industry [April] 1942

167 Music Is a War Weapon by William R. Seth,

Jr. [July] 1945

N

168 N.C.A.C. Formed: Sell Service (Niles Tram-

mell statement) [January] 1942

169 Navy "E" Won by RCAM [April] 1942

Article Number Year

170 Navy "Whips" at RCA Victor [April] 1943

NBC- Ill Awards 6 Feltowshijis by Dr. James Row- land Angell [July] 1944

172 Builds Its Audience by Jean E. Harstone

[October] 1943

173 Ducumcntaries Extended [April] 1949

174 Dramatizes Hoyne Life I January I 1945

175 Heads Visit Fronts by Niles Trammell

[January] 1944

176 in Teaching Project [July] 1944

177 Invasion Reports Win A.cclaim by William

P. Brooks [July] 1944

178 Makes Changes in Executive Staff [Ocioher] 1947

179 Network Policies Revised (Niles Trammell

statement) I April! 1945

180 A'<'7t> Studios [January] 1942

181 Outlines News Policies (William F. Brooks

statement) [July] 1945

182 Prepares for Conventions [April] 1948

183 Recording Studio Produces Army Series

[July] 1944

184 Reporters Cover the War by Clarence L.

Menser [October] 1942

185 San Francisco: Opeyts New Radio City by

Sidney N. Strotz [July] 1942

186 Sets Up Planning Group by William S.

Hedges [January] 1946

187 Stations Lead in Listening Habits Poll

[January] 1945

188 Students iv NBC Competition by Dr. James

R. Angell [April] 1947

189 Studio 8-H Rebuilt by NBC [April] 1942

190 Three Universities Plan Radio Institutes

[April] 1944

191 Tours, 25,000 Servicemen Take Free [Octo-

ber] 1942

192 Trains Employees for Careers by Ernest de

la Ossa [July] 1949

193 University of the Air Opens by Dr. James

R. Anuell and Sterling Fisher [July] . . . 1942

194 "Nipper" Listens In by J. W. Murray [Octo-

ber] 1944

195 New Era in Radio Commtinicatiotis by David

Sarnoff [January] 1945

196 New Role Seen for Radio (David Sarnoff

statement) [July] 1943

o

197 Occupied Nations Hear NBC [October] 1943

198 "One World" Honor (David Sarnoff) [April] 1945

199 Orchestras of the Nation [January] 1945

200 Outlook for the Radio Industry by David Sar-

noff [July] 1947

201 OWI Uses Recording Units [October] 1943

202 Pack Transmitters Grow Smaller [October] . . 1948

203 Pandora, Training for bv J. F. Rigbv [Octo-

bei 1 1946

204 Pandora Plan, The by Thompson H. Mitchell

[July] 1946

205 Paris: Ceremonies Open New Broadcast Fa-

cilities [January] 1948

206 Pasteurizing Milk' by Radio [October] 1947

207 Peace in a Changing World by David Sarnoff

(Phi Beta Kappa) [January] 1949

208 Penicillin, New Systeyn for [January] 1945

209 Penicillin Production, Aids [July] 1944

ArticU Number Year

210 Personnel Aimt Outlined by Forrest H. Kirk-

patrick [October] 1943

211 Phonograph Comes Back by Frank B. Walker

[January] 1942

212 Phosphors Brighten Radio Picture by H. W.

Lcvcrenz [October] 1943

213 Photometer: Measxires Light of Faintest Stars

[October] 1947

214 Photophonc at War by Barton Kreuzer

[April] 1944

215 Plane-to-Shore Message Service Opened

[July] 1947

216 Plastics, Electronics Expands Horizon for

[January] 1944

217 Plastics, Radio and Television Use by J. A.

Millinp [April] 1947

218 Pocket Ear. The [January] 1947

219 Police Radio, Richmond, Va., Installs S-Way

[October] 1948

220 Production Feat, RCA [April] 1943

221 Production Ideas, 50,000 [July] 1944

222 Production, Radio Sets in by Frank M. Fol-

som [October] 1945

223 Production Wins S Awards [October] 1943

224 Programs by Documentation [April] 1948

225 Programs Possible". "Finest (NBC — 15th

Anniversary) [January] 1942

226 Purchase Agreement, Post-War [April] .... 1943

227

228 229 230 231

232

233 234 235

236 237

238

239

240

241 242 243

244

245 246

247 248

249

250

251 252

R

Radar in Aviation by H. M. Hucke (Altim-

etcrs-Loran) IJanuaryl 1946

Radar, Map-Making by [July] 1947

Rndar, Praise for [July] 1948

Radar, School for [October] 1947

Radar, Ship . . . Tested by Charles J. Pannill

[January] 1947

Radar, The Story of by Dr. Irving WolflF [Oc- tober] 1945

Radar, Tugboat [October] 1948

Radar — Wartime Miracle of Radio [July] . . 1943 Radio Across the Atlantic by George H. Clark

[October] 1941

Radio at Sea [October] 1941

Radio at the Ready: 191,1-iS by David Sarnoff

[January] 1942

Radio Communication and its Import in Inter- national Relations by David Sarnoff [Octo- ber] 1946

Radio Heat Seals Plastics by Wiley D. Wenger

[October] 1946

Radio III 191,5-1,6 (David Sarnoff statement)

[January] 194fi

Radio in 19!,6-l,7 by David Sarnoff [January] 1947 Radio in 19^8-1,9 by David Sarnoff [January] 1949 Radio Links All Nations by Thompson H.

Mitchell [October] 1944

Radio oji the High Seas by Charles J. Pannill

[October] 1944

Radio on the "Rack" [July] 1943

Radio, New Advances in ... Foreseen (C. B.

Jolliffe statement) f April] 1945

Radio Relays Surmount .'Storms [April] .... 1948 Radio Reports Ihr War by William F. Brooks

[October] 1943

Radio Rrvtrw and a 19i8 Preview by David

Sarnoff [Januar>] 1948

Radio 'Round the Earth by Jay D. Cook [Oc- tober] 1044

Radio "7 Miles Up", Tritling [July] 1943

Radio, Social Aspects of by Frank E. Mullen [October] 1944

A rticle

Number Year

253 Radio Vital to Victory by James G. Harbord

[January] 1944

Radio Wins High Tribute [April] 1943

Radiomarine Awarded "M" [April] 1943

Radiomarine: New Luxury Liner is RCA-

Equipped [April] 1948

Radiomarine: New Marine Radio Devices

[July] 1946

Radiomarine Orders Rise [April] 1942

Radiomarine Wins Army-Navy "E" [Janu- ary] 1943

Radiophone, River Pilots Laud [April] .... 1948

Radiophoto in Advertising [January] 1945

Radiophoto Service with Stockholm [April]. . 1943 Radiophoto Standards by S. H. Simpson, Jr.,

and R. E. Hammond [January] 1948

Radiophoto Use Expands by S. H. Simpson,

Jr. [July] 1946

Radiophotoed, Music . . . from Moscow [April] 1945

Radiophotos from Cairo [July] 1942

Radiophotos from Russia [October] 1941

Radio's Great Role in the War by James G.

Harbord [October] 1944

Radio's New Services by E. W. Engstrom [Oc- tober] 1944

Radio's War Role Praised [July] 1942

Radiotelegraph Traffic Doubled by Thompson

H. Mitchell [January] 1947

Radiotelephone, New 6-Way by I. F. Byrnes

[April] 1946

Radiothermics Speeds Industry by I. R. Baker

[January] 1943

RCA:

Alert Goes to Camden [October] 1941

and the war (David Sarnoff statement)

[July] 1942

Cadettes Learn about Radio (photo layout)

[July] 1943

Cadettes on Job by Dr. C. B. Jolliffe [April] 1944 Commmiications Circuits .Aid U. S. in War

by William A. Winterbottom [Aprill 1942

Communications: Initiates Rate Reductions

[April] 1946

Communications Training Operators [July] 1942 Expands Communications [January] .... 1946

Earnings Increased in 191,5 [April] 1946

Executives Promoted [January] 1946

Exhibition Hall [July] 1947

Exhibition Hall, Scenes from (photo layout)

[Julv] 1947

Exhibition Hall, The [July] 1949

Fellowships, . . . .Awards by Forrest H.

Kirkpatrick [January] 1948

Frequency Bureau by Philip F. Siling [Jan- uary] 1949

Income Increased in 19i.t [April] 1944

Income Rose in 19 ',2. Gross I April 1 1943

In Service to the Nation (map) [July] .... 1949 Instittites, 1,500 Students in . . . by George

L. Van Dcusen [April] ' 1948

Institutes Holds Graduation (David Sarnoff

address) [July] 1949

Institutes: 600 Enroll [October] 1941

Institutes Training Navy, Marine Corps

Men (Octobcrl 1942

Institutes, Training Technicians at (photo

layout) [October] 1948

Ixtboratories Cornerstone Laid [January] 1942 Laboratories. Dedicate New [October] .... 1942 Laboratories Groups, Names [April] .... 1943 Laboratories, Scenes from (photo layout)

[April] 1945

301 Laboratories Win "E" Award [July] 1943

254 255 256

257

258 259

260 261 262 263

264

265 266 267 268

269

270 271

272

273

274 275

276

277 278

279

280 281 282 283 284 285

286 287

288

289 290 291 292

293

294 295

296

297 298 299 300

Article

Number Year

RCA: (cont'd)

302 Laboratories, Work Begins at Princeton by

Ralph R. Beal [October] 1941

303 Man Back from Japan by J. Francis Harris

[January] 1944

304 Managemetit, Changes in [January] .... 1949

305 Manufacturing Employees in New Victory

Campaign [January] 1942

306 Manufacturing Groivs by Frank M. Folsom

[October] 1944

307 Manufacturing Rally, 60,000 at by J. M.

Smith [October] 1942

308 Men Aid Government Groups by Dr. C. B.

Jollitfe [January] 1942

309 Men Rove War Fronts by W. L. Jones

[January] 1944

310 Plants and Laboratories, Scenes in (photo

layout) [April] 1947

311 Revieiv Ends 2nd Year [April] 1948

312 Salesmen Attend Training Course by W.

Boyce Dominick [July] 1945

313 Service Company: New RCA Subsidiary

[April] 1943

314 Sign Blacked Out [January] 1942

315 Stations on Long Island, Scenes from Trans-

oceanic (photo layout) [July] 1946

316 Stockholders Meet (James G. Harbord ad-

dress) [July] 1944

317 Stockholders Meet (David Sarnoff address)

[July] 1945

318 Stockholders Meet May 5th [April] 1942

319 Stockholders Meeting (David Sarnoff ad-

dress) [July] 1946

320 Stockholders Meeting (David Sarnoff ad-

dress) [July] 1947

321 Stockholders Meeting (David Sarnoff ad-

dress) [July] 1948

322 Stockholders Report, . . . Makes Annual

(David Sarnoff and James G. Harbord statement) [April] 1947

323 Victor Division Formed [January] 1943

324 Victor Division Plants Win "E" Stars, Two

[April] 1943

325 Victor Home Instruments, Latest Models

(photo layout) [July] 1947

326 Workers, Hero Lauds [April] 1943

327 Workers Launch Ship [October] 1943

328 Reading Aids, Electronic I January] 1949

329 Reading by Sounds [October] 1946

330 Record Manufacture, Pact Ends Year-Old

Ban on (David Sarnoff and James Petrillo statements) [January] 1949

331 Record. New Phonograph and (45-rpm) [Jan-

uary] 1949

332 Record Salesmen, Radio's [July] 1947

333 Recording Resumes, Music [January] 1945

334 Records and Record Players Aeclaitned by In-

dustry, Nexv i5-rpm by J. B. Elliott [April] 1949

335 Records and Record Players, Making New

45-rpm (photo layout) [April] 1949

336 Records are Made, Hotv by W. T. Warrender

(photo layout) [April] 1947

337 Records, Unbreakable [October] 1945

338 "Red Netivork" Out as NBC Designation [Oc-

tober] 1942

339 Relaying by Radio by C. W. Hansell [April] 1945

340 Religion, Radio Adds to Story of by Dr. Max

Jordan [April] 1943

341 "Rendezvous with Destiny" (F. D. Roosevelt

speeches) [July] 1946

342 Reporting by Radio by George H. Clark [Janu-

ary] 1943

343 Research Aims, RCA bv Otto S. Schairer

[April] '. 1944

Article Nu77iber Year

344 Research Opens the Way by Otto S. Schairer

[October] 1944

345 Research Points to Ftiture., Radio by E. W.

Engstrom [April] 1943

346 Results of Pioneering by Meade Brunet [Oc-

tober] 1944

347 Retirement Plati, RCA Inaugurates [January] 1945

348 Rome Station, RCA Communications Opens

[July] 1944

349 Royal Wedding Films on Air in Record Time

[January] 1948

350 Russia, Engineers Visit [January] 1946

s

351 Safety and Health by E. M. Tuft [October] . . 1948

352 Sailors Broadcast in 1908 by George H. Clark

[April] 1942

353 Sarnoff Becomes a General [January] 1945

354 Sarnoff, France Honors (Legion of Honor)

[October] 1947

355 Sarnoff Lauds Radio's War Role by David

Sarnoff [January] 1943

356 Sarnoff Looks Ahead by David Sarnoff [Janu-

ai-y] 1944

357 Sarnoff Meets RCA Cadettes in Indiana [Oc-

tober] 1943

358 Sarnoff, President Honors (Medal for Merit)

[April] 1946

359 Sarnoff Receives Top TBA Aivard [January] 1945

360 Sai-noff Speaks at Eisenhower Ceremony [Oc-

tober] 1948

361 Sarnoff Urges Charter for Business [April] . . 1943

362 Scanning Microscope [July] 1942

363 Science at Netv Altitiides by David Sarnoff

[April] 1947

364 Science at New Crossroads by David Sarnoff

[April] 1948

365 Science in Democracy by David Sarnoff [Oc-

tober] 1945

366 Science Seen in New Role (Arthur F. Van

Dyck .<!tatement) [July] 1942

367 Science Urged as Aid to Peace (Ralph R. Beal

address) [October] 1944

368 "Scientific Method" Can Solve Social Problems

by Dr. C. B. Jolliffe [July] 1947

369 Scientists Honored, Three [October] 1948

370 Screens, Making Fine Mesh by Dr. Harold B.

Law [October] 1948

371 Script, Story of a Radio by Richard McDonagh

[July] 1945

372 Sealing Glass to Metal [January] 1947

373 Seeley. I.R.E. Award to [January] 1948

374 Service is the Keynote by W. L. Jones [Oc-

tober] 1944

375 "Sewing" by Radio Shown [July] 1943

376 Shared-Work Plan Succeeds [July] 1945

377 Shipboard, New .... Radio Set by I. F.

Byrnes [July] 1945

378 Short Wave: Destination: Orient by Ray-

mond Guy [July] 1945

379 Short Wave: Gateway to the Hemisphere by

John Ehvood [October] 1941

380 Shortwave: "Invasion" by Radio [April] .. 1945

381 Short Waves, U. S. Leases [Januarv] .... 1943 ."^82 Sicily Fight, RCA Sets Aid [October] 1943

383 Sniperscope-Snooperscope: Seeing in the Dark

(C. B. Jolliffe statement) [Julv] 1946

384 Sonar: U-Boat Nemesis [Julyl 1946

385 Sound, Anniversary in by M. C. Batsel [Octo-

ber] 1946

386 Sound: Listening Tastes Tested (Dr. Harry

F. Olson address) [July] 1947

Article Number Year

387 Sound Speeds the War Effort by George R.

Ewald [October] 1942

388 Sound, Studies in by Dr. Harry F. Olson

[April] 1945

389 Soiiml. The Story of 16mm. by W. W. Watts

[July] 1947

390 Sounds of Progress by Edward C. Cahill [Oc-

tober] 1944

391 Splitting Light Beams by R. H. Heacock [Oc-

tober] 1945

392 Stntiona Built for Allies [July] 1913

393 Stethoacupc, liCA Devclnps I July] 1943

394 Storms, Can . ... be Controlled? (Dr. V. K.

Zworykin address) [April] 1947

395 Styling Sells Sets by H. M. Rundle [January] 1948

396 Sunspots: Engineers Predict Radio Weather

by Henry E. HallborR [October] 1943

397 Sunspots: Solar Storms Forecast [Ju\y] 1948

398 Swarthout: Concert Artist Makes Own Rec-

ords for Study [October] 1947

399 Tangier By-Passes Magnetic Storms, New

Station at [July] 1946

400 Tape Relay System, Approve (Sidney Sparks

address) [July] 1948

401 Tehran Demonstrated [J\i\y'] 1947

402 Teleran—New Air Traffic Aid [October] 1946

403 Tehran, The Story of by Loren F. Jones

[January] 1946

Television : 104 Advances in .... by V. K. Zworykin and

G. A. Morton [October] 1944

405 .4ir6or7if .... Demonstrated (David Samoflf

statement) [April] 1946

406 Airborne History of (V. K. Zworykin

statement) [April] 194r>

407 American .... Shown in Italy [July] .... 1947

408 and Human Rights by Robert P. Myers

[July] 1949

409 ar7rf (/ic r/irafrc by W. W. Watts [July]. . . 1948

410 as Dunamic Sates Force (T. F. Jovce ad-

dress) [April] 1944

411 as Tool of Industry, Bcal Sees .... (Ralph

R. Boal address) [July] 1941

412 at the Conventions fjulyl 1948

413 at the Fight (Louis-Conn) [July] 1946

414 at r.V Council [April] 1940

415 Bolsters U. S. Economy by J. K. West

[April] 1949

416 Bullfight Televised [January] 1947

417 Caravan [July] 1947

418 Casting for .... by Owen Davis, Jr. [Jan-

uary] 1949

419 Color All-Electronic [January'] 1947

•120 Color . ... for Theatres (V. K. Zworykin

address) [Julv] 1947

421 Color Status of (Statements by C. B.

JollifTe. R. D. Kell and G. L. Beers) [January] 1947

422 Congress Opening Televised I Ax<r\^ 1947

423 Convention Films Televised [July] 1944

424 Coverage F.rtended (David Samoflf state-

ment) [January] 1949

425 Cutouts Aid TV Station Planners by Marvin

Gnskill [April] 1949

426 Dollars and Sense by Philip Merryman

[July] 1945

427 Education, A Powerful Tool in Modem by

William H. Knowles [April] 1948

428 Expansion Foreseen (Thomas F. Joyce ad-

dress) [January) 1944

A rtiele

Number Year

Television: (cont'd)

429 Expansion. New Explorations to Open Way

for (C. B. JollifTe statement) [July] 1948

430 Film Dramas for [October] 1948

431 Films and the Human Eye by Dr. Albert

Rose [January] 1947

432 Films for .... by Paul Alley [October] . . 1P4G

433 Finds its Public by Dan Halpin [January] 1948

434 for Harbor Pilots [January] 1948

435 for St. r.ouis [April] 1947

436 Goc8 Afield by Henry E. Rhea [July] 1944

437 Goes Commercial by Alfred H. Morton

[October] 1941

438 Goes to the Fair [October] 1916

439 Harbor Pilots Boost [July] 1949

440 Heads West (Frank M. Folsom address)

[October] 1948

441 Hollywood and .... by Sidney N. Strotz

[January] 1944

442 Hoapital .... [April] 1947

443 in Boston bv Frank M. Folsom [January] . . 1949

444 in Industry (W. W. Watts address) [July] 1949

445 in Spain [October] 1948

446 is Ready to Go (C. B. Jolliffe address) [Jan-

uary] 1946

447 Italy, V. S in by Richard H. Hooper

[October] 1947

448 Joins Radio in Covering Election Returns

by William F. Brooks [October] 1948

449 Kinescope Recordings by Carleton D. Smith

[April] 1949

450 Large-Screen (press demonstration on 16-

by 21-inch screen) [April] 1945

451 Large-screen .... (R. V. Little, Jr. and

L G. Maloflr address — 18- by 24-foot screen) [January] 1948

452 Large-Screen .... by R. V. Little. Jr. (18-

by 24-foot screen) [January] 1949

453 Larger .... Images by I. G. Maloflf [Janu-

ary] 1944

454 Looking-Iv on the Capital by A. Burke

Crotty [April] 1946

455 Milestones [July] 1948

45G More Channels for .... by E. W. Enpstrom

[October] 1948

457 Navy's I'se of . . . . (Sydney H. Eipes ad-

dress) [January] 1948

458 NPC .... Moves to New Quarters [Janu-

ary] 1946

459 NBC .... Plans (Nilcs Trammel! state-

ment) fAprill 1944

460 Network Video Pact. First (Frank E. Mul-

len statement) [April] 1948

461 Networks Join [January] 1919

462 Opening New Era by David SarnofT [April] 1948

463 Opera by Television by Dr. Herbert Graf

[April] 1945

464 "Operation Classroom" bv Gilbert Chase

[July] .■ 1949

465 Outlook ix Bright (David SamoflT state-

ment> [Jubi 1949

466 Outlook of Post-War . ... is Bright (Ralph

R. Benl address) [July] 1943

467 r/an /"odMrnr [October] 1943

468 Presents "Task Force TV" by Doup Rodpers

[October] 1948

409 Programs, ^'ietl•ers Rate .... by Hugh M.

Beville. Jr. [July] 1949

470 Progress by David Sarnoff [October] 1947

471 Projection Tubcn [July] 1945

472 Projector, New Large-Screen . . . .(6'/4- by

9^4 -foot screen) [October] 1948

473 Promotion by Charlotte Stern [January] . . 1947

1

L

Article

Number Year

Television: (cont'd)

474 Radio Relays for .... (Ralph R. Beal state-

ment) [October] 1943

475 Raid Training by .... [ April] 1942

476 RCA Demonstrates Latest .... Develop-

ments [January] 1946

477 RCA-SBC Firsts in (Chronology from

1923) [January] 1946

478 Receivers in Production at RCA Victor

Plant (photo layout) [July] 1948

479 Receivers, New .... [October] ltU6

480 Recording by Robert M. Fraser [July] 1948

481 Reports Vote [Januarv] 1945

482 Scenery Design by N. Ray Kelly [July] . . 1945

483 Servicemen at Work, RCA .... (photo lay-

out) [October] 1948

484 Social Influence, A by John F. Royal [April] 1946

485 Station in South America, First . . . .(Mon-

tevideo) [April] 1944

486 Status of . . . ., The bv J. G. Wilson [April] 1949

487 Store Video, 250,000 See [January] 1946

488 Studio, New (NBC-8G) [July] 1948

489 Studios: The Ptntj's the Thing (photo lay-

out) [October] 1945

490 Submarine .... by O. B. Hanson [July] . . 1947

491 Suppresses TV Interference [April] .... 1949

492 Surgeons Watch Operations by [October].. 1947

493 Tivo-Way .... by David Sar'noff [July] . . 1948

494 Uses of ... . by Noran E. Kersta [July] . . 1947

495 Thomp.'ion Dies in .Action [January] 1945

496 Time Control, Builds New [January] 1943

497 Toscanini Returns to NBC [October] 1942

498 Toscanini, Stokotvski, Sign [April] 1943

499 Toscanini Televised [April] 1948

500 Trade. Radio Aids World by J. G. MacKenty

[July] 1945

501 Trademark, History of RCA by Abraham S.

Greenberg [October] 1945

502 Trademark with a Heritage by Abraham S.

Greenberg [.■\pril] 1946

503 Trademarks, The Meaning of by Abraham S.

Greenberg [October] 1948

504 Traffic Control, Radio Aids [.^u\y^ 1942

505 Trammell Elected tn Board [April] 1945

506 Transcribed", "This Program is [July] 1942

507 Tube Detects Leaks in Vacjiums, New [Oc-

tober] 1947

508 Tube Has "Memory", New [April] 1947

509 Tube Has "Memory", New [April] 1949

510 Tube Market, Sees Vast New (L. W. Tee-

parden address) [Januarv] 1945

511 Tube. The Millionth TV [July] 1949

512 Tube-Painting, Electronic [October] 1947

513 Tube Weighs 1 /1.5th Ounce [July] 1946

514 Tubes: Aladdin's Electronic Lamp by L. W.

Teegarden [October] 1944

515 Tubes are Made, How Radio (photo layout)

[July] 1945

516 Tubes: Electrons at Work by R. S. Burnap

[July] 1942

517 Tubes for Television, Making (photo layout)

[January] 1947

518 Tubes in Miniature [April] 1945

519 Tubes Key to Progress by B. J. Thompson

[January] 1944

520 Tubes Made New, Old by L. W. Teegarden

[April] 1943

521 Tubes, Miniatttre Radio [April] 1947

522 Tubes. New Field for Electron by L. W. Tee-

garden [.\pril] 1946

523 Tubes Rushed [January] 1942

524 Tubes: Trend is to "Miniatures" by L. W.

Teegarden [January] 1948

A rticle Number Year

525 Turkey Exjiands Radio System [April] 1947

526 Tut tie Elected RCA Treasurer, Arthur B.

[July] 1946

527 Twenty-Five Years of Radio, Foreword: by

David Sarnoff [October] 1944

528 Two-Way Radios for Taxis [April] 1948

u

529 Ultra fax: Million Words a Minute (David

Sarnoff address) lOctober] 1948

530 Urges Clergy to Guide Mankind in Atomic

Era (David Sarnoff address) [April] 1946

531 Urges Freedom for Radio (Niles Trammell

statement) [January] 1944

5.'52 "V" in Radio [October] 1941

533 VanDyck: Heads LR.E. [January] 1942

534 VT Fuse: Missiles with "Radio Brains" [Oc-

tober] 1945

w

,535 Walkie-Talkics, Emergency [April] 1944

536 War Fronts, Covering the by William F.

Brooks [April] 1945

537 War Production, From Peace to by Robert

Shannon [April] 1942

538 War Production, RCA (photo layout) [July] 1943

539 War Work, Ideas Spur by Elmer C. Morse

[January] 1943

540 War Workers Linked in Yule Party, 30,000

[January] 1944

541 Wartime Achievements in Radio [AprWI 1945

542 WEAF in 20th Anniversary [October] 1942

543 Welcome Home Aiiditions by C. L. Menser

[Januarv] 1945

544 Western Union to Use RCA Relay [October] 1945

545 "What's New?" is Radio Hit [October] 1943

546 "What's New?", RCA to Sponsor Radio Show

[Julv] 1943

547 Wliiteman .Joins Bine, Paul \.\pri\'\ 1943

548 Winterhottom Marks SOth Year unth RCA

[July] 1944

549 Wire. Recording Sound on [January] 1948

550 Wolff. Navy Honors Dr. [July] 1949

551 Women in Radio [July] 1945

552 Women in War Jobs by Forrest H. Kirkpatrick

[April] 1943

553 Women Present NBC Scries [April] 1944

554 WPB Awards. (? RCAM Employees Win High

National [October] 1942

555 WPB Honors RCA Workers [April] 1943

556 WPB Merit Awards, S in RCA Victor Win

[Julv] 1943

557 Wynkoop Elected Head of Radiomanne, Ad-

miral [April] 1949

558 Zworykin Elected Vice-President, Dr. V. K.

[April] 1947

559 Zworykin Receives Lamme Medal [July] 1949

560 Zworykin Receives Poor Richard Club Award,

Dr. [January] 1949

RADIO AGE

Allev, Paul, 432

Angell, Dr. James R., 101, 171, 188, 193

B

Baker, I. R., 273

Barnard, Anita L., 124

Batsel,M. C, 385

Beal, Ralph R., 302, 367, 411, 465, 473

Beers, G. L., 421

Beville, Huph M. Jr., 18, 468

Bohlke, W. H., 156

Bradburv. H. D., 94

Brooks, William F., 177, 181, 248, 447,

536 Brown, Dr. George H., 13 Brunei, Meade, 85, 138, 346 Burnap, R. S., 516 Butler, E. W., 65 Byrnes, I. F., 272, 377

Cahill, Edward C, 390

Carlin, Philips, 34

Carroll, M. J., 87

Chase, Gilbert, 463

Clark, George H., 22, 50, 235, 342, 352

Cook, Jay D., 250

Crotty, A. Burke, 453

D

Davis, Owen, Jr., 418 de la Ossa, Ernest, 192 Dominick, W. B., 44, 312 Donal, Dr. J. S., Jr., 150

Eddison, Clifford, 53, 108 Eiges, Sydnev H., 456 Elliott, J. B., 12, 334 Elwood, John, 379 Engstrom, E. W., 269, .345, 455 Ewald, George R., 387

Fazalbhoy, M. Akbar, 122

Finn, David J., 40

Fisher, Sterling W.. 71, 193

Folsom, Frank M., 2, 37, 66, 222, 306,

440, 443 Fra.ser, Robert M., 479

Gaskill, Marvin L., 425

Goldsmith, Dr. A. N., 90

Graf, Dr. Herbert, 462

Greenberg, Abraham S., 501, B02, 503

Greenmeyer, Paul A., 79

Guy, Raymond, 378

H

Hallborg, Henry E., 396 Halpin, Dan, 433 Hammond, R. E., 263

1941-1949

(\'olitmrn I through VIII)

AUTHOR INDEX

(Numbers refer tu Alphabetical Index)

Hansen, C. W., 339 Han.son, O. B., 489 Harbord, James G., 104, 253, 268, 316,

322 Harris, J. Francis, 303 Harstone, Jean E., 172 Heacock, R. H., 391 Hedges, William S., 186 Hillier, Dr. James, 78, 82, 88 Hooper, Richard H., 493 Hucke. H. M., 61,227 Hutchens, Ray, 60

J

Jolliflfe, Dr. C. B., 96, 99, 246, 277, 308,

368, 383, 421, 429, 446 Jones, Loren F., 403 Jones, W.L., 309, 374 Jordan, Dr. Max, 340 Joyce, Thomas F., 5, 23, 410, 428

K

Kell, R. D., 421

Kelly, N. Ray, 481

Kersta, Noran E., 494

Kirkpatrick, Forrest H., 89, 210, 287,

552 Knowles, William H., 427 Kobak, Edgar, 30, 32 Kreuzer, Barton, 214 Laport, E. A., 62

L Law, Dr. Harold B., 370 Leroy, Harry E., 63 Leverenz, H. W., 212 Little, R. v., Jr., 450, 451

M

MacKenty, J. G., 600

Maloff, I. G., 450, 452

Maslin, R. C, 123

McDonagh, Richard, 371

McElrath, George, 41

Mcnser, Clarence L., 151, 184, 543

Merryman, Philip, 426

Miller, William Burke, 14

Milling, J. A., 217

Mitchell. Thompson H., 204, 243, 271

Morse, Elmer C, 539

Morton, Alfred H., 437

Morton, Dr. G. A., 404

Mullen. Frank E.. 252. 459

Murray. J. W., 194

Myers. Robert P., 408

N NicoU.Dr. F.H., 111,112

O Olson, Dr. Harry F.. 68, 386, 388

P Pannill, Charles J., 110, 142, 146, 231, 244

Petrillo, James. 330 Preston, J., 68

R Rhea, Henry E., 436 Rigby, J. F., 203 Rishworth, Thomas D.. 72 Rodgers. Doug. 467 Rose, Dr. Albert. 431 Royal, John F.. 483 Rundle, H. M., 395

S

Sarnoff, David, 17, 58, 92, 103, 105, 106, 109, 152. 195, 196, 200, 207, 237, 238. 240, 241, 242, 249, 275, 293, 317, 319, 320. 321, 322, 330, 355, 356, 363, 364, 365, 405, 424, 461, 464, 469. 492, 527, 529, 530

Sarnoff. Robert W.. 144

Schairer, Otto S., 343, 344

Seelev. S. W., 98

Seth. William R., Jr., 167

Shannon, Robert, 132, 537

Siling. Philip F.. 4. 288

Simpson. S. H.. Jr.. 131. 263, 264

Smith, Carlefon D.,448

Smith. J. M., 307

Smith. Perry C. 83

Smith. T. A., 158

Sparks. Sidney. 400

Stern, Charlotte, 472

Strotz, Sidney N., 185, 441

Summers, H. B.. 1

T

Teegarden, L. W., 157, 510, 514, 520, 522. 524

Thompson, B. J., 519

Trammell, Nilcs, 3, 39, 96, 168, 175, 179, 4.58. 531

Tuft. E. M.. 351

U

Usher, A.. 49

V

Van Deusen, George L., 292

Van Dyck, Dr. Arthur F., 26, 366

Vassos, John, 93

W

Walker, Frank B., 211

Warrender, W. T., 336

Watts. W. W.. 10, 389, 409, 444

Wenger. Wiley D.. 239

West, John K., 415

Wilson. J. G., 485

Wintcrbottom. William A., 278

Wolff, Dr. Irving. 232

Woods, Mark. 116

Z

Zack. Earl. 69

Zworvkin, Dr. V. K.. 80, 394, 404, 406. 420

RADIO AGE

RESEARCH • MANUFACTURING • COMMUNICATIONS • BROADCASTING • TELEVISION

f^HHJOif.iAL oen

COVER

•'^'^vS I

An RCA image orthicon television camera sweeps the flight deck of the U.S.S. Leyte during NBC's thrill- ing telecast from the carrier while it was operating at sea in mock maneuvers.

Services of RCA are:

RCA Laboratories Division

•

RCA Victor Division

RCA Communications, Inc.

diomarine Corporation of America

itional Broadcasting Company, Inc.

RCA Institutes, Inc.

RCA Service Company, Inc.

RCA International Division

VOLUME S NUMBER I OCTOBER 1948

CONTENTS

PAGE

ULTR.4FAX: MILLION WORDS A MI.Nl'TE 3

TELEVISION PRESENTS "TASK FORCE TV"

hy Dong Rodgers 7

SARNOFF SPEAKS AT EISENHOWER CEREMONY 10

NEW LARGE-SCREEN TELEVISION PROJECTOR H

MORE CHANNELS FOR TELEVISION 12

TELEVISION JOINS RADIO IN COVERING ELECTION RETURNS

by William F. Brooks 13

TRAINING TECHNICIANS AT RCA INSTITUTES 14

TELEVISION HEADS WEST 15

RCA TELEVISION SERVICEMEN AT WORK 16

MAKING FINE MESH SCREENS

by Dr. Harold B. Law 18

TUGBOAT RADAR 20

THREE SCIENTISTS HONORED 21

SAFETY AND HEALTH

by E. M. Tuft 23

TELEVISION IN SPAIN 25

PACK TRANSMITTERS GROW SMALLER 27

RICHMOND VA., INSTALLS 2-WAY POLICE RADIO 28

FILM DRAMAS FOR TELEVISION 29

THE MEANING OF TRADE-MARKS

by Abraham S. Greevberg 31

RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA

RCA Building, New York 20. N. Y.

David Sarnoff, President and Chairman of the Board

Lewis MacConnach, Secretary Akthur B. Tuttle, Treasurer

Radio Age is published quarterly by the Department of Information, Radio Corporation of America, .30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20. N. Y.

MICROWAVE BEAM-

''UnOOtCAL DfcTk

FILM RECORCING ^-^

OF INCOMING f P

MATERIAL ' '

PROJECTION

KINESCOPE

AT

RECEIVrNG TERMINAL

SIMPLIFIED DIAGRAM OF A COMPLETE ULTRAFAX SYSTEM SHOWING THE PRINCIPAL ELEMENTS

WIIUII MAKE POSSIBLE THE MILLION-WORDS-A-MINUTE TRANSMISSION SPEED OF THE

NEWLY DEVELOPED MEDIUM OF COMMUNICATION.

Ultrafax: Million Words a Minute

Sartioff Foresees Ultrafax Opening New Era in National and International Communications — He Urges Study Lookitig Toward the Establishment of a New National Communications Policy

ULTRAFAX, a newly developed system of television communi- cations capable of transmitting and receiving written or printed mes- sages and documents at the rate of a million words a minute, was dem- onstrated publicly for the first time by the Radio Corporation of Amer- ica at the Library of Congress, Washington, D.C., on October 2L

Brigadier General David Sarnoff, President and Chairman of the Board of RCA. declared that Ultra- fax, which splits the seconds and utilizes each fraction for high-speed transmission of intelligence, is as significant a milestone in communi- cations as was the splitting of the atom in the world of energy.

Among the possible developments which General SarnofF foresaw were :

1. The exchange of international television programs achieved on a transoceanic basis.

2. A service of television and Ultrafax by which the same receiv- ing set would bring various types of publications into the home, or a newspaper for that matter, without interrupting the program being viewed.

3. A system of world-wide mili- tary communications for this coun- try, scrambled to the needs of secrecy, which with ten transmitters could carry in sixtj' seconds the peak load of message traffic cleared from the Pentagon Building in twentv-four hours during the height of World War IL

4. The establishment of great newspapers as national institutions, by instantaneous transmission and

reception of complete editions into every home equipped with a tele- vision set.

5. The transmission of a full- length motion picture from a single negative in the production studio simultaneously to the screens of thousands of motion picture thea- tres throughout the country.

6. The possibility of a new radio- mail system with the vast pickup and delivery services of the Post Oflice Department.

Representatives of the United States Armed Forces, Government agencies, industry and the press witnessed the introduction of this advanced communications system. RCA presented the demonstration as a "progress report" to show that the .<!ystem has reached a stage of development where plans can be

[RADIO AGE 3]

PRINCIPAL ELEMENTS OF THE SENDING TERMINAL OF RCA ULTRAFAX. THE CATHODE RAY TUBE (LEFT) GENERATES THE "FLYING SPOT" OF LIGHT FOR SCANNING MESSAGES ON A FILM STRIP AS IT PASSES THROCGII THE INIT ON THE CENTER TABLE. MONITORING APPARATUS IS AT THE RIGHT.

made for Ultrafax to serve the public.

The demonstration proved the ability of Ultrafax to transmit at the speed of liKht— 186,000 miles a second — a wide variety of graphic material includinjr charts, finger- prints, news and advertising layouts and items ranging from historical documents to complex atomic for- mulae and battle maps.

A striking feature of the demon- stration came when the 1047-page novel "Gone With the Wind" was transmitted word for word in its entirety in about two minutes from the transmitter to the receiver in the Library of Congress.

The Ultrafax system. RCA en- gineers reported, combines the ele- ments of television with the latest techni(iues in radio-relaying and high-speed jihotography. The sys- tem is a development of RCA Lab- oratories, in cooperation with the Eastman Kodak Company and the National Broadcasting Company. Engineers stated that the radio- television-photography combination forms the basis for a system of graphic communication which can be extended from city to city across the nation.

During the demonstration, mes-

sages, technical drawings and other material in foreign languages were among the numerous items trans- mitted by Ultrafax directly from the tower of the National Broad- casting Company's television station WNBW at the Wardman Park Hotel through the air to a receiving ter- minal on the stage of the Library of Congress, a distance of three miles. In a regular service the transmissions could be radio-relayed any distance across the country, using the commercial radio-relay system towers which now are being erected to establish national tele- vision networks.

Guests at the Coolidge Auditori- um were welcomed by the Librarian of Congress, Dr. Luther H. Evans, who said: "I think it eminently fitting that this Library should be the host at a demonstration of this sort. As the principal institution of the nation charged with preserving and making available the printed records of man's communications with his fellows, we are profoundly interested in developments in the art and science of communication."

THIS TINY RCA PHOTOTUBE TRANSFORMS LIGHT VARIATIONS OP ULTRAFAX MES- SAGES INTO RADIO SIGNALS.

First Ultrajaxed Messages The first message ever publicly transmitted over the Ultrafax sys- tem was a handwritten letter by General SarnofT. congratulating the RCA scientists and engineers who created and developed this new method of radio communications and concluded: "May Ultrafax, as swift as light, open a new and use- ful service for mankind every- where."

[4 RADIO AGE]

"^mt_ L/tp)

This message was followed by a transmission of letters from Secre- tary of Defense James A. Forrestal and Wayne Coy, Chairman of the Federal Communications Commis- sion, addressed to General Sarnoff. Secretary Forrestal stated his in- terest in the wartime possibilities of Ultrafax, particularly in trans- mitting combat information to and from commanders in combat areas. Said Secretary Forrestal:

"One of the most important, and not always appreciated, elements of a nation's life is the media of com- munications. The normal life of an American citizen depends heavily upon these media — in which each segment, such' as mail, telephone, telegraph, radio, cables and tele- vision— plays an important part.

"In wartime, extra burdens are placed on the existing means of communications, transmitting com- bat information to and from the commanders in combat areas. Every step which improves the effective- ness of this network enhances the security of the nation.

"The techniques utilized in Ultra- fax appear to offer many possibili-

ties in this field, and its perfection will certainly add to the efficiency of the nation's communication sys- tem and thus to the national secur- ity. My congratulations to the scientists, technicians and members of your organization who have been instrumental in bringing this achievement into being."

Chairman Coy said: "The ad- vance in communications repre- sented by Ultrafax reflects a spirit of research and pioneering of posi- tive benefit to our nation and the world."

Dr. C. E. Kenneth Mees, Vice President and Director of Research of the Eastman Kodak Company, who described the origin of the rapid processing unit used in the demonstration, declared : "We are marking today, with the official un- veiling of Ultrafax, the beginning of a new era in communications."

Future of Ultrafax Discussed General Sarnoff described the demonstration as a preview of a new prodigy of television, for Ultra- fax is an offspring of that science and art. He said that the number

RECEIVING TERMINAL OF ULTRAFAX SYSTEM AT WHICH THE INCOMING MESSAGES ARE REPRODUCED AS TELEVISION IMAGES ON A KINESCOPE TUBE IN THE CYLINDER AT UPPER RIGHT, AND THEN COPIED ON FILM BY THE CAMERA DIRECTLY BENEATH THE CYLINDER. HERE C. J. YOUNG OF RCA LABORATORIES IS LOADING THE CAMERA.

of uses and the scope of Ultrafax will multiply with time and experi- ence.

"It is now within the compass of one's imagination to foresee the day, when through television and Ultrafax, a radio newspaper may be delivered through the air into every home equipped with a television set," he declared. "It would be pos- sible to have the same transmitter that broadcasts the television pro- gram simultaneously broadcast the radio newspaper. In fact, the same home-receiver, with proper attach- ments, could print the newspaper even without interrupting the pro- gram being viewed."

Further, he said, it seems only reasonable to expect, as the present .system of Ultrafax progresses, that it may be possible to transmit full- length motion pictures from a single negative in the production studio simultaneously to the screens of thousands of theatres throughout the country. This, he added, would provide a new system of motion picture distribution.

The messages, letters and docu- ments beamed through the air to be received and reproduced as exact duplicates of the originals. General Sarnoff pointed out, revealed that Ultrafax holds promise of a radio mail system.

"We would, of course, have to add hands and feet to this winged mes- senger," he continued, "in order to provide a pickup and delivery serv- ice that corresponds to our present mail system. That is where the Post Office with its thousands of letter carriers and mail boxes may find new opportunities for increased service to the public."

As a radio-mail system, it was pointed out, Ultrafax has the poten- tial of delivering the equivalent of forty tons of mail coast-to-coast in a single day at relatively lovi' cost.

General Sarnoff envisaged this new system as a new arm of our national defense. In the busiest days of the war, the Signal Center at the Pentagon Building handled as many as ten million words a day. Ultrafax, he said, could handle this extraordinarily heavy loan in ten minutes w-ith one transmitter and in one minute with ten transmitters in operation. Thus, in any future war, should communication centers

[RADIO AGE 5]

CLOSE-UP VIKW (IF DRYING UNIT OF THE roNTIMOUS PAPER PROCESSOR. THRiin;lf THIS EASTMAN DEVELOPMENT, ENLAKCEI) REPRODUCTIONS OF ULTRAFAX MESSAGES CAN BE SPEEDILY HANDLED.

be destroyed by atomic attack, Ultrafax miKht prove vital in pro- vidinK facilities to move military intelligence, messajre traffic, V-mail and other mail across the continent, across the seas, or across the globe with liKhtning speed and mobility. Such a system, General SarnofF said, may prove to be "an indispensable element in our national security."

"We can foresee the day," he con- tinued, "when Ultrafax, which in- cludes television and radio relays, can provide us with a new service of international television. But first, an 'airlift' must be provided across the Atlantic. Even now by the use of twelve to fourteen suitably equipped communication planes fly- inR over the ocean and properly spaci'd, an overseas :iirborne radio- relay system could be established between the United States and Europe that would provide not only an exchunjre of television iirofrrams, but also handle the ecjuivalent of tons of mail, news and other serv- ices which Ultrafax makes possible.

"I cannot conceive any better peacetime use to which some of our military planes on the ground can be put than to provide such a trans- oceanic radio-relay service. Cer- tainly, the practice and experience, which our .Armed Forces would gain in peacetime, woidd be invaluable in time of crisis.

"How to guide the future of Ultrafax and to translate its poten-

tialities into services," said General SarnofT, "is the job not only for the scientist and engineer, but al.so for the industrialist and businessman and for Congre.ss and the Federal Communications Commission. In- deed, so many political and social problems are raised by these and other recent scientific developments that a new national communications policy should be considered and es- tablished by Congress. In any con- sideration of such a comprehensive national policy, the legitimate in- terests of private industry and of the various Government depart- ments concerned with such activi- ties, as well as the needs of our Armed Forces, must be given the careful study that they de.serve."

He said he was merely trying to outline the many possibilities of Ultrafax. "No one," he declared, "knows all the possible answers to the problems which this new art poses. But we must weigh the prob- lems today if we are to find the answers tomorrow."

Hon Ultra fax Operates Ultrafax's remarkable speed, the engineers explained, is possible be-

cause full pages of information are transmitted as television pictures at the rate of fifteen to thirty a second. The principal steps in transmitting and receiving by Ultrafax are:

1. Preparation of data to be transmitted, to assure a continuous flow at high speed.

2. Scanning of this data by what is known as a flying-spot television scanner, at the sending terminal.

3. Transmission of the television image as ultra-high radio-frequency signals over a microwave relay system.

4. Reception on projection-type television kinescope, or "picture tube", from which incoming mes- sages are recorded on motion pic- ture film, or ultimately directly onto photographic paper.

At the end of a transmission, the exposed film can be transferred quickly to a special processing unit developed by Kodak Research Lab- oratories. The film is passed through a miniature developing tank, rinsed and fixed in less than 15 seconds and dried in '25 seconds more. This unit, regarded as an (Continued on page :ii)

ULTRAFAX

A HIGH SPEED RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

//i

7

7n

L4-

FIRST PUBLICLY TRANSMITTED ULTRAFAX MESSAGE- — A MESSAGE OF CONGRATULA- TIONS FROM GENERAL SARNOFF TO THE ENGINEERS WHO HELPED MAKE ULTRAFAX

POSSIBLE.

[6 RADIO AGE]

AN NBC TELEVISION CAMERA SCANS THE CROWDED FLIGHT DECK OF THE U.S.S. LEYTE, BEFORE THE SHIP'S FIGHTING PLANES TAKE OFF IN SIMULATED MANEUVERS.

AGAINST A COLORFUL BACKGROUND OF ANTENNAS FOR RADAR AND OTHER SERVICES, A TELEVISION CAMERA- MAN TRAINS HIS INSTRUMENT ON ACTIVITIES BELOW.

Television Presents "Task Force TV"

ht First Telecast of Its Kind, Two Million Video Viewers in Their Homes Watch Thrilling Maneuvers of U.S.S. Leytc as Aircraft Carrier Undergoes Mock Combat Attack at Sea

IS A HIGHLY entertaininp and informative 100-minute telecast on August 29, originating aboard the aircraft carrier U.S.S. Leyte at sea, the NBC television staff saw the result of five months' prepara- tion reach a successful climax. An estimated 2,000,000 video viewers in the East watched the flat-top, under simulated combat conditions, undergoing a mock attack by its own planes in maneuvers known as "Task Force TV."

Preliminary work on "Task Force TV" began with a visit by NBC's television special events director to the U.S.S. Kenri^nqe, an Essex class carrier, to determine the feasibility of such a telecast. Once it was de- cided that the feat w-as possible from an engineering standpoint, the Navy cast about for a carrier to be made available to NBC for the long periods needed for tests and for the program itself.

[4. J

By Doug Rodgers

Assistant Director, Program Dept., NBC Television

When the Leyte was chosen, a series of visits were made by James Davis, surveying engineer, and my- self to complete plans. A tremend- ous amount of engineering coordi- nation and planning was needed to plot the complicated paths of video and audio signals — video from Leyte

to the Empire State Building to Radio City and back to Empire again; audio from Leyte to RCA at Rivcrhead, L. I., to RCA Communi- cations building, New York, to Radio City to Empire. Chance for error naturally increased with each link added and we were fighting shipboard problems all the way.

Circumstances involving the car- rier and her orders, together with the mounting cost of producing the show, shortened the scheduled test period from two weeks to four days before the broadcast. Since the transmitter to be used was a new 1.300-megacycIe unit with a beam antenna designed by NBC's devel- opment laboratory specifically for this job, chances for success were even slimmer because of the shorter test period.

On the Thursday before the tele- cast, two tons of equipment, valued close to $200,000, and about 8,000

[RAD! O AGE 7]

^"''''•^ Ubrary

PROM HIS UttTY STATION, AN NBC CAMJJIAMAN

WEARING PROTECTIVE HELMET AND SAFETY BELT

SWINGS HIS CAMtUtA TO PICK UP MANEUVERS OF

PLANES "ATTACKING" THE CARRIER.

feet of cable were loaded aboard the Leyte at Quonset Point, Rhode Island, and the testing began. Meanwhile, details of what was to be televised were decided in con- junction with the Navy. Limiting factors such as the fuel capacity of the aircraft, security regulations, the fact that the Lcyte could not turn so as to place her mast between her transmitting antenna and Em- pire State, immovability of cam- eras, possible weather and wind conditions, etc., were taken into ac- count in planning the show's format.

After the program was planned, the ne.xt big problem was to place the cameras where they would catch as much of the action as possible and still provide a means of cover- ing each sector with two cameras in case one failed. These cameras had to be chained because of the pitch and roll of the vessel, and so were immovable during the broad- cast. The Ltytc provided us with excellent platforms for the three above-deck camera positions. One was built in the catwalk opposite the island and ne.\t to the deckside plane elevator; one e.xtended from the bridge, and one from the air defense station five levels above the flight deck, and to the rear of the island.

All three of these positions were personally dangerous to cameramen. Bob Long, our elevator side camera- man, wore a life-belt and safety line, and was fenced in by a guard rail. His camera, located at flight deck level, about amidships and with 360 degrees of freedom, was able ef- fectively to see every part of the action as a Navy crewman working there would have .seen it. The ter- rific air blast of the propellers, the danger each crewman faced in the deckload of spinning blades were vividly portrayed on this camera. Effective Iens-.shots through the barriers to catch the landings, across the deck and upward to the streaming colors at the mast also Were available to him.

The second camera, built out

[8 RADIO AGE]

DmP IN THE ship's INTERIOR, CONTROL ENGINEERS MONITOR THE

SCENES RECORDED BY THE SEVERAL CAMERAS AND SELECT THE

SEQUENCES TO GO ON THE AIR.

ONE UNIT OF THE TWO TONS OF EQUIPMENT WHICH WAS CARRIED

ABOARD THE LEYTE TO MAKE THE UNUSUAL TELEVISION PROGRAM A

SUCCESSFUI, KKATIHE.

from the bridge and in the hands of Bill Waterbiiry, was able to cover most of the flight deck activity and all action on the bridge of the Leijte where Captain Charles Coe, commanding officer, was giving orders. The third camera, under Les Shaw's direction, was in air defense aft and covered all land- ing operations, supplementing cam- era 2 on the bridge. A fourth camera in the ready room was used to show pilots being briefed. Briefing of our own cameramen; Rad Hall, our narrator; and Bob Stanton and Ray Forrest, our an- nouncers— none of whom had ever been aboard acarrier — took several hours. Setiuences were set up ten- tatively and important parts of each operation stressed. This later pro\'ed to be time valuably spent, when, as suspected, cameramen found it very difficult to hear my

instructions with approximately 100,000 horse-power loose on the flight deck.

Sunday morning the Leyte lay off' Ambrose Light, twenty miles from the Empire State Building, while the microwave antenna was being homed and tested. The car- rier then proceeded slowly out to 26 miles for further tests of trans- mission.

A Period of Anxiety

The transmitter had to be shut down then to prevent overheating and was turned on again at 2:30. From then until 4:00 no acceptable picture was seen at Radio City. Then suddenly word came that we were on the air with the opening spot from top Naval Officials in Washington and New York studios, and that the picture from the car- rier was good.

I.N" A TELECRAM TO SErRETARY FORRESTAL, GENERAL SARNOFF CONGRATU- LATES THE U. S. NAVY FOR ITS COOPERATION IN LEYTE TELECAST AND OFFERS RCA FACILITIES "FOR DEVELOPMENT AND APPLICATION OF SCIENCE TO NATIONAL SECIRITV."

"A Privilege to Participate"

AUGUST 30, 1948 JAMES V FORRESTAL SECRETARY OF DEFENSE WASHINGTON D.C.

CONGRATULATIONS TO THE U.S. NAVY FOR ITS ENTER- PRISE AND SPLENDID SPIRIT OF COOPERATION IN TELECASTING BATTLE MANEUVERS ON THE AIRCRAFT CARRIER U.S.S. LEYTE YESTERDAY OFF LONG ISLAND COAST. FROM TELEVISION VIEWPOINT IT WAS A GREAT SUCCESS. THE STRATEGIC IMPORTANCE OF TELEVISION IN NAVAL, MILITARY AND AIR OPERATIONS IN THIS MODERN AGE WAS DRAMATICALLY REVEALED. IT WAS A PRIVILEGE FOR RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA AND NATIONAL BROADCASTING COMPANY TO PARTICIPATE WITH THE NAVY IN THIS HISTORIC DEMONSTRATION. OUR FACILITIES IN RESEARCH, ENGINEERING, COMMUNICA- TIONS AND ALL PHASES OF RADIO ARE ALWAYS AVAIL- ABLE FOR DEVELOPMENT AND APPLICATION OF SCIENCE TO NATIONAL SECURITY.

DAVID SARNOFF

PRESIDENT AND

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA

However, our troubles were not over at this point. Two minutes before we were to take the opening shot from the Leyte two of our above-deck cameras went out. Thanks to the extremely quick work of Edgar Kahn, our video man, both were back in commission within three minutes. One of these, un- fortunately, was practically useless due to interference in the picture. Kahn had an answer for that, too. The ready-room camera was com- pletely dismantled and substituted for the ailing one, a process requir- ing about half an hour. These were the onlv difficulties in producing "Task Force TV"!

Elected Director of RCA

George L. Harrison, Chairman of the Board of the New York Life Insurance Company, has been elect- ed a member of the Board of Direc- tors of Radio Corporation of Amer- ica, Brig. Gen. David Sarnoff, Presi- dent and Chairman of the Board, announced following a meeting of the Board on August (j. His elec- tion fills the vacancy created in July by the retirement of Bertram Cutler as a director of RCA.

Mr. Hai-risoii also was elected to the Boards of Directors of RCA's wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Na- tional Broadcasting Company and RCA Communications, Inc.

GENERAL DWIGHT D. EISENHOWER, PRESIDENT OF COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY (SECOND FROM LEFT), RECEIVES THE HONORARY DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF HUMANE LETTERS FROM DR. LOUIS FINKELSTEIN, PRESIDENT OF THE JEWISH THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY. BRIG. GENERAL DAVID SARNOFF, NEXT TO GE.VERAL EISENHOWER, AND FORMER GOVERNOR HERBERT H. LEHMAN PARTICIPATED

IN THE CEREMONY.

Sarnoff Speaks at Eisenhower Ceremony

RCA President, hi Address Honoring New President of Columbia University, Declares World Crisis

Calls for Inspired Leadership

Address by Brig. General David Sarnoff, President and Chairman of the Board, Radio Corporation of America, at Conx'ocation Cere- mony held at Jexcish Theological Seminary, welcoming General Dwight D. E isenh oxoer , new President of Columbia Univer- sity, to Momingside Heights.

AS one who has had the honor /^ to serve abroad under the command of Dwijjht I). Eisenhower, General of the Army, I am jrrate- ful for the oi)portunity to join in this welcome to an eminent Ameri- can— our neiRhbor on Morninpside Heijfhts.

I see more than a gracious act of neijrhborliness in this occasion. This is a convocation of the stu- dents, faculty, and Board of Direc- tors of the .Jewish Thcojo^'iral Seminary, to greet their friend and neighbor, the new President of Columbia University, who has chosen to devote his great gifts of leadership to the task of peacetime education. Hut this also is a convo- cation of the spirit which expresses the most exalted Americanism.

Great was General Eisenhower's role as Supreme Commander of the Allied Expeditionary Forces when they broke the terror of the German onslaught. Equally great and urgent is the task that now faces him. Civilization, it has been remarked, has become a race between educa- tion and catastrophe. In this con- flict the principles of true educa- tion are arrayed against the false philosophies which seek to under- mine the basic values of our civili- zation. Today, this conflict is reach- ing a climax. The crisis calls for inspired leadershi|).

Every page of the General's career bespeaks statesmanship, tolerance and humaneness. He is a soldier of intellectual integrity, with a love for jieace and for his fellow man. That Americans every- where recognize these outstanding attributes of leadership in General Eisenhower has been attested by the national outpouring of respect and admiration, of loyalty and af- fection for him.

General Eisenhower has seen how technological power can be harnessed to achieve victory in war.

He knows, too, that Science can be an even greater force in the preser- vation of peace.

We are only at the beginning of the application of scientific methods to our social and political problems, but too many tired intellectuals arc ready to give uji the search! They begin and end with the thought that though .science may teach us the best means for achieving our ends, it cannot tell us what ends to pursue. They fail to take into account the religious and educa- tional forces th:it shape our lives, and the extent to which ignorance, prejudice and jwverty darken men's understanding.

If the historian, Tacitus, could see our world today, he would re- peat with the same irony the observation he made more than eighteen hundred years ago: "They crea(<' a w;iste and call it peace." Through all the centuries of evolv- ing civilization, the problems of man's relationships with man re- main essentially the same. We think today that we have a much greater understanding of these problems. I5ut we have still to win freedom

[10 RADIO AGE]

from hate, freedom from prejudice, freedom from superstition, and freedom from ignorance, before we can boast that we have achieved the ideals of a true civilization. Much still must be done to put aright an ailing world.

If the world is to have peace, if civilization is to survive, the mind and spirit must be united to harness the forces of nature for the wel- fare of humanity. Man must be master of himself, as well as of science. He must guide and control the modern machine, with a supe- rior and unselfish leadership that seeks to serve the needs of modern society.

When science blasts a hole in the iron curtain that hides nature's secrets, it often leaves the wreck- age of belief that causes men to lose their bearings in this complex world. There are always timid in- tellects who, because they cannot put the pieces of their faith to- gether, find no purpose or meaning in life.

There is no denying the effect upon human imagination when vast forces are released by our new dis- coveries, to present a physical world in endless motion — going relentlessly somewhere, for no per- ceptible reason, to no understand- able destination; a world seemingly oblivious to man. There is no mistaking the paralysis of will and purpose which has seized so many who have lost their faith in an ordered universe. They see man destined to obliterate himself, with the energy he has liberated by ex- ploding the atom.

Task Far From Hopeless

It is natural that those who have lost faith in man should lose faith in a purposeful world, in a mean- ingful life. Yet the task of educa- tion is far from hopeless. Look at the record of our youth in the last war, or better still : ask General Eisenhower. He will tell you that their heroic performance offered convincing proof of their innate convictions of truth and faith.

On the other hand, it was to be expected that many should be blinded by the false social and political forces which a long era of violence unloosed upon the world. It is the natural backwash of such

a conflict. Some of the disillu- sioned have dropped what they termed the Great Illusion about God and Country, only to adopt the minor illusion that they can obtain bread without earning it, have freedom without maintaining it, enjoy a right without defending it, and achieve happiness without deserving it. For these cynical slackers in the battle of life, the career of General Eisenhower pro- vides a convincing answer.

Had World-wide Influence

Columbia University had a world-wide influence under the presidency of Dr. Nicholas Murray Butler. Now another great figure has taken up the torch. General Eisenhower's great gifts as a man of action as well as a man of thought, will contribute much of practical wisdom to the solution of our pressing educational problems.

No man could have entered the educational world with a greater knowledge of so many minds, so many peoples, so many arts, as has

General Eisenhower. To obtain ef- fective cooperation in the war, among millions of men and women of diverse training and background, was an achievement unparalleled in history. General Eisenhower's deeds emphasize, what this Seminary teaches, the virtues which are common to all good men. Let us, therefore, join with him in unifying these social forces, rather than to dwell upon the minor differences which cause misunderstandings and divide people.

To you, as students in these halls of education and religion, I would add that you will find here oppor- tunities of great promise to spread the gospel of service and fellowship. In your search for knowledge and wisdom in a world of crisis and con- flict, may you nourish within you the seeds of an inspired spiritual leadership. May the lessons of your abiding faith help man to master the forces he has unleashed, rather than be mastered by them, and thus keep bright the beacons of freedom.

Mobile Television Projector Provides Life-Size Pictures

Life-size television pictures are now available for hotels, clubs.

COMPACTNESS AND SIMPLICITY MAKE

THE PR0.IECTOR IDEAL FOR CHURCHES,

SCHOOLS AND HOSPITALS.

amusement places, hospitals, churches, schools, and industry through the use of a new, mobile large-screen television projector re- cently developed by RCA.

The new unit will project a clear 63-square-foot picture at a distance of 17 feet from the viewing screen, and a correspondingly smaller pic- ture at shorter distances. Accom- panying sound is supplied by a large speaker housed in a matched cabinet designed for mounting near the screen. Rear projection on a translucent screen, as well as con- ventional projection on a reflective- surfaced screen, is feasible with this system.

Extremely simple operation is a feature of the new projector. The controls, operated as easily as those of a home television set, are ar- ranged to permit adjustment with- out blocking the path of the pro- jected picture. An "all channel" station selector permits instant selection of the station desired.

[RADIO AGE II]

More Channels for Television

Appearing at FCC Hearing, Engstrom of RCA, Outlines Current

High-Band Tests in Washington and Reaffirms Company's

Cooperation with Government and Industry

DISCUSSING the challenge of what he described as tele- vision's "phenomenal rise", Elmer W. EnRstrom, representing the Radio Corporation of America and the National Broadcasting Com- pany, at a hearing on September 21 before the FCC, outlined several considerations in the orderly devel- opment and extension of present commercial television service.

Mr. Engstrom, Vice President in Charge of Research of RCA Laboratories, declared that in the three years since the Commission's 1945 Allocations Decision, televi- sion had "caught the enthusiasm of the public, the broadcaster, the advertiser and the entertainment world."

He said that the public, as of June 30. had invested $228,000,000 in television receivers, being pro- duced at that time at the rate of 65,000 a month by more than fifty competing manufacturers. The number of television stations on the air has jumped from six to thirty- one as of the same date, he added, and permission has been granted for construction of seventy-eight additional stations, while 285 appli- cations are pending. Of this total of 394 stations, 5 are owned and operated by the NBC.

Factors in Television Progress

This rapid progress of televi- sion resulted from a number of factors. Mr. Engstrom asserted. He listed these as follows: First, the Commission's decisions on stand- ards and allocations which provided a stable basis for planning; second, the manner in which the radio industry expedited conversion to peacetime manufacturing, and took the maximum advantage of war- time developments; third, vision and courage of broadcasters which prompted them to go ahead, in the face of monetary losses, during the pioneering years of operations, and with faith in the future of television as a service to the public.

"Commercial television service

is today a reality, and this reality has been built upon the bedrock of the twelve channels allocated to television by the Commission," affirmed Mr. Engstrom. "In our opinion, the further development and expansion of television must continue to be built upon the basis of these twelve channels.

"RCA-NBC agree with the Com- mission that more channels are necessary for commercial televi- sion. It is our desire that as many people as possible in the United States have an opportunity to re- ceive television service. We are willing and anxious to work with the Commission and the industry to advance this objective as rapidly as possible. In so doing, there are several possible avenues of ap- proach.

Higher Power Urged

"RCA-NBC feel that the Com- mission should authorize the use of higher power for television sta- tions. We feel that it is only by the use of higher power that im- proved reception can be provided for the public throughout the serv- ice area of a television station. This higher power would make possible the simplification of the receiving antennas and the installa- tion of television receivers. . ."

A second possibility for expan- sion consists in the assignment of additional channels for television below 300 megacycles. Accordingly, Mr. Engstrom urged the Commis- sion to examine thoroughly the allocations below 300 megacycles to determine whether some addi- tional channels could be made avail- able there for television.

Mr. Engstrom suggested further that the Commission should con- tinue to explore the characteristics of the band 475 to 890 megacycles to determine whether it is feasible also to assign space there for the expansion of television.

In reference to his statement on the RCA-NBC position on the

question of introducing television to the upper frequencies, Mr. Eng- strom said:

"We feel that any plans for commercial use of the uhf band should provide for the use of the same standards, insofar as they relate to interchanpeability of oper- ations as those in u.se on the present twelve channels. While, of course, the opening of these higher frequen- cies to commercial service would not immediately produce an an- swer to the problems which the industry and the Commission face, it would serve to stimulate the com- mercial development of equipment and shorten the time until the problems of this region would be solved."

Recalling that for many years RCA has carried on research in the upper reaches of the radio spec- trum, Mr. Engstrom declared that allocations by the Commission of frequencies above 475 megacycles for the future use of television and research with respect to color tele- vision had stimulated RCA study of this area of the spectrum. He pointed out, for instance, that RCA had begun propagation tests in Washington earlier this month.

Tests Beittg Made in Capital

"With the announcement of this hearing," he said, "our plans were altered and it was decided to shift some of the propagation tests from New York to Washington. By ex- pediting the work of installation we were able to get on the air with transmissions at a date prior to the beginning of these hearings. The present transmissions will be continued for a suitable period of time in order to permit persons who so desire to make investiga- tions, and in particular, to give the Commission ample opportunity to make such studies as it requires."

In conclusion, Mr. Engstrom declared: "We are here to help the Commission by supplying data in the testimony which follows and to develop any points which the Commission may regard as relevant. Just as crystallization of standards and allocation of channels a few- years ago resulted in today's tele- vision industry and service, an

(Continued on page SS)

[12 RADIO AGE]

TELEVISION JOINS RADIO COVERING ELECTION RETURNS

For the First Time, Both Network Services, Operating Simultane- ously, Are to Carry Results of Presidential Contest

ply election returns compiled by the Associated Press, United Press, and International News Sei-vice.

Iti addition to the announcement of election returns, lioth radio and television networks will carry on- the-spot features from major party headquarters in New York and Washington, local color pick-ups at the homes of the presidential and vice presidential candidates, inter- views with the national chairmen of the major parties and coverage of other points of interest, includ- ing the surging crowds.

To provide the maximum amount of air time for the election coverage, commercial program schedules are being adjusted in cooperation with sponsors who, in events of similar importance, have been eager to as- sist in this public service. It is expected that the election features will start at 8 p.m. EST., with both networks remaining on the air until the outcome of the election is cer- tain. As a final offering, NBC commentators will pool their obser- vations in a special round-table dis- cussion program after the returns are in and victory has been con- ceded.

Headquarters for NBC's cover- age will center in studio 8H, Radio City, the world's largest broadcast- ing studio. Following in general.

By William F. Brooks

Vice President in Charge of News and

International Relations

National Broadcasting Company

WHEN millions of Americans go to the polls next month to choose the 33rd president of the United States, it will mark the first time that the National Broadcast- ing Company has broadcast and telecast simultaneously over net- works the up-to-the-minute bulle- tins of election returns and summa- tions of balloting trends.

An augmented staff of over 300, comprising announcers, commenta- tors, rewrite men, tabulators, edi- tors, engineers, cameramen and technicians will be assembled to handle the heavy volume of election news that will be pouring into the NBC newsroom over a battery of teletypes. These machines will sup-

scene IN studio 8h on election

NIGHT IN 1!M1. ACTIVITIKS IN THE

SAME STUDIO WILL BE INTENSIFIED THIS

YEAR BY THE I'KESENCE OF SEVERAL

TELEVISIO.N CAMKRAS.

the layout which proved so success- ful in 1944, the studio will be transformed into a special news center. At the rear of the stage a huge election chart showing the latest assembled returns will be erected. Directly below the chart, will be a battery of news tickers, a control desk, copy table, tabula- tors, monitoring tables, and press desks.

On an elevated dais, facing the entire setup, will be the radio com- mentators' table. H. V. Kalten- born and Robert Trout will act as chief commentators for the radio operation. The television section, from which cameras will play upon the giant election chart as well as the proceedings on the floor of the studio, will occupy the other side of the huge auditorium. Ben Grauer and John Cameron Swayzee will act as chief commentators for the television network.

Television stations linked with WNBT, New York, in the NBC network will be, WPTZ, Philadel- phia; WTVR, Richmond; WNBW, Washington; WRGB, Schenectady; WBAL, Baltimore; and WBZ, Bos- ton. Midwestern television audi- ences will witness special election coverage over NBC's newly formed midwestern television network.

LEADING COMMENTATORS AND NEWS- CASTERS WILL BE TELEVISED AS THEY ANALYZE THE VOTING TREND ON THE NIGHT OF NOVEMBER 2.

[RADIO AGE 13

Iip«^^

ards

a st;

TRAIMNG TECHNICIANS * *T ICA INSTITUTES

HOT Bmsio.v

HSIKGHOCSE i

IfLEVI

1 hma vi

KLEVISIOX, t pelf io the El i entertair ie-mimte con \ [olitial cor

|8eveiite,jnwfj|

.'0 i

\IC(

StoithePXAV % at tkf \ I .iP'iaiice Trai [fcnciico, on ; P * retailers

"" "tie entire If the propfj

-^^ frandso v,

I" ''«>«» tirot

'i ii that cit)-,

^ fill learn n

•y^'tliesenicf

,, '*'freiia l"f'«Piiienti,ii

^*»Gateci

stations "edconstf r ^faicisco.

«

ECUTIVE VICE PRESlIiEXT s CHARGE OF THE RCA T) AND CHARLES A. DCTAL, VICE PRESIDENT, RIC CORPORATION, AT APLIANCE TRADE DINNER IN SAN FRANCISCO.

ION HEAPS WEST

Test Point for Vide Because of Problems Region, Folsotn Ills Trade Association.

i

us

ng proved by its wide nt and its ye of major ntions, and toward the uik M. Fol- 'resident in tor Division, ■stern Radio Dinner in ;gust 4, Mr. ind distribu- ation will be of television 1 close atten- h experience he said, the leh about the to operate in and from the ly interesting mid result, sion prospects y, Mr. Folsom

already have letion permits One will be ;an Broadcast- er by Associ-

ated Brodcasters, Inc., and the third by le San Francisco Chron- icle, to be;ffiliated with NBC."

With oly six channels available to the Sa Francisco-Oakland re- gion, he lointed out, six broad- casters ai seeking the remaining three untsigned channels. These are: Twatieth Century-Fox of California Inc., Paramount Televi- sion Prodctions, Inc., the Colum- bia Broadasting System, Don Lee Broadcastig Company, Television California and station KROW. in Oakland.

Sizeable^ums are being invested in televisin by broadcasters seek- ing outleton the West Coast, said Mr. Folsoi. Construction figures range as Igh as $691,785, with one applicant lanning to spend $924,- 693 for hi first year's operation.

Plans ai well along, he said, for linking Sa Francisco by cable and relays wit all major cities to the North, th East and the South. Although oast-to-coast networks are not exected to be in opei-ation until the ed of 1952, Folsom said, regional liks will supply intercon- necting telvision service for West

Coast municipal neighbors at a much earlier date. Then, with the West and the East linked by net- works, national advertisers, no longer restricted to locally origi- nated programs or .shows recorded on film, will be able to present tele- vision programs using talent that would be far too costly for individ- ual station showings.

In emphasizing the importance of video's future role as an adver- tising medium, the RCA executive quoted Amos Parrish, noted mer- chandising consultant:

"Television is the biggest thing since radio. And it will out-sell radio in selling goods many to one, because it appeals to your eyes as well as to your ears. And the eyes are still the windows to your soul — especially your buying soul.

"We don't know and we don't want to know what's in a television set, because we don't understand it. But we do know there is one thing — one of the elements that makes up the future of America — and that means it has no limits. That no- limit element is a combination of excellent reporting, teaching, en- tertaining, selling. This element says in undebatable terms: 'Stop, Listen and LOOK!' And people will not only 'Stop, Listen, and LOOK!'— but they will also buy."

Television receivers are rolling off production lines in an increasing spiral, Mr. Folsom revealed. Today more than 500,000 are in the pub- lic's hands. By the end of the year, he predicted, the industry should have produced in excess of 850,000 television receivers. In 1949, the estimated output should be 1,600,- 000 receivers, representing a poten- tial retail business of more than $400,000,000. As its share of this figure, Mr. Folsom said, San Fran- cisco can expect a television re- ceiver business with a retail volume of more than $10,000,000.

"Proud as we are of the business stature television has attained," he said in conclusion, "we're even prouder of the many excellent ways in which it has served and will con- tinue to serve humanity with major roles envisioned for it in educa- tional, religious, industrial and military fields."

[RADIO AGE 15]

Proficiency in International code is o necessity for stu dents interested in radio communications

Use of test instruments in servicing electronic equipment 1 is explained with the aid of o demonstration boofd '

TRAINING TECHNICIANS AT RCA INSTITUTES hJ

The making and reading of blueprints are essentlol parts of the instruction in the Advanced Technology Course.

^

^•.'■(— - ^— "^

VIS ,,. ^ (

'•'•'• fc.>vC '■-

Potential laboratory technicians and radio station engi- neers attend a lecture on rodio circuits.

K f

A^/

f',/

jvL:Ajkl

lUANK M. KOI.SOM, KXECl IIVK VH K PKESIDKNT IN CHARCE OF THE KCA

VICTOR DIVISION (LCT'T) AND CHARLES A. DOSTAL, VICE PRESIDENT,

WESTI.N(;H0USE electric corporation, at appliance TRADE DINNER

IN SAN FRANCISCO.

TELEVISION HEADS WEST

San Francisco will he Test Point for Video Because of Problems Raised by Mountainous Region, Folsom Tells Trade Association.

TELEVISION, having proved itself in the East by its wide variety of entertainment and its up-to-the-minute coverage of major sports, political conventions, and news events, now faces toward the West, according to Frank M. Fol- som, Executive Vice President in Charge of the RCA Victor Division.

Speaking at the Western Radio and Appliance Trade Dinner in San Francisco, on August 4, Mr. Folsom told retailers and distribu- tors that "the entire nation will be watching the progress of television in San Francisco with close atten- tion," because through experience gained in that city, he said, the industry will learn much about the ability of the service to operate in a mountainous region, and from the tests made there many interesting new developments should result.

In reviewing television prospects in the Golden Gate city, Mr. Folsom said:

"Three stations already have been granted construction permits in San Francisco. One will be owned by the American Broadcast- ing Company, another by Associ-

ated Broadcasters, Inc., and the third by the San Francisco Chron- icle, to be affiliated with NBC."

With only six channels available to the San Francisco-Oakland re- gion, he pointed out, six broad- casters are seeking the remaining three unassigned channels. These are: Twentieth Century-Fox of California, Inc., Paramount Televi- sion Productions, Inc., the Colum- bia Broadcasting System, Don Lee Broadcasting Company, Television California, and station KROW, in Oakland.

Sizeable sums are being invested in television by broadcasters seek- ing outlets on the West Coast, said Mr. Folsom. Construction figures range as high as $691,785, with one applicant planning to spend S921,- (>9o for his first year's operation.

Plans are well along, he said, for linking San Francisco by cable and relays with all major cities to the North, the Ea.st and the South. Although coast-to-coast networks are not expected to be in operation until the end of 10.52, Folsom said, regional links will supply intercon- necting television service for West

Coast municipal neighbors at a much earlier date. Then, with the West and the East linked by net- works, national advertisers, no longer restricted to locally origi- nated [irograms or shows recorded on film, will be able to present tele- vision programs using talent that would be far too costly for individ- ual station showings.

In emphasizing the importance of video's future role as an adver- tising medium, the RCA executive quoted Amos Parrish, noted mer- chandising consultant :

"Television is the bigge.st thing since radio. And it will out-sell radio in selling goods many to one, because it appeals to your eyes as well as to your ears. And the eyes are still the windows to your soul — especially your buying soul.

"We don't know and we don't want to know what's in a television set, because we don't understand it. But we do know there is one thing — one of the elements that makes up the future of America — and that means it has no limits. That no- limit element is a combination of excellent reporting, teaching, en- tertaining, selling. This element says in undebatable terms: 'Stop, Listen and LOOK!' And people will not only 'Stop, Listen, and LOOK!'— but they will also buy."

Television receivers are rolling off production lines in an increasing spiral, Mr. Folsom revealed. Today more than 500,000 are in the pub- lic's hands. By the end of the year, he predicted, the industry should have produced in excess of 850,000 television receivers. In 1949, the estimated output should be 1,600,- 000 receivers, representing a poten- tial retail business of more than $400,000,000. As its share of this figure, Mr. Folsom said, San Fran- cisco can expect a television re- ceiver business with a retail volume of more than $10,000,000.

"Proud as we are of the business stature television has attained," he said in conclusion, "we're even prouder of the many excellent ways in which it has served and will con- tinue to serve humanity with major roles envisioned for it in educa- tional, religious, industrial and military fields."

[RADIO AGE 15]

1. An inslallalion crew receives orders from the despatcher at an RCA Service Compony office, the first step in servicing a new television receiver.

i

4. When the truck arrives at the customer's house, the RCA dipole receiving antenna is assembled on the ground before being erected on the roof. j

2. The two-man RCA installotion crew checks equip- ment before leaving the service depot in the com- pletely equipped truck.

I

S. Using special rigging and supports, the antenna Is clamped securely to the most suit- able spot on the roof.

5. Credentials of the RCA service crew are pre- sented to the new owner of a television set before starting work on the television installation.

4

i. Holes ore drilled in the side of the house to

support hooks (or the RCA "Bright-picture" tape

which conveys signals to the receiver.

Mtlll*iHCRj.-M->iM-„- ~

RCA Television Servicemen at W8rk

In many cities and towns from coast to coast, RCA Service Company technicians are installing RCA Victor television receivers at a constantly increasing rate. The pictures on this page, taken by Don Reed and Nick Strinkowski of the Bryn Mawr, Pa., service depot, portray some of the important steps in the daily routine of a television service crew.

7. A 10-inch RCA kinescope is Inserted into the

socket of the television receiver to complete the

installation inside the home.

10. Before leaving the installation, an RCA Serv- ice Company crewman explains the operation of

the receiver to the woman-of-the-house.

8. One RCA technician observes results as the antenna is oriented and gives orders to the -other crew member when the best picture is obtained

11. Television receivers requiring complicated repairs or

adjustments are brought to the RCA service shop where

the most modern equipment is available.

:SllAUl)VV I'KTURES OF 200, 500, 1000, AND 1500 MESH SCREENS ENLARGED 200 TIMES BY ELXCTRON MlCROSCOrE.

MAKING FINE MESH SCREENS

Metallic Gossamers of Extreme Fineness Arc Made for Image Orthkon Tubes by Process Developed at RCA Laboratories

by electrolysis. They had about 200 holes per linear inch, or 40,000 openings to the s()iiare inch. How- ever, these metallic gossamers passed less than 40 percent of the electron imape and, in addition, were non-uniform in the arrange- ment of openings.

Although these were the screens that had to be used in early models of the image orthicon, it was imme- diately obvious that they would seriously restrict picture quality.

Because of the possible value of the image orthicon in military ap- plications, a search was started for a method of making a high trans- mission, uniform screen of 500 mesh or more. Out of this war- intensified activity came a proce- dure that, on a small scale, delivered very uniform screens up to 1.500 mesh, three times the goal.

On the opposite page is an at- tempt to illustrate the fineness of a .'iOO-mesh screen. A small section of screen was laid over a period of the size which ends this sentence and the combination was enlarged about 70 times. Small as the dot appears to the naked eye, neverthe- less, the photomicrograph reveals that 66 perfectly-formed, conii)lete openings of the .>icreen are included within the circumference <if the period.

Production of fine mesh scre<'ns by the i)rocess developed at RCA Laboratories reallv beirins with a sheet of highly polished plate glass

By Dr. Harold B. Law RCA Laboratories Division

PRODUCTION of a copper screen with 250,000 openings to the square inch was one of the prob- lems faced in developing the sensi- tive image orthicon television cam- era tube now in common use at most television studios. Because the electron image of the scene to be televised is focused on this screen, the mesh must be extremely fine, otherwise it would be visible in the picture when viewed at the receiver.

Despite formidable difiiculties, the problem was not only solved but in the research a method of manu- facture Was devised by which a screen could be made with the holes constituting more than 50 percent of the screen area.

The finest prewar mesh .screens were made <if wnvrn wire or formed

[18 RADIO AGE

coated with a layer of material re- sistant to acid. An exceedingly ac- curate ruling engine, similar to those used in making optical grat- ings, scores the desired pattern through the resistant layer, and then the lines are etched into the glass by submersing the entire plate in a hydrofluoric acid.

The metal which will form the screen is applied to the master by a process called sputtering. In this, the master is e.xposed to a fine mist of a special palladium-gold prep- aration until a thin semi-transpar- ent layer of the metal covers the surface of the glass. The master is then placed in a shallow dish of Water while the surface is rubbed with a thin piece of rubber. This removes the thin metal on the sur- face, without affecting the metal in the grooves. A corner is left unrubbed in order to provide elec- trical contact for the next step, that of copper-plating the metal in the grooves.

Since the metal in the grooves is

SECTION OF 200-MESH GLASS "MASTER",

ENi.ARCEn ABorr 400 TiMt:s.

EXCESS METAL IS ERASED FROM TIIK

MASTER (left) AS A.\()THB:R WUKKEK

EXAMIiNES A SCREEN FOR FLAWS.

very thin, plating docs not take place instantly over the whole .sur- face but proceeds from the plating electrode in an ever-widening area until the whole surface is covered. After plating, the master with the screen in the grooves is washed and the screen removed. Depending on the master, the screen may "float" off in the wash water or require only gentle pulling to be freed from the grooves. Roughness of the etch producing the grooves

FINENESS OF 50()-MESH SCREE.N IS ILLUSTRATED BELOW BY LAYING A SEC- TION OVER A PERIOD AND ENLARGING

THE COMBINATION 70 TIMKS.

mm^

largely determines the degree to which the screen sticks.

High transmission, fine mesh screens are, of necessity, very deli- cate. To secure a screen mounted tautly on a frame is a difficult task if conventional mounting proce- dures are used. Fortunatclx- in this instance, nature was caught in one of her rare cooperative moods, for it was soon found possible to mount the screen in a safely loose condi- tion, using ordinary methods. Then, by holding the mounted screen for a few minutes in a vacuum in a temperature of about 900 "C, it was found that a contraction takes place that tightens the screen ready for use.

With the start of factory produc- tion of the image orthicon the need for relatively large production of fine mesh screen became apparent. Mr. R. S. Moore, RCA Victor Divi- sion, Lancaster, Penna., took over the problem and has contributed improvements in the process. These advances result in a longer master life and a continuous high quality output in great numbers of 200 and 500 mesh screens of 75% and 60% transmission respectively, and in lesser quantities of 1000 mesh.

NBC Television Newsreel Moves to New Quarters

New quarters for the .\I!C' Tele- vision Newsreel will be ojjened early next month in the RKO-Pathe Stu- dios at lOGth Street and Fifth Avenue, New York City.

In announcing the opening, Sid- ney N. Strotz, administrative vice president in charge of NBC Tele- vision, said that the entire job of editing, processing and storing the films is to be performed in the new studios. In addition to the space for film work, facilities available in the new studios include three live video studios and an entire floor for office personnel. The main live studio measures 97 by 74 feet.

The move of the newsreel was timed, according to Strotz, to co- incide with completion of the reel's reorganization by Jerry Fairbanks Productions.

After "moving day," the newsreel will be integrated within NBC's news operations.

NBC now produces and broad- casts three new\sreels weekly in ad- dition to numerous special event and documentary films and a weekly ten-minute review of the news.

25-Year Employees Receive Gold Watches

TEN employees of the RCA Ex- ecutive Offices who have served twenty-five years or more with the Company w-ere a w a r d e d gold watches at a luncheon held Septem- ber 17 in Radio City. Presentations were made by Edward J. Nally, first president of the Radio Corporation of America and at present a mem- ber of the RCA Board of Directors. Brigadier General David Sarnoff, President and Chairman of the Board of RCA addressed the group following the presentations.

Those receiving the awards were George S. De Sousa, Vice President; Henry A. Sullivan. Controller: Wil- liam R. Eberle, Robert C. Hock, George H. Clark, Mary Millea, Clara A. Schlevogt, Eleanor F. Wetzel, Ella V. Smith and Alice Wishart. Marie A. Ward and Mary E. Casser- ly were eligible for aw-ards but were unable to attend.

[RADIO AGE 19]

left: radar antenna OFTHE"MORAN ' is located at peak of foremast.

below: chief mate f. c. schweigel operates the radiomarine radar as j-uank belford, vice president of the

MORAN TOWING COMPANY, (CENTER) AND SALES ENGINEER B. E. SCANLAN OF RADIOMARINE WATCH THE PROCEDURE.

TUGBOAT RADAR

Radiomarine Unit Aboard the Edmond J. Moran Speeds Passage of Tows Through Rircr and Harbor Channels

TORTUOUS river channels, nu- merous bridge abutments, tricky tides and a confusion of har- bor shipping, once formidable ob- stacles faced in fog and darkness by the skipper of the tugboat Ed- mond J. Moran while hauling barge loads of chemical refuse from Sayreville, N. J., to ocean dumping grounds well off the Jersey coast, are scarcely more than normal navi- gating problems since the installa- tion of Radiomarine radar equip- ment aboard the Moran. With the radar scope revealing the position of every detail of the channels and the landmarks bordering them, the

skipper is able to follow his course in all weather as confidently as though he had daylight as his ally. The route followed by the Ed- viond J. Moran. a 1900 h.p. diesel- electric tug, leader of Moran's deep- sea fleet, gives the radar unit a constant opportunity to prove its value. Starting at the plant of the National Lead Company on the Raritan River near Sayreville. the tug picks up a 260-foot specially constructed barge loaded with 300 tons of chemical waste. The river channel that must be followed aver- ages only 270 feet in width with clearances between bridge abut-

ments of less than 150 feet, leaving little margin for error. Once be- yond the river mouth the tow heads out into Raritan Bay. through Sandy Hook and South Channels to Scotland Lightship, then 13 miles to the designated dumping area.

The total distance of the haul is 33'l. niil«s. most of it through waters that re(|uire at all times a constant watch of anchored and moving vessels, buoys, markers and shifting currents. Unaided by radar, the progress of the tow in fog and at night was often slow and pre- carious, thereby adding to the 13 hours normally required for each round trip.

"The course followed by the Moran," said Frank Belford, vice president of the Moran Towing Company, "is a severe test of the value of radar as a navigational aid. The Radiomarine unit is doing

[2 0 RADIO AGF-

a fine job and is proving its eflfec- tiveness."

Commenting on the performance iif radar aboard his tug. Chief Mate Fred C. Schweigel said : "Radar is an aid when navigating approaches to the Victory. Addison and Penn- sylvania R.R. bridges in the Rari- tan River through narrow channels. It is also helpful when crossing the European and Southern route steamship lanes and when making the hazardous entrance to the nar- row channel at Sandy Hook, beset by terrific sets of tides. Radar helps us watch the buoys and keep in the narrow channel."

For all its proved effectiveness, the 3.2-centimeter Radiomarine radar is neither massive nor diffi- cult to operate. A complete installa- tion consists of only three units, two of which are usually placed in the wheelhouse. The third unit, the griddle-like antenna is mounted atop one of the ship's masts.

The indicating unit contains the 12-inch radar scope and is located alongside the wheel where it can be easily viewed. As navigating con- ditions change, the details made available on the scope may be changed to conform. By the simple twist of a knob, the scope picture may be altered instantly to cover a range of lyo, 5, 15 or 50 miles. Objects as close as 80 yards are discernible on the IV2 mile range.

A complete picture of the range under view is obtained by the re- volving radar antenna. By means of an electronic switching system, this antenna sends out a brief radio pulse of extremely short duration and an instant later acts as a re- ceiving antenna to pick up the re- turning "echo" of that pulse. These pulses, returning many thousands of times a second from any and all obstacles encountered, are coordi- nated on the scope and re-create the I'adar view of the area.

RAY D. KELL

WILLIAM H. CHERRY

DR. JAN A. RAJCHMAN

THREE SCIENTISTS HONORED

RCA Lahoratorics Staff Members Receive Awards from The Franklin Institute

MEDALS for their contribu- tions to the field of electron- ics were awarded Ray D. Kell, Dr. Jan A. Rajchman, and William H. Cherry of RCA Laboratories, Princeton, N. J., by The Franklin Institute, at Medal Day ceremonies in Philadelphia, on October 20.

Kell, director of television re- search, received the Stuart Ballan- tine Medal for "his outstanding pioneer work in television, the adap-

tation of this means of communi- cation to military needs, and for his inventive contributions and leader- ship in the development of color television."

Kell was graduated from the Uni- versity of Illinois in 1926, with a B.S. degree. Following three years of association with the General Electric Company at Schenectady, N. Y., he joined the RCA Victor Division of RCA at Camden, N. J.,

where, from 1930 to 1942, many of the components of the present tele- vision system were developed under his direction. These included the first high-power, high-frequency television transmitter, the first iconoscope camera, the first remote pick-up and radio relay.

Since 1942 he has been directing television research at the RCA Laboratories, Princeton, N. J. The all-electronic simultaneous color television system is one of the latest results of this work. In 1940 he received a Modern Pioneer Award from the National Association of Manufacturers, and in 1947 a Fellowship Award in the Institute of Radio Engineers. Both awards were for his contributions to tele- vision.

The Institute's 1948 Levy Medal was awarded to Dr. Rajchman and Cherry, research physicists at the Laboratories, in recognition of their paper "The Electron Mechanics of Induction Acceleration," which ap- peared in the April and May, 1947, issues of the Journal of The Frank- lin Institute.

Dr. Rajchman was born in Lon- don, England, in 1911. He received his diploma in Electrical Engineer- ing in 1934 and the degree of Doctor of Technical Sciences in 1938 from the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology. In 1936 he joined the staflF of the RCA Manufacturing Company as a research engineer and in 1942 was transferred to the RCA Laboratories in Princeton as a re- search physicist. He has been chiefly responsible for the develop- ment of the electron multiplier. He is a member of Sigma Xi, Amer- ican Physical Society, and Institute of Radio Engineers.

Cherry is a graduate of the Massachusetts Institute of Tech- nology, where he received his degree of Bachelor of Science in physics in 1941. In August of the same year he joined the RCA Manufacturing Company in Harrison, Xew Jersey, and in 1942 he was transferred as a research physicist to the RCA Laboratories at Princeton. At pres- ent, Cherry is working in the RCA television group and carrying on graduate studies in physics at Princeton University. He is a mem- ber of Sigma Xi.

[RADIO AGE 21]

Ultrafax Demonstrated

(Continued from jmge 6)

important advance in photographic art, resulted from advance equip- ment built for the armed services during the war.

The Ultrafax film may be en- larged to full-sized copy by means of a high-speed continuous process- ing machine. The equipment is sim- ilar to that used during the war for V-Mail enlarging. There is no limit to the number of Ultrafa.x mes-sages which may be printed from a single film.

Elmer \V. Engstrom, Vice Presi- dent in charge of re.search at RCA Laboratories, pointed out the sig- nificance of the Ultrafax demon- stration with respect to the con- struction at this time of nation-wide radio-relay networks which are capable of transmitting inter- changeably both television and Ultrafax -signals. Mr. Engstrom stated: "We have succeeded in ob- taining results which show that Ultrafax can now promise practical commercial use, and at a time when demands are greater than ever for speed, speed and more speed in com- munications."

The advanced engineering and development work is under the direction of Donald S. Bond of the RCA Laboratories staff, who par- ticipated in the demonstration. Mr. Bond has spearheaded the task of putting together the known tools as developed for television, radio re- lays and facsimile, all of which have been combined as a .system to create Ultrafax. With associates in RCA Laboratories and NBC, Mr. Bond devised the electronic equipment, and in cooperation with engineers of Eastman Kodak Company, added high-speed film processing appara- tus. Credit for contributing early suggestions as to how Ultrafax could employ radio-relay and tele- vision techniques is given to C. W. Hansen of RCA Laboratories, pio- neer in developing radio-relaying systems.

Historic Documents Transmitted

The Library of Congress and other government agencies provided material transmitted during the proceedings, which lasted more than an hour. Among the documents sent and received by Ultrafax to demon- strate its ver.satility were:

J' GONE » WITH4

ULTRAFAX CAN TRANSMIT ENTIRE BOOKS, EVEN AS I.ONC AS "CONE WITH THE WIND", IN A FEW SECONDS.

[2:2 RADIO AGE]

A battle map, contour map, and four pages of Xaval specifications — as examples of national security and military uses.

A transportation schedule, bank draft, financial report, technical drawing, money order— as examples of u.sefulness to business and in- dustry.

Personal letter with diagrammed drawing, birth announcement — in the new father's excited handwrit- ing.

FBI description of a public enemy-at-large, along with finger- prints; weather map; Civil Service job application; consumer price index chart— illustrating Ultrafax's public service potential.

Newspaper mastheads, cartoons, advertising layout and an index of magazine contents — pointing up numerous possibilities for the pub- lishing field, where speed and dis- tribution are prime factors.

Writings in Latin, Hebrew, Rus- sian, and Japanese — the original Japanese surrender document, in the latter case — showed Ultrafax's indiscriminate handling of all lan- guages.

Borrowing from the treasures of the Library of Congre.ss, Ultrafax brought to the audience these docu- ments of our American heritage: The Declaration of Independence, in the handwriting of Thomas Jeffer- -son; the battle map of the Battle of Bunker Hill; the first oflicial gov- ernment map of Washington, D. C; the first printed copy of the Na- tional Anthem; the Gettysburg Ad- dress, in Abraham Lincoln's hand- writing—the very copy he used for his delivery.

And finally, marking two of the most significant affirmations of man's progress, there was tran.s- mitted a page of the Gutenberg Bible — the first printed word — and the preamble to the Charter of the United Nations.

The unveiling of Ultrafax. which was televised from Washington to viewers on the NBC East Coast network, took place near the site of Professor Samuel F. B. Morse's historic demonstration of the tele- graph 101 years ago.

A.Ml'Li; AISLES, ADEtiUATK LKJllTUNG AND FLOORS KEPT SPOTLESS BY SANDING MACHINES ARE TYPICAL FEA- TURES OF THE "HOUSE^KEEPINC" PROGRAM FOLLOWED AT RCA'S BLOOMINGTON, INDIANA, PLANT.

Safety and Health

Succcis in Elhnhiat'mg Occupational Hazards in Factories and in the Field Has Won IVide Recognition for the RCA Victor Dirision

By E. M. Tuft

Director of Personnel RCA Victor Division

EVERYBODY loses from indus- trial accidents — men and man- agement alike — the community, too. To prevent these losses the RCA Victor Division, from its very in- ception, has had in operation a Safety and Health Program which is constantly being improved to meet new conditions. It is looked upon as a model for the radio and phonograph industry.

Employing over 2.5,000 people in ten plants and in the field, RCA Victor, in its efforts to maintain the

safety and health of its employees, is confronted with a wide range of problems inherent to the extensive scope of its manufacturing activi- ties.

Its cabinet plants in Pulaski, Virginia, and Monticello, Indiana, present the hazards of the wood- working industry, which by their nature are much greater than those encountered in radio manufactur- ing. The Camden, New Jersey, plant advances special problems involving the manufacture of bulky products, ranging from television and radio broadcast equipment to television receivers. The RIoomington, Indi- ana, plant by contrast emphasizes the good housekeeping needed for efficient mass production of small radios.

Entirely different types of piob- lems are encountered in tube manu- facture at Harrison, New Jersey ; Lancaster, Pennsylvania ; and In- dianapolis, Indiana. The last named shares with Camden and the Can- onsburg, Pennsylvania, plant special safety problems arising from record manufacturing activities, and to- gether with the Camden plant, those

arising from production of relative- ly large units as typified by radio and television console receivers.

Field people, such as employees of RCA Service Company, who in- stall and service many types of equipment, present still another series of problems.

Despite the wide range of condi- tions to be met, the RCA Victor Division long has enjoyed a better- than-average safety record, as com- pared with other firms engaged solely in radio manufacturing. Be- hind this accomplishment is the Safety and Health Program which has won wide recognition for the company as a leader in safety ac- tivities, and many awards to in- dividual plants for their outstanding safety records.

Maintenance of employee safety and health is a major personnel policy of the RCA Victor Division. The program is a "down-to-earth" one, stressed as an operational func- tion of each plant. In the company's larger plants, the program is co- ordinated by safety supervisors: in the others, by personnel managers. But, fundamentally, safety becomes the responsibility of each supervisor and group leader. These are the people who are "on the front line". It is their job to expose hazards and prevent accidents.

Rank and file participation in the

[RADIO AGE 23

Kansas City, Mo,

Safety and Health Program is also encouraged. This begins with the training given to each new em- ployee, or to an old one shifted to a new operation or machine. It carries over to the plant-wide safety committees, and sub-groups cover- ing specific activities.

A primary consideration of the RCA \'ictor Division is the welfare of its employees. It is concerned with the prevention of the pain, the discomfort, and the resulting finan- cial setbacks which victims of acci- dent and illness may suffer.

Program Helps Consumer

There is a by-product for the consumer, too, in the Safety Pro- gram. The careful workmanship which avoids accident.s assures the consumer of the dependability and high quality of the merchandise bearing the company's label.

How "safety thinking" pervades all activities of the company is illus- trated by the e.xtensive safety or- ganization in a typical RCA plant.

At the head of this activity in each plant is the safety supervisor or chairman of the safety commit- tee. The latter is composed of super- visory and engineering personnel. Under the direction of the safety supervisor is a dispensary, staffed with nurses and doctors; an emer- gency first aid crew; the general fire and safety committee; safety com- mittees for special hazards such as X-ray and high voltage; and the staff of the safety section.

The safety supervisor works in close cooperation with the plant fire marshal ; jilant engineering, chem- ical engineering, and standardizing groups, within the company; and outside agencies such as the State

Department of Labor, the State De- partment of Health, Red Cross, local industrial safety council, and the National Safety Council.

At the periphery of the safety wheel, whose rim is comprised of the company's employees, are safety co-ordinators — one for each activity, including engineering, manufactur- ing, material control, central plan- ning, plant engineering, power, building service, maintenance and construction, warehousing, quality, and purchasing. Many of these ac- tivities have safety sub-committees to act on their own problems. It is on this level that most of the educa- tional and preventive safety work is done. If the sub-committee is stumped by a problem it has a two- way channel of communication to the plant's general safety and fire committee and the safety super- visor.

Model of Effectiveness

Despite its apparent complexity, this safety organization is a model of integration and effectiveness in operation. Frequent training ses- sions for supervisors, safety pro- cedure indoctrination for all groups of trainee engineers, generous use of dramatic safety posters such as those put out by the National Safety Council, and day-in, day-out activi- ties of the Safety Section hammer away at education and prevention.

One of the fundamentals of RCA Victor policy is compliance with all state and local laws and codes re- lating to safety and health meas- ures. In practice, local compliance freciuently exceeds statutory re- quirements.

At Camden, for example, it was nece.ssary to store 50 pounds of

smokeless powder for use in an im- portant test procedure of certain equipment. To store this amount of the explosive. New Jersey requires a "Class B Magazine" license. A "Class B Magazine" is a steel box, conspicuously lettered with the word "Explosives", mounted on wheels with a handle attached, so that in the event t>f fire the maga- zine may be pushed to safety.

RCA \'ictor, however, wouldn't take the chance of having to have the explosive pushed out of the building in the event of a fire. It built a "Class A Magazine", a brick building out in the yard remote from plant buildings. In this struc- ture, the "Class B Magazine" icas stored.

Preventive actions such as this are an everyday occurrence at all RCA Victor plants. In this Com- pany, safety literally starts on the drawing board. Working closely with engineering, the safety staff is consulted on any new products, processes or procedures.

Nen- Machines Studied

Safety precautions begin with the study of the materials specified for toxicity or other hazards. Then, the production procedure is ana- lyzed and specifications set down for safe operations. If there are any new machines to be used, their plans are also carefully examined together with their lay-out. to make certain that no new hazards will be introduced. If a hazard is discov- ered in connection with a machine or piece of equipment, the mecha- nism is "tagged" with a bright yel- low card, which means that it must

(Continued on page SO)

SAFETY COOnLES FOR WORKERS AND PROTECTIVE CAB-

I.VETS FOR KlNF.S(OPE TL'BES HAVF, REDUCED THE

I'llSSIBII.ITV OK EYE-ArCIDENTS.

O. C. BOILEAO (RIGHT) SAFETi- SUPER^^SOR AT CAMDEN,

WATCHES A SUBSTANCE BEING TESTED FOR FLAMMA-

BII.ITY IN TMV • "VN'i' >l 1'MYSIlAL LABORATORY.

TELEVISION IN SPAIN

Madrid Audiences Watch Telecasts of Dances, Street Scenes and Bullfights in Demonstration of American Video Equipment

A high degree of success has been attained by the Radio Corporation of America in acquaint- ing the Spanish people with the progress of American television. In a series of demonstrations con- ducted in Madrid by representa- tives of the RCA International Division, the latest types of RCA television receivers, cameras and relay equipment went into action at the Government Palace and in the ancient streets and plazas of the capital. Highlighting the per- formance were direct pick-ups from one of Spain's most famous bull- fighting arenas.

Beginning in July with private showings for Spanish officials at the Palace, the demonstrations were continued until the latter part of August, with the coopera- tion of Rey Soria & Company, RCA distributors in Spain. The pick- ups featured typical dances of

Sevilla and Aragon, reviews of the Moorish Guards, presentation of American motion pictures and the traditional drama of "blood and sand." Sixteen of the newest models of RCA Victor television receivers reproduced the scenes transmitted by two mobile television units.

Despite early technical difficul- ties, the first television pick-ups of bullfights in Spain received enthus- iastic response from the press and the hundreds of spectators who packed an amusement center, six miles from the celebrated Vista Alegre Arena, where the noted matador, Domingo Dominguin, staged the spectacle.

More than two hours before the television show got under way the theatre in downtown Madrid was crammed to capacity with some 2,000 bullfight fans, eagerly await- ing one of the early exhibitions.

In all, three Sunday bullfighting

OLD AND NEW MEET IN A MADRID PLAZA

WHERE A MONUMENT TO FERDINAND VII

IS USED AS BACKGROUND IN TELEVISING

A STREET SCENE.

"corridas" were covered by RCA television, and the famed impre- sario, Dominguin, had this to say about the introduction of the new television art into the ancient pas- time of Spain: "I am extremely pleased that the Spanish people have had the opportunity of seeing television and of witnessing the televising of bullfights. It is a won- derful combination of the old and the new — of spectacular entertain- ment and science."

Several members of the RCA television crew were veterans of televising bullfights in Mexico last year. They were assisted by Spanish technicians who became quickly skilled in handling the video gear. After official and public demonstra- tions they participated in the send- off for the introduction of television in Spain.

The Madrid press received the bullfight coverage with enthusiasm, offering the consensus that in many instances the televised pictures of the events were brighter than the actual scenes in the arena.

The Madrid daily, Hoja del Lunes, declared editorially: "Per- fect quality of pictures and sound was demonstrated by RCA tele- vision in co%-ering the bullfights."

Another newspaper, Diario Alc(v-

USING A TELEPHOTO LENS, A TELEVISION

CAMERAMAN FOCUSES ON ACTION IN

A FAR CdRNKR <1F A .^PORTS ARE.NA.

[RADIO AGE 25]

F*Ub»f

c L/b

'*ary

''^"sa. c.ty. ^,^

zar, said: "Spectators at the arena crowded around the television monitoring- equipment near the end of last ni^'ht's performance when heavy clouds caused poor visibility in the arena. The television view- ers saw pictures that were much brighter than the actual scene in the arena."

The Diario de Madrid' added: "RCA deserves warm jiraise for its television coverage of a Spanish bullfighting spectacle. Television enabled viewers many kilometers from the arena to see the events with excellent fidelity."

During the television demonstra- tions in Madrid the city displayed colorful posters advertising what it termed a "television corrida" and gave wide acclaim to RCA representatives and the distribut- ing organization. At intervals, the noted Dominguin stood behind the RCA producer Ed Price, and ad- vised him on camera shots. Domin- guin, himself a sports impresario, announced that he hoped to employ television in coverage not only of bullfighting, but in other events such as boxing and wrestling, when television makes its permanent en- trance into Spain.

In October, 1946, a television

crew of the RCA International Division journeyed to Mexico and demonstrated the RCA .-system with a series of pick-ups in the capital. There, success was achieved for the first time in the pick-up and trans- mission of bullfight scenes.

Later, in June. 1947, the first demonstration of the American tele- vision system on the continent of Europe was conducted by RCA at the Milan International Fair and at various other Italian sites, includ- ing Vatican City, where Pope Pius XIII was televised for the first time. These demonstrations were held in conjunction with the celebration in Italy of the 50th anniversary of the invention of radio.

Members of the RCA Interna- tional Division's television crew who introduced the video art to Spain were William J. Reillv, C.

E. Davis, T. J. Shipferling, F. \V. Millspaugh and Ed Price. On hand for the initial exhibition were Vice- Admiral William A. Glassford, European Manager of RCA; John

F. Royal, Vice President and As- sistant to the President, National Broadcasting Company: and Carlos Villalvazo, European Field Repre- sentative of the RCA International Division.

SCENES SUCH AS THIS, PICKED UP BY AN IMACE ORTHICON CAMERA

FROM A LOCAL BULLKinHTI.VG ARKNA WERE SHOWN IN A CROWD-

PArKEI> M\riUII) TIIEATRF..

300 Engineers Complete Television Courses

More than 300 broadcast engi- neers from leading radio networks and independent stations in the United States, Australia, Canada, and Mexico, have completed the television technical training courses being conducted by the Engineering Products Department of the RCA Victor Division in Camden, N. J.

Conducted by "popular request" in Camden and also on the West Coast the week-long clinics acquaint broadcast technicians with the theory, design, operation, and main- tenance of the latest television equipment. A combination of tech- nical sessions and practical demon- strations familiarizes the engineers with problems concerning the in- stallation and operation of televi- sion systems. Each cour.se, staffed by the same RCA television engi- neers who designed the equipment and are familiar with every phase of its operation, is delivered at an engineering level.

Technical sessions include dis- cussions of all aspects of television technical operation, ranging from fundamental theory to layout of television studios, kinescope photog- raphy, and the use of mobile tele- vision microwave equipment in the coverage of remote broadcasts.

Practical demonstrations for those attending the fifth clinic in the Camden series, were held in a newly constructed television studio where the visiting engineers wit- nessed a live video program from the control position. They also were given an opportunity to operate the cameras, control equipment, and the 16mm and .S.'Smm projectors used in televising motion picture film. In adjoining laboratories, they viewed demonstrations of RCA's 7000- megacycle relay equipment used for relaying television programs be- tween remote pickup locations and the studio.

Included in the training programs were a tour of the transmitter pro- duction plant and inspection trips to RCA's experimental television station W3XEP and RCA labora- tories in Princeton, N. J.

[2C RADIO AGCj

Pack Transmitters Grow Smaller

Latest Model Weighs Only 24 Pounds, Complete with Batteries, and Has a Range Up to 20 Miles

The first known successful broad- cast usinjr a pack transmitter was made in 1929 by a parachute jumper who described the sensations of his descent to earth as an NBC feature. The pack transmitter used by that hardy and unknown soul was quite heavy, had only fair tonal quality, was somewhat unstable in the frequency of its signals and could be operated only for short periods due to limited battery life. However, the broadcast was suc- cessful and created widespread interesL

Since that time, the pack trans- mitter has become an essential tool of the broadcaster. Portable, low- powered, high-frequency self-con- tained stations of this general type are now used extensively for the relaying of sound broadcasts dur- ing golf matches, parades, street in- terviews and at large assemblages, such as political conventions.

But the size as well as the capa- bilities of the instrument have undergone noteworthy evolution. These improvements are typified in the latest model developed within the past year by NBC engineering talent.

In the Spring of 1947, George McElrath, NBC engineer executive, called in Jarrett L. Hathaway, NBC's assistant manager of engi- neering development — then a staff engineer — and told him the iietw^ork needed seven new pack transmitters for its owned and operated stations and for Western Division head- quarters at Hollywood. Hathaway investigated the possibility of get- ting seven pack transmitters of ex- isting types in a hurry. But a thor- ough study of the situation con- vinced him that such a project w-ould be excessively expensive. In addition, the current models wei-e ten years old with tubes and cir- cuit already obsolete, moreover, the method of controlling the frequency was not sufficiently accurate to meet the Federal Communications Com- mission's new standards. Hatha- way knew, too, as did the other engineers — and especially the field

men — that the units then in use were too big, too heavy and too cumbersome.

This whole situation represented a challenge to any engineer charged with the procurement of new elec- tronic eciuipmcnt, so Hathaway de- termined to design a new pack transmitter that would be lighter, smaller and more efiicient.

Forthwith he set to work on the basic circuit and after a short time, when he was satisfied with the foundation, he called in William Ilotine, X1:!C development engineer, who added the mechanical details and refined the electrical circuits. Time devoted to the project from the start through the stage of manu- facture was over a year, and in May. 1948, the pack transmitter was approved by Hathaway fi-om an engineering standpoint.

The following month, it was used on the air for the first time during

J. L. HATHAWAY HOLDS THE LATEST STREAMLINED MODEL OF THE PACK TRA.N'SMITTER. BATTERIES TO OPERATE THE U.XIT FOR 6 HOCRS ARE INSIDE THE CABINET.

THIS EAKI.V VEUSIo.N (l^ IHh rolU -

ABLE TRANSMITTER WAS LARCE AND

CUMBERSO.ME AND REQUIRED A LE.NGTH

OF WIRE FOR ITS ANTENNA.

the broadcast of a golf match in Hollywood. That particular pack transmitter had been brought to Hollywood for the National Asso- ciation of Broadcasters convention in May, and was left there with XBC Western Division engineers. This was the pack transmitter that was used fairly extensively at the recent major political conventions in Philadelphia for remote pickups and for cue-channel transmission. The latter provides off-the-air cues and conversations between remote points and control booths.

The new pack transmitter is high quality, low powered and high fre- quency, designed for remote pickup of sound broadcast programs when extreme mobility and freedom of action are required. It is about one- third smaller in size and weight than previous models, yet is capable of improved performance. The sav- ing in space and weight was made possible by the type of construction employed, together with the use of miniature components, including tubes. Other features are simplified tuning controls, high level modula- tion, automatic audio gain control.

[RADIO AGE 27]

hijrh frequency pre-emphasis and high quality monitoring.

The newest pack transmitter has been designed for use within the 25 to 32 megacycle frequency band. The external housing dimensions are only 9''.i inches wide by 12^4 inches high by 5-''s inches in depth. This size permits easy carrying, since the unit does not protrude too far from the back, and the height is small enough to avoid the annoy- ing bumping of the lower edge against the hip of the operator — a common curse of the older trans- mitters. The overall weight, in- cluding batteries and protective cover, is only 24 pounds. Batteries provide about six hours of continu- ous operation, which corresponds to about fifteen hours of operation at a rate of one hour a day. Range is

WITH PACK TRANSMITTER AND BATTERIES STRAPPED TO HIS BACK AN EXER- CISE BOY GIVES A RUNNING ACCOUNT OF HIS JAUNT AS A BROADCAST FEATURE

FIFTEEN YEAB8 AGO.

one to twenty miles, depending on extraneous noise at the receiving location and also on the nature of the terrain over which the signals must travel.

Diligent research through the

intervening years has made possible the several successively smaller and more efficient pack transmitters. No one will venture a prediction as to the limit of improvement which one day may be reached.

RICHMOND, VA, INSTALLS 2-WAY RADIO FOR POLICE

More Than <t Hundred Mobile Units Provide Protection to City

ONE of the nation's largest high-frequency two-way police communications systems was re- cently installed and put in operation by the City of Richmond, Virginia, using equipment supplied by the RCA Engineering Products Depart- ment. The system, broadcasting over Station WPHF, operates at 155.01 megacycles for the station transmitter and mobile receivers, and at 156.09 megacycles for the mobile transmitters.

Richmond's original police com- munications system, which went in- to service in 1932 with one 400-watt station transmitter and 24 mobile

receivers, operating in the 2450 kc low-frequency band, today boasts a 250-watt high-frequency transmit- ter, two auxiliary 45-watt transmit- ters, and more than a hundred two- way mobile units. These units mounted in police cars, fire-fighting equipment, city ambulances, and other city-owned vehicles, give com- plete protection to Richmond, its harbor, and residents of adjoining Henrico County.

The main transmitter has been installed atop the Carillon, a World War I memorial, with auxiliary units housed in the Second Precinct Police Station and aboard a tug in the harbor. An antenna, mounted approximately 275 feet above ground, serves the main station. Continuous two-way communication with this unit has been successful over a distance of approximately 70 miles. A new radio room, remodeled

with such modern features as air conditioning, acoustic tiling, mod- ern lighting, and fireproof furnish- ings, is operated twenty-four hours daily, and averages some 600 calls and about 1800 transmissions per day.

The RCA main station and two RCA auxiliary stations are all re- motely controlled from two RCA remote control amplifiers located at Police Headcjuarters, approximately three miles from the transmitters. A system of duplex control makes it possible for either of two dispatch- ers to select and control the main transmitter or the auxiliary trans- mitters. The remote control equip- ment is also used to supply both out-going and in-coming calls to the three precinct stations, Police-Fire alarm office, Henrico County Police Headquarters, and six other offices via telephone lines.

TWO-WAY RADIO UNIT ON ONE OF RICHMOND'S

FIRE TRUCKS IS LOCATED DIRECTLY BEHIND THE

DRIVER'S SEAT.

THROUGH THIS CENTRAL RADIO CONTROL BOARD,

RICHMOND OPERATORS HANDLE AN AVERAGE OF

1800 TRANSMISSIONS A DAY.

SCENE IN THE HOLLYWOOD STUDIO DURING THE FILMING OK "THE PUBLIC PROSECUTOR", FIRST MYSTERY SERIAL PRODUCED FOR TELEVISION.

FILM DRAMAS FOR TELEVISION

First Serial Produced Exclusively for Video Stations to be Released Soon in 26 Installments

THE first dramatic serial feature to be filmed especially for tele- vision will shortly be shown to NBC video audiences throughout the country. The series, entitled "Pub- lic Prosecutor", consists of twenty- six stories each seventeen and a half minutes in length with an ad- ditional two minutes of running time for commercial messages, and thirty seconds to advertise the next installment.

As a television attraction, these "whodunit" programs will augment the kinescope recordings, also pro- duced by NBC, which have been used by NBC affiliates located in

cities not yet supplied with coaxial cable or radio relay service.

A radical departure from current video programming, the films for television feature a new technique. Every foot has been shot solely with the television audience in mind with special attention given to close-ups rather than long shots. This inti- mate approach brings viewers into the story until they feel that they are actually aiding the Public Prose- cutor in tracking down the crimi- nals.

Produced in Holl>"\vood by Jerry Fairbanks, the series stars John Howard and features a cast of well-

known players. Critics who have seen previews have been enthusi- astic in their reports. Newsweek called the series the best news the home televiewer has had "since the World Series".

Through the NBC Television Re- cording System — a system of tak- ing motion picture film off the face of a kinescope — the televiewer re- ceives picture quality equal to the best sixteen millimeter home motion pictures.

Developed Over Ten-Year Period

Television recording was devel- oped over a period of ten years by NBC engineers working under the supervision of 0. B. Hanson, vice president and chief engineer. Diffi- cult technical problems, once thought insoluble, were overcome and the system is now a working reality.

The system received its baptism of fire with the two national political conventions. While the conclaves were under way, engineers in New York stood by with the recording cameras to put on film all the high- lights in Philadelphia.

The NBC Television Recording System provides the method of syn- dication for the network to bridge the gap until interconnecting facili- ties are available. Although the

"howdy doody", popular juveniie program, is being distributed to af- filiated television outlets by means of kinescope recordings.

f^-^' ^

[RADIO AGE 29]

midwest television chain centering around ChicaKo will be connected with the East Coast by Jan. 1, 1949, there will be many NBC Television stations which will not be on the network for some time. Thus, the recording system will provide an effective interim networking' ar- ran Kerne nt.

At the bepinninfr of September, si.x major SBC Television Feature Service program series were offered to non-interconnected video outlets of the network. This marked the first regular use of the system. The series were: "Musical Miniatures," televised three times weekly, on the east coast network and featuring well-known pianists and singers; Richard Harkness' "Story of the Week," a fifteen-minute interview program with leading personalities in the news; "Stop Me If You've Heard This One," starring Morey Amsterdam, Cal Tinney and Lew Lehr, a half hour comedy program; "America Song," a quarter hour of song and dance; "Howdy Doody", the ever-popular children's program starring Bob Smith; and "Televi- sion Screen Magazine" featuring Bob Stanton and interviews. As time goes on, it is expected that all NBC Television programs — both commercial and Feature Service — will be made available to network video stations wherever they may be located.

TELEVISION STATIONS BEYOND THE REACH OF COAXIAL CABLES AND RADIO

RELAYS, TRANSMIT THE SONG AND DANCE PROGRAM "AMERICA SONG" FROM

KINESCOPE RECORDINGS MADE IN NEW YORK.

Safety and Health

(Continued from page il,)

be shut down until the hazard is eliminated.

It is the seemingly little things that make for good safet.v — such as having walkways free from hazards in a i)lant like Indianapolis, where large consoles are moved on convey- ors; or, like the marking of certain areas in the Lancaster tube plant, where no one. — and this means no one without exception — is per- mitted to enter without special types of goggles. It means, also, having the kind of housekeeping in the Bloomington small radio plant that has led to repeated remarks by a factory inspector of the Indiana Department of Labor that this was

"the cleanest, best-kept plant of all those in my jurisdiction."

Pre-occupation with detail doesn't mean that the Safety organization overlooks the big things. When the Camden i)lant w;is converted from war to iH'acetime production, every design for machine lay-out, every new machine, every new process was carefully studied from drawing board to actual operation for elimi- nation of hazards. RCA went even further. It obtained .-ipproval from the New .ler.sey Department of Labor for all of these installations, frequently exceeding State stand- ards.

The end-product of these activi- ties and the thorough-going safety

organization is the knowledge that employment at RCA Victor is safer than the average in the radio and phonograph industries.

At the Camden plant, largest of the ten comprising the RCA \'ictor group, there has not been a punch press accident in almost two years. On all other power machines, maniud with an average of about l.'?,flOO workmen, there have been only 11 accidents in the past year. This splendid record shows up in the accident frequency rate in 1947 of only 1. 8 per million man-hours worked, as compared with the in- dustry average of fi.2.

Other RCA plants, too, compare favorably with the industry aver- age. All of them are constantly striving to find better and safer ways of doing things.

[30 RADIO AGEj

RED SEAL

"HIS MASTERS VOICE

(^unninqham

RADIOMARIME

VICTROLA

RADIOTRON

RCA Victor

"^IRELF^ 'Via RCA

The Meaning of Trade-Marks

These Familiar Symbols Arc Essential Tools of Industry which Create and Maintain Good-Will Toward Company and Product

keep its trademarks in prominence are legion. Newspaper and maga- zine advertisements; the lure of prize contests; radio network pro- grams with their highly paid stars and well-known orchestras; car cards in trains and buses — these are only a few of the methods that are proving effective in perpetuat- ing and strengthening trade-marks.

Trade-marks by themselves do not sell goods, but properly ex- ploited they create that highly valued business asset called good- will. Like a powerful magnet, good- will attracts the shopper and buyer to a specific product. Customers are already half-sold if they have ac- quired confidence in the integrity of the maker of a line of goods. Good-will engenders a sense of reliability.

Trade-marks have a pedigree; they go far back to the days of the guild system. Evidence shows that

By Abraham S. Greenberg

Trade-Mark Attorney, Radio Corporation of America

TRADE-MARKS, and the Good- will they create are essential tools of industry, yet few laymen realize to what extent they are vital to the successful conduct of busi- ness enterprise. Rarely does the man-in-the-street appreciate their effect on the safety, health and buy- ing confidence of the public.

The devices used by business to

the ancient Babylonian and Egyp- tian brickmakers applied unique identification marks to their bricks. Roman craftsmen often applied their names to their products. In Germany, Venice and England, back in the 14th, loth and IGth centuries, members of different guilds were placing their guild and personal marks on their respective goods. The bakers, printers, cutlers, cloth- makers and leatherworkers of those times were controlled by extremely rigid guild rules. To fix responsi- bility for poor workmanship and to identify the particular craftsman's work, it became the custom to apply an identification device or symbol to a product. From these crude beginnings, where the mark was actually a symbol of liability, there evolved the asset trade-mark of the 19th and 20th centuries.

In our modern free and demo- cratic society there is a vast im- portance in trade-marks. They are socially significant. Americans are trade-mark consciouspeople. Whether you are a factory worker, an ofl!ice worker, middle class or wealthy, you shop and buy accord- ing to established brands. It makes little difference if you are highly educated or illiterate; your brand or trade-mark consciousness is of intense interest to small business and big business.

The average purchaser likes the freedom to choose among well- known brands. A consumer survey showed that 85 per cent of all peo- ple readily recognized that the let- ters "GE" mean General Electric. The public readily recognizes and relies on our "RCA" trade-mark, and when broadcast listeners hear the familiar chimes on the radio they know at once that they are listening to their favorite "NBC" network.

Taking a closer look at the mod- ern trade-mark, it quickly becomes evident that something new was added to the old guild system mark. Besides identifying the product, its origin, and guaranteeing a stable quality, the modern trade-mark ad- vertises the product. Justice Felix

[RADIO AGE 31]

Frankfurter put it very nicely in these words :

"The protection of trade-marks is the law's recognition of the psy- chological function of symbols. If it is true that we live by symbols, it is no less true that we purchase goods by them. A trade-mark is a merchandising short-cut which in- duces a purchaser to select what he wants, or what he has been led to believe he wants. The owner of a mark exploits this human propensity by making every effort to impreg- nate the atmosphere of the market with the drawing power of a con- genial symbol. Whatever the means employed, the aim is the same — to convey through the mark, in the minds of potential customers, the desirability of the commodity upon which it appears. Once this is at- tained, the trade-mark owner has something of value."

Trade-Mark Is a Properly Right

It is interesting to compare a trade-mark with such business val- ues as patents, copyrights, trade secrets, "know-how", the skill, ex- perience and reputation of per- sonnel. Patents and copyrights are property rights which arise out of a grant by the Government. Most of the assets of a business enter- prise have a vitality and power of their own which permit them to function independent of the busi- ness. A trade-mark, however, is a property right which comes into existence only through use by its owner as a distinctive mark in con- nection with a given product. Once separated from the article or busi- ness to which it refers, the trade- mark becomes meaningless and will perish as a trade designation.

A trade-mark may be said to be a distinctive word, emblem, symbol or device used to identify the maker or distributor of a given product. While trade-marks are protected by the courts, whether registered or not. State and Federal trade-mark registration give substantial Ixiu- fits to trade-mark owners.

One of the highlights of this new Federal Trade-Mark law is the formal recognition and registration

of a service mark. These are marks used by laundries, cleaners, banks, insurance companies, radio broad- casters and others whose services are rendered interstate. A service mark means a mark used in the sale or advertising of services to identify the services of one person and to distinguish them from the services of others. They include without limitation the marks, names, symbols, titles, designa- tions, slogans, character names, and distinctive features of radio or other advertising used in commerce. For example, the letters "NBC" and the chimes used in the broad- cast service of National Broadcast- ing Company, the RCA monogram as used in the radio communication services of RCA Communications. Inc., the word "Radiomarine" used to indicate the services rendered by Radiomarine Corporation of Amer- ica— all of these are service marks.

The selection of a suitable trade- mark is not an easy task. It should not be a descriptive word, a geog- raphical name, or in general any symbol or device which others may employ with equal truth and have an equal right to use for the same purpose. The mark should be searched in the U. S. Patent Office or other suitable search source to make sure that the desired mark is not similar to a prior mark. In brief, a good trade-mark or service mark is distinctive, has a psycho- logical appeal, is suitable for the product or service, is euphonious and is easy to remember.

From its formation in 1919, RCA has considered trade-marks one of its foundation stones. In this re- spect. General Sarnoff, only a short time ago, said:

"RCA's trade-marks are among its most valuable assets. They are a symbol of the intangible value of the 'good-wiir between RCA and the public which we have painstak- ingly and at great cost built up over the years. No improper use of trade-marks should be permitted to impair that investment in effort and expense."

How well the Radio Corporation of America, its divisions and sub- divisions have promoted their trade- marks is evidenced by recalling some of their symbols which through ceaseless reiteration have become household words both at home and abroad. "RCA", "RCA Victor", the familiar dog and phonograph "His Master's Voice", "Victrola", "R a d i o t r o n", "Red Seal", "Via RCA" and "NBC". Be- hind these widely advertised trade- marks and service marks stand the integrity and reliability of the manufacturer, the distributor and the dealer.

However, there is more to a trade-mark than merely coining it and promoting it. If it is to remain an asset, it must be zealously watched and protected. As it be- comes more valuable, it becomes more vulnerable. Many are the de- vices resorted to by an unscrupu- lous competitor in his attempts to promote his own wares by preying on the glowing good-will of another. Courts have ruled repeatedly that the proprietor of good-will is en- titled to "protection against one who attempts to deprive him of the benefits resulting from the same, by using his labels and trade-marks without his consent and authority."

While it is true that RCA from time to time has enriched the stock- pile of everyday language with coined words such as iconoscope, kinescope, orthicon, loran, shoran, teleran, the Corporation's basic marks are guarded with all the force that can be assembled. For these are the tireless salesmen of RCA.

States Position on UHF

(Continued from jxigf 1~}

orderly progression leading toward assignment of additional channels will permit the radio industry and the broadcasters to make concrete plans for expansion of television service to the American people and to do this without disturbance and with full realization of the best public interest."

32 RADIO AGE]

RESEARCH • MANUFACTURING • COMMUNICATIONS • BROADCASTING • TELEVISION

t'fe//.

^'b

'^^o.r'^^y

'S«s

'it.

UARY

1949

	''-			i	^K 0 ft 0 ^ Ho 0 4roi	►
	%^
		^	m	g
	^(i	'^k	1	nl'
W	i\i	r		■
	A>|		A	^Bki.vv'^- ■.•,„.,: --ar . .
^ DR.^VLADIMIR K. ZWOR

/

' -^^.

"// c'lf Iciiihiy iciirricd ahiml liiiii. Television seems lu he uuirpini; liis (lutlatik.

In ink I. AM' C'l.N I I tt\', it \\;is I i>m S;i\\\fr w Im i .i|i- Sn, it paifnls ;irr furii-il |i> kimw c-aih inarhiiiatKni nf

ttirt'd Aim-rica's jini-iiili- rra<liT>. 'I'hfii, a m-iicration ajin, Mr. X . . . to !><• thnriuiuhly a»>|uaiiiti-<l with (."laraln-llc tin-

Miikry Mousf b»-i;an charmiiii; tlu- half-pricr mcix i»--tickrt Silfiit C'luwii ... to sit au'aiii cari-fiilly i-(lit»-<l m<i\io i-mn-

ir.ulf. I oilav, a l< U-mm-iI inariniirlli- t.ikts riim|)lrli- cliartif fdii-s, llw\ arc awarr i>t \\<>\\ mmh jjinnl (iiii < an In- paikrd

cit ihi- \iiiini;. lliti" l<-|r\ isiiiii xii-willi;.

It tiapiuns \M-fkila\s at S:SO, a«i an ivdiiiaicii SI.IMH) And \\ hrn the- innppi'ts ha\r lii-cn shmn-d nff ti> Ix-d.

sfis liiilil up fur thi- appraraiit'c id Ilnwdy Dnody. Siirli is adults will find llu-ir "wn pifasurc in tin- dramas and spurts,

tin- impait of his i,'>iilt'lt'ss antics nn the li\fs of small the \ aru-l> shou s and ni-x\ s, the iiiiici-rts and romciK that

MfHiTs that all niattj-rs of food, «(irk, pla\ , ii-mpcr or m.irk thi- rani;«- of halanccd i-nirrtainmciit on Anu-rica's

sli'i-p must await the- (diiiliision of i-aih afternoon's session. No. I I eli-visiun.

W \ K T C II \ \ N |-. I. 4 N I-. W ^• I ) R K

•j' II r. .\ \ r I !• \ \ I n K t) \ I) c \ s r I N (, c <> \ii' \ \ ^■

RADIO AGE

RESEARCH • MANUFACTURING • COMMUNICATIONS • BROADCASTING • TELEVISION

:OVER

r. \". K. Zwurykiii, vice resident and technical con- iltant of RCA Laborato- es, who, on January 17, ill receive the 1948 Poor ichard Club Award for chievement, an honor iven annually "to the most Bserving of contemporary merican citizens."

Services of RCA are:

RCA Laboratories Division

•

RCA Victor Division RCA Communications, Inc. marine Corporation of America

Imal Broadcasting Company, Inc.

I

I RCA Institutes. Inc.

I •

RCA Service Company, Inc.

•

RCA International Division

VOLUME 8 NUMBER 2 JANUARY 1949

CONTENTS

PAGE

RADIO IN 1948-1949

by Brig. General David Sarnoff 3

CHANGES IN RCA MAN.\C.EMENT ^

NliW PHONOGRAPH AND RECORD 9

TELEVISION IN BOSTON

by Frank M. Folsom H

TELEVISION COVERAGE E.XTENDED 13

PEACE IN A CHANGING WORLD ^^

FILM RECORDING AT "411"

by H. D. Bradbury 16

NEW TRANSMITTER BUILDING ERECTED FOR STATION WOO 19

RCA FREQUENCY BUREAU

by Philip F. Siling 22

PACT ENDS YEAR-OLD BAN ON RECORD MANUFACTURE 25

LARGE-SCREEN TELEVISION

by Ralph V. Little, Jr. , 26

CASTING FOR TELEVISION

by Owen Davis, Jr 27

TELEVISION NETWORKS JOIN 28

ELECTRONIC READING AIDS 29

DR. ZWORYKIN RECEIVES POOR RICHARD CLUB AWARD 31

R.\DIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA

RCA Building, New York 20, N. Y.

David Sarnoff, Chairman of the Board Frank M. Folsom, President

Lewis MacConnach, Secretary Arthur B. Tuttle, Treasurer

Radio .-Vgo is publi.^hed quarterly by the Department of Information, Radio Corporation of America. 30 Rockefeller Plaza. New York 20. N. Y.

TELEVISION BRINGS NLW FoK.Mri OK ENTERTAINMENT Ari WELL AS NEWS INTO THE UO.ME. SHOWN ABOVE IS THE RCA VICTOR TABLE MODEL, CALLED THE "BYSTANDER".

Radio In 1948-1949

Wide Public Acceptance of Television Speeds All Phases of The New Industry. Says Head of RCA in

Year-End Statement — More People Will Eye-Witness Truman Inauguration Than All Who

Saw Thirty-One Presidents from Washington to Roosevelt Take The Oath of Office

Bv Brig. Genera! David Sarnoff

Chdii mini oi thv Dourti, Radio Corporation of America

THE year 1948 was the most successful in the hi.story of the Radio Corporation of America. The rapid expansion of television as a service to the public was a major factor in this record result.

Because of its continued progress in all phases of radio and television, RCA is today the World Leader in Radio — First in Television.

RCA operations in television — - research. engineerinR, manufactur- ing and broadcasting — have, in great measure, enabled the United States to maintain preeminence in television. As a result, this new- science is fitted into the country's program of national security, offer- ing eyes to the fleet, to the air force, and the army.

The past year has [Jrovided prac- tical experience — additional engi- neering "know-how" — to confirm the validity of our vision, optimism and plans. The present and future of television are charted by actual service, not by hopeful promises. Definite accomplishments, coupled with inborn faith in science and public enthusiasm for this new art, have justified our years of pioneer- ing to bring television into the serv- ice of the American people.

In 1948, television achieved such high popularity with the public that it became physically impossible to meet the demands for receiving sets and television tubes. This was true chiefly because it was not possible for the industry to obtain manufac- turing machinery as rapidly as needed. This condition will continue at least through 1949.

Television set production, for the

iiuliistrn as a iciiole, in 1949, will total approximately 2,000,000 re- ceivers. This, according to the best available studies, will be stepped up in succeeding years, and by 1953, the industry's annual television set production is expected to reach close to 5,000,000. By the end of that year the total number of sets in operation would be about 18,000,- 000. Also, by 1953, it is believed that a coast-to-coast television net- work -service will have been made possible by radio relays and coaxial cables.

So appealing is television to the .American public, in all walks of life and at all ages, that the indus- try at the opening of 1949 will be two years ahead of the dates set by the most optimistic forecasts made at the end of the war.

This accelerated progress has lifted radio and television, in com-

[RADIO AGE 3]

bination as an industry, to a two and a half billion dollar a year en- terprise. If the rate of ^'rowth con- tinues as the market indices and public acceptance indicate it will, radio-television should rank as one of the ten foremost industries in the United States by 1953.

Radio and television now give employment to hundreds of thou- sands of people and bring new forms of entertainment as well as news into millions of homes. The American dependence on radio en- tertainment, acquired over the past 28 years, is beinp more deeply in- grained by television, which enables people in ever-increasing number to eye-witness events as they happen.

Many millions of Americans, in homes and schools from Boston to Richmond, along the Great Lakes and as far west as St. Louis, will see the inauguration of President Truman on January 20. This tele- cast will mark an historic milestone in civics as well as in broadcasting, for it is the first event of its kind to be televised. It is estimated that at least 10 million people will eye- witness the Truman inauguration —more than all who saw the thirty- one presidents from Washington to Roosevelt take the oath of office. Forty stations are e.xpected to be in the television hook-up, in con- trast to the 21-station radio broad- cast of the Coolidge inauguration in 1925 which was the first presiden- tial inaugural broadcast.

Today. 122 television stations have been authorized by the Fed- eral Tommimications Commission. P'orty-nine are on the air. Seventy- five other applicants have permits to construct stations, and .312 ad- ditional ai)plications are pending. Television networks arc expanding across the nation — opening new markets for receiving sets and con- stantly increasing television's "cir- culation" as an advertising medium of powerful sales appeal.

The National Broadcasting Com- pany owns five television stations,

I'l.TRAKAX RK<K1VIN(; TKRMINAI. SIIOW-

iN<; TiiK CLOCK WHICH timko thk his- toric TRANSMISSION AT TIIK LIRRARY OF CONGRESS IN WASHINGTON. [). C. ON OCTOBER 21. 1!M8.

four of which — in New York, Wash- ington, Cleveland and Chicago — are on the air. The fifth, in Hollywood, will begin regular service immedi- ately after the first of the year. Eighteen additional television sta- tions have affiliation arrangements with NBC.

On January 12, 1949, NBC's East Coast and Midwest television net- works will be joined by coaxial cable and radio relay into a single net- work. Comprising initially 15 sta- tions, other affiliates will be added to the NBC-T\' network as rapidly as inter-connecting facilities become available. As the networks expand, each new city adds to the available sources of future television pro- grams.

At the opening of 1949, NBC is broadcasting an average of 32 hours of television programs a week. Of this total. 39 per cent is made up of

sustaining programs and Gl per cent is commercially sponsored.

Recently. Chairman Wayne Coy of the FCC estimated that in an- other two years there will be 400 television stations on the air, and 1,000 stations in seven or eight years from now. He also pointed out that nine-tenths of everything we learn comes through our eyes, and added : "Television enables us to reach the mind via electronics at the speed of light. It is costly to build and to operate a television sta- tion. But the advertisers will find it the most powerful, most effective and most profitable medium for ma.ss merchandising yet devised."

So swift has been the scientific and engineering development of television transmitters and receivers that those responsible for the ar- tistry and showmanship of televi- sion have found it a real challenge

[4 RADIO AGE]

NEW TABLE MODEL TELEVISION RECEIVERS MOVE IN INCREASING NUMBERS DOWN PRODUCTION LINES AT THE

RCA VICTOR PLANT, CAMDEN, N. J.

to keep the pace. Nevertheless, the great improvement in programs at this year-end reveals such progress that it guarantees continued ad- vances in the development of this new art.

Ultrafax Demonstrated

Combining the great advances made by television with sensational achievements in radio relays and photography, the Radio Corpora- tion of America in 1948 introduced Ultrafax, a new system of high- speed television communication, capable of transmitting and re- ceiving handwritten or printed messages and documents, and even complete books, magazines and newspapers, at the rate of a million words a minute. It was demon- strated publicly for the first time by RCA on October 21, 1948, in the Library of Congress, Washington, D. C. This development which splits the second and utilizes each fraction for high-speed transmis- sion of intelligence, promises to be as significant a milestone in com- munications as was the splitting of

the atom in the world of energy.

While many uses for Ultrafax are foreseen, its scope will multiply with time and experience. We fore- see the day when through television and Ultrafax, a radio newspaper may be delivered through the air into every home equipped with a television set. It will be possible to have the same transmitter that broadcasts a television program broadcast the radio newspaper si- multaneously. In fact, the same home-receiver, with proper attach- ments, could print the newspaper without interrupting the television program.

As a radio-mail system, Ultrafax could deliver the equivalent of forty tons of mail coast-to-coast in a single day.

We can also envisage the day when Ultrafax will provide us with a new service of international tele- vision. First, however, a radio "air- lift" must be provided across the Atlantic. With twelve to fourteen suitably equipped communication planes flying over the ocean and properly spaced, an ov^erseas air-

borne radio relay system could be established between the U. S. and Europe to provide not only an ex- change of television programs, but also to handle the equivalent of tons of mail, news and other services. Ultrafax would make all this possi- ble with lightning speed and mo- bility.

It is for these reasons that Ultra- fax should prove one of the most significant technological advances in the history of communications.

Radio Broadcasting

\Miile television and Ultrafax dramatically held the spotlight in the advance of radio in 1948, sound broadcasting continued to move for- ward in its 28th year of service to the American public. The Na- tional Broadcasting Company — a service of RCA — completed in 1948 its 22nd year of operation. NBC, with its nation-wide network of 170 broadcasting stations, had the largest volume of business of any year since its formation in 1926.

Radio broadcasting provided the firm foundation of experience and

[RADIO AGE 5]

public .si-rviie upon which television is beinjf built. Sound and sijrht com- bined arc weaving' a pattern that is more appealing to the mind than sound alone, so a Kiadual fusion of these two jfreat services is to be expected. More than 1,700 stand- ard broadcasting stations are oper- ating in the United States and con- struction permits for approximately 300 more have been granted. There are 39.000,000 homes equipped with radio receivers in this country, which means that more than 90 per cent of American families have radio .sets.

FM (frequency modulation ) broadcasting continues to advance as indicated by the fact that the number of FM stations on the air increased from :J00 at the beKinninjf of 1948 to nearly 700 at the close. More than :{00 con.struction permits for additional FM stations have been i.ssued. The number of radio set.s eipiipped for FM reception in- creased to more than :?, 000,000 in 1948.

As a pioneer in standard broad- casting' as well as FM, RCA has built and installed approximately one-third of both types of trans- mitters now on the air. During 1948, RCA supplied the first two 50,000-watt FM transmitters in the United States, one at Milwaukee, Wis., and the other at Birminirham! Ala.

Radar Contlnuci Advance

Kadar has continued to advance, and its application to peacetime uses is beinjr extended as a naviga- tional aid in the marine field as well as in aviation. During the past year Radiomarinc Corporation of America-^a wholly owned subsidi- ary of RCA made .several hundred radar installations on board ships, ir.cluding 20 units for the U. S. Coast (Iiiard and 217 for transports of the U. S. Army Signal Corjjs.

Scientists and research men at RCA Laboratories made outstand- ing progress during 1948 in the development of many new devices and in the fundamental explorations of radio and electronics. A new- study of radio frequencies above 500 megacycles, as a medium for the expansion of television bro.-id- casting, was made by RCA engi- neers in Washington. I). C.. during

the latter part of 194S. The results were made available to the industry and to the FCC, and are expected to be of invaluable assistance in helping to chart the future area of television's growth.

Progress in Nuclear Physics

Further progress is being made by RCA Laboratories in developing a research program of nuclear physics, especially in relation to all fields of radio and electronics. The technique of radio-active tracers is being applied in research work on electron tubes, and the Laboratories has made substantial advances in the development of radiation de- tecting devices for the protection of persons who work with radio-active materials.

In medicine, science and industry, the electron microscope continues to play an increasingly important role. Today, nearly .300 RCA elec- tron microscopes are in use through- out the world. To enhance the usefulness of the microscope in bio- logical and medical problems, RCA Laboratories has concentrated on the development of techniques that enable the .study of virtually un- touched specimens. This is accom- plished by growing bacteria directly on the membrane that supports specimens in the microscope.

By this method, it is possible to follow the growth of several organ- isms including, in particular, those of tuberculosis, and the action of several bacterial viruses. When this technique is combined with the use of a specially designed lens, some of the structural changes can be observed as they occur in growing bacteria.

Industrial electronics, with its wid;>spi-ead possibilities for useful application, continues to challenge our scientists and engineers. For instance, in 1048. RCA introduced a new electron tube, which acts as a "transducer." converting mechan- ical vibrations into electrical pulse-s that can be studied as audible or visual signals. The tube is smaller in diameter than a cigarette and only half as long. It weighs 1 16th of an ounce. It is so sensitive that it can measure the vibrations made by a Hy walking on a steel beam. Therefore, it is easy to see what great po.s.sibilities it ha-s for use in

such diver.se fields as the detection of defects in airplane construction, the causes of dynamic unbalance in rotating machinery, the measure- ment of the effects of oil well blasts, recording blood pressure, studying under-water sound and numerous other applications.

We can look forward with assur- ance to many new developments in the field of radio, television and electronics in 1949— the fourth year of intensive study and peacetime application of the scientific dis- coveries and inventi( ns in this field which contributed so much to hasten victory in World War II. Some of these advances are already in the public service. Others will go to work in the coming years.

But so wide is the scope of radio science today, and so great its pos- sibilities for the future, that it is beyond human power to foresee all the new advances that will appear. It is safe to prophe.sy that some developments will overshadow in significance many of the achieve- ments of the past. This much is certain — our scientists and engi- neers will continue to devote their energies and skills toward extend- ing the usefulness of the electronic and communication arts, so that Radio Corporation of America will remain World Leader in Radio — First in Television!

Two Television Images Shown on One Screen

The first split-screen television image in which two pictures from different origination points ap- peared side-by-side on the same kinescope picture tube w^as dis- played by NBC on December 8 dur- ing the Television Broadcasters As.sociation Clinic at the Waldorf- Astoria Hotel in New York. Tele- \ ision set owners who were tuned to WNBT. New York, and WNBW, Washington, D. C, witnessed the unusual program.

This split screen picture was transmitted through a new piece of e(|uipment, the "Image Splitter," dev('lo))ed b.v the National Broad- casting Company Engineering De- partment, under the supervision of 0. B. Hanson. NBC vice president and chief engineer.

6 RADIO AGE^

BRIGADIER GENERAL UAVID SARNOFF

FRANK M. KOLSO.M

Changes in RCA Management

Frank M. Fuhum Advanced to Post of President of Radio Corporation of America; David Sarnoff Continues as Chief Executive of the Company and Chairman of the Board of RCA.

THE Board of Directors of the Radio Corporation of America at its regular meeting- held on De- cember 3, upon the recommenda- tion of Brigadier General David Sarnoff, Chairman of the Board, elected Frank M. Folsom as Presi- dent of the Radio Corporation of America, effective as of January 1. 1949.

Mr. Folsom, Executive Vice President in Charge of RCA Victor Division, has administered the far- flung production and merchandis- ing activities of RCA for the past five years.

At the same meeting, John G. Wil- son, Vice President and General Manager in Camden, was elected Executive Vice President in Charge of the RCA Victor Division, suc- ceeding to the post filled by Mr. Folsom.

General Sarnoff, who has occu- pied both the offices of President and Chairman of the Board of the Radio Corporation of America since the retirement in 1947 of the

late General James G. Harbord. continues as Chairman of the Board and will remain Chief Executive Officer of the RCA, as well as Chairman of the Board of the Na- tional Broadcasting Company and RCA Communications, Inc., both wholly owned subsidiaries of RCA.

In announcing the changes. Gen- eral Sarnoff declared : "The Board of Directors of the Radio Corpora- tion of America is gratified in be- ing able to find the men within its own organization who, by the rec- ord of their achievements in the service of the company, have proved themselves worthy of promotion and able to share in the highest management responsibilities.

"Frank M. Folsom, who now takes up the administrative load, has the background and experience to function also on the policy levels demanded by the many problems resulting from the healthy growth of RCA's business in a rapidly ex- panding art and industry.

"And John G. Wilson, who now

succeeds Frank M. Folsom, has proved by his woi'k as Vice Presi- dent and General Manager of the RCA Victor Division his capacity to head up the growing and exten- sive manufacturing and merchan- dising activities of the RCA.

"The Corporation has labored for more than 25 years to bring about the creation of a great television industry and other new services and products made possible by re- search and progress in the radio and electronic arts. Both of these officers have proved more than equal to their opportunities and responsibilities in the expanding management requirements of the RCA family."

Folsom Joined RCA in 1944

Frank M. Folsom joined the Radio Corporation of America as a Director and Vice President in Charge of the RCA Victor Division on January 1, 1944, and he was elected Executive Vice President in Charge of the RCA Victor Divi- sion on June 1. 1945.

RAD! O AGE 7]

Prior to his association with RCA, Mr. Folsom had been active for 30 years in merchandising and had served for nearly two years as Chief of the Procurement Branch of the United States Navy Depart- ment. For outstanding service with the Navy, he was awarded the Medal for Merit by President Tru- man and received the Distinguished Civilian Service Award, the Navy's highest civilian honor.

Mr. Folsom was born on May 14. 1894. in Sprague, Washington. He is the son of Anna Wilson Fol- som and Edward P. Folsom, a direct descendant of .John Folsom who settled in Hingham. Massachusetts, in 1638. Me attended schools in Washington and Oregon and re- ceived honorary LL.D. degrees from the University of San Fran- cesco and St. Joseph's College, Philadelphia.

Mr. Folsom began his business career with Lipman Wolfe Depart- ment Store, of Portland, Oregon, in 1910. Three years later, he be- came an apprentice buyer at Hale Brothers in San Francisco and in 1914 joined the firm of Weinstock & Lubin in Sacramento, remain- ing there until 1917, when he en- tered the Air Service, U. S. Army.

At the end of World War I. Mr. Folsom resumed his position as buyer with Weinstock & l.ubin. and continued there until 1923. He then rejoined Hale Brothers as General Merchandise Manager and in 1928 became a Director and General Manager.

JOHN G. WILSON

JiiSKI'll II. M(lciNNKI.I,

Four years later, Mr. Folsom joined Montgomery Ward & Com- pany as Manager of Pacific Coast operations for both Mail Order and Retail Stores. In 1933, he was elected Xive President in Charge of Merchandising and a Director of Montgomery Ward, with head- quarters in Chicago. He resigned in 1940 to become E.xecutive Vice President of Goldblatt Brothers, Inc. of Chicago.

.Mr. Folsom was one of the first industrialists to enter Government service prior to World War II. He joined the National Defense Ad- visory Commission upon its forma- tion on July 1, 1940, as Assistant Coordinator of Purchases. He con- tinued in that position through 1941, when the Secretary of the Navy appointed him a special assistant to the Under Secretary of the Navy and Chief of Procure- ment. He also served as Chairman of the Procurement Policy Board of the WPB. coordinating agency for procurement jiolicy of all war services and agencies.

Wihon Came to RCA in 1944

.Mr. .lolin G. Wilson joined the Radio Corporation of America in June, 1944. as Administrator of Accounts and Finance for the RC.A Victor Division. In June. 194.5. he was elected Operating Xke Presi- dent and two years later he was elected Vice President and General

Manager for RCA Victor Division.

Prior to his association with RCA, Mr. Wilson had been active for over twenty-five years in the accounting, financial, operating and merchandising fields.

Horn in Alma, Illinois, on August 17. 1900, .Mr. Wil.-^on attended Illi- nois public .schools and Northwest- ern University.

In the first World War, he served as a Captain in the Coast Artillery.

Mr. Wilson began his career at Price Waterhouse & Company, Chicago, in 1920. In 1924, he joined the Blackhawk Press in Chicago. Three years later, Mr. Wilson be- lame as.sociated with Montgomery Ward & Company as Assistant Con- troller and later as Controller. He remained at Ward's until 1940, when he left to become Vice Presi- dent and Controller, and a Director, of Goldblatt Bros., Inc. in Chicago. A year before joining the Radio Corporation of America, he became associated with the United Wall- paper Company as Vice President and General Manager.

McConnell and Buck Advanced to New Posts

Advancement of Joseph H. Mc- Connell of the RC.-\ Victor Division and Walter A. Buck of Radiomarine Corporation of America to new posts in the RCA organization were announced early in the new year. (Contiinied on page SI i

W.\LTER A. BUCK

[8 RADIO AGEj

New Phonograph and Record

Unique Record and Record Player Introduced by RCA Victor Pro- vide Finest Quality of Reproduction at Low Cost — 7-Inch Discs Operate at 45 Revolutions a Minute.

AN entirely new system for the £\_ reproduction of recorded music in the home, resulting in a new type of phonog-raph and record which deliver the finest quality rec- ord reproduction at low cost in the history of the phonograph record industrj', was announced by the RCA Victor Division of Radio Cor- poration of America, on January 10.

The new phonograph and record operate at 45 revolutions per minute and provide completely distortion- free music of unprecedented bril- liance and clarity of tone. The .^mall-size record, just under seven inches in diameter, is capable of handling, in a single disc size, all musical classifications from popular to classical.

In his formal announcement of RCA Victor's development of the new system for the reproduction of recorded music, J. G. Wilson, Execu- tive Vice President in charge of the RCA Victor Division, declared:

"This is the best phonograph rec- ord ever made. It was developed jointly with its own unique record player. The combination of these two makes available to the Amer- ican home recorded music of a qual- ity and fidelity never before possible at low cost."

The new record player, Mr. Wil- son stated, contains the fastest record-changing mechanism ever devised and its radically advanced design eliminates 75 percent of the problems encountered in conven- tional changers.

Another important aspect of the new system, he added, lies in the fact that the distortion-free, noise- free performance made possible by the new 45-rpm record player and records opens the way for the de- velopment of home instruments of wider frequency range and truer fidelity. RCA Victor, he disclosed, is planning along these lines.

The new record and record player climax more than 10 years of re- search and refinement in this field by RCA.

In addition to the record, three new instruments incorporating the new system have been announced. These instruments are an auto- matic record-playing attachment and a complete automatic phono- graph, both remarkable for their small size, simplicity and ability to provide high quality performance; and a combination console instru- ment incorporating a radio, a con- ventional 78-rpm record player, and the new 45-rpm player in a cabinet smaller than conventional models.

The record developed for this new system is a light-weight, wafer-thin, non-breakable vinyl plastic disc un- usual also for its IV2 inch center spindle hole.

Because of the operating speed of record and player, the short playtime requirements of popular selections as well as the lengthier playtime of symphonies and other classical selections, can be handled.

The record delivers up to five minutes and 15 seconds of playing time per side, and, with the rapid action of the new changer, up to 42 minutes of undistorted music.

The heart of the new instrument is a revolutionary automatic record changer mechanism, the outstanding characteristic of which is the large. lV2-inch red plastic-capped center spindle which houses the trigger- fast drop mechanism. It holds up to eight records. The action of the mechanism is entirely noiseless and even the drop of the record is scarcely audible.

Operation Virtually Noise-Free

Each of the new instruments has a small tone arm, exerting a pres- sure of only 5 grams on the record, and equipped with a Silent Sapphire permanent-point pickup, contribut- ing to virtually noise-free reproduc- tion.

Emphasizing that for the first time the industry now has recoi'd playing equipment and records for

EIGHT OF THE NEW SEVEN INCH REC- ORDS, WHEN PLACED ON THE SPINDLE OF THE COMPACT AUTOMATIC RECORD PLAYER, PROVIDE 42 MINUTES OF UN- DISTORTED REPRODUCTION.

the home that are made for each Other, Mr. Wilson declared: "The new instruments and records repre- sent a logical, significant advance in the evolution of recorded music.

"Recognizing this as an evolution- ary advance," he continued, "we firmly believe that the market for conventional 78-rpm records will not be seriously affected immediately, but will continue strong for many years to come.

"In homes throughout America," he said, "there are Ui million record players designed for use with the 78-rpm records which have been standard for 50 years. This market must, and will, be serviced. Mindful of this, RCA Victor will continue a heavy production schedule on rec- ords of this type. The company will also continue to support dealers with the full weight of its advertising, promotion, and merchandising pro- grams on Victor's 78-rpm records.

"All of our planning is based on our belief that the new 45-rpm re- producing system and record are of an evolutionary, rather than a revo- lutionary nature."

Pointing out that the introduction of this new system has been long

[RADIO AGE 9]

and thoroujrhly considered, Mr. Wilson stated:

"RCA \'ict<ir is the only manu- facturer making both phonographs and records, and has the largest stake of any organization in both fields. Our confidence in the new system and the sound, constructive values inherent in our presentation of it to the industry at this time are implicit in our decision."

Joseph B. Elliott, \'ice President in charge of the RCA Victor Home Instrument Department, revealed that the new record and instru- ments have been demonstrated ko phonograph and record manufac- turers, as well jLs phonograph equip- ment manufacturers.

"Manufacturers who have wit- nessed these demonstrations have expressed extreme enthusiasm," he said, "and many are now planning to adopt the new system, manufac- turing rights to which are available to the entire industry in accordance with long-established RCA prac- tice."

The new line of instruments and records, Mr. Elliott added, will be introduced in the early spring.

J. W. Murray, Vice President in charge of the RCA Victor Record Department, also disdo.sed that a substantial catalogue of the new 7- inch 45-rpm records will be avail- able at that time. All new material,

BECAUSE OF THEIR S.MALL SIZE, HUN- DREDS OF THE DISCS REQUIRE NO MORE STORACE SPACE THAN A FEW BOOKS.

::»■ -

he declared, is now being recorded simultaneously at 78 rpm and 45 rpm. and new releases will be made available in both types of records. Although price schedules have not yet been determined, Mr. Elliott stated, instruments incorporating the new system will be at least com- petitive in price with comparable conventional record-playing instru- ments. He also pointed out that the small size and the non-breakable feature of the new vinyl plastic record are conducive to cost savings. It also effects savings in distributor warehousing facilities and dealer storage facilities.

Background of Development

III describing the background of the new development, Mr. Elliott pointed out that many of the major technical problems in the industry arose from lack of standardization, particularly in records, where differ- ences exist in thicknesses of records, diameters, and other dimensions and record characteristics. Adoption of the new system, he said, would con- tribute measurably to standardiza- tion in the industry and the elimina- tion of these former problems.

"It is worth noting that for the first time in the history of the in- dustry," he explained, "a record and a record player have been specifically designed to complement each other."

It was also pointed out that the small size of record and changer will permit the housing of a com- plete library of about 1,000 records in an average-size console. This new record virtually eliminates the prob- lem of record storage in the home.

Because this system permits smaller-size instruments, he added, radio-phonograph combinations can be reduced in size by 25 per cent.

"With the smaller, lightweight record," he said, " a customer can purchase several albums and carry them away in liis toix-oat pocket or under his arm like a book."

In outlining other important fea- tures of the new record player and record, Mr. Elliott called attention to the fact that the playing surfaces of stacked records do not touch each other, thus eliminating surface scratches and damage to grooves. This is achieved by creating a "col- lar" around the label area which is

10 RADIO AGE]

thicker than the playing area. Air space between records is thus pro- vided. He added that the seven-inch diameter and large center hole per- mit easy handling of records, elim- inating touching surfaces with fingers.

Tremendous possibilities are fore- seen for the use of a second record- player in the children's room, with the small-size albums easily stored in present bookcases.

In summing up his announcement. Mr. Elliott said: "RCA Victor is introducing not only a new phono- graph and record, but an entirely new .system of reproducing recorded music. We believe it has commer- cial advantages never before avail- j'.ble to the industry and to the industry's allied distributor-dealer organizations. We will incorporate it in all our forthcoming record- playing instruments and we know that many other manufacturers in the radio industry, to whom this new system is available, will also incor- porate it in their instruments.

"The new 45-rpm instruments and records ofl^er advantages of un- doubted appeal to all types of con- sumers, and we believe its enthusi- astic reception by the American public is assured."

861 Veteran Employees Receive Gold Watches

EIGHT hundred and sixty-one active and retired employees of the RCA Victor Division and its predecessor companies, who have completed 25 or more years of service, received gold watches and gold service pins in ceremonies held at the various plant locations, dur- ing December. The presentations inaugurated a new Service Award Program for members of the Divi- sion.

Recipients of the award included employees in seven of the RCA Victor Division's ten plants and in the RCA Victor Distributing Cor- poration and the RCA Service Company, Inc.

Distribution of service pins to 20-year, 15-year and 10-year mem- bers of the RCA Victor Division will take place in the early part of 1949.

TIKIUSANDS OK BASEBALL FAXS WATCH THE UMS WORLD SERIES GAMES ON 100 RCA VICTOR TELEVISION

RECEIVERS INSTALLED ON BOSTON COMMON.

Television In Boston

Excerpts from an address bij Frank M. Folsotn, President, Radio Corporation of America, before the Clover Club of Boston on December i, 19i8.

AS AN historic center of culture, £\ Boston promises to be a pre- eminent stage of television. In Bos- ton, arts and sciences, traditions and teaching, schools and sports come into focus. Here w-aves the pennant of the National League Champions ! And let us not overlook the Red Sox, the annual marathon. your hockey games and the numer- ous collegiate fields of sport which make this city — the Athens of America — a natural amphitheatre of television. No wonder Boston, with two stations on the air, is one of the first cities on the television map ; no wonder the Federal Com- munications Commission has seven additional applications for stations to picture Bostonian activities and to televise dramatically its glory.

from the Puritans to the Revolu- tion, from the Tea Party to Emer- son, Thoreau and Longfellow, and from .John L. Sullivan to the Braves !

Since symphony in Boston is rit- ual, and music an integral part of your social and cultural life, you will be interested in knowing that television has a natural affinity for music. When Arturo Toscanini first waved his baton across television screens in directing the NBC Sym- phony Orchestra, he opened a new- era in musical performance. The SI -year old maestro is a dramatic television personality, for his face and hands are elotiuently telegenic. The television audience looks di- rectly into his face to note every ex- pression and every gesture. First they see him close-up and then by a touch of magic the orchestra ap- pears in the background; first in a complete ensemble and then by groups, as the score calls for musi- cal emphasis. With spectacular ef-

fect, the image of the maestro also, from time to time, is superimposed on the orchestra, to reveal a new form of electronic artistry.

The Boston Symphony, the Bos- ton "Pops" and the Berkshire Festi- val also are destined to be seen afar — as many millions of music lovers gain the added joy of seeing these renowned orchestras broad- cast under the direction of Dr. Serge Koussevitzky, Charles Munch, Ar- thur Fiedler and others.

The famous paintings in your Iiublic library and in your Museum of Fine Arts will no longer be con- fined to gallery walls. They will be viewed on countless screens in homes and schools across the country-side. The monument on Bunker Hill, the crude bridge that arched the flood at Concord, the battleground of the Minute Men at Lexington and all your other landmarks and shrines of liberty, including Faneuil Hall, Ijongfellow's home, .John Hancock's house and Hawthorne's House of

[RADIO AGE II]

Seven Gables, will — thanks to tele- vision— become a part of living his- tory in schools throughout the land. Television not only dramatizes, informs and entertains, but it also is a practical teacher. In medical re- search and in teaching surgical tech- niques, television has already proved an ideal lecture hall, in which every student has a front row seat. Noted doctors, including Dr. Arthur \V. Allen of FJoston, President of the American College of Surgeons, have heralded it as "a teaching medium that surpasses anything we have hnd in the past."

Boston — Hub of Telerisiou

Sii you see, if any American city is (jualified intellectually, artistically and historically to become a hub of television, it is Boston. Topograph- ically too, it meets the requirements of that science. Those of you who own television receivers are prob- ably aware that the very short waves which carry the pictures be- have quite differently from the waves of standard broadcasting. Television waves are more akin to light waves. They travel in a straight line-of-sight and go off into space at the horizon. This is why lofty hills and buildings are ideal for television stations, and why high antennas are helpful in plucking the passing pictures from the elec- tronic cavalcade in space.

Boston, as we all know, is built on a ring of hills. Beyond are the Blue hills, Dorchester and Arling- ton heights, and we must not forget Bunker Hill. Geologically these hills are described as "faults" — but now, in these days of television, they are virtues that will put Boston within range of millions of eyes.

Paralleling the Boston Post Road to Now York as the nation's High- way No. 1, there is a new radio route consisting of seven automatic radio relay stations located on seven hills that lie across the New Eng- land country-side in the direction of Manhattan Island.

Boston is to be congratulated upon the enthusiasm and spirit of pioneering with which it has taken up television. It may be surprising to you that since Boston's first tele- vision station — WBZ-TV — went on the air in June, this year, followed in September by WNAC-TV. this

community has spent approximately $12,500,000 for television receivers. It is estimated that, in 1949, you will spend close to $20,000,000. To- day, the television audience in the Boston area numbers nearly 200,000. By this time next year it should reach 500,000.

Your television stations, with their engineers and showmen, keep alive the traditional New England spirit of pioneering. Through their efforts the gilded dome of your State House will be a symbol of American independence and culture on television screens throughout the country. And it w'ill be seen as clearly as when viewed directly from the Boston Common! I won- der what the Colonists would have thought had they been here to see one hundred television receivers on the Common so that thousands might watch the 1948 World Series! Would they have called this witch- craft?

Fortunately, wii-eless, despite its mystery, was not linked with witch- ery. Much pioneering in telegraphy, radio and electronics has been car- ried on at Harvard, MIT, Boston University, Boston College, Tufts College and other institutions with- in this area, along with the historic experiments of Marconi and Fes- senden down on the Cape, which put some of the first pulses of radio into the New England air. Radar too — a more recent development — was cradled in the Radiation Lab- oratory on the Charles.

T no-Way Television

The day will come when Har\'ard will be seen at Oxford, and Oxford will be seen at Harvard. In fact — believe it or not — we may expect to watch transoceanic debates and in- terviews in which the participants will appear on your screens as if they were talking face-to-face in the same narrow room, although in reality they will be separated by the broad Atlantic. This will be made possible by two-way televi- sion.

Then, the President of the United States, speaking from the White House, may appear on the same screen with the King of England speaking from Buckingham Palace. Or a Metropolitan opera tenor in New York may sing a duet with a

l)rima donna in San Francisco, both appearing side-by-side, although the continent separates them.

Television, as you probably real- ize, is not the stage, the screen or radio. It is a new art form, a most effective advertising medium, a great sales force, and has been heralded by Mr. Wayne Coy. Chair- man of the Federal Communications Commission, as "The most power- ful and profitable medium for mass merchandising yet devised". Indica- tive of its impact, 300 advertisers were sponsoring local and national television programs in June. Today there are more than 600.

Rapid progress has been made in every phase of television since the end of the war. It has been a gi- gantic task to get the wheels of this new industry turning in service to the public. Y'et there is an even greater task ahead to meet the ever- increasing demands for television programs and for television sets. Every one of the 39 million homes now equipped with radio will want to see as well as hear what is going on in the world. When we stop to think that today there are 1,800 standard broadcasting stations and 700 FM transmitters authorized to serve more than 60 million radio receiving sets in the United States, it gives us some measure of the tremendous market that is anxious for television.

The radio industry, in 1948. will produce and sell 850,000 television receivers. This means, that as we enter the new year, more than 1.000,000 receivers will be in use. The potential viewing audience will number approximately 6.000.000.

These statistics add up to the fact that television is the fastest growing new industry in the United States. It is rapidly establishing itself as one of the economic bul- warks of the nation. In 1940, it is estimated that 'i.OOO.OOO new tele- vision receivers will be added to the million already in operation. By 1953. the industry as a whole will be turning out 4.800.000 .sets a year — so by the time of the follow- ing presidential inauguration in 1953. we may expect that there will be about 18.000.000 television re- ceiving sets in this country, with a potential audience of 50 to 60 mil- lion persons.

[12 RADIO AGE]

I

\

SYNCHRONIZATION OF SIGNALS FROM STATION WNBW, WASHINGTON, D. C, SHOWN ABOVE, WITH THOSE FROM WNBT, NEW YORK, USING NEW METHOD DEVELOPED BY RCA, GREATLY IMPROVES PROGRAM SERVICE ON RECEIVERS IN- STALLED IN "FRINGE" AREAS OF BOTH TELECASTERS.

Television Coverage Extended

Thousands of Viewers in New York and Washington Areas Benefit

from Improved Reception as Result of RCA "Synchronizing"

of Stations WNBT and WNBW.

FIRST practical use of a newly developed method of extending television coverage by reducing in- terference between stations on the same channel is under way on a full-time basis between the New York and Washington television stations of the National Broadcast- ing Company, it was announced De- cember 16 by Brigadier General David Sarnoff, Chairman of the Board of the Radio Corporation of America.

General Sarnoff disclosed that the new method, known as televi-

sion carrier synchronization, has been in regular operation since De- cember 9, employing facilities at RCA Laboratories, Princeton, N. J. He then declared :

"The immediate effect of these op- erations has been to extend inter- ference-free service to thousands of additional viewing families in the 'fringe,' or outlying service areas, of stations WNBT, New York, and WNBW, Washington.

"These operations, therefore, can be regarded as highly successful and point the way to application of

synchronization to stations in other parts of the country where the co- channel interference has become a problem.

"Use of synchronization permits a closer spacing of television sta- tions on the same channel than is possible without this method of re- ducing interference between sta- tions. It also enlarges the service area of television stations, thus en- abling television to reach out and serve many more people than other- wise could be served. This is of particular importance to rural sec- tions since it makes possible service to such sections which could not otherwise be obtained."

The announcement by General Sarnoff, who is Chairman of the Board of the National Broadcasting Company, followed by less than two weeks an engineering conference called in Washington by the Federal Communications Commission to re- view the problem of tropospheric interference, as the co-channel dis- turbance is known to the industry.

Reports on Experiments

At that time, RCA-NBC repre- sentatives reported the results of extensive experiments on television carrier synchronization and recom- mended its general application to provide better service on present television channels.

Commenting on the operation, Niles Trammel!, President of the National Broadcasting Company, said :

"Another great engineering ad- vancement in television broadcast- ing has been achieved by the RCA Laboratories Division of the Radio Corporation of America and we at the National Broadcasting Company are proud indeed to have had the opportunity to put it into operation immediately, thus adding another ■first' to our list.

"We also take pride in the fact that the cooperation of NBC's en- gineers made possible the accom- plishment of this new system of synchronization which already is being used to improve the service of our television stations in New York and Washington. WNBT and WNBW.

(Continued on page 30)

[RADIO AGE 13]

Peace in a Changing World

World Situation Represents New Era and Nen Challenge to American Thought and to the Americati People, RCA Head Declares in Address Before Phi Beta Kappa Alumni.

EXPRESSING the belief that it is much easier to observe the changes going on in the world than it is to make peace. Brig. General David Sarnoff. Chairman of the Board of the Kaiiio Corporation of America, declared on December 15 in an address before the Phi Beta Kappa Alumni in New York that the present situation — of neither peace nor war — represents a new era. a new challenge to American thought and to the American people.

"For, as a people," he continued, "we are not accustomed to living in a state of doubt. The temiierament of the American people is such that we seek decision and demand con- clusion. If the action we have to take is serious, we usually sa.v, let us do it and get it over with. We don't like to live with uncertainty. Yet that is our lot today. And I fear it will continue to be our lot for years to come."

Speaking on the subject "Peace in a Changing World," General SarnofT said that this uncertainty makes it necessary to reorient our- selves to this new situation, and added :

"Indeed, it calls for a psycholog- ical and mental reorientation which will free us from the daily irrita- tions and the daily demands to do something about it. because there isn't anything conclusive we can do about it from dav tr) dav.

"The situation before us calls for patience, for restraint, and for wis- dom. Above all, if 'action' is to be taken, it calls for "timing' — a most important matter. The right act at the wrong time may cause defeat, whereas, the same act at the right time may bring victory.

"Therefore, my first answer to those who ask why wait, why not do something about it. is that it is better to wait, because in that way there may be an opportunity to achieve peace — and if that should prove impossible, to achieve victory by the use of force, when that final- ly proves to be unavoidable."

General Sarnoff stated further that it did not seem to him that the two major conflicting ideologies that are now in motion in the world can be reconciled by negotiation, or settled by force, in the immediate future. He said there were "certain forces" now abroad in the world that are "far more powerful than the minds of men."

He asserted that these forces, in one form or another, must have op- portunity for further expression; that they must reach a point of definition and clarity where their Iiositive and negative attributes be- come visible and can be understood by the masses of the people.

Conflict is Betuceii Leaders "After all." he declared, "the con- flict which is now going on — this

"WITH I MANUl.NT, roNDITniNS I.V A CHANCINf; WliRI.D. WK SHOl'LD BK

WILLINC TO CARRY ON DISCUSSIONS ANP NKCoTI ATIONS. HOWEVER

FRflTI-KSS liR KRISTKATINC TMKV MA^ AI'I'KAIi AT TIIK TIMK"

cold war — is not between tli' peoples of the world. It is betwei i the leaders of certain countries !■: the world. In many countries, tin [leople are wholly uninformed about the nature of the conflict or its cause, or its results, or the possible manner of its composition.

"However much we may dislike it, it ajipears to me that we are destined, for some time to come, at least, to live in a dangerous world, and we shall have to learn how to live dangerously."

Despite this state of affairs. Gen- eral Sarnoff said, these very ten- sions, these very difficulties and problems, furnish us an opportunity for clear thinking and courageous action.

The (luestiiin is i)i>sed for us more specifically from time to time, he added, by those who ask. "Why wait if you think that war ultimately may be inevitable? Why wait until the enemy acquires the same modern weapons that we now have — the atom bomb, guided missiles, and the like? Why wait until they get them? We have them now. and they presumal)ly have not. Why not go ahead and finish the job now?"

Speaking for himself, and not in any sense claiming to be an author- ity on the subject, he said that he did not believe that war ultimately is inevitable. War may come, but no one can speak with certainty ;il)out its inevitability, he asserted.

"The reason it would not be wise. it seems to me. to go to war now is because waging a modern war isn't such a simple pri>t)lem." Gen- eral Sarnoflf said. "Kven if we were only to undertake what is sometimes c.'dled a defensive war. a real chance for victory would require the use of every modern weapon that we have or know about, including the atom bom I).

".Aside fnim our reluctance as civilized people to throw atom bombs on thickly populated cities, aside from all the humanitarian aspects of that question, the destruction of

,14 RADIO AGE]

lives and the destruction of treas- ures would be such that the conse- quences of such a war cannot be predicted. Victory may be a very costly thing.

"We might also — if we undertook to move now — jeopardize our own freedoms. You can't fight a modern war against ruthless dictatorships and at the same time maintain your democratic principles. We have seen the difficulties others have had in maintaining democratic princi- ples, even after a war, if it has been waged over a wide area and ex- tended over a long period of time.

"So the very principles we fight to preserve m'ay be jeopardized, if we undertake the task before we are fully ready, militarily, economically and politically. Nobody — not even the scientists — can measure with accuracy the uncertainties that would follow, in other parts of the world as well as in our own country, an atomic war launched at this time. That is one answ-er to the question —Why wait?

"There is another answer, and it is this: If you measure the actual knowledge that any one of us has about world affairs, or for that mat- ter, about anything else, — and draw a circle around it, you will find circles of varying dimensions.

Knowledge Based on Facts

"The knowledge within any such circle would be based on facts we have learned and the things we can see. But often, the most important things that affect the safety and the progress of the world, lie outside that circle. These are the invisible factors, or the imponderables, — the things we can't see and the things we can't think about at all. There are time.s when these assume an im- portance greater than the facts which were within our view when we made up our minds with such finality.

"In the field of world politics these imponderables are tremend- ously important. Ultimately they are likely to prove the real factors that will determine whether we shall have peace or war.

"What are some of these im- ponderables? First, there is the possibility that better informed people in countries with which we

[RADIO AGE 15]

are in conflict, may change their governments. It takes time for people to become better informed. The methods of disseminating in- formation are constantly improving. As I view it, no 'iron curtain' can jiermanently keep out the electro- magnetic waves of radio."

Not only the "Voice of America," but one day, the "Voice of the World" will be heard everywhere from a central point speaking in the languages the listeners understand, he continued.

Satellite Nations Affected

It is also conceivable that some of the satellite nations, who do not seem to be too happy, may as time goes on be affected by the improve- ments in the standard of living in the neighboring nations who enjoy the benefits of freedom and democ- racy, he said, adding:

"These satellites may compare the restrictions and limitations imposed upon them by alien powers with the freedom and the better life enjoyed by those who are allowed to govern them.selves. That is another im- ponderable that is working, I think, in the right direction.

General Sarnoff at this point re- counted the advance of science, in- cluding the acceleration in war and peace of radio and television, tech- nology and chemistry, and examined the need for firm national procedure.

"We must believe in the principles we stand for," he said. "We must believe in the purposes we espouse. And these principles and these pur- poses in no way involve any aggres- sion on our i)art. We must be con- sistent and firm, and we must leave no doubts in the minds of others

about our policy, because evidence abounds that distress follows ap- peasement.

"With changing conditions in a changing world, we should be will- ing to carry on discussions and negotiations, however fruitless or frustrating they may appear at the time. I still believe that through discussion we learn something of the ideas and intentions of the other side, and they learn something of ours."

("lenoral Sarnoff urged continua- tioti of aid to "our friends across the seas," and stated that we should encourage and advance the idea of a Federation of Western European States. He also urged a military guarantee for the security of the friendly democratic nations.

"No one of these things will, by itself, solve the whole problem," he concluded. "But this combination will, I believe, gain the time needed to increase our preparedness, and enable us to obtain the benefits of the 'imponderables' I have men- tioned. This course should be our answer to the question, whether a fair, consistent and firm foreign policy, accompanied by adequate preparedness and a willingness to discuss and to negotiate, can avoid the catastrophe of another World War.

"But if all such honest efforts fail, and, if in the end we are called upon to resolve the issue by force, then the time we shall have gained should equip us to achieve victory. •And so, my friends, I conclude as I began, with the thought that we must make time our ally in our efforts to secure peace in a changing world."

".NOT ONLY THE 'VOICE OF AMERICA,' BUT O.ME DAY, THE 'VOICE OF THE

WORLD', WILL BE HEARD EVERYWHERE FROM A CENTRAL POINT SPEAKINC

IN' THE LANGUAGES THE LISTENERS UNDERSTAND."

A TWtl-PIANO TEAM IN THE MAIN STUDIO AT 111 FIFTH AVENUE PROVIDES THE SOUND TRACK FOR A MUSICAL FILM.

Film Recording at "411"

Motion Picture Companies Make Growing Use of Modern Facilities in RCA's Fifth Arenuc Studios; Work Done There Includes Music Scoring, Recording of Newsreel Commentaries and Dialogue

By H D Bradbury

Manager

RCA Film Recording Studio

Xew York City

WHEN RCA entered the film recorditiK field in 1928, offices and studios were established at 411 Fifth Avenue, New York. At that time, the studio combined photog-

raphy with recordinK. niakinp full- lengrth feature pictures. Later, as the recording industry grew, motion picture production was eliminated at "-lir' and sound facilities were expanded and im- proved. Today, two decades later, this section of the RCA Engineer- ing Products Department, still at the same address, is rated one of the finest, most completely equipped film recording studios in the coun- try.

The RCA Film Recording Studio, originally called RCA Photophone, Inc., has a staff of skilled techni- cians and facilities for recording commentary, dialogue, orchestral scores, and complex film track blend- ing jobs, known as mixing. In addition, it has kept its license to produce full-length motion i)ictures.

Two modern studios at 411 Fifth Avenue provide adequate facilities for the increasing number of film organizations that avail themselves of this special service. These com- panies, some of them licensees, use the large Studio A principally for music scoring, for rerecording the work of large orchestras, and for mixing jobs too complex for their own facilities. The smaller Studio R is now used exclusively for voice recording.

In a Control Room at the rear of Studio A. technicians operate a mixer console or control board, and disc playback. Through the use of the mixer the engineer is able to combine as many as eight separate sound tracks, maintaining the de- sired volume with the aid of an oscilloscope.

[16 RADIO AGE]

When necessary, the disc play- back simultaneously cuts a record of the sound tracks being mixed so that the film company representa- tive may recheck certain sections of the recording. The disc play- back, as well as all other recording equipment in the RCA studios, is powered and kept in perfect syn- chronization by a highly accurate Selsyn motor drive system. This Selsyn power unit is installed in the Projection Room where standard 16mm and 35mm projectors are housed.

In the Machine Room, five film

SOUND TRACKS IN THEIR FTNAL FORM,

CO.MBINING CO.MMENTARY. MUSIC AND

SOUND EFFECTS, ABE TRANSCRIBED ON

THIS 35mm film RECORDER.

phonographs run off sound tracks containing commentary, musical scores, sound effects, etc., which are piped into the mixer console, com- bined, modulated, and returned to the Machine Room for transcrip- tion on RCA .'JSmm film recorders. The sound tracks are run off many times, and the exact cueing is thor- oughly rehearsed by the mixing technician before the final re- recording is done.

Blueprints Provide Cues

For example, when Ben Grauer does his commentary at RCA for his series of technical films, his cues are provided by a blueprint of arrows on the film itself. Para- mount's cartoons cue the musical director by means of a bouncing ball.

Prominent among the film pro- ducers using the "411" facilities is March of Time, a studio customer since 1938. Speech and sound effects are recorded by them on location, using RCA newsreel equip- ment, at the same time the picture is made. Later, Westbrook Van Voorhi.';, the March of Time voice, comes into the studio to do the commentary, and still later the M. O. T. orchestra records the musical score. Subsequently all these sound records are rerecorded (or mixed) to make the final re- lease negative.

Famous Studios, producers of

"Popeye" and "Little Lulu" car- toons (Paramount releases), find studio A ideal for their music scor- ing and "mixing".

Other companies using RCA Film Recording Studios in New York are: RKO; Pathe, Inc.; Uni- versal Pictures; Warner Bros. Pictures, Inc.; Columbia Pictures Corp.; Caravel Films, Inc.; Grant- land Rice Sport Pictures Corp.; W. J. Ganz Company; Mode-Art Pictures, Inc.; and NBC Television.

Early "Talkies" Recorded

In the early Thirties, when the addition of sound to motion pic- tures was beginning to revolution- ize the movies, the RCA film record- ing department made important contributions to the development and progress of talkies. Such early sound hits as "Sonny Boy", "Lilac Time", and Frank Buck's "Bring "Em Back Alive", were mixed in the RCA Photophone Studios. About this time, when movie companies were investing heavily in screen tests of well-kno\\Ti stage and opera stars, Katherine Hepburn and (Jrace Moore made screen tests at "411". Special effects and a Hugo Reisenfeld choir of 100 voices were added to the DeMille classic, "King of Kings". This constituted a small, but important part of RCA's contribution to the early develop- ment of sound movies.

During the war, the RCA Film Recording Studios worked exten- sively with the Office of War In- formation, Army, American Red Cross, and Coordinator of Inter- American Affairs. Because of the

FILM CONTAINING SOUND TRACKS ARE RUN THROUGH THESE FILM PHONOGRAPHS AND ACCURATELY CUED BEFORE THEY ARE FINALLY MIXED AND RERECORDED.

AT THIS CONSOLE THE .MIXING ENGINEER FOLLOWS HIS CUES AND COMBINES SOUND EFFECTS, WORDS AND MUSIC IN PROPER RELATION FOR INSCRIBING ON THE FFLM.

c:=^*v^^«^

V

lack of nt'Kative film at that time, RCA had to conserve every possible piece of precious footage. Very often one job wjls completed, torn off the reel, mid the next one started on the same roll of film. One amiisinB incident resulted from this procedure. After several re-takes for a Swedish customer, an KCA technician followed this method, but in his haste to record a Spanish track for an anxious March of Time Foreijrn Department repre- sentative, he omitted tearing off sev- eral hundred feet of previously re- corded Swedish dialogue. When the film was developed, March of Time had to employ an interpreter to de- code the strange language which prologued their Spanish film.

Complex Problems Solved

Complex problem.s in recording are expertly solved by the studio staff. Frequently the RCA Record Department calls upon RCA film facilities when an exceptionally fine musical disc recording is required. F^irst, the piano and orchestra are recorded on separate sound tracks in the best Hollywood studios, and

then sent to "-111" where they are mixed, and sent by phone line to the RCA Disc Recording Studio at 24th Street, where the Master record is cut.

If a re-take on a Hollywood pro- duction is necessary when its star is relaxing in the East, the star can come to RCA's studio and re- record the desired changes for substitution in the original sound track. Recently the RCA Film Re- cording Department was called in when RKO needed a realistic Car- negie Hall background to record the work of Rubinstein and Ormandy. Portable equipment was sent into the Hall where two sound tracks were made on-the-spot, and two others piped over telephone lines to "411" for recording.

Extending the accommodations of the studios is a Mobile Recording Unit, designed to provide studio facilities outside, and on remote locations.

Apart from the income they pro- duce, the New York studios perform the important function of demon- strating to customers and licensees the superior performance of RCA Film Recording Equipment. Sales

VOICES OF COMMENTATORS ARE RECORDED IN THIS STl'DIO FOR MITING

LATER WITH Ml'Slr AND SOUND EFFECTS TO FORM THE COMPLETED SOUND

IRM K OF A NEWSREEL OR TRAVELOGUE.

of this equipment are handled from "411" for all the United States, ex- cept for a narrow West Coast striji embracing Hollywood.

NBC Video Programs Rank High in Poll

NBC's "Texaco .Star Theater" with Milton Berle, ranks first by a wide margin in a poll of East Coast radio and television editors, con- ducted by Television Daily to deter- mine "Your Favorite TV Program." Six other NBC video programs or stars were also honored in the poll, the first of its kind among TV editors.

Fifty newspapermen on the East Coast in cities served by television ."Stations participated in the survey. They ranked variety programs first in preference; dramatic, second; sports, third, and forum, ((uiz and children's programs in a fourth place tie.

"Phiico Television Playhouse," NRC's hour-long dramatic pi-ogram. garnered a large share of the popu- larity votes from the editors. "Meet the Press." another NBC video pro- gram, was given high rating in the forum category.

In the "most promising new art- ists" category, NBC stars took four of the five places receiving the most votes. They are songstress Kyle MacDonnell. star of "Girl About Town"; Barbara Marshall, .song stylist, who has been heard on "Musical Miniatures"; and Helen King, graphologist, topping the list in the women's division. Rob Smith and "Howdy Doody" lead the list of male artists in this category.

Radiophoto Circuit Opens

A laiiiophoto circuit is now in (iperation between Shanghai and .San Francisco, H. C. Ingles, Presi- dent of RCA Communications, Inc.. fU; Broad Street, has announced.

Kadiophoto service to and from this Far Eastern center is expected to be widely used, particularly at this time, Mr. Ingles declared, IHiinting out that such circuits are i-apable of handling written and printed documents, in addition to news photos.

[18 RADIO AGE]

NKW TKANSMITTER BUILDING OF RADIOMARINK .STATKl.N WCC-WIM AT I HAlllAM, MASSAL 11 LSh 1 I S.

New Transmitter Building Erected

for Station WCC

Chatham, Mass., Sclcclcd as Site for Structure to House Modern Equipment and Facilities.

THE modern equipment and more extensive facilities housed in the Radiomarine Corporation of America's newly constructed radio- telegraph transmitting station at Chatham, Massachusetts, have un- dergone a thorough trial and proved the superiority of the new location on Cape Cod. according to Walter A. Buck. President. WCC and WIM transmitters, operated at Marion. Massachusetts, for 25 years are oc- cupying the new quarters. With the additional new equipment manufac- tured by Radiomarine. combined with the more efficient antenna loca- tion provided by the salt marshland along Nantucket Sound, Mr. Buck said, WCC-WIM is one of the finest coastal radio stations in the world. Conforming to the locality, the new transmitter building is an adaptation of the Cape Cod style of

architecture. The main structure of brick and stone is 112 feet long and .■?6 feet wide with a 24- by 42-foot wing. The windows are formed of heavy glass blocks to protect the transmitting and control equipment against damage from the heavy gales common to the area. Offices, storage space and shop facilities occupy the wing.

The new modern 20-kilowatt transmitter operating on medium frequencies and also on the distress freciuency of 500 kilocycles; a 10-kw low frequency unit and three .3-kw high frequency units supplement the three 40-kw high frequency transmitters transferred from the previous site to make an impressive and efficient complement of shore station facilities.

A .300-foct self-supporting steel tower on the edge of the marsh

radiates signals from the medium frequency transmitter insuring positive communication with ships in distress and in the handling of regular message traffic. The heavier volume of radiotelegrams to ships at sea goes out to all parts of the world over shortwave antennas for the various frequencies. These an- tennas are suspended between sev- eral rows of poles up to 80 feet in height.

The new station operates in con- junction with the companion control and receiving station located at Chathamport. six miles away. WCC- WIM provides radiotelegraph service for ships and aircraft throughout the world. Hundreds of messages, press dispatches, weather reports and SOS calls from vessels in distress flow through these sta- tions daily. The transmitting equip-

[RADIO AGE 19"

Receiving sfafion of WCC-W/M houses (he equipment which controls all Irammitlers.

Beyond the lines of short masts supporting the station's high-frequency antennas is the high f

lower of Chatham's 500-kilocycle transmitter.

Interior of transmitter building showing high-frequency

transmitters, in rear, and 500-kc transmdter (right). Frank

Kremp, engineer-in-charge,at console.

Scenes from Radiomarine

Transmitting and Receiving

Stations WCC-WIM at

Chatham, Massachusetts.

Messages awaiting transmission to ships are kept m this revolving rack at the receiving station.

Operators at the receiving station keep a constant watch on frequencies used by ships throughout the world.

ment is constantly attended by trained technicians and the control receiving station is manned by a staff of thirty highly-skilled code operators who keep continuous "watch" on the numerous frequen- cies used by marine and aircraft.

The carrying power of WCC's signals has been demonstrated in communications with the Byrd expeditions to the South Pole; to aircraft over Iraq: the lighter-than- air craft, Graf Zeppelin; the ill- fated Hindenburg, and many others. Pilots and navigators of long-dis- tance plane flights have used Chatham for the gathering of essen- tial advance weather reports, and to contact their home bases while in flight. In 1938, when Howard Hughes made his round-the-world race against time, WCC brought continual news of his progress. Just ten years later, in 1948, when Pan American World Airways inaugu- rated its round-the-world clipper service, WCC linked the plane "America" with newspapers throughout the United States.

Maintaiui Medico Service In addition to the normal message tr;iffic handled by Chatham, RCA, in cooperation with the U. S. Public Health Service, also maintains a special service for the benefit of ill or injured passengers and crews of ships at sea. This service, called Medico, was established in 1921 and taken over by RCA in 1922. Since that time, thousands of vessels with- out doctors have made use of the facilities without cost. Chatham and the other coastal stations oper- ated by Radiomarine, process 75 to 100 Medico cases a month. As each request for aid is received, details of the case are teletyped to the near- est Marine Ho.spital where doctors on duty study the reported symp- toms and file a return message pre- scribing the method of treatment. Medico messages have been ex- changed with ships in the South Pacific, the Indian Ocean, and, in fact, in all the seven seas.

The history of station WCC is the history of marine radiotelegraphy. These call letters, now instantly recognized by ship radio operators on all oceans, were first assigned in 191.3 to a pioneer station of the Marconi Wireless Telegraph Com-

pany of America at South Wellfleet, Massachusetts, 30 miles east of the new WCC at Chatham. There, on the ocean side of the Cape, Gugli- elmo Marconi, in 1903, had erected a transmitter building situated in the center of four 210-foot lattice- work towers which supported an ex- tensive system of antennas for his experiments in transatlantic com- munications. But the rapid evolu- tion of radio was destined to out- mode the crude transmitting ap- paratus, and in 1914, Wellfleet was abandoned to weather and the seas. In order to continue his opera- tions, Marconi erected a new receiv- ing station at Chathamport on the Bay side of the Cape, about three miles from the town of Chatham, and a new transmitting station was built at Marion, near where the Cape joins the mainland.

However, World War I soon in- tervened and both properties were taken over by the Navy. The gov- ernment retained control until shortly before the Radio Corpora- tion of America was formed in 1919. For the first two years under RCA ownership, Chatham was a point-to- point station, exchanging messages with Germany, Norway and Sweden. Then in 1921, as plans were made to transfer all point-to-point activi- ties to the newly built Radio Central on Long Island, the Company in- stalled a 500 kilocycle transmitter, with call letters WCC, in the receiv- ing station at Chathamport to serve as a ship-to-shore link. This was supplemented a year later with a second WCC transmitter designed to operate on 2200 meters, a wave length at that time considered ideal for long-range communications. The 500 kilocycle transmitter then assumed the call letters WIM.

Interference Increased

However, with the addition of the 2200 meter equipment, interfer- ence problems increased. At that time "wireless" apparatus, begin- ning to be known as "radio" was relatively crude in comparison with present day standards. To eliminate transmitter interference at the in- creasingly busy receiving positions meant the removal of the transmit- ting equipment a considerable dis-

tance from the receiving antennas. Accordingly, WCC's transmitters were moved to Marion.

Overland telephone wires were leased to connect transmitters with the operators' keys at Chatham. This arrangement worked satisfac- torily during placid days on the Cape. But with the coming of win- ter storms, operations were some- times interrupted by ice formations and by trees which had fallen across the wires. On these occasions, crews were rushed from both ends of the circuit to find the trouble and re- join the wires.

1927 Emergency Recalled

Oldtimers still at Chatham recall the emergency they faced in 1927 when the Prince of Wales was on his way to this country aboard the SS Berengaria. At an hour when message traffic to and from the British liner was at its peak, a windstorm broke connections in sev- eral places between Chatham and Marion. With 300 urgent messages waiting to be radioed to the vessel, one of the crack operators, carrying his telegraph key, set out through the gusty night, feeling his way in the dark from pole to pole until he spotted the break nearest Marion. He connected his telegraph key into the line, and in this unorthodox manner, proceeded to operate the Marion station transmitter until the last of the messages had reached the Berengaria.

With the advent of "short waves" and the spanning of greater dis- tances, message volume increased rapidly and it was essential that in- terruptions to service be eliminated. To insure this, RCA engineers in 1937 designed and installed a micro- wave beam system over which the transmitters at Marion were radio- controlled from Chathamport, re- placing the long overland control wires. But the Government services recognized the value of the facilities available at Chatham and they were annexed to play their part in the World War II effort. Today, the new transmitting station with its associated control receiving station, embodying the latest design in elec- tronic equipment stands as a model of efficiency to serve the maritime world.

[RADIO AGE 21]

RCA FREQUENCY BUREAU

Conference Work, License Proccasinfi and Puhlication <</ Ref>orts .-Ire

Among Functions of Bureau's Ne»- York and W'usliington

Offices. Expert Advice and Service on Frequency Matters

Available to All RCA Divisions

By Philip F. Siling

Kiiyiitier-in-Churge RCA Frequency Bureau

AS EARLY as 19:?0. RCA recoK- £\ nized the need for establish- iriK the frequency bureau, then a part of RCA Communications, Inc., as a separate department. This re- organization was desirable in order that all the Corporation's divisions and domestic subsidiaries could be serviced relative to frequency al- location, station licenses, and re- lated matters. To accomplish this, the "RCA Central Frequency Bu- reau" was formed.

It continued in existence until l!t:}5, when the allocation of fre- quencies became increasingly com- plex. Furthermore, complications from increased governmental and international regulations mounted rapidly and the need grew for ex- I)ert Frequency Hureau service to aid in policy decisions.

The present RCA Frequency Bu- reau was established in ]0.'!5 to pre- vent duplication of work and avoid conllict in dealings with govern- mental agencies. Its scope was greatly enlarged to include more general representation of RCA in- terests in frequency allocations and allied subjects. In 1945 the Fre- quency Bureau was made a part of the RCA Laboratories Division, at which time its functions were fur- ther extended to include the co- ordination of aviation activities.

Among its many services, the

liaison work conducted by the Bu- reau is of primary importance. The RCA Frequency Bureau, main- taining oflices in New York and Washington, is the normal contact channel between all RCA divisions an<l the FCC, other government de- partments, and international or- ganizations. These contacts involve matters concerning frequency allo- cations, their uses, applications and assignments; interference between radio stations; station licensing, and policy decisions.

A very large percentage of this work relates to the Federal Com- munications Commission alone, for through the Frequency Bureau a continuous flow of information on RCA activities is channeled into interested offices and branches of the Commission.

Similarly, the RCA Frequency Bureau keeps interested otficials of RCA and its affiliates continuously informed of all Commission actions which might affect their operations. Due to the lapse of time between

the issuance of new FCC regula- tions and their actual publicatix) by the government, the Freiiuein Bureau set up its own publicati< system to make regulation chany promptly available to all concern' in the Company.

The analysis and distribution ■ all FCC reports, public notic news releases, proposed frequeih allocations, orders, hearing calii dars, proposed and final decision . has become an increasingly useful function of the Bureau.

Aviation Field Represented

Other government agencies wit which the RCA Fre(juency Bure;i has regularly established contac ' include the State Department, Wai and Navy Departments. Bureau i Standards and Civil Aeronaut ii- Administration. An aviation expei • adeciuately represents RCA befoii all organizations in this categ<>r> . With the objective of unifying in- dustry views and adding to the store of information on frequency utilization, the Bureau performs informal contact work with the Washington headquarters of in- numerable radio and allied adminis- trations.

The RCA Frequency Bureau's principal foreign contact work con- sists in the clearance of cases and disputes arising from radio inter-

wayne mason, (second from right) manager of the rca frequency

ruireaf's new york ottice, discusses a license renewal with

(;erald (jovldrup ( seated) , head of the marine department, and

frank tyson. [ikpartment member.

[22 RADIO AGE]

FELIX SCIl-LEENVOIGT, (LEFT) AtiSlSTA.NT .MANAGER OF THE BUREAU, AND PATRICK MORRIS, (SEATED. LEFT) I.\ CHARGE OF THE FREQUENCY MEASUREMENT SECTION, CONFER ON COMMUNICATIONS PROBLEMS.

THE AUTHOR (LEFT) DISCUSSES NEW GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS WITH RAY SIMO.NDS AND OTHER MEM- BERS OF THE WASHINGTON OFFICE WHICH MAIN- TAINS CLOSE LIAISON WITH THE FCC.

ference. The discharge of this func- tion, which frequently involves the State Department on diplomatic i&sues, serves to supply the Bureau with a variety of information use- ful in allocation questions, and in international conference participa- tion.

Another important phase of Fre- quency Bureau liaison is the main- tenance of inter-Company contact. It furnishes consultation on re- search and development projects, production and sale of equipment, and communications operations. By carefully watching allocations and prospective frequency assignments affecting RCA-developed or manu- factured equipment, the Bureau is in a position to assist in guiding RCA organization policies, and to suggest to government authorities future RCA frequency require- ments. This advisory service has been used extensively in connection with television and FM activities.

Thousands of Applications Filed From ten to fifteen thousand ap- plications for permits, authoriza- tions and licenses, (including license modifications and renewals), are processed and filed annually with the FCC by the RCA Frequency Bu- reau. Through its understanding of the purposes of the original re- quests for these filings, as sub- mitted by the Company's various services, the Bureau has been able to avoid duplicate and conflicting applications.

For RCA Communications, Inc.,

applications are processed covering frequencies, antennas, additions to licensed communications points, ra- diophoto material, and construction permits.

The Frequency Bureau assists the National Broadcasting Com- pany in securing special authoriza- tions to cover remote pickup pro- gi-ams, and by handling construc- tion permits, licenses, and license renewals for standard broadcast- ing, television and FM stations.

On behalf of the RCA Victor and RCA Laboratories Divisions the Frequency Bureau obtains authori- zation for field tests and demonstra- tions of new equipment. The Bu- reau also secures type approval of new broadcast equipment and for modifications of existing equip- ment.

A separate Marine Unit of the Bureau processes coastal and ship- iioard licenses. The approximatel.N 1800 licenses in these categories require frequent modification, as- signment, reassignment, cancella- tion and renewal. An average of over two thousand radio operating matters, relating chiefly to marine service and involving either radio station equipment or radio opera- tors, are handled annually by this Department.

Since the Bureau is responsible for radio frequency allocation mat-

THE AUTHOR AND ANNE LADD OF THE PUB- LICATIONS DEPARTMENT EXAMINE ONE OF THE .MANY' REPORTS WHICH THE BUREAU PUBLISHES REGULARLY.

ters, it participates in all FCC hear- ings on this subject. In carrying out this duty, special preliminary studies are made to aid the Cor- poration and subsidiary or division involved in presenting its side of the case. The Bureau also conducts and participates in informal engi- neering conferences preparatory to hearings, and furnishes staff mem- bers to give advice and act as ex- pert witnesses.

Participates in FCC Hearings

The types of formal FCC pro- ceedings in which the RCA Fre- quency Bureau has participated in- clude hearings on general alloca- tions, standards of engineering practice, establishment of new ra- dio services, sub-allocations or regu-

[RADIO AGE 23

latioiLs within a particular service, licensing and color television.

In the I'xpandinR field of interna- tional conference work, the RCA Frequency Bureau insures adequate RCA representation both in the ex- tensive preparatory work and at the conferences themselves. This i.-; of primary importance in maintain- ing' RCA's position in international sales, manufacturing and opera- tions. The.se conferences may be classified as general (Atlantic City Conferences, 1947 1 and .special (North American Regional Broad- casting Conferences).

General Ittfortnalion Compiled On the Atlantic City Conferences alone, preparatory work extended over a period of two and a half years, involving preliminary con- ferences at Rio de Janeiro, Ber- muda and Moscow. Prior to both the preliminary and final conferences the Bureau figures prominently in government-industry planning to formulate United States proposals. It likewise participated in separate internal RCA and industry-wide meetings to resolve conflicts and obtain a united industry position. The results of these conferences have been reviewed and compre- hensive reports distributed. The ever-increasing scope of interna- tional conclaves embraces, among others, those of the telephone, tele- graph, radio technical, radio admin- istrative and broadcasting fields. Its general information service is another extremely valuable func- tion of the RCA Frequency Bureau. In the Publications Department at 60 Broad Street, New York, a vast store of reference material on fre- quency allocation is compiled and kept on file. Among the voluminous listings are those on stations en- gaged in international high-fre- quency operation; active radio stations of the world, ba.sed on fre- quency measurements made at Riverhead, N. Y. ; ship radio sta- tions; and revised standard, tele- vision, FM, and international broadcasting station lists. One of the Bureau's most important publi- cations is the color-coded frequency allocation chart, which has become almost indispensable to government radio officials and engineers here and abroad.

[24 RADIO AGE]

UEFRESENTATIVES OK RlA LABORATORIES A.\D RCA VK'TOK lllM.slo.N .MEET WITH STAFF .MEMBERS OF THE SIG.NAL CORPS E.NCINEERING LABORATORIES IN THE FORT MONMOUTH AREA FOR A TWO-DAY DISCUSSION OF RESEARCH AND DEr\-EI,OPMENT PROJECTS. THE RCA DELEGATION WAS HEADED BY E. W. ENGSTROM (SECOND FROM RIGHT IN FRONT ROW) AND M. C. BATSEL (ON MR. ENGSTRO.M'S RIGHT). GENERAL LANAHAN, COMMANDING GENERAL OF THE AREA, A.ND GE.NERAL AKIN, CHIEF SIGNAL OFFICER, ARE FIRST AND FOURTH RESPECTIVELY IN THE FIRST ROW.

RCA Participates in N. Y. Book Festival

"Interpreting Industry to the Public by the Printed Word" was the theme of the RCA display at the recent Book Festival of the New- York Museum of Science and In- dustry, in Radio City. During this event, which continued from No- vember .'i-l 1, more than 100,000 per- sons including businessmen, school children, members of the armed forces and sightseers visited the museum to study the displays of 49 exhibitors.

In the center of RCA's display were copies of the booklet, "RCA What It Is . . . What It Does" opened to pages showing pictures of the activities carried on by the various services of the Corporation. Also in the exhibit were books,

brouchures, catalogues, promotional material and pamphlets published by the Company.

Of the thousands of RCA book- lets and pamphlets given away to visitors, the most popular were "The Magic of Making RCA Tele- vision Picture Tubes," and RCA Victor's "In the Groove" and "Rec- ord Review."

More than 25 books written by RCA employees were gathered for the display. Among them were vol- umes by Dr. \'ladimir K. Zworykin, vice president and technical con- sultant of RCA Laboratories; Dr. James Hillier and other members of the Laboratories .staff: John L. Hall- strom, general merchandise man- ager, RCA \"ictor Division, and ("harles O'Connell of the Victor Record Department.

PUBLICATIONS OF RCA AND BOOKS BY RCA AUTHORS WERE DISPLAI-ED AT RECENT BOOK FESTIVAL IN RADIO CITY. NEW YORK

RADIO CORPORATIOH OF AMERICA (^

BRIG. GENERAI, DAVID SARNOFF (LEFT) AND JAMES C. PETRILLO, PRESIDENT OF AMERICAN FEDERATKIN OF MISICIANS, AT SIGNING OF CONTRACT ENDING BAN ON THE MANUFACTURE OF RECORDS.

PACT ENDS YEAR-OLD BAN ON RECORD MANUFACTURE

FOR the first time since January 1, 1948, musicians began makinj^ new phonograph records on Decem- ber 14, following the signing of an agreement by James C. Petrillo, President of the American Federa- tion of Musicians, and officials of record-manufacturing companies.

The five year agreement, which had been approved by the Depart- ment of Justice, provides for a wel- fare fund for unemployed musi- cians. The fund is to be financed by imposing a royalty of one to two and a half cents a record, depending on its retail price. The money will be spent to produce free concerts staged by unemployed musicians who will be paid for their services. Samuel R. Rosenbaum, a director of the Philadelphia Orchestra Asso- ciation was installed as impartial trustee of the fund, which, it is estimated, will receive $2,000,000 a year from royalty payments.

Within two hours after official notice of the signing of the agree- ment had been received at the RCA Victor recording studio, 1.55 East 24th Street, New York City, RCA artists resumed the making of records.

Petrillo's Coiniiient "I feel that something should be said about a great man who brought

this about, for this is another vic- tory for all of us" said Mr. Petrillo, after the pact had been signed. "And feeling that one man in the industry was a fair man, I went to see General Sarnoff, some five-six months ago and I said "General, what are we going to do about this thing. Are we going to fight it out like we did before, or are we gonna settle this matter in a nice manner like Americans should?' And he said: 'Jimmy, there shouldn't be any fights ; we ought to get together on this thing.' And we did get together. He grabbed hold of the bull by the horn himself, called in the industry— did a swell job— ad- vised me as to what he thought was right and wrong. I mean when I say advised me, he said: 'This is the thing we can do, and this is what we will do, and no more than this,' and so on, and I believed every word that man said. And, Ladies and Gentlemen, believe me that everything he said was God's honest truth. Night and day, when he says this is the truth, this is what's gonna happen— that's exactly what happened. I can't say too much for that man in this industry, and I think that labor has a friend in General SarnofF."

Triumph for Industry and Labor

"This is almost as great an emo- tional surprise for me as seeing the first record cut here after a year of silence," said General Sarnoff in reply. "I don't know any appro- priate response that I could make to so generous a statement as Jimmy Petrillo has just made about me. All I can say is that this is not the work of any one man. It took pa- tience, restraint, wisdom and some skill in negotiations on both sides to arrive at this settlement. At this happy time of the year I think it is especially fitting to call attention to the fact that there can be harmony between men as well as harmony be- tween singers. In these negotia- tions Mr. Petrillo has been fair and worked hard, and so did his counsel, Mr. Milton Diamond, who was a resourceful man at all points where we struck snags. As a general, I am a man of peace. And so I pre- ferred a just and peaceful settle- ment to an unnecessary slugfest. I think this is a great triumph for both industry and labor, but the greatest triumph of all for the American people who will now be free to get selections of their own choice from a highly competitive industry."

[RADIO AGE 25]

DEVELOPMENT MODEL OF LARGE-SCREEN TELEVISION PROJECTOR SUSPENDED FROM rHEATKR BAIAONV. PICTIRKS AS LARCE AS 18 X 2-1 FEET HAVE BEEN PROJECTED WITH THIS APPARATUS.

Large-Screen Television

Two Basic Methods of Projcctinv:, Thcatcr-Sizcd Images Notf Undergohig Series of Praclical Tests

By Ralph V. Little. Jr..

Engineering Products Ocpt., liCA Victor Division

LAKGK-siTeeii television systems J for theaters and auditoriums have been developed in two forms, both of which are underjfoinK a series of practical tests. One is the direct projection system by which hiRh-brilliance kinescope imaK^s are projected throuffh an efficient re- flective optical system; the other,

an intermediate film system usinK' standard motion iiicture projection techni(|ue. after the television im- ages have been photoKi'aphed on motion picture film and suitably processed.

The direct projection television system consists of three major ele- ments. One is the projection kine- scope which is the source of the lipht image, the second is the optical system which projects the image onto the screen, and the third is the .screen from which the final image is viewed.

The kinescope used in the direct system is similar to the direct view- ing tube used in the conventional television receiver, except that pro- jection kinescopes have a much greater light output due to higher voltage operation, for which they are spitially designed.

The elements of the optical sys- tem consist of a spherical mirror, n correction lens, and a projection kinescope tube. The lenses now used

in large projection systems are made of plastic, formed in glass moulds by a cold-setting process. Lenses as large as twenty inches in diameter have been made by this process.

Reflective optics have been adapted for large screen projection up to 18 by 24 feet. The largest system ever built consisted of a 42-inch mirror, a 26-inch lens and projection kinescopes of either 12- or 15-inch diameter, operating at 80,000 volts. The high cost of the 42-inch mirror system has indicated the advisability of concentrating on smaller optics and increasing the voltage capabilities of the seven- inch projection kinescope in order to make a compromise system which would be successful commercially.

Three Units in Intermediate Plan

The alternate system of large screen television projection is the intermediate film method which consists of three major units. The first is the television recording unit with a qualit.>» television monitor and a special 35mm motion picture camera: the second consists of a high-speed processing machine, and the third, the conventional .'?5mm theater film projector. Such a sys- tem can be so integrated that the time elapsing between the appear- ance of the image on the kinescope and its projection on the viewing screen is less than one minute.

A special camera was devised which would compensate for the difference between the 30 complete images per second as used in tele- vision and the standardized rate of travel of motion picture film at 24 frames per second. This camera al.so provides for sound-on-film re- cording.

In this camera a precision shutter is required to give the proper ex- posure to the film. In terms of the television .system, the exposure must be accurate to less than one-half of a scanning line or one part in .30,000. Improper exposure shows up as a black or white band when the wrong number of television lines is re- (Continucd on page SO)

[26 RADIO AGE]

«*^

Casting for Television

Stan of Broadnay and Hollywood, Once Skeptical of Television, Now Look Upon New Medmm as Potent Showcase for Talent

ever since. But those many who gave radio the brushoff have had good cause to regret it.

This is something today's actors don't want to have repeated. They see television as something that can coin them a lot of money even if, at present, many of them are not getting rich on it.

If one fact about casting for tele- vision stands head and shoulder above all others it is that stage ex- perience is an actor's best qualifica- tion. We have auditioned thousands upon thousands of hopeful aspirants for video programs and in virtually every case, the actor who has trod the board, "has it".

Stage Actors Preferable

Stage actors, accustomed to act- ing with their whole bodies and able to memorize hours of script in com- paratively short periods of time, are generally preferable to radio people whose voices are better actors than their bodies and who are better script readers than script memo- rizers. I say "generally" because there are, of course major excep- tions. As to film people, they are in general, too far from us geographi- ically and at present too hard to

iii

By Owen Davis, Jr.

Director of Program Preparation

and Procurement

National Broadcast Company

THE casting picture at NBC has changed greatly since, let us say, two years ago. Talent in those days was pretty hard to get; the industry was small, it offered little money compensation and the over- head lights were a great deal less comfortable than those used now. This is not to say that we were un- able to obtain top-name stars. We could and we did, for even then there were actors and actresses genuinely interested in learning the ins and outs of the medium.

But today — with many commer- cial programs on the air and a grow- ing number of dramatic productions seeing the light of day — actors are literally flocking to our doorsteps for a chance to appear on television.

The reason is simple: television is something they want. They like it artistically and they are afraid to be left out of it financially. And since art and finances are the two chief concerns of any actor, we are having little trouble getting good talent for our shows.

All actors today either remember or have been told about the early days of radio, when radio was screaming for talent and the great majority of Broadway and Holly- wood actors were ignoring the screams. What happened was that those few who paid attention to the plaintive cries got in on the ground floor and have been making money

get hold ot to permit any generali- zations.

The actor today sees television as a mighty i)otent showcase. When an actor goes on television, he knows that his audience may reach into the millions. It would take him many years of appearing on stage to play to that kind of audience.

By and large it is the stage ac- tor— the actor trained to play before "live" audiences without a script — who thus far has been most success- ful in television. It is the actor who has felt that "rapprochement" with his audience — whose gags or whose lines are timed split-second with the audience's reaction. Actors have told me that api)earing on television is like one "first-night" after an- other on the stage. Once the show is under way on television there are no re-takes, and once the show is over, it is not repeated hundreds of times by the same actors as a stageplay is. So there is something to the attitude of "first-nighters."

Generally speaking, of course, a good actor will be a successful one in television as he would be in any other medium. Talent, wherever it is found, is talent.

That television can benefit actors and actresses is demonstrated by the list of Broadway and Hollywood contracts that have been signed as a i-esult of ai^pearances on NBC. Ann Irish. Kathleen McGuire, Olive Stacy and \'aughn Taylor all came (Continued on page .70)

PAT GRAY A.ND .MAURICE MAXSON, THE AUTHOR

TELEVISION PLAYERS, AUDITION FOR (AT RIGHT).

[RADIO AGE 27]

SI lOUK

NBC TELEVISION NETWORK

(AS OF JAN 12, 1949)

COMPLETION OF THE COAXIAL CABLE SPAN INDICATED BY THE DOTTED LINE LINKS THE EASTERN AND MIDWESTERN TELEVISION NETWORKS.

TELEVISION NETWORKS JOIN

Eastern and Midwestern Chains Linked January 12 Making NBC Programs Available to 15 Stations.

WHKN President Truman takes his oath of office Janu- ary 20. millions of people from Bos- ton to St. Louis will be viewing the event, an accomplishment made possible by the completion on Jan- uary 12 of the coaxial cable link joining NBC's East Coast and Mid- west television networks.

The new, interconnected network consists of fifteen stations, eight in the East and seven in the Mid- west. Another eight outlets, not yet connected by coaxial cable or microwave relay, will be serviced with kinescope recordings of major NBC television programs, bringing the total to 23.

Of the 23 stations, five are owned and operated by the National Broadcasting Company. This is the limit of ownership permitted by the Federal Communications Commission for any one company. Four of these stations — in New York, Washington. Chicago and Cleveland — will be part of the inter- connected network. The fifth, in

Hollywood, is operating, but will not be joined to the rest of the XBC network until a coast-to-coast con- nection is available at some time in the future. The remainder of the stations are independently owned affiliates of NBC.

This constantly-expanding net- work is the outgrowth of two sta- tions existing in 1940, WNBT. New York, and WRGB, Schenectady. Television activity was brought to a standstill during the war, but since 1946 the development of video in the fields of set manufacture, programming and station and net- work construction, has been phe- nomenal.

Joined by Cable and Relay NBC's East Coast network was expanded to include Washington, Philadelphia, Baltimore, Boston. Richmond, and. very recently. Prov- idence. These stations are joined by coaxial cable or microwave relay.

During this time, the Midwest web was taking form. NBC affiliates

came into being in Buffalo, Detroit. St. Louis, Toledo and Milwaukoi . Linkage was completed betwiti. these stations, and on September 20, 1948, the NBC Midwest network was officially launched. Soon aft^ that, their number was increased 1 two, as NBC's owned and operated stations in Chicago and Cleveland began telecasting.

Early in November the American Telephone and Telegraph Company notified NBC that service by coaxial cable between New York and Chi- cago would be available in January 1949. Unlike the East Coast con- necting cable, which NBC uses full- time, the cables that join both the individual Midwest stations and the main East-west link must be shared with the other networks. This, how- ever, is a temporary difficulty which is expected to be remedied as facili- ties increase.

NBC was the first television broadcaster to develop a video net- work and continues to pioneer in networking its television shows. The role of a network in the de- velopment of the new medium is one of vital importance. Although in- dividual stations may operate with- out the aid of networks, they have found it especially difficult to pro- vide good program fare unless they are located in or near talent centers. Networking of programs, it has long been acknowledged, is the most practical way in which to get the highest quality program to the largest number of viewers at the lowest possible cost.

Signal Corps Purchases 217 RCA Radar Units

Two hundred and seventeen com- mercial-typo marine radar units have been purchased by the U.S. Signal Corps for installation aboard ships of the U..*n. Transport Service, according to an announcement by Walter A. Buck. President of Radio- marine Corporation of America.

The units consist of the latest surface-search 3.2 centimeter com- mercial radars, and represent one of the largest single radar orders re- ceived by Radiomarine to date. Other government sales have in- cluded units to the U.S. Coast Guard. Armv Corps of Engineers and U.S. Navy.

[28 RADIO AGE]

below: this model of electronic reading aid converts letters into their spoken sounds. at right: earlier model of re.\dini; aid permits user to recognize letters by distinguishing sounds when scanned by electron beam in hand-held stylus.

Electronic Reading Aids

Latest Experimental Model Automatically Converts Letters into their Normal Sounds — May be Useful in Translating Coded Patterns.

A LABORATORY model of an electronic device which con- verts reading matter into the sounds of individual letters has been devel- oped by the RCA Laboratories Divi- sion of the Radio Corporation of America. The development work was carried out by Dr. V. K. Zwory- kin, L. E. Flory "and W. S. Pike of the Laboratories staff.

In operation, a line of type is scanned letter by letter with a scanning mechanism containing a miniature cathode-ray tube and an optical system. Each printed letter is scanned vertically with a pin- point of light at a rate of 500 cycles per second. The scanning, however, is not continuous but is carried out so that the scanning spot pauses momentarily at several points along its path thereby creating the effect of a series of scanned spots ar- ranged in a vertical line. To facili- tate the recognition of signals from the individual spots of light, the spots are not present continuously, but are made to appear one after the other in a time sequence. If the series of spots forming the vertical line is now moved manually along the lines of type, the light, normally reflected by the white paper, will be interrupted by the

black portions of letters. These in- terruptions can then be transformed into electrical impulses by means of a phototube and amplifier.

As a result of the high speed vertical scanning and the manual scanning along the lines of print, the signal output of the phototube amplifier will be in the nature of the scanning frequency, modulated by the interruptions of light.

Five to eight channels or spots of light are present in each vertical sweep of the scanning beam and are separated by a timing circuit and counted by electronic means. The total number of pulses from all channels is unique for most letters of the alphabet.

One of the ambiguities exists in the case of b and d, since the num- ber of counts derived from these two letters is the same. But closer examination of b and d will show a difference in the sequence in which the pulses in the various channels occur. In b, for instance, none of the scanning spots will be reflected at the start of the scan- ning because of the letter's vertical portion on the left. By contrast, the solid vertical portion of d is encountered by the scanning spots at the extreme right. The informa-

tion thus collected by the .scanning process can be combined with the balance of the scanning informa- tion to differentiate between the two letters.

The output from the selector cir- cuits is used to operate a magnetic reproducer arranged so that, as a letter is recognized, a single re- cording of that letter is reproduced through a loud speaker. The indi- vidual letter sounds are recorded on separate discs driven by friction from a continuously rotating shaft.

The instrument is believed to have possibilities as a recognition device for the translation of coded patterns such as those which form the basis of teletyped messages.

INDIA PURCHASES THREE SOUND FILM RECORDERS

Three RCA sound film recording systems, purchased by the Indian Government for the production of educational motion pictures and newsreels are expected to play a large part in India's plans to ac- quaint the people with the duties of citizenship in the new free state, according to official reports received by Meade Brunet, RCA Vice Presi- dent and Managing Director, RCA International Division. Under the plans, films covering a wide range of progressive topics in social and economic fields will be produced in Bombay and distributed to all parts of the country by the Indian Minis- try of Information.

[RADIO AGE 29]

Television Coverage Extended by New Method

(Continued from page 13)

"This new system will make the fine proKi'iims of these two stations avuilalile in more perfect form to many thousands of additional tele- vision viewers who live in a wide area between New York and Wash- inpton which heretofore has not received satisfactory service. The use of synchronization will soon be extended to other areas which are troubled with the problem of inter- ference where two stations or more are on the same channel."

Reduction of tropospheric inter- ference between television stations on the same channel became an urgent objective of industry engi- npers after the decision of the FCC in September to impose a freeze on processing of applications for the construction of television stations.

The interference, which occurs for the most part in fringe areas of television coverage, shows up on the screens of television home re- ceivers as moving horizontal black bars, which may be described as a "Venetian blind" effect. The inter- ference is due to characteristics of the troposphere, or upper air masses, which cause television sig- nals to be refracted over long dis- tances with signals from several transmitting stations being received simultaneously in certain localities. The extent of interference depends on the strength of the interfering signal and the difference in carrier frequences of the stations involved.

Ray D. Kell. head of the Televi- sir)n Section of RCA Laboratories and long a pioneer in the develop- ment of television, conceived the idea of synchronizing the carrier frequencies to reduce the cross-bar interference. As the difference in carrier frequencies is reduced, the number of interference bars di- minishes; when there is no differ- ence in frequencies, there are no bars.

Mr. Kell's development work, in cooperation with RCA associates and NBC engineers, resulted in the equi|)ment now in use between New- York and Washington stations of NBC. This equipment consists of two units. The first is at RCA Lab- oratories in Princeton, the second

at television station WNBT in New York.

When the system is in operation, signals from New York and Wash- ington stations are compared elec- tronically at the output of two radio receivers located in Princeton.

Information regarding frequency differences of the two distant trans- mitters is carried as frequency modulation of a 1,000-cycle tone by telephone line to New York. The frequency shift of this tone is utilized to change the frequency of the New York transmitter to maintain it on exactly the same fre- quency as the Washington trans-

mitter. The operation of the system is entirely automatic and will re- quire little or no attention.

It was pointed out that a similar system could be established, when equipment is available, to synchro- nize any two or more television sta- tions operating on the same assigned channel. There are 12 channels as- signed to television in the country at the present time with a total of 51 television stations using them. Seventy-three applications for con- struction permits have been granted by the FCC, and 310 application.- are on file with the Commission awaiting the end of the freeze.

Casting for Television

(Continued from page 27 )

to the attention of stage and film people through NBC video. Then there's Kyle MacDonnell, who had appeared in "Make Mine Man- hattan" for about several months without achieving any great fame. After a half dozen shows on NBC Television she had received more I)ubiicity — including a cover i)icture in Life — and more big-time offers than she had ever dreamed of get- ting in so short a time while she was on Broadway.

Actors are notoriously unconven- tional in their desire to add artistic satisfaction to economic gain. Money, they admit, is important, but so is the pleasure of acting in a medium that provides their act- ing talents with full outlet.

And television is just such a medium. In television, an actor is not just a voice, as in radio, nor does he portray his part a few minutes at a time over a period of several weeks, as in the movies. In television he gets the artistic and emotional gratification of creating a complete, head-to-toe character every time he appears before the cameras. To the outsider this may appear to be a quite secondary con- sideration, but to anyone who knows the members of the acting profes- sion, it is as important as the money to be made and the fame to be won.

One trend I've noticed lately is quite significant. Several major radio actors are giving up good money and putting in hard hours (luring the summer to play before stock company audiences. They're doing it as practice for television.

Large-Screen Television

(Continued i rum ]>ayc :^(1)

corded on the film and will be seen as a region where a gap or overlap occurs making a white line for under-exposure and a black line when over-exposure occurs.

The next unit of a film system is the rapid jirocessing equijiment. The Eastman Kodak Company has found that rapid jirocessing, at higher solution temperatures, is entirely feasible. The film generally selected for this purpose is a fine grain positive stock normally used for theater release )irints.

The final link in the film system is the standard ;i.5mm motion pic- ture projector.

In performance, large screen projectors are now limited by the quality of signals available for pro- jection. The technical possibilities of the projection system are equal to the best studio television equip- ment and an inferior picture on the screen is caused usually by a de- terioration of the signal between camera and projector.

[30 RADIO AGE]

Dr. Zworykin Receives Poor Richard Club Award

Dr. Vladimir Kosma Zworykin, Vice President and Technical Con- sultant of R C A Laboratories, Princeton, X. J., has been named by the Poor Richard Club of Phila- delphia to receive its 1948 Award for Achievement, an honor given annually "to the most deserving of contemporary American citizens." Dr. Zworykin will receive the award at the Franklin Institute, on .Janu- ary 17, at ceremonies highlighting the annual Franklin Day celebration which will be attended by the Gov- ernor of Pennsylvania and other state officials.

After selecting television as the most timely subject, the Club's members, composed largely of exec- utives of newspapers, magazines, advertising agencies, printing con- cerns, and radio and television sta- tions, unanimously voted that Dr. Zworykin, in developing the all- electronic system, was mainly re- sponsible for bringing television out of the laboratory and making it commercially practical.

In addition to his invention of the iconoscope, television's first elec- tronic "eye". Dr. Zworykin devel- oped the kinescope, electronic pic- ture tube of the television receiver. Presentation of the award coincides with the 25th anniversary of his invention of the iconoscope.

Additional citations have been received by Dr. Zworykin for his research and developments in the video art. In 19.34, he received the Morris Liebmann Memorial Prize from the Institute of Radio Engi- neers. He was given the Overseas Award of the British Institution of Electrical Engineers in 1937 for a paper on the iconoscope, and in 1938 received the honorary degree of Doctor of Science from the Brook- lyn Polytechnic Institute. In 1940. the National Association of Manu- facturers presented him with the Modern Pioneers Award, and in 1947 Dr. Zworykin was awarded the Howard X. Potts medal of The Franklin Institute. His most recent citation was the Chevalier Cross of the French Legion of Honor which

he received from the French Gov- ciiinient in 1948.

Past recipients of the Poor Rich- ard Club award include Brig. Gen- eral David Sarnoff, Chairman of the Board, Radio Corporation of Am-

erica, who received the medal in 1939 for outstanding achievements in radio; Will Rogers; Walt Disney; Capt. Eddie Rickenbacker ; Will H. Hays, and Generals Dwight D. Eisenhower and H. H. Arnold.

Changes in RCA Management

( Coiititiued from page 8)

Election of Mr. McConnell as Vice President in Charge of Finance of the Radio Corporation of Amer- ica was announced on .Januai-y 7 by Frank M. Folsom, President of RCA.

In 1941, Mr. McConnell joined the Legal Department of the RCA Manufacturing Company, now the RCA Victor Division. A year later, he was named General Counsel of that organization, and in 1945, he was elected Vice President and General Attorney of the RCA Victor Division. He has been Vice Presi- dent in Charge of Law and Finance of the RCA Victor Division since April, 1947.

Mr. McConnell, who is a native of Davidson, N. C, was graduated from Davidson College in 1927, and in 1931 received a Doctor of Laws de- gree from the University of Vir- ginia. He practiced law in West Palm Beach, Fla.. and in Charlotte, N. C, then in 1933 joined the legal staff of the National Recovery Ad- ministration, serving part of the time as head of one of the three sections of the NRA legal depart- ment.

Upon leaving the NRA in 1935, Mr. McConnell became an associate in the Xew York law firm of Cotton. Franklin. Wright & Gordon (now Cahill, Gordon, Zachry & Reindel), where he specialized in legal phases of government regulation of corpo- rate enterprise.

Mr. McConnell is a member of Phi Beta Kappa, Kappa Alpha, and Phi Delta Phi fraternities.

Announcement of Mr. Buck's election as Operating Vice Presi- dent of the RCA Victor Division, Radio Corporation of America, was made by .John G. Wilson, Executive Vice President in Charge of that Division on .January 7.

Mr. Buck, a retired Rear Admiral of the U. S. Xavy, has served since March 15. 1948, as President of

Radiomarine Corporation of Amer- ica, a service of RCA. In retiring from the Navy last March, Mr. Buck ended a distinguished career of 30 years in the Navy, the last two of which he served a.s Paymaster Gen- eral and Chief of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts. For his wartime services he was awarded the Legion of Merit.

A native of Oskaloosa, Kan., Mr. Buck wius graduated from Kansas State College of Agriculture and Applied Science with a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engi- neering in 1913, and received a Master of Science degree from the same college in 1916.

He was commissioned an Ensign in the Navy on July 30, 1917, and served in World War I as supply officer on the USS Cannndaigua. After the war, he received a variety of assignments, including four years in the Planning Division of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts.

In World War II, he rose from Commander to Rear Admiral, serv- ing with distinction on the staff of Arthur L. Bristol with the Atlantic Fleet, and later with the Office of Procurement and Materiel in Wash- ington. In 1945, he was named Director of the Navy Materiel Re- distribution and Disposal Adminis- tration and then Chief of the Prop- erty Disposition Branch, Materiel Division. Before his promotion to Paymaster General and Chief of the Bureau of Supplies and Accounts, he served for seven months as As- sistant Chief of that Bureau.

Wins H. P. Davis Award

Howard Reig, staff announcer of WGY. Schenectady, New York, has been named national winner of the H. P. Davis National Memorial Announcers' Award for 1948. He received a gold medal and a cash prize of $500.

[RADIO AGE 31]

RCA SPECIAL RED TUBES

Minimum Hie — 10,000 hours!

• These new RCA Special Red Tubes are specifically designed for industrial and commercial .-.pplica- lions using small-type tubes but ha>ing rigid requirements for extra reliability and long tube life.

As contrasted with their receiv- ing-lube counterparts, R(;A Special Red 'lubes feature vastly improved life, stability, uniformity, and re- sistance lo vibration and impact. I heir unique structural design makes them capable of withstand- ing shocks of lot) g for extended

periods. Rigid processing and in- spection controls provide these tubes with a mininuini life of I (),()()() hours when they areoperated within their specified ratings. Fxtremc care in manutacturing combined with precisit)n designs account for their unusually close electrical tolerances. R(;A Application ilngineers are ready to co-operate with you in ap- plying these new types to your de- signs. W rile RCA, Cuininercial lingineering. Section DR75, Harri- son. .\. I.

TAILE OF RECEIVINC-TYPE COUNTERPARTS.

5691 6SL7GT

(0.6 A. h»at«r) (0.3 A haotof)

5692 6SN7GT

5693 6SJ7

RCA Spociol R»d Tub«« can bo u»ad In moti cotAt at roplocomontt for thoir counlorporli In oquipmont whore long lifo, rigid construe- fien, oxtrofti* uniformity, ond oxcop'ional ■lability ar« noodod.

THE FOUNTAINHEAD OF MODERN TUBE DEVELOPMENT IS RCA

ruse DCRARTMBMT

SEND rOR BULICTIN . . HoDkkt M< I • UK) I conuins con^plctc icch nical Ja(a on K(!A Spe- cial Red I'uhcs. For your copy wriic: RCA. Commercial Fnitinccr- init. Section DR''^. HarriM>n, N. j.

RADIO CORPORATION of AMERICA

HARRISOM. M. J.

\

RADIO AGE

RESEARCH • MANUFACTURING • COMMUNICATIONS • BROADCASTING • TELEVISION

>

APRIL

1949

y,^, - ^-'

NEW NOTE IN MUSIC

RCA SPECIAL RED TUBES

Minimum lite — 10,000 hours!

• These new RCA Special Red Tubes are specifically designed f«r industrial and commercial i-pplica- tions using small-iypc tubes but having rigid ret|uirements for extra reliabilii) and long tube life.

As contrasted with their receiv- ing-tube counterparts, R(;A Special Red Tubes feature vastly improved life, stability, uniformity, and re- sistance to vibration and impact. Their unique structural design makes them capable of withstand- ing shoiks of 1(11) g lor extended

periods. Rigid processing and in- spection controls provide these tubes with a minimum life of I ().()()() hours when they are operated within their specified ratings. |-\trenie care in manufacturing combined with precision designs account for their unusua I lycloseelectrical tolerances. R(.A Application Engineers are ready to co-operate with you in ap- plying these new types to your de- signs. Write R(;A, Commercial l-ngineering. Section DRT5, Harri- son, N. J.

5691 6SL7GT

(0 6 A. heotar) (0 3 A hoa((*r)

5692 6SN7CT

5693 6SJ7

RCA Sp«clal RoH Tub«t can bo utod in moti co»«t a\ roptccomontt for Ihoir counlorpartt in oquipmoni whoro long lito, rigid conttruc- lion, oxlrorro uniformilY. and cxcop'ionol tlobility aro neoded.

THE FOUNTAINHEAD OF MODERN TUBE DEVELOPMENT IS RCA

TUBE DCPARTMCMT

SEND FOR SULLCTIN . . .

Ilcokkt >K I ' loot contain\ cnmplclc Icch nical dala un K( A Spi- cial Ki:d l"ubc*. For >t>ur top> write: Rl.A. Commercial Fnjiinccr ins. Section DR''S. Harrison, N. J.

RADIO CORPORATION of AMERICA

MARRISOM. M. J.

.( B^

.^ a

RADIO AGE

RESEARCH • MANUFACTURING • COMMUNICATIONS . BROADCASTING • TELEVISION

*Jbi

'c Lib,

"--^. V J

Pouer/ul K( .1 r,iJio truiisiiiillir — I 'enezuclati Army I'tirt of a fleet of HO mobile units, R,ii/io Policial, Caracal

VENEZUELA

expands its uses of modern RCA radio equipment

OM; or nil! MOSl significml trends in Venezuela is the ex- p.inilin^ use of radio . . . for intercitv, fjovcrnmcnl, pt)lii.'f and military communications.

Citizens in towns formerlv with- <iut long-distance telephone service now talk freely with other cities U\ RC.A radio-telephone equipment.

Municipal police forces use fleets of fast RC'A radio-ec)uipped cars . . . as modern as any in the world.

I h e R C A - e ij u I |i p e d radio net- works of the Venezuelan Army contribute to efticieni military com- munications.

\'ene/uela"s people are enlight- ened and enteriaincil through R(!A- ec|uipped radio hroadcasting stations.

Today, countries throughout the world depend upon RCA ijualiiv equipment and upon the specialized radio experience of R(;A and its distributors.

Kai/io (Mracjs— completely RC.i-

equifiped for ratiio at its heft.

RCA INTeRNATIONAL DIVISION

RAD to CORPORATION of AMERICA

745 riFTH AVE., NEW YORK, N.Y., U.S.A.

RADIO AGE

RESEARCH • MANUFACTURING • COMMUNICATIONS • BROADCASTING • TELEVISION

OVER

CA's recently introduced )-rpm record player and ilorful. hiph-fidelity rec- ■ds are the result of 10 !ars of research.

Services of RCA are:

RCA Laboratories Division

•

RCA Victor Division RCA Communications, Inc. Dmarine Corporation of America mal Broadcasting Company, Inc.

RCA institutes. Inc. RCA Service Company, Inc. RCA International Division

VOLUME S NUMBER 3 APRIL 1949

CONTENTS

PAGE NEW 4o-RPM RECORDS AND RECORD PLAYERS ACCLAIMED BY INDUSTRY

by .7. B. Elliott 3

COMMUNICATIONS— KEY TO VICTORY

by Brig. General David Sar)wff . 5

THE STATUS OF TELEVISION

by J. G. Wilson 6

PR.^ISES 16-INCn MET.\L KINESCOPE 8

ELECTRON MICROSCOPE IN INDUSTRY

by Paid A. Greennwyer 9

EDUCATION BY RADIO

by Sterling W. Fisher 12

EUROPEAN OUTLOOK BRIGHTER 13

CUTOUTS AID TV STATION PLANNERS

by Marrin L. Ga.'ikill 14

ADMIRAL WYNKOOP ELECTED HEAD OF RADIOMARINE 15

MAKING NEW -l.D-RPM RECORDS AND RECORD PLAYERS 16

TELEVISION BOLSTERS U.S. ECONOMY

by John K. West 18

NEW TUBE HAS "MEMORY" 20

NBC DOCUMENTARIES EXTENDED 21

RECEIVE I.R.E. FELLOWSHIPS 22

KINESCOPE RECORDINGS

by Carleton D. Smith 23

"KUKLA, FRAN & OLLIE" 25

TELEVISION ANTENNA REDUCES INTERFERENCE 27

SUPPRESSES TV INTERFERENCE 29

RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA

RCA Building, New York 20, N. Y.

David Sarnoff, Chairman of the Board Frank M. Folsom, President

Lewis MacConnach, Secretary .Artiur B. Tuttle, Treasurer

Radio Age is published quarterly by the Department of Information, Radio Corporation of America. ."^O Rockefeller Plaza. New York 20, N. Y.

BUILDING A CAREER

EDWARD J. NALLY

A Director of

Radio Corporatioti of America,

and its first President,

from 11)1(^-1^22.

On his 901b birthday, ou April 11. Edward J. Xally u-as asked if he had a message for youth tl.\it might he dra'u.ii from l}is long years of experience in the realm of commiutications. He turned to this brief essay of his, li/.vV/.' appeared originally in the satikday K\KNiN<; posi of 1S96 and remarked that the thoughts it expresses are as pertinent today as they i::ere Si years ago.

\/\m

here is :i foundiition stone to c;icli m;in"s success in business. In ni\ person;il experience this is represented l)\ the rirst of the taniihiir grnccs. Faith, and with it is coupled concentra- tion of purpose and enert:\-.

In tile vears of \<)Uth opportunity is a sec- ondar\ consideration; confidence is the impor- tant thiny. \\\ start was inauspicious. 1 !)egan as a messenger how Ikit 1 held firmU' the con- \iction of success, even then; and this confi- dence ne\er left me.

If is in laith that couratie is horn. .\nd thus is bred I lope, the encrgi/cr of work. Finallv. out of work-constant, tireless, unremitting— is the fabric of achievement woven.

Definite objectives must be sought, and pcr- pctuallv striven for. one bv one. with each arrainmenr rlie compelling force for the next.

Alwavs. there must be a single aim. and con- centration upon it.

In commercial life this objective is usually the job higher up. and it is alwavs w aiting for the bo\ w ho has utili/.cd his spare moments to aci]uire knowledge outside the prescribed limits of his own routine duties; to famihari/e liimself with iletails of work regarding w hicii he is not compelled to be informed.

rile bov w ho is paid fiftv dollars a month and earns what he gets, and no more, is the boy w ho sticks in a fifty-dollar position and is not adv anced on the payroll. ( )n tiie other hand, the bov w ho draws only fifty dollars bur works as if iie were being paid eighty is invariably the one to be chosen tor promotion to the eighty- dollar place.

jealousy of holidays and off-hours indicates in a boy tlie presence of the microbe of failure. The men who are given to signing petitions ami round robins also betray the same defect. 1 hev petition for o|iportunitics inste.ul of mak- ing them.

If I would lay emphasis on one thing more than another, it would be obligation to duty, duty to ones self anil to those about him; and, in the simple words of the ( lood Hook. "Lcav- ini; norhiui: mulonc. and doing all things well, missinii naught."

jtlieeight)'-

, thing more •inn to (ill"'

New 45-rpm Records and Record Players Acclaimed by Industry

EiitUiiiiast'ic Response of Nalion's Phonograph Retailers Hasten RCA Plans for Increased Production of High-Fidelily System

By J. B. Elliott

Vice President in Charge

of Consumer Products,

RCA Victor Division

OX the basis of the enthusiastic response from the country's phonograph retailers it is believed that between 2,500,000 and 3,000,- 000 instruments equipped to play the new RCA 45-rpm records will be produced and sold this year by the industry. To help meet this de- mand RCA Victor has planned for increased manufacturing facilities in its Indianapolis. Ind., plant. In addition, approximately 29 leading manufacturers are now incorporat- ing 45-rpm record reproduction me- chanisms in their instruments, or plan to do so.

Merchandising meetings ar- ranged by RCA Victor's field staff had capacity turnouts wherever they were held. Nearly 12,000 deal- ers have demonstrated their ap- proval of the new system with on- the-spot orders. Many dealers now handling instruments alone have expressed the wish to add records to their lines, because of the sales potentialities inherent in the high quality, convenient size, colorful appearance, and low price of the 45-rpm records.

A product of ten years of labora- tory research and development, the new 45-rpm system represents the first records and players ever de- veloped side by side as complemen-

t;ii-y units, with the specifications of each selected to meet the require- ments of the other. This system offers music free from all discern- ible distortion and surface noise on a small, 6"s inch, non-breakable disc that plays up to 5^,^ minutes, equal to the playing time of the standard 12-inch record. The new disc, offer- ing a small, standard size for all classifications of music, goes a long way toward solving the consumers' record storage problem in the home. A unique feature of the system is its unusual new record changer — ■ the fastest ever developed — which has been designed to eliminate the traditional ijroblem of chipping, cracking, and breaking records dur- ing changer operation.

Spindle Houses Mechanism

In a marked departure from most conventional systems, the drop me- chanism is housed in the player's center spindle, which has been en- larged from the previous ^4 inch diameter to 1% inches. By center- ing the drop mechanism, RCA Vic- tor found it possible to eliminate the usual outside record posts, speed up the changer cycle, simplify the changer mechanism, silence its action, reduce the overall size of the player, and eliminate many costly and intricate moving parts.

The new 45-rpm records have been designed with a raised shoulder between the playing area and the center rim, providing air spaces between the playing surfaces and center rim of stacked records. In most conventional systems, the record separating blades are re- quired to force their way between the stacked records. This forcing action is often the cause of record damage. With RCA Victor's new design, the blades move into the air spaces provided by the raised shoulders of the records.

[RADIO AGE 3]

Departing from the varied-size black records, translucent plastic phonograph records in gay, cheerful rainbow colors are making their appearance in the 50-year-old record industry. Single-size discs for all classifications of music are feat- ured, with the various categories identified by bright shades of red, green, blue, yellow, cerise, and other hues.

The selection of characteristic colors resulted from a study by a board of color and design experts headed by John Vassos, nationally known industrial designer. The color assigned to each of the seven classifications of recorded music represents, in the board's opinion, the psychological and aesthetic color connotation of the t\-pe of music represented — ruby red for classical music, midnight blue for semi- classical, jet black for popular, lemon-drop yellow for children's,

MAE.STRO ARTURO TOSCANINI CAIXED

THE NEW RECORD AND RECORD PLAYER

"A SIGNIFICANT ADVANCE IN THE FIELD

OF RECORDED MUSIC."

RECORD HOLDER AND SPINDLE

CHANGER BLADE

RECORD SHELF"

TURNTABLE

RECORD CHANGER BUTTON

THIS 45-BP.M AUTOMATIC RECORD PLAVER ATTAl'IIMENT PERMITS THE NEW DISCS TO BE PI.AVEII TIIR((l)i:H CONVENTIONAL RADIO, PHONOGRAPH OR TELEVISION SETS.

grass green for Western, sky blue for international, and cerise for blues and rhythm. Label.s for each catejrory are of a color blend in>r harmoniously with the hue nf the vinyl plastic record material used.

The new colored records, which represent savings up to 50 per cent in record cost, will aid the consumer in classifying, storing, and identi- fying the various categories of re- corded music in home libraries. The discs are packaged individually in cellophane envelopes.

For dealers, constantly faced with the problem of attractive record displays, the new gaily colored all- purpose discs, together with thi 45-rpm record playing instruments, mark a significant merchandising departure from the varied-size tra- ditional black records. For the first time, dealers will have a small, single-size record for all music classifications, and record filing will be merely a matter of matching colors on the shelves. Color index- ing will insure permanently e(iual- ized displays— for at a glance the dealer will be able to determine which record classification ro(|uires supplementing.

It is expected that color indexing of records will al.so speed service in the store. A proper display of the musical classifications by color will enable the customer to locate easily

the type of music he prefers and serve himself. Each color category will bear a standard price, making it easy for the customer to deter- mine the cost of his purchases, and helping the salesman to figure prices.

While RCA Victor's initial catalog of IS-rpm records — approximately 200 currently popular hits — is made up of repertoire transferred from conventional master recordings, it will be augmented shortly with new- releases recorded on 45-rpm mas- ters. RCA Victor will continue to make available on 78-rpm records all musical selections recorded for the new 45-rpm system. The 78-r|)m releases will continue to be made in the customary black compound aid in the special de luxe red vinyl plastic series.

Anyone may have the new 45-rpm system. To enable those who al- ready have a conventional radio, phonograph or television combina- tion to use it in playing the new rec- ords, RCA Victor has produced an automatic record player attachment, in addition to six other instruments incorporating 45-rpm facilities — three Victrola console models and one table model radio-phonograph, a television console combination, and a self-contained automatic pho-

nograph with built-in amplifier and loudspeaker.

The attachment comes with a cord and plug fur use with a phono- graph input jack, and is easily con- nected to the amplifier and loud- speaker system of almost any radio or television instrument already in the home. The four console instru- ments also provide AM and FM radio reception, and the television combination and one of the Victrola radio-phonographs include a second changer for 78-rpm records.

Enthusiasm for the new RCA Victor 45-rpm system has been ex- pressed by many experts in the field of music including two of the world's foremost artists. Maestro Arturo Toscanini, conductor of the NBC Symphony Orchestra, said "I was very impressed with the speed and smoothness of the automatic record changer aiid consider both the record and the instrument a significant advance in the field of recorded music." .Jascha Heifetz, celebrated violinist, declared that the 45-rpm system "is the most faithful reproduction of music on records I have heard so far. . . . I consider the new development the solution to the present-day problem of building a record library in a limited storage space."

ONE OK THE NEW K( A VICTOR MODELS HAS FACILITIES FOR 11 \ ■. 1 s • , HuTH AND •l.'>-RPM RECORDS, IN ADDITION To FM AND AM RECEPTION.

7H-RFM

[4 RADIO AGE]

Communications-Key to Victory

General Sarnofj. in Address to Armed Forces Coniniunkations Association, Enrisaiies Enlarged

Role of Television in Complex Modern Warfare and Tells Members Victory

Could Well Go to Side Which Sees "Farthest", "Soonest"

C COMPLEXITIES of modern war y with supersonic speeds, guided missiles, danger of "surprise at- tack" and the extensive use of tele- vision as a military aid give a dif- ferent meaning to far-sightedness, Brig. General David Sarnoff, Chair- man of the Board, Radio Corpora- tion of America, told members of the Armed Forces Communications Association at their third annual meeting in Washington on March 28. Because of the strategic im- portance of television, already demonstrated in naval, military and air operations, he proposed a revi- sion of the old saying that the battle goes to those who get there "fust- est" with the '"mostest." In another struggle, he said, the victory could well go to the side which sees "far- thest", "soonest."

In his address to more than 500 executives of the communications and photographic industries and members of the armed forces, General Sarnoff as retiring presi- dent of the Association, urged America's large corporations and small businesses, together with their best men, to "make company and personal sacrifices to come to the aid of preparedness planners in this country."

Projects Gain Needed Time

"My recent visit to Europe con- vinced me more than ever of the need for the Marshall Plan and the North Atlantic security pact," General Sarnoff said. "These may not prove to be solutions in them- selve.s, but together they offer hope and encouragement to the peoples of Western Europe, a fact which amply justifies their existence. Moreover, through the combined operations of the two projects we are enabled to gain the time so sorely needed to work out the com- plicated problems which are astir in a world that is neither at war nor at peace.

"Time also is required to gear our industry toward a mobilization

ji^

BRIG. CENKKAL HAVU) SARNOFF (CENTER), PWICJIT G. PALMER (LEFT), PRESn)ENT,

GENERAL CABLE CORP., AND ADMIRAL JOHN D. PRICE, DEPUTY CHIEF OF NAVAL

OPERATIONS, AT THE SPEAKERS' TABLE AT THE A.NNUAL MEETING OF THE ARMED

FORCES CO.MMUNICATIONS ASSOCIATION IN WASHINGTON, D. C, ON MARCH 28.

plan that would be effective in the event that an emergency cannot be avoided — effective w-ithout confu- sion and without delay. But actually we need more than time, if we are to be fully i)repared to meet success- fully a possible emergency of mod- ern dimensions. We need also, the interest and experience of the best brains in American research labora- tories and in industry to work with our military planners.

Sacrifices Must Be Made

"\ cannot emphasize too strongly that all the large corporations and small businesses, together with their best men, must make company and personal sacrifices to come to the aid of the preparedness planners."

General Sarnoff said that he knew from personal ob.servation that com- munications were the key to success in our advance in Europe in World War II, and declared that they had an equally important role in the Pacific war.

Expressing assurance that Amer-

ican military leaders understand the importance of communications and will take care of their effective use, he added: "Our job in indus- try is to do all we can to assure that such advances as w^e make in the communications art are promi)t- ly made available to the appropriate military service and thus help to strengthen our national security. That is certainly one of the princi- pal purposes of our Association and the main reason for its existence."

General Sarnoff recalled that at the meeting of the Association last year at Wright Field he had warned that to ignore the swift advances of science would court disaster, and had commented upon the probable use of television jls an aid to vic- tory in battle.

Since then, he said, it had been demonstrated by the aircraft car- rier Leytc, at sea off New York, how television can be used to direct tomorrow's battles.

"In this first ship-to-shore tele- (Continued on page 2i)

[RADIO AGE 5]

THE STATUS OF TELEVISION

Extension of Telerision into Hijilnr Frequencies, nlieu Atithorized by FCC, will not make Present Video Receivers Obsolete

Until it is definitfly known which higher-freiiuency channels will be available for television it is imprac- tical to desi^'n a set and unjustified to assert that it will efficiently pick up all channels by the mere adjust- ment of the tuning turret.

If. as, and when the Federal Com- munications Commission decides that the higher frequencies are to be utilized for television, then and only then can the proper sets be de- signed. But when that day comes, the simple converter can be used with present sets to extend their tuning range into the higher-fre- quency spectrum.

Ten-Year Old Sets Still in Use

It is interesting to note that RCA Victor television receivers first in- troduced to the public in 1939 are still in use, although more than ten years have passed. In that period television has made great and fun- damental advances. Similarly, there is no indication today that receiv- ers of 1949 design will be obsolete in 1959, or even later than that date.

Naturally, the majority of manu- facturers in designing their televi- sion receivers have the public in- terest continually in mind, and they adhere to standards set by the in- dustry and by the FCC. Rut they cannot build receivers today for the future when it is not knowii what channels will be used. Engineers must know which higher frequency channels will be allocated to tele- vision and what the standards will be to supplement those already in use, before they can design the set of the future.

Addptation rtould be Costly For any manufacturer to boast economic superiority for a televi- sion receiver that will not be obso- lete eventually because it is provided with a few components for receiv- ing higher frequency channels is un- justified and misleading. And to adapt such a set to receive higher frequencies would be an expensive job, probably more costly in total than the simple converter needed to keep present receivers in line with

By J. G. Wilson

Executive Vice President in Charge of RCA Victor Division

PRKDICTIONS that a future shift of television broadcasting to higher frequencies will make present receiving sets obsolete are absolutely unfounded, and are not based upon scientific or economic facts.

It is true that research scientists are exploring the higher frequen- cies in an effort to determine their possible usefulness in television. But these investigations have not reached the stage that will permit the establishment of commercial standards and the early opening of new channels for television, except for experimental purposes. If, even- tually, it is found that television can oi)erate successfully on the higher frequencies, then new equipment, new transmitters and new tubes must be developed on a commercial scale — and all that takes time.

But even if the higher frequen- cies are found to l)e practical for television broadcasting, present sets will by no means be obsolete. It al- ready has been demonstrated that a suitable converter can readily be applied to sets now in use so that the sets will not only receive the twelve channels for which they are designed, but will time in broad- casts on the higher frequencies as well.

Up to the present, neither the Federal Communications Commis- sion nor any other group, technical or otherwise, has made a concrete and authoritative proposal as to which particular high-frequency channels may some day be opened for television.

l)rogress. With such a converter no modifications whatever are required inside the set.

RCA Laboratories, one of the world's foremost centers of radio, television and electronic research, has led and continues to lead in the exploration of the high-frequency spectrum. As rapidly as discover- ies are made and can be applied commercially, the RCA Victor Divi- sion will bring the new imi)rove- ments to the public in the form of television receivers. Television will continue to advance, and every ef- fort will be made by RCA to in- crease the service to the public.

Never in the history of wireless, radio broadcasting, or television have scientists and engineers been able to guarantee "positive built-in assurance" that a receiver «•(// not be made obsolescent by any contem- plated changes in channels. Such a statement is no more true in radio and television than in the automo- tive, aviation, or any other field which thrives upon science and con- tinually improves and advances in bringing new and added benefits to the public.

Research Achieves Progress

Every new art or business based upon the technical sciences must deal continuously with the factor of obsolescence. That is why Ameri- can industry continues research to achieve progress and to lift the American standards of living. Every new development in radio and tele- vision, whether it be a device or system, involves some obsolescence of former methods, but obsolescence is nothing to be feared — for the American people know that through the ingenuity and creativeness of scientists and engineers, every ef- fort will be made to keep pace with the new, while taking effective meas- ures to keep the old in useful service.

The Federal Communications Commission has not proposed that the existing television channels be replaced by others. On the contrary. Chairman Coy stated on March 23, as reported by the Associated Press, that the twelve channels "will not be eliminated" and that "present tele- vision sets av.-iilable on the market will get service from these channels continuously." Service on these channels is constantly expanding.

[6 RADIO AGE]

and thousands of new receivers for these channels are reaching Amer- ican homes daily.

If and when additional channels in the higher frequency band are opened to television, their function will be to supplement, not to replace, the channels already in use. Instru- ments now in service will continue to serve, and new instruments also will come into American homes in much the same way that a new streamlined automobile takes to the road alongside cars that are 10, 20 and even 25 years old — and all con- tinue to give service to the public.

The Radio Corporation of Amer- ica has done more to investigate the ultra-high frequencies (UHF) than any other manufacturer or broadcaster. Its experiments go back many years, and have been on a virtually continuous basis ever since. These experiments, described in articles widely read throughout the industry, have provided the main basis for the consideration of television in the UHF band at the hearings held by the FCC. With this background of experience, unique in the industry, RCA pre- sents the following facts regarding television today and its possible lines of development in the future:

Original Channels Retained

In 1945, the FCC established 13 channels for commercial television broadcasting between the frequen- cies of 44 and 216 megacycles. These channels have remained unchanged to the present day, with the excep- tion of Channel #1, from 44 to 50 megacycles, which was transferred to another service before it was put into commercial use. The only com- mercial television authorized by FCC is on the 12 channels from 2 to 13, inclusive. All RCA Victor television receivers and nearly all other television receivers have been engineered and manufactured to these standards, the only standards authorized by the FCC. These fre- quencies are referred to as VHF (very-high frequencies) in contrast to UHF (ultra-high frequencies).

The continuance of channels 2 to 13 for television broadcasting is un- questioned. As previously men- tioned, FCC Chairman Wayne Coy has stated positively that this is so.

It is well recognized in the in- dustry that a need does exist for additional channels to supplement the present ones, in order that all sections of the country may have full enjoyment of television service. The only space available for these additional channels is in the ultra- high frequencies. Therefore, it is assumed that the FCC will author- ize these frequencies for television use if and when experiments, in- cluding field tests, prove them prac- tical and reliable for regular serv- ice to the public.

Where UHF Stands Today

Although UHF has been studied intensively, and numerous tests have been conducted by RCA and others, much information necessary to its practical operation is still to be de- veloped. The situation as of last September was summarized in a re- port to the FCC by the Joint Tech- nical Advisory Committee of the Institute of Radio Engineers and the Radio Manufacturers Associa- tion, as follows:

"JTAC finds that there is no commercial equipment for UHF television available at this time. It estimates that a period of not less than one year, possibly two or three years, will be required to develop and produce transmitter tubes suitable for short-range coverage, for the 475-890 mega- cycle band and UHF television receivers suitable for commercial production. The development of equipment, particularly receivers, must await the adoption of per- formance specifications, which in turn depend on the availability of further engineering informa- tion."

It will be noted that this state- ment emphasizes the development period of UHF transmitter tubes — only one element of many involved in the establishment of a practical UHF television system.

RCA began its more recent UHF tests from the Empire State Build- ing, New York, early in 1946. A second field test was conducted in the Washington, D.C. area during the Fall of 1948. During this test television programs were broadcast simultaneously on VHF and UHF to provide comparisons between these

two frequency bands. Full technical reports covering the operation of the.se stations have been published. The information needed is still far from complete and RCA is now un- dertaking tile erection and opera- tion of another UHF television sta- tion in Bridgeport, Conn., with the objective of obtaining solutions to remaining problems. This station is expected to begin operating for tests late in 1949.

It is impossible for anyone to predict with accuracy when UHF television will become a practical reality. The approval of FCC, the setting of standards, the designing of transmitters and receivers, all have to follow the solution of engi- neering problems.

RCA Victor television receivers are designed and manufactured to provide the customer with the finest obtainable television at the lowest possible price. While keeping the customer's future needs constantly in mind, nothing has been added to increase the cost of his equipment today. If a manufacturer has par- tially provided for possible conver- sion to UHF in current receivers, the customer is paying for such pro- vision today for an arrangement which may prove inadequate to- morrow.

Facts for the Customer

The customer should be told these facts:

(1) The additional cost to the buyer of equipment built by the manufacturer into re- ceivers today for possible use on UHF tomorrow.

(2) The still /!/rf /tercosi of mak- ing this equipment usable when UHF comes.

(3) Whether the UHF equipment built into the television re- ceiver today will be sufficient to receive on any UHF chan- nels which the FCC may allo- cate eventually.

To determine the real cost to the consumer of converting his receiver to UHF, it will be necessary for him to add these first two factors together — that is, the initial extra cost of built-in UHF equipment and the future cost of adapting it to actual use. In the RCA Victor method previously referred to, the (Continued on page 27)

[R.ADI O AGE 7]

16-Inch Metal Kinescope

Tccgardcti Declares Field Tests Prove New Tube Has Numerous Features Advantageous to Television Set Owners

THE new l*>-iiich direct-view metal-cone kinescope tube, in- troduced recently by Kadio Corpora- tion of America after 13 years of research and engineering develop- ment, has been enthusiastically ac- cepted by leading television set manufacturers, according to L. W. Teegarden, Vice President in Charge of Technical Products, RCA \'ictor Division.

During demonstrations of the tube at the Annual Convention of the Institute of Radio Engineers in March, Mr. Teegarden pointed out that the tube provides an ideal pic- ture size between that supplied by the popular 10-inch kinescope and the large screen of projection models. In addition, he said, the metal kinescope has proved through extensive field tests that it ijossesses electrical and mechanical features that are specially advantageous from the view point of television set owners.

The use of metal as a material for the envelope of a large-size tele- vision picture tube, Mr. Teegarden added, was based on several factors. There is a plentiful supply of chrome steel; metal can be formed and shaped to exact dimensions with greater ease; the weight is substantially less; the finished product has greater durability and the tube assembly is more readily adapted to mass production. All this adds up to a bigger and better television picture at lower cost to

the television public.

The most unusual feature of the new tube is the glass-to-metal seal which joins the glass neck and glass face-plate to apex and base respec- tively of the metal cone. So per- fect is this seal, applied through techniques developed and perfected at RCA tube plants, Mr. Teegarden said, that test.s far more severe than would ever be encountered in actual use, have failed to rupture the joint. In one test, RCA engi- neers placed a metal tube in boiling water, then in liquid air at a tem- perature of minus 374° F., and once again in boiling water. Ex- amination showed no effect on the seals from this treatment.

Gives Greater Screen Brilliance

Through the 16-inch tube it is jjossible to obtain a large picture size without sacrificing screen bril- liance and contrast when operating the receiver from low-cost power .supplies. Although the 16-inch metal tube functions with the relatively low voltages of present 10-inch tube sets, it was pointed out, its ad- vanced design permits the applica- tion of much higher voltage to the tube with consequent increase in screen brilliance.

While the metal surface of the tube is electrically charged, receiv- ers are so designed that it cannot be reached from the outside of the cabinet. The tube itself is covered with a permanent plastic hood hav-

STANDARD RCA VICTOR TELEVISION RECEIVERS — LEFT TO RIGHT: TABLE MODEL WITH A 10-INCH CLASS TUBE; TAIILE MoDKI. WITH A IG-INCH METAL-CONE TUBE. AND

A I'RCIJKCTKIN-TYI'K (IINSOLE.

THE ll'i-IMU MKTAI.-rONE TELEVISION PICTURE TUBE PROVIDES AN IDEAL PIC- TURE SIZE BETWEEN THAT OF THE POPULAR 10-INCH KINESCOPE AND LARGE SCREEN PROJECTION RECEIVERS.

ing high insulating properties. This safety precaution is in addition to the coat of insulating paint which is applied to the tube at points where electrical leakage might oc- cur under operating conditions of high humidity. Receivers utilizing the 16-inch metal tube have received full approval of Underwriters Laboratories.

Envisaging the enthusiastic pub- lic acceptance of the new tube with its assurance of larger, clearer pic- tures, Mr. Teegarden said. RC.-\ recently broke ground for an ultra- modern tube i)lant in Marion, Indi- ana, whose entire output will be de- voted to production of the new 16- inch metal tube, supplementing the present production of the world's largest picture tube manufacturing jtlant, owned and operated by RCA at Lancaster, Penna.

"Our primary inirpose." Mr. Tee- garden said in conclusion, "is to produce the best possible tube at the lowest possible cost, and in the largest possible quantity to help meet the enormous public demand for jiicture tubes. We feel that the 16-inch metal tube represents an imiKirtant step in this direction."

8 RADIO AGEl

Electron Microscope in Industry

//; ()nl\ Eight Years, this Versatile Itistrunieiit, a By-product of Television, has become Indispensable in the Research Laboratories of the Nation's Leading Manufacturers and Processcrs

By Paul A. Greenmeyer

Scientific histruments Section, RCA ^'icto)^ Division

IX THE past eipht years, electron microscopy has established it- self as a basic science in the mod- ern industrial research laboratory. From the day that the first RCA electron microscope left the factory destined for industrial use, this powerful electronic servant has be- come increasingly indispensable in the commercial world.

A by-product of RCA research into television, the electron micro- scope gradually took shape in the mind of Dr. V. K. Zworykin, Vice President and Technical Consult- ant of RCA Laboratories, as he brought electron lenses, power and vacuum systems to the required de- gree of refinement. Sufficient prog- ress had been made by 1937 to place further development in the hands of a group of engineers and physicists headed by Dr. James Hillier. In 1940, this group of pioneers had perfected the first commercial instrument, forerunner of the more than 300 instruments in use in practically every part of the globe.

Microscopy has always played a significant role in the development of industrial processes and prod- ucts. Since magnification under the electron microscope goes far beyond the limits of the light microscope, it found ready acceptance in indus- trial laboratories. Approximately 75 percent of the electron micro- scopes in the United States are in

commercial use. The remaining 25 per cent are employed by medical research scientists who, through their appreciation of the potential- ities of the instrument, gave elec- tron microscopy its greatest initial forward impetus.

The electron microscope is a ver- satile tool. As proof of this, Amer- ican industry has put it to work on chemicals, ores, textiles, metals, plastics, rubbers, foods and drugs, dyes and colors, pigments and paints, dusts and fumes, polishes and finishes, soaps, greases, etc. In laboratory procedure, the micro- scope is used for: basic research 'discovery of new principles and uncovering new knowledge) ; devel- opment research (finding the an- swer to specific problems) ; and quality control (forecasting the properties of a material or prod- uct).

Minute Particle Size Determined

As the RCA electron microscope began opening doors to the un- known, research physicists were able to explore a wider universe and discover new facts. An amazing wealth of detail regarding the size of minute particles was uncovered, and characteristics of matter were discovered which have fundamental bearing on the quality and value of industrial products. Continued stud- ies have proved the truth of some surprising and unclassified facts first revealed by the microscope. Industrial scientists have adapted this new knowledge to the develop- ment of more desirable raw ma- terials, and to the improvements in the processing of finished products.

The Hercules Powder Company, a pioneer in electron microscopy, employed this new approach to its papermaking problems. Its scien- tists studied the penetration of pig- ments, the eflfect of cooking pro- cedures on wood fibers, and the variations in particle size and shape of clays, fillers, sizes, binders, ad- hesives, impregnants and inks. By

[RADIO AGE 9]

this means they discovered ingredi- ents which made finer and more economical chemicals for paper products. These discoveries, in turn, created a more profitable mar- ket for their chemicals. Today, these scientists are delving deeply into the minute structure of basic cellulose fibers, because the chem- ical behavior of cellulose during processing is closely related to the physical properties of its fibrils. Application of these studies achieves a more efficient use of cellulose during processing and a final product of superior quality.

Research physicists have long sought to discover the qualities in a "grade A" product that make it superior. The RCA electron micro- scope, with its enormous resolving and magnifying powe/ offered fas- cinating po.ssibilities for discover- ing the factors underlying these "superior" characteristics. In this

UK. LA VEKNE WILLISFOKD, COODYEAR TIRE & RIBKER CO.MPANY, USES RCA ELECTRdN' MHHIIsroPE IN HIS STI'DIES (II- NMIKM. Wli >■, NTIIETIC RUBBERS.

respect, the Goodyear Tire & Rub- ber Company was faced with two important questions: "Why does synthetic rubber exhibit so much greater mechanical stability?" "Why does synthetic rubber im- pregnate fabrics more readily than natural rubber?"

Goodyear scientists, through the electron microscope, found the an- swers. They discovered that natu- ral rubber particles have dimen- sions from ■! to 1(>0 millioiiths of an inch, while synthetic particles vary from 1 to 7 millionths of an inch. This information gave Goodyear and other rubber manufacturers the long-desired solutions to their important questions. With these new-found facts, it was po.-^sible to check for the particle size that re- sults in a bcttiT product.

Assigned to Qualily Conlroi

Today, another rubber firm, the B. F. Goodrich Company, is dis- covering that the large research model RCA electron microscope is so fre(|uently assigned to (|uality- control api)li<':itions that it can be used only sparingly for research. It was for situations such as this that the budget-wise console model RCA electron microscope was introduced. Desk-like in appearance, this sim-

[10 RADIO AGE]

KIRST RCA ELECTRON MICROSCOPE TO BE lUII.T (LEFT) WAS ACQUIRE!) BY THE AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY AND niNTINl'ES I.N VSE AS AN ESSENTIAL TOOL I.N THE firm's LABORATORY AT STAMFORD, CONN.

plified, convenient-to-operate instru- ment is completely self-contained and can be easily moved from place to place, bringing its great resolv- ing and magnifying power close to the production line. Goodrich has found that this mobility speeds up both research and quality control. Another leader in American in- <iustry that has responded to the challenge of new knowledge is the Aluminum Company of America. I!y means of the electron micro- scope, Aluminum Research Labora- tories have disclosed hitherto un- known significant aspects of metal structures. In the same way, Dow Chemical Company metallurgists are conducting a tireless search for data relating to the structure and properties of metals and alloy.s. and are being aided by the RCA elec- tron microscope's enormous capa- bilities. After Dow jihysicists had discovered the structure of pearlite crystals, through their microscope research, a steel company was able to improve surfaces of pearlitic steel because of facts disclosed un- der a magnification of 10,000 diam- eters.

Helps Setting of Standards

The record of industrial achieve- ments through electron microscopy goes on almost unendingly. Through the "eyes" of the microscope Alu- minum Ore Company scientists saw the detailed structure of alumina for the first time. They had known that a certain alumina made the best reinforcing pigment for rub- ber, because te.sts by rul)ber com-

panies had proven this fact; but after the electron microscope had identified the particle size, this in- formation was used to establish standards.

The Calco Chemical Division of the American Cyanamid Company employs both the large research model and the desk-type electron microscope in developing new and improved dyes, pigments, and tex- tile finishes. Calco scientists have found the microscope particularly well suited to the study of pigments and insoluble dyes. "For maximum hiding power, tinting strength, and coloring value" they have stated, "the primary particle size of pig- ments must be well below the di- mensions that can be resolved with visible light." The electron micro- scope, using electrons instead of light waves, has a resolving power many times that of the ordinary light microscope, and shows with great clarity the outlines of the in- dividual particles. It reveals not only the shape and surface smooth- ness, but frequently the structure of secondary aggregates. Calco scientists report that "studies made possible with the electron micro- scope have contributed materially to the development of pigments with improved properties and per- formance."

The West Virginia Pulp and Paper Company has found the elec- tron microscope to be indispensable in its research on pulp, paper, and related by-products. In the manu- facture of precipitated calcium carbonate, the shai)e and size of particles (none of which can be satisfactorily resolved with an opti- cal microscope) determine its char- acteristics for a variety of applica- tions. The direct observation of these chalk particles with the elec- tron mici-oscope has led to the

THE WEST VIRGINIA PULP AND PAPER COMPANY E.MPLOYS THE nESK-MOPEL RCA ELECTRON MICRO- SCOPE IN THE DEVEl.OP.MENT OF BETTER PRODUCTS FOR ITS CUSTOMERS.

.MK

development of an ultra-fine calcium carbonate.

"What takes place when jrlass is polished?" was one of the questions facing the \V. F. and John Barnes Company. Its scientists also sought to find those characteristics which affect the polishing power of ma- terials such as cerium oxide, rouge, and rare-earth oxides. Answers to these questions were found in the study of particles with details ap- proximately 1 '50,000 of an inch in diameter — too small for any other type of microscope to reveal.

Aid to Customer Service

Godfrey L. Cabot, Inc., one of the instrument's more recent users, has installed the Univer.sal model of the electron microscope in its Boston laboratories for increased service to the rubber, paint, ink and other industries using Cabot carbon black. Its scientists use the micro- scope both for research and as a part of the customer .service pro- gram which it has followed for many years. Each day the Com- pany's manufacturing plants, lo- cated in areas thousands of miles from Boston, send samples of their output to the Cabot Electron Micro- scope Laboratory. After the sam- ples are photographed, the resulting micrographs are available for cus- tomers as a part of descriptive spec- ifications. Such customer service is

MARY MARTIN. OF THE LABORATORY STAFF OF GODFREY I,. CABOT. I.VC. BOSTO.N, STUDIES MICROCiRAI'HS OF CAR- BON BLACK PARTICLES OBTAINED WITH A.N RCA ELECTRON MICROSCOPE.

DR. F. A. HA.MM "FINGERPRINTS' DYED NYLOiN WITH THE LATEST MODEL RCA ELECTRON MICROSCOPE IN.STALLED IN THE RESEARCH LABORATORIES OF (JEN- ERAL A.NILINE AND FILM CORPORATION.

an invaluable business asset.

Taste, texture and appearance of many familiar food products are being improved with the aid of this powerful electronic "super eye". At General Foods Central Research Laboratories, scientists have found answers to many problems that have baffled food technologists for years. The physical and chemical changes which are exerted on natu- ral foods as they are processed can now be viewed through the micro- scope.

By greatly increasing the range of research in many fields, the RCA electron microscope is helping in- dustry to plan tomorrow's products. This is evident from the Libbey- Owens-Ford development called Electrapane. Ordinarily, glass pro- vides high resistance to electric current, but Electrapane is a glass that conducts current. Libbey- Owens-Ford research achieves this anomaly by coating glass with an invisible, microscopic film. The Company's scientists carefully study specimens of experimental conduct- ing films under the electron micro- scope, which clearly reveals the crystalline film structures formerly invisible under light microscopes.

Makes By-Product Profilahle

Another case of how this remark- able instrument is helping develop jiroducts for the future is illus-

trated in an article which appeared recently in Life magazine. The U. S. Rubber Company used the RCA electron micro.scope in the develop- ment of a new and better starch, made of tiny plastic particles. The new liquid plastic, which keeps clothes starched through eight washings, doubles the life of gar- ments. This is an interesting ex- ample of how a by-product has become extremely profitable for both the manufacturer and the .American housewife.

The lasting shade of her nylon (Continued on page 26)

^ r-^ar^

Sl ' /*

THREE TYPICAL EXAMPLES OF ELECTRON .MICROSCOPY MADE POSSIBLE BY THE RCA ELECTRON MICROSCOPE. LEFT TO RIGHT: FORMATION OF PEARLITE IN STEEL; SVMPLE OF FACE POWDER MAGNIFIED l.T.OOO TIMES. AND DUST PARTICLES WHICH CAST THEIR SUBMICROSCOPIC SHADOWS AFTER AN ENLARGEMENT OF 24,000 TIMES.

[RADIO AGE 111

Education By Radio

Six Leading Univcrsilies Cooperate with NBC in Home Study Courses in Literature, Music and Economics

page-one story, and the general press was equally enthusiastic. We three partners ran the initial test during the nine-week summer ses- sion at the University of Louisville, trying out a variety of teaching techniques. Encouraged by the re- .<ults. we entered upon a full-scale experiment during the fall semester. The method followed was this : first, students who registered by mail with the Universeity were required to listen to the "NBC University Theater" dramatizations; second, they read the novels that had been dramatized as well as the study guides sent them by the University; third, they prepared written reports based on their listening and read- ing and sent them to the Univer- sity, which marked, graded and re- turned them. Participants who met University requirements received regular college credits for work (lone.

Other Unirersilies May Join Plan There are now six universities cooperating with the network in its home-study XBC University of the Air project, and we expect many others to join later.

Besides the University of Louis- ville, three other universities are

By Sterling W. Fisher

Manager

NBC Public Affairs and

Education Department

WHEN I was invited to speak last May at Ohio State Uni- versity's annual Institute for Edu- cation by Radio, I decided to snap good-naturedly at critics who com- plain about radio's failure to help the public get educated.

Why talk about how little radio is doing in the educational field ( I asked the professors') when what it IS doing is not being utilized?

The greatest shortcoming, I said, has been the lack of provision for the organized and systematic use of broadcasts by listeners. Hap- hazard, unguided listening alone, on the basis of a dial turned at random when the listener happens to have a little free time, may prove at times informational, but hardly educational.

To my surpri.se, I found the edu- cators and network officials in warm agreement. What's more, they want- ed to help me do something about it. Mayor Charles P. Farnsley of Louisville, Kentucky, was on the phone offering money and assistance to experiment at the LIniversity of Louisville with a plan to bring col- lege courses into listeners' homes. The result was that NBC. in co- operation with WAVE, our Louis- ville affiliate, and the University of Louisville, esUiblished last sum- mer a home-study course in Anglo- American literature, — a course built around the "NBC University Thea- ter" broadcast series. Variety heralded the experiment with a bold, prominent headline over a

[12 RADIO AGE]

now offering college credits for a course in Anglo-American litera- ture in connection with "NBC Uni- versity Theater." They are the L'ni- versity of Tulsa, Washington State College, and Kansas State Teachers College at Pittsburg, Kansas.

The University of Chicago has built two courses — one in econom- ics, the other in world politics^ around the "University of Chicago Round Table" broadcasts. The Uni- versity of Southern California has built a music course based on the network's "Pioneers of Music" series. Within two weeks after the first announcement that a listener's guide to this series was available at 50 cents, the first printing of 10.000 copies was sold out.

There are two ways for listeners to participate in these home-study courses. One is intended for those not interested in college credits or not qualified to obtain them; the other, which involves more work on their part, is for persons who want to acquire college credits without leaving their own homes. The non- credit students obtain certificates showing their successful completion of the radio course. The fees for students range from $10 to $30 for those trying for college credits; less for those who are not.

With some 1.750 inquiries com- ing in weekly from all jiarts of the United States and Cana<la, the suc- cess of the NBC University of the Air with listeners seems assured.

ADVISORY BOARD FOR NBC UNIVERSITY THEATER: SEATED; LEFT TO RIGHT — LIONEL TRlLI.INi;, PROFESSOR OF ENGLISH, COLl'MBIA LINI- VERSITY; IIARVKY WEBSTER. ASSOCIATE TROKESSOR OF ENGLISH, . UNI- VERSITY OF Lol'ISVILLK; AMY LdVEMAN. B(>iiK-(IF-THE-M0NTHt(^1'B : AND NORMAN COUSINS, EI)IT<IR. SATIRDAV REVIEW DK I.1TER*%^RE. STANDING — ROBERTSON SHAWN, PROFESSOR OK LANGUAGE AND LITERA- TURE, KANSAS STATE TEACHERS COLLEGE.

^

European Outlook Brighter

Returning From Btniness Trip Abroad, General Sarnoff Reports Less Evidence of "War Scare Psychology"

HETURNING aboard the i'.S. America fi'om a six weeks business trip abroad, Bripradier General David SarnofT, Chairman of the Board of the Radio Corpora- tion of America, reported upon his arrival March 5 that "iirovided the United States maintains the diplo- matic initiative we now hold, the outlook for Western Europe is brighter than it seemed a year or two ago."

Strongly favoring both the Mar- shall Plan aid program and the pro- posed North Atlantic Security Pact, General Sarnoff explained in a ship- board interview that "American help toward Western European re- covery is the basic factor in pre- venting the advance of Communism across Europe.

"Conditions in England, France and Italy are visibly better than they were a year ago, and the same is reportedly true of the other coun- tries aided by the Marshall Plan," said General Sarnoff. "But the basic financial, economic and political problems of Europe as a whole re- main unresolved. In my view sound solutions to these vital problems are not likely to be found so long as the 'cold war' between East and West continues and so long as Rus- sia blocks the completion of the Austrian and German peace treaties."

During his trip General Sarnoff testified at the British Arbitration Tribun;il on the nationalization of Cables and Wireless, Ltd. He also had private interviews with Prime Minister Clement Attlee, Winston Churchill, and heads of American diplomatic missions as well as lead- ers of the French Government and European businessmen.

The General said he found much less evidence of "war scare psy- chology" and a much calmer re- solve among the peoples living un- der difficult conditions.

"My best impressions are not negative," he continued. "The very crises which Russia is creating by her actions on the Continent have brought about a closer affinity in

Western P^urope than has ever been known before in times of peace.

"The five powers of Western Europe are today working on a central parliament, a single customs union, and a single defense plan. This has all come about, first, through the proximity of militant Communism and, secondly, through the common denominator of Ameri- can aid. Therefore, I am strongly in favor of the principles of both the Marshall Plan and the North Atlantic Security Pact. These are not solutions in themselves, but combined into a single American program for encouragement and hope for the peoples of Western Europe they can gain the necessary time in which further progress can be made."

Does Not Foresee Recession

General Sarnoff warned that a serious setback in the American economy would have grave reper- cussions in Europe. He added that he does not foresee any major eco- nomic recession in America.

Speaking specifically of France, General Sarnoff said that any pre- dictions on the political scene there are "as hazardous as ever." But he was favorably impressed with the success of the French Government's domestic loan which "increased the value of the franc and the strength of the center group parties, at the expense of the extreme Left and the extreme Right."

On Britain, General Sarnoff did not hesitate to point out that British Laborites would soon have the delicate choice between protection of human rights and expanding socialistic theory.

"I have no doubt that this ex- periment is not intended to deprive Englishmen of their individual rights nor to abolish democratic processes in that country," he con- tinued. "However, it is radically altering the face and life of Britain and I seriously question whether the introduction of Socialism on so vast a national scale can in prac- tice adequately preserve the human

OKNERAL SAKMihh A.ND SON. ROBKHT W.

SARNOFF, RETl'KN FROM STUDIES OF

ECONOMIC AND TELEVISION ACTIVITIES

IN ENGLAND AND THE CONTINENT.

rights, including the rights of labor itself. Responsible leaders in Britain told me that recent election trends indicate the Labor Government probably will be returned to power next year by a somewhat smaller majority than it presently holds. Its policy of nationalization will go forward, and after steel — which is the industrial heart of Britain — it will probably nationalize the chemical industry, and others. This will take the socialistic experiment a considerable distance over its charted course of making the State a monopolistic employer, producer and trader."

The General was accompanied on his trip by his son, Robert W. Sarnoff, Assistant to the National Director of Television Programs of the National Broadcasting Com- pany.

"My son's mission was to make a detailed study of television in England and France," the General stated. "Every facility was afforded us by the British and French authorities to study the television situation in their countries. We feel progress is being made by British television and plans are also under way to advance television in France. However, we saw nothing in British or French television as far ad- vanced as are the techniques and services in the United States. Britain and France are the tele- vision leaders of Europe."

RADIO AGE 13]

J. H. ROE, SUPERVISOR OF RCA'S TV SYSTEMS

ENGINEERING GROUP, ARRANGES EQUIPMENT

TO SIMULATE A STANDARD TV STATION.

Cutouts Aid TV Station Planners

Scale-Model Mhtiatures of Uuils for Telerhiott Trammttters

and Studios Permit Engineers to Work Out Best

Arrangement of Equipment.

studies of projected television sta- tions.

Engineers, draftsmen, artists, photdj^raphers and writers collabo- rated in produfinK the realistic models. The cutouts were drawn, checked from blueprints and care-

fully scaled to the proper height, width and depth of the actual equip- ment. Even the panels on the model.-; are photographic reproductions of those on the original units. Repro- duced in two tones of brown to re- semble the umber gray shades of the actual equipment, the minia- tures are printed on heavy paper that will withstand considerable handling.

Development of the cutouts can be traced to the use of working models by advanced RCA engineer- ing groups. Later, dealers used tele- vision equipment miniatures, some of them elaborate and costly, for display and advertising purposes. These models, however, were de- signed primarily for window dis- plays and little stress was placed on accuracy of proportions.

As the video industry grew, a greater demand for scaled models arose. Design engineers, faced with a variety of planning problems in- volving equipment needed realistic, proportional facsimiles that could be used to simulate studio scenes. These cutouts, scaled one inch to the foot, appear to solve the prob-

I lem. The easily-assemliled minia- tures can be made even more dur- able when cemented to wooden

, blocks and coated with clear lacquer. Since the amount of eiiuipment required for a television studio in- stallation varies widely, depending on the type of station, the size of the community in which it is to be (Continued on page 15)

By Marvin L. Gaskill

Engineering Products Department, Radio Corporation of America

SCALE-MODEL paper cutouts are being used by RCA sales engineers to help broadcasters solve some of their television station planning problems. Each cutout- - there are two books of them — reprr- sents a major TV broadcast unit in miniature, but in exact proportion and general appear.-ince. The cut- outs can be assembled or re-ar- ranged in different groupings to permit accurate cost-and-space

PAPER .MINIATURES INCLUDE fORRElTLY-SCAI.ED REALISTIC MODELS OF ALL MAI.N

UNFTS OF RCA TV EQUIPMENT. TRANSMITTER UNITS. VIDEO CONSOLE UNITS AND

RACKS MAY BE CRdUPED IN ANY TENTATIVE ARRANGEMENT.

[14 RADIO AGE]

Admiral Wynkoop Elected Head of Radiomarine

t^ LECTION of Kear Admiral Li Thomas P. Wynkoop, Jr.. United States Navy (ret.), as Presi- dent of the Radiomarine Corpora- tion of America was announced Jlarch 11. His retirement from the Navy became effective on March 1.

Admiral Wynkoop served in the Navy for 34 years, most of which time he was active in the construc- tion and design of warships. His assignments included eight years in the Na%'>' Department, Washing- ton, D. C, and duty in some of the Navy's largest shipyards. His last office was that of Commander of the Naval Shipyard, Long Beach, Calif., where he served from Novem- ber, 1946 to January, 1949.

While Production officer at the Naval Shipyard in Norfolk, Va., during World War IL Admiral Wynkoop supervised construction of the noted aircraft carriers Tarawa and Lake Champlain.

A native of Philadelphia, Admiral Wynkoop attended the United States Naval Academy at Annapolis and was commissioned an Ensign on June 7, 1918. He served on a U. S. destroyer out of Queenstown dur- ing World War I, and following the Armistice took a postgraduate course in Naval architecture and

THOMAS p. WYNKOOP, JR.

warship design at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology from which he received a Master of Science de- gree in 1922.

The following year. Admiral Wyn- koop joined the staff of the Navy Yard at Mare Island, in San Fran- cisco Bay, where he served until 1926. After a detail aboard the U. S. S. Rigel, he was transferred to Cavite Naval Station in the Philippine Islands.

In 19;!1, he returned to the United States for a tour of duty in the Bureau of Construction and Repair, Navy Department, Washington, D. C, remaining there until 1935, when he was assigned to the Puget Sound Navy Yard. From 1939 to 1941, he was a member of the United States Naval Mission to Brazil and assisted that country in its construction program for which he was decorated with the Order of the Southern Cross.

Shortly before the United States entered the war. Admiral Wynkoop was detailed to the Shipbuilding Division of the Bureau of Ships in Washington, where he served for the next four years. During the latter part of the war, he was Production Officer at the Norfolk Naval Shipyard. He was promoted to the rank of Rear Admiral on June 28, 1943.

Admiral Wynkoop has received many honoi's and awards for his distinguished service. They include the Victory Medal with Bronze Star, World War I ; American De- fense Medal, American Area Medal, World War II Victory Medal, the Cruzeiro de Sul of Brazil. Secre- tary of the Navy Commendation Medal and the Legion of Merit.

Cutouts Aid TV Station Planners

(Continued from page IJ,) located and the scope of operations, studio planners have adopted the cut-out system to great advantage.

The tiny models give engineers and planners a completely accurate picture of how studios and entire stations can be arranged for best acoustical and space results. They also are made to give the prospec- tive customer an idea of what his money will buy. Since television calls for large expenditures, sta- tion owners naturally want some idea of what equipment they will require, and what method of in- stallation is best.

As architects, shipbuilders, de- signers, and decorators have dis- covered in the past, the lowly cutout is an ideal solution to the problem.

TWO BOOKLETS OF SCALED PATTERNS PROVIDE ALL MATERIAL NEEDED IN THE ASSEMBLY OF MODEL LAYOUTS.

[RADIO AGE 15]

«

u

Sheets of translucent plastic are reduced to proper thickness under the heated rolls of this huge machine.

A 45-rpm record complete with labels is removed from one of the many powerful presses in the Indianapolis plant.

o

Making 1 45 rpm K

ami Record I

THESE scene plant of the R of the steps t increasing qu high-fidehty a diameter, an<t record-changi

Excess plastic material, called "flash," is stripped from the outer rim of the recording following the pressing process.

Each of these semi-automatic machines punches out the record's large center hole at the rote of 30 discs a minute.

Exact centering of a 45-rpm record is assured by checking the movement of the outer rim under a microscope.

Here the finished records ore placed in envelopes and then packed in containers for shipment to dealers and users.

e new icords

ayers

Maximum performance of the 45-rpm record player is assured by testing its operation with a sensitive oscilloscope.

Quantity production is achieved on the assen biy and testing lines for the nev^ 45-rpm recor players at the RCA plant in Indianapolis.

Dm the Indianapolis, Ind., Victor Division reveal some are follov/ed in producing ities of the new, colorful, rdings, only 678 inches in e fast, quiet, trouble-free mechanisms.

i^.

m.	^	"*- -^
t*^^^	s	mI
fW^^^K^	■^
	■ .- / ■■	^
^ ^	>^	r^

Record players undergo a listening test, one of the final steps in the manufacture of the high-fidelity instruments.

Assembling one of the basic components the trouble-free automatic changing mechi nism of the 45-rpm record player. I

An inspector checks the operation of the disc-changing cycle of a record player.

A moving conveyor separates the assembly group on the left from testers and inspectors of the finished product on the right.

Television Bolsters U.S. Economy

Expaudittg Demand of Video Industry for Wide Range of Basic

Materials and Component Paris Will Act as Powerful

Stimulant to Many Other Industries

By John K. West

'(• I'icsidcnt in Charge

Public Relations, RCA Victor Division

of

Excerpts from an address by Mr. West before the American Management Association in New York, March 17.

DURING the war, our econo- mists fijrured that it would be necessary to hold our national in- come at 208 billion dollars to keep us out of trouble. Last year we hit somewhere between 225 and 250 billion. Now, with some economic factors piving evidence of being spent, we are fortunate in having television as a jack to help hold our economy up — an industry that will be the sturdiest of any since the automobile was invented.

Television, America's greatest new industry, is bolstering our economy in many ways. It stimu- lates supplier industries. It is a vast business of itself. And all this is dwarfed by television's ability to move goods. First, let's see how television stimulates other indus- tries. Television, as a market, is still taking shape. 1949 marks only the third full year of its postwar activity. Yet we are quite confident that the industry will produce over 2,000,000 television receivers this year. The annual rate of produc- tion is stepping up so rapidly that, barring unforeseen restrictions, by 195."?, television should hit an an- nual going rate of around 5,000,000 receivers.

Television a Boon to Industries

This means a great deal to the mines and mills and factories in our country. It means a vigorous, grow- ing market for industries as far apart as New England textile mills weaving intricate cabinet grille cloths and Southwestern silver mines whose product is used for television tuner contacts.

A television receiver has about 1100 components. That's ten times a.s many parts as the ordinary radio. Television absorbs the prod- ucts of hundreds of component manufacturers and sub-assembly manufacturers directly and those of thousands of suppliers indirectly. This means business for business all over the country.

The receiver and the antenna on the roof take around 40 pounds of steel. Multiply that by 5,000,000 units a year, and you find television using 200,000 tons of steel, per year.

There are so many little pieces of copper wire connecting parts in a television receiver that, if they were all put together, they'd make a single piece over 100 feet long. All told, each receiver requires about 9V2 pounds of copper. At the 5,000,000 going rate television will soon reach, television's annual cop- per requirements will hit 47'-! mil- lion pounds! Add 40 million pounds of aluminum and the 8.T million pounds of glass which will be used in picture tubes alone and the pro- portions of this industrial giant be- gin to be seen. In cabinets, tele- vision will use enough wood every year to make an inch-thick dance floor of four square miles!*

There's a pound of rubber in each set. There are plastics, ceramics, mica, carbon, nickel, tungsten and paper.

All of the.se figures are only the slightest indication of the real eco- nomic effect of television's material

Over 103,000,000 board feet.

requirements. This raw material must be fabricated into billions of component parts before it becomes a part of your home entertainment. We mentioned previously that over 2,000,000 television receivers are forecast for this year. Let ua translate that to dollars. At the retail level, these 2.000,000 tele- vision receivers add up to around $650,000,000 worth* of business. There will be appro.\imately $25,- 000,000 spent on television by ad- vertisers this year. Some 40 new stations will go on the air during 1949 to bring the total past 90. Each of these new stations repre- sents an investment approximating a quarter-million dollars. A.T.&T. is expanding television networks this year to link thirteen more cities to the present fourteen on the East- Midwest lines and is increasing the number of circuits joining the most important television cities.

Billion Dollar Industry in 1949

Add it all up and we see that television, in 1949, only its third full year, should account for busi- ness activity totaling over a billion dollars! Imagine how big this baby will be when it really grows up!

Industry, as well as agriculture, has always been involved with the cycle of planting seed, working to assist growth, and then harvesting the results. Television has grown so rapidly that it's easy to see this cycle in it. There was investment needed — investment in men, labo- ratories, intricate equipment; in- vestment in dollars, energy, genius and time. RCA alone spent $50.- 000,000 on television in research, experimentation, development and facilities. Its harvest is the phe- nomenon of commercial television.

It is as an advertising medium that television's impact on market- ing methods has been most felt and recognized. We learn how. in three weeks, two $35 spot announcements weekly resulted in 2,270 New York outlets taking on a new food prod- uct. We hear about Macy's at Christmas time offering a $9.95 doll, fashioned after the little NBC marionette, "Howdy Doody" — sell- ing 10.000. We see the "Texaco Star Theatre" getting the incredible sponsor identification of 95','2 per- cent! We find Donald Stewart, ad-

[18 RADIO AGE]

STEEL

200,000 tons

COPPER

47 I million lbs.

ALUMINUM

40 million lbs.

GLASS

83 million lbs.

LUMBER

103 million board feet

ESTIMATED MATERIALS REQUIREMENTS OF THE TELEVISION RECEIVER INDUSTRY FOR 1953, BASED ON A PREDICTED ANNUAL PRODUCTION OF 5,000,000 RECEIVING SETS.

vertising manager of the Texas Company, writing "the most amaz- ing thing is the number of people — about 75 percent of those writ- ing in — who say they are going to switch to Texaco products."

When results like these get around, we're forced to devote some study to advertising's modern Mer- lin. Television simply refuses to be ignored.

Still we must retain our perspec- tive. This year the industry will manufacture over 2,000,000 tele- vision receivers. This same year it will manufacture over 11,000,000 radios. The circulation of news- papers and magazines remains high and effective. Billboard space is still scarce — and radio is still America's greatest means of com- munication.

All these established advertising services still continue to do their jobs. At RCA Victor we still use

them all. But we recognize that now is the time for extra effort in advertising and promotion. That's why we've added television. Just as radio carried many little-known or unknown brands to the top brackets, so will television create new brand names. Forty-two percent of the advertisers using network television during 1948 were not radio adver- sers.

Let's watch it in action.

Can you picture a youngster go- ing into a store and asking for a toy, not by its name, but by the general name of its manufacturer? A manufacturer — Unique toys — started using a children's program before Christmas to plug its line of merchandise. Soon the small fry were asking for them in stores, visits to Santa Claus, and Christ- mas hints to their parents by the manufacturer's name. An item that had been notably slow-moving in

the Unique line sold out. Last season this company enjoyed the greatest demand in its history. Unique has now signed a long-term television contract to make the toy business a year-round instead of a seasonal one.

Brand Name Strengthened

Disney Hats, in contrast, used television to strengthen its brand name by having the company's dis- tinctive trade-mark "come to life" at the beginning and end of its network newsreel. Local retail out- lets in each city were encouraged to use the time spot following the network show. During the last three months, hat sales in general have been slipping. During those same three months, John David, the New York dealer who tied in with the broadcast here, has in- creased its Disney hat sales by 49 percent.

Esso conducted a survey to find the percent of television owners using its products. Then Esso used television to tell its complex prod- uct story of "controlled volatility". Later the audience was surveyed again. Esso users were found to have increased by IOV2 percent! Television makes messages easy to remember.

There were only 42 advertisers using television in February, 1947. They'd grown to 210 by January, 1948, and 1099 by January, 1949. Television has proved itself as an advertising medium, and its career is only beginning.

Here is television's promise: to be an increasingly effective force for favorable influence on the dis- tribution pattern of consumer goods and services

In New York today, television receivers are already in the hands of nearly 14 percent of the families. By next January 1, they should be in over 21VL> percent of New York homes. And let's see how many are expected to he in other cities by then: in I'hiladelphia, 20 percent; Washington, 19; Los Angeles, 15^/^; Baltimore, over 18. Here are some cities which should have more than 13 percent of their families equipped with television by next New Year's Day. Boston. Chicago, Cincinnati, Cleveland, Detroit, Mil- waukee and St. Louis.

[RADIO AGE 19]

NEW TUBE HAS "MEMORY"

Graphcchou, Developed at R( A Laboratories as a Teleran Adjunct, Can Store Visual Information for More Than a Minute.

RADAR sig-nals or oscilloscope traces, which occur in less than a millionth of a second and which remain in view only a few seconds on fluorescent screens, can now be "stored" for more than a minute by a new electron tube that has "visual memory".

The tube, called the Graphechon, is based upon the discovery that certain materials may be used both as insulators and conductors of electricity. It was described by Louis Pensak, research physicist of RCA Laboratories, Princeton, N. J. at the March convention of the Institute of Radio Engineers in New York. The first major use of the tube will be in Teleran, the television-radar air navigation sys- tem under development by RCA.

The Graphechon is a "booster" device which is employed between the stage where a radar beam is re- ceived and where it is reproduced on a television kinescope. It retains for more than a minute images that have a life of less than one- millionth of a second.

With the Graphechon the radar signal is kept in the form of an electrical charge, which is "written" on the tube target by the radar beam and "read" from it by an icono- scope-type beam, similar to that used in telecasting. The signal is

then amplified and applied to the kinescope, the television viewing screen. Here it can be observed, or monitored, and picked up from the kinescope, by the television camera, retaining the brightness and good contrast of the screen image.

The Graphechon makes it possible to observe a radar pattern on a Ijright-screen kinescope, instead of the dim radar scope, in a normally lighted room and without any spe- cial preparation.

Electrons "Write" and "Read"

The heart of the Graphechon is a metal target, 3 inches square, coated on one side with a layer of pure quartz, 20 millionths of an inch thick. In the original model, two beams in the legs of a V shaped tube are aimed at this target. One is the radar beam, which "writes" on the quartz surface: the other is the iconoscope-type beam — such as is used in a television camera — which "reads" from it. Unlike a fluorescent screen, the target is not light sensitive, but is sensitive to electrical charges.

The beam of electrons from the "reading" gun strikes the target and every electron knocks off sec- ondary electrons, which fly to the conducting coating that lines the tube. Removal of negative electrons

builds an increasing positive charge i;n the target surface, until a maxi- mum point of equilibrium is reach- ed. When this occurs the excess of secondary electrons, over the beam current, returns to the target, main- taining the electrical status quo. The quartz coating is now acting as an insulator and permits the charging of the surface to a higher voltage than the metal sheet.

At this point the iconoscope beam has prepared the target for the radar beam, which will "write" on it. When the radar receiver picks up a reflection — of a plane, some point of the terrain, etc. — the signal turns on the radar beam of electrons which crashes through thi quartz layer, makes it conducting' at that point, and there discharges the voltage.

In short, the action of the icono- scope type beam is to put a uniform positive charge over the entire sur- face of the insulating film. The action of the radar beam is to make the insulator conducting at the points of impact, and so dis- charge the film in some pattern. The iconoscope type beam then pro- ceeds to charge up the film once more.

The iconoscope scanning beam then knocks secondary electrons (Continued on page 27)

LOUIS PENZAK OF RCA LABORATORIES HOLDS ORIGINAL MODEL OF GRArHECHON TUBE WHICH HAS A "VISUAL MEMORY."

READINO GUN

CROSS-SECTION OF V-TYPE GRAPHECHON Tl BE SHOWINc; RELATFVE POSITIONS OF "READING" AND "WRITING" ELECTRON GUNS.

[20 RADIO AGE

NBC Documentaries Extended

Network Expands Public Service Features through New "Special

Programs" Project. Hour-Long Problem Dramas arc

Widely Acclaimed

OX the second rtoor of New- York's Radio City. NBC has established headquarters for the network's new project called, simply, Special Programs. Its business: to build and supervise the network's 'Living — 1949" series and "NBC University Theater" as well as full- hour documentaries and other "spe- cial" shows.

Special Programs reflects the in- creasing importance of high-quality public service broadcasts on the NBC log. This is a trend which had its beginnings late in 1947, and resulted in radio's first and only documentary-a-week series. The program was called "Living — 1948," and wiis supervised by Wade Arnold, who now heads Special Pro- grams, and directed by James Harvey, now assistant to Arnold.

Currently the series is known as "Living — 1949," but its aim re- mains the same as it was at the start: to set Americans thinking more about currently important issues and arouse them to intelli- gent action. Its carefully researched subjects have ranged from mental health to elections, and each broad- cast has mirrored Arnold's two cardinal rules of programming, viz., be adult, and never be dull. The response from both public and press has reached a high-water mark of enthusiasm.

Out of "Living" grew the realiza- tion that some subjects need more extensive treatment than 2.5 min- utes allow. This important series has been supplemented, therefore, with a series of full-hour drama- documents. The first was "Mar- riage in Distress," a reasoned and challenging study of the status of marriage and the family in a

WADE ARNOLD, HEAD OF NBC SPECIAL PROGRAMS. STUDIES A "DOCCMENTARY" SCRIPT AS JAMES HARVEY, HIS ASSIST- ANT, AND NANCYANN WOODARD. MEMBER OF THE RESEARCH STAFF, LOOK ON.

changing society. The program was aired last September 1 under Ar- nold's supervision and was rebroad- cast a week later in response to appeals from listeners and critics. At year's end it won an award from the National Council on Family Relations.

The second hour-long document- ary, produced December 19 under the aegis of Special Programs, was "Mother Earth," a study of the problem of world hunger.

Pioneer in Documentaries

"The increasing popularity of the documentary is one of the sig- nificant phenomena of the radio scene today," Arnold said, "but the format is nothing new. As long ago as 19,33, NBC pioneered in the hour- long documentary field. That year the network did at least three: 'The New York Sun: 100 Years of Amer- ican Journalism'; 'Headquarters,'

a report on the working of the New York City Police Department, and 'Chapter One: the Story of 1933,' a dramatic account of Roosevelt's first year in the Presidency."

Another current Special Pro- grams enterprise is "NBC Univer- sity Theater.' It was this series of which the New York World Tele- gram's radio critic Harriet Van Home said: "I think it would be nice today to bow our beads briefly and thank heaven (not to mention NBC which foots the bill)."

This series, constructed much like a college course in British and .American fiction, has recently pre- sented dramatizations of novels of E. M. Forster, Aldous Hu.xley, John Dos Passos, Ellen Glasgow and Graham Greene, among others. It attempts not only to convey the story and basic ideas of each novel, but also tries to lead the listener to the novel itself for an intimate discovery of the writer's method and style. It forms the core of an NBC education-by-radio project at the University of Louisville and will be similarly adapted for other schools.

[RADIO AGE 21]

UK. liAKKV K. OLSON

WENDELL L. CARLSON

Receive I.R.E. Fellowships

Two scientists of the RCA Lab- oratories. Princeton, N. J., and one from the RCA Laboratories, Rocky Point, N. Y., received their certificates as newly-elected Fellows of the Institute of Radio Enpineers at the Institute's annual banquet in the Hotel Commodore. New York, on March 10.

Honored for distinction in the profession were Dr. Harry F. Ol- son, director of the acoustic re- search laboratory, and Wendell L. Carlson, supervisor of the radio re- ceiver research laboratory, both of Princeton, and Philip S. Carter, re- search engineer at Rocky Point.

Dr. Olson was cited "for his out- standing developments and publica- tions in the field of acoustics and underwater sound". His associa- tion with RCA research goes back to 1928. He pioneered in the devel- opment of directional microphones, which are now almost universally employed in radio, television, sound motion pictures and other sound systems, and, in particular, the velocity microphone. He developed the first successful electronic pho- nograph pickup and has done out- standing work in the field of sound absorption.

Important contributions were made during the war by Dr. Ol- son's group in the fields of air and underwater sound under contracts with the National Defense Research Committee, the Naval Ordnance Laboratory and the Bureau of Ships. Sonar systems, microphones

and loudspeakers were developed, along with other devices still classi- fied as secret.

He received his education at the University of Iowa, where he took the Bachelor of Engineering, Mas- ter of Science. Doctor of Philosophy and Electrical Engineering degrees. In addition to the IRP]. he is a mem- ber of Tau Beta Pi, Sigma Xi, and the American Physical Society, and is a Fellow of the Acoustical So- ciety of America. Dr. Olson was chosen as one of America's Young Men in 1939 and, the following year, received the Modern Pioneer Award. He has received ;?5 patents and is the author of three books and many technical papers.

The IRE Fellowship was awarded to Mr. Carlson "in recognition of his contributions over many years to the development of radio receiv- ers and their components". Mr. Carlson was a pioneer in the early development of broadcast receivers ; starting with the first RCA super- heterodyne-type home receiver in 1924. Under his supervision an international shortwave receiver which set the standard for home use was developed in 193.'?. and in 19'lfl his group devised the first RCA personal-type radio receiver. During the war Sir. Carlson super- vised important developments for the Navy on radar altimeters.

He was born in .Jamestown. New York, and was graduated from the Bliss Electrical School. W;ishing- ton. D. C. He is a member of Sigma

Xi and in 1940 received the Mod- ern Pioneer Award. He has re- ceived over 60 patents, most of which relate to broadcast receivers.

Mr. Carter's citation was "for his many contributions in the fields of radio transmission and commu- nication systems". He is an expert on antennas, developed the folded (iipole antenna for television and F.M reception, which is a common sight in most of the nation's cities. It is estimated that 40 per cent of all the TV and FM antennas used in the U. S. are of this t>-pe.

Associated with RCA since 1920, Mr. Carter has been issued more than 60 patents and is the author of a number of technical papers. He is a member of the American Mathematical Society and Sigma Xi, and received the Modern Pio- neer Award in 1940. Mr. Carter was educated at Stanford Univer- sity, receiving a Bachelor of Arts degree in Mechanical Engineering, and served as a lieutenant in the Signal Corps in World War I.

Following World War II, he re- ceived a Certificate of Appreciation from the Air Force for his work on counter-measures employed against German V-2s and. he was awarded a similar certificate by the Army and Na\T.

Lommunication i>ervice To China Extended

Radiotelegraph service to Tien- tsin. Tangshanhop. Tangku. Tsing- hai and Chinwangtao. via Shang- hai, has been resumed. RCA Com- munications. Inc.. has announced following receipt of informati<in from the Chinese Ministry of Com- munications at Shanghai.

According to information re- ceived, a censorship is being im- posed on all messages. Code and cipher messages, as well as reply- paid service, are still suspended. .-Ml messages must be prepaid, the re- port said, noting that these restric- tions also are being imposed on traffic for Peiping. It was further reported that, due to unsettled con- ditions in China, messages for Northern China points, which are beyond RCA terminals, are accepted onlv at the sender's risk.

[22 RADIO AGE]

Kinescope Recordings

Thirty Hours of Video Programs on Motion Picture Film Syndicated Weekly by NBC Television

By Carleton D. Smith

Director, Television Operations. Xational Broadcasting Company.

THE production of kinescope recording motion picture film at the National Broadcasting Com- pany has far outstripped on an annual average the total production of the major motion picture studios.

In an operation which has in- creased by over 100 per cent since January and which saw a compara- ble 100 per cent increase from Nov. 1948, to January, the kinescope re- cording system now regularly sjTi- dicates 28 commercial and sustain- ing NBC Television programs a week with a total often reaching 30 hours a week.

The total output of film by the major motion picture companies in 1948 was 369 feature length films — or about 550 hours of product. At the average rate of nearly 11 hours a week of kinescope film, NBC Television is producing an average of almost 700 hours of entertain- ment product per year. This is virtually 50 per cent more than the Hollywood studios' output.

By far the greatest producer and distributor of kinescope recordings in the television industry, NBC is currently shipping an average of 223 prints a week to video outlets from coast to coast. This compares with the shipping schedule of a major motion picture exchange.

Installed at a cost of $250,000. the new equipment in use by NBC includes four kinescope recording cameras, two of which record on the double-svstem only ( sound and

picture films made separately), and the other two of which can record either double- or single-system (sound and picture recorded on same film).

NBC Television is the only video concern which makes and develops its own film.

From an operation which one year ago produced one kinescope recording on an experimental basis a week, the system has burgeoned into a nation-wide service to tele- vision in which 28 programs are regularly recorded and shipped each week.

Except for a special job done on the LIFE-NBC coverage of the na- tional political conventions last June, the kinescope operation was not put into regular commercial service until September, 1948.

At that time, seven programs were recorded each week. As tech- nical progress was made and more e(iuipment was pressed into service, the system jumped from the origi- nal seven to double that number in a matter of weeks. Advertising agencies, program sponsors, and new television stations created a tremendous demand for the record- ings which in a short time leaped from an experimental film process to an essential part of video pro- gramming.

The number of prints and the amount of footage doubled from November. 1948, to January, 1949,

O. B. HANSON, NBC VICE PRESmENT AND CHIEF ENGINEER, STANDS BETWEEN TWO KINESCOPE RECORDING UNITS IN THE NETWORK'S HEADQUARTERS, NEW YORK.

[RADIO AGE 23

and int-reast'd another 100 per cent from January to the present.

As of now, the scope of the oper- ation can only be compared in size, speed, and efficiency with normal motion picture processes of record- ing, processing, editing, and dis- tributing. In terms of rapidity of recording and speed of reproduc- tion, few if any film operations in the world can approach it.

Because of the close time sched- ules the operation from the labora- tory in New York to television screens in such faraway places as Albuquerque, X. Me.\., plane, train, bus, and motorcycle schedules have played an important part in the operation. Often one can of record- ing must be completely re-routed from a grounded plane, to a bus, to the nearest railroad terminal, and even back to another plane to make certain of its arrival at the desti- nation at the appointed hour. Mul- tiply this single can of film by the .35 prints which leave NBC Tele- vision nightly and the shipping operation becomes, indeed, a vital factor.

NBC uses two developers for proce.ssing the film, one of which develops the sound track, the other the picture. The processing time is approximately 2 to 1. In other words, one hour of program re- quires two hours of developing.

In addition to the regular com- mercial weekly programs kinescoped by NBC are the so-called rush "spe- cials." One such special was the kine.scoping of the Presidential in- auguration .January 20. The event took five hours on the air but had to be edited down for out-of-town stations to one hour and twenty minutes of programming. Working n.und the clock NBC Television film editors developed the early por- tion of the film in the afternoon and the afternoon i)ortion was in the laboratory until 10:15 p.m. that night. By that time, the entire production of an eighty-minute negative had been completed and the film was rushed to the printer.

By eight o-clock the following morning fifteen prints has been completed and rushed to the air- port for delivery to outlying sta- tions. The films were .seen .Jan. 21 in every television city outside the range of interconnecting facilities.

After the picture and sound track are carefully edited and synchron- ized into one strip of negative film, the film is sent to an outside labora- tory where test prints are made. Using the "step-light" printing method, film technicians in the laboratory can then increase the light intensity in any frames to l)ring about an equality of light in 'he entire film. In this way, the finished print often looks better in light quality than the image on a television screen of the original production.

Employed in the project current- ly are five men at the Film Ex- change at Radio City; two cutters

and editors at Radio City ; seven library men; and three at the Film Exchange at NBC's 106th Stret- studios. In addition, a total of l."i engineers and technicians are em- iloyed in the kinescope recording laboratories in Radio City.

The kinescope recording division of NBC is under the direct super- vision of N. Jiay Kelly, assistant director of the film division. Franck C. Lepore, manager of film opera- tions, and Victor Borsodi. assistant :nanager of film operations work under Kelly's direction. On the en- gineering staff, Herbert deGroot is technical supervisor of film record- ings.

Communications-Key to Victory

(Continued from page S) cast in history," he continued, "an estimated two million viewers in the East, including high-ranking Naval personnel in Washington, D. C, watched the flat-top, some 200 miles away undergo a mock attack by its own planes in maneuvers known as TASK FORCE TV.

"The Navy noted officially that the unrehearsed action, from the briefing of pilots to the return of the planes to the ship, was pre- sented with a smoothness and tech- nical perfection which made the experimental nature of the telecast all the more impressive and signifi- cant.

"The strategic importance of television in naval, military and air operations in this modern age was thus revealed dramatically. The event was declared by the Navy to be 'a milestone of technical achieve- ment and patriotic service to the Navy and the citizens whom it serves.'

Takes on New Meatiiiif^ "Far-sightedness takes on a dif- ferent meaning in the great com- plexities of modern war, with supersonic speeds, guided missiles, and the d;inger of "surprise attack". It used to be said that the battle goes to those who get there 'fustest' with the 'mostcst'. The victory, in another struggle, could well go to the side which sees "farthest", 'soon- est'." General Sarnoff paid high tribute

to former Prime Minister Winston Churchill, with whom he conversed privately during his recent trip abroad. General Sarnoff, describing Mr. Churchill as a keen student of military history and a brilliant World War II leader, said he was pleased to learn of the British statesman's intimate understanding of the part communications must play in modern military action.

General Sarnoff congratulated members of the Association upon their selection of Fred Lack as their next President. He praised Mr. Lack as a veteran in the field of communications who has shown keen interest in the Association since its inception and predicted continued progress under his lead- ership. Sincere appreciation was ex- pressed to Major General Harry C. Ingles, retired Chief Signal Officer of the Army, through whose vision the Armed Forces Communications Association was conceived and through whose encouragement it has steadily advanced. He also ex- pressed appreciation to Brig. Gen- eral S. H. Sherrill, U. S. Army (ret.), for his success as Executive Secretary of the Association.

"We pledge anew to our Country, and to all services of the Armed Forces." concluded General Sarnoff, "the wholehearted cooperation of the industry and its workers towards helping to secure the bless- ings of peace for our own Nation and for freedom-loving peoples everywhere."

[24 RADIO AGE]

"KUKLA. FRAN § OLLIE"

Television Puppet Show, Sponsored by RCA Victor, Appeals to Old and Young in Areas Served by 17 -Station Network.

A WIDE-EYED, bald little fel- low, about a foot high with a nose shaped like a billiard ball, stands before the television cameras and captures the affection of hun- dreds of thousands of televiewers. He is Kukla, the almost legendary puppet personality starring on the RCA Victor-sponsored program, •Kukla. Fran and OUie."

The strange little character and his fellow Kuklapolitan Players be- gan their present series of telecasts in October. 1947. as "Junior Jam- boree" under the sponsorship of the RCA Victor Distributing Corpora- tion in Chicago over Station WRKR.

When Kukla protested to his au- dience that television station execu- tives wouldn't let him operate the cameras, the station officials were swamped with indignant letters in childish scrawls demanding that their favorite television performer be permitted to run a camera any time he pleased.

When a distinguished milliner first snw Madame Ophelia Oglepuss. a haughty-visaged interpretation of

an ex opera star, he was so delighted that he made an assortment of elab- orate little hats for the miniature artist.

Adult Audience Attracted

Tens of thousands of letters, thousands of gifts, and a wide variety of awards — ranging from recognition by the Chicago Adver- tising Club as the outstanding tele- vision program of the year, to a police department citation for the show's valuable lessons in safety — all testified to the standing of the program, easily the most popular television fare in Chicago. One of the most impressive revelations was that the subtle humor and pre- posterous situations of Kukla and his puppet friends attract an au- dience that is about 60 percent adult!

One tremendously important factor in the show's success is the highly telegenic stage, radio and television star. Fran Allison — the only live "regular" appearing before the cameras on the show. Her

KKAN .VLLISON. RADIO AND TELEVISION STAB, IS THE ONLY "live" CHARACTER FEATURED REGU- LARLY WITH "kukla" AND "OLLIE", THE DRAGON.

adroitness in integrating her con- versation and action with the pup- pet troupe lends realism to the little people. Her conversations with the Kuklapolitan Players are expertly ad libbt'd and she and Puppeteer lUirr Tillstrom are ideal personality foils for each other.

Lcitdi Reuliitn /<> Programi

Tillstrom, who prefers to be thought of as the "Manager" of the Kuklapolitans, is the crew-cut, youthful-looking man whose brains, voice and actions regulate the entire group of miniature mummers. Each tiny figure has a distinctly delin- eated personality which Tillstrom has enacted for so long that it never steps out of character and grows in realism.

In addition to Miss Allison, Kukla and Madame Oglepuss, the cast in- cludes Ollie, Kukla's sad-eyed, fuzzy- topped little dragon pal (not a fire- eating dragon because his father inhaled while swimming the Hel- lespont) ; the bewildered-looking Cecil Bill Ryan, who speaks in a language intelligible only to Kukla : Fletcher Rabbit, a hard-working, flop-eared cottontail ; Colonel Crac- key. a bespectacled Southern Gen- tleman addicted to loud plaid shirts: Beulah Witch, whose professional techniques employ modern electron- ics rather than old-fa.shioned po- tions, and Madame Coo Coo, who came directly to television after personal appearances in a coo-coo clock in Santa Claus's workshop.

Many Strange Situations

Together on television, this merrymaking group gets involved in all sorts of situations ranging from Ollie's efforts to make pear- shaped tones under Madame Ogle- pu.ss's tutelage, to Fletcher Rabbit's impassioned protests to Colonel Crackey that, since rabbits don't go around shooting people, why should people go around shooting rabbits?

When Kukla's invention, an elec- tronic permanent wave machine, took off all of Ollie's hair, the au- dience set about solving this prob-

[RADIO AGE 25]

PUPPETEER BURR TILLSTROM VIEWS THE CAST OF MINIATURE MUMMERS TO WHOM HE GIVES VOICE AND ACTION.

lem with mighty enthusiasm. They sent all types of hair restorers, wips and even grass seed — appro- priately green and hairlike for dra- gons. Kukia chose the latter device for rectifying Ollie's coif, put seed on the dragon's head, watered it with a sprinkling can — and up sprang flowers. Eventually the elec- tronic permanent wave machine that caused all the difficulty was brought out again. Since, when turned on, it took the hair off. with Kukla- politan logic, when thrown into re- verse, it put the hair back.

Shenanigans like these are always presented ad lib from outlines worked out by daily program staff discussions.

Busiest Man in Television

Once the program outline is firm- ly set in all the participant.'^' minds, the show is ready to begin. Burr goes backstage and becomes the busiest man in television. In addi- tion to being puppeteer, he watches the show on a television receiver, notes time, switches characters and voices with lightning speed. Hun- dreds of props are stored within his convenient reach. Agile, adept and versatile. Tillstrom has gained a reputation as the nation's top pup- peteer from these superlative per- formances.

The wholesome nature of the pro- gram has particularly attracted at- tention from parent-teacher, safety, civic, and other groups, more than

a dozen of which have presented the show with citations. Kukla's Clean Plate Club, an exclusive or- ganization with membership re- stricted to those who eat their entire meals, has won the gratitude of parents throughout the listening- looking audience. Health, safety, neatness and other desirable habits are "sold" to the children without preaching at them. And no vio- lence or action even approaching the borderline of poor tast ever appears on the show.

This canny evaluation of how to both entertain and hold public favor has been developed by Tillstrom through more than 15 years of pro- fessional puppetry, beginning when he was a high school student in Chicago. He studied the work of the nation's foremost puppeteers and also engineered marionette shows. During one of these shows, 12 years ago, Kukla was born.

For a production of "Saint George and the Dragon," in which the noble-nosed little man played Saint George, a dragon of comparable whimsy was needed. That was when Ollie joined Tillstrom's troupe, and he's been an indispensable part of the activity ever since.

Performed at World's Fair The redoubtable team and many of its fellows first performed in behalf of RCA at a 1939 depart- ment store television demonstra- tion in Marshall Field &. Company,

Chicago. In Spring, 19-40, Till- strom went to Bermuda, again for RCA, to participate in the Com- pany's first overseas television demonstration.

Immediately recognized as tele- vision "naturals", Tillstrom and his little people were brought by RCA to the New York World's Fair. There the tiny troupe presented some 2,000 shows, a few of which were telecast over the NBC station in New York.

During the war Kukla became a favorite in bond drives, service en- campments and with Red Cross units. Tillstrom still carries on this between-shows activity by en- tertaining at such places as or- phans' homes and hospitals. He finds this direct contact with audi- ence stimulating and secures many of his ideas for programs from the material that brings unexpectedly rewarding laughs from these audi- ences.

Electron Microscope

(Continued from i>ngc 11} stockings is also an important mat- ter to the average woman. In order to improve the color fastness in stockings and countless other nylon fabrics, the General Aniline and Film Corporation studies the struc- ture of dyes and pigments through the RCA electron microscope. Dr. F. A. Hamm. of General Aniline re- ports that micrographs of dyed nylon before and after steaming substantiate the two following theo- ries: first, that post-dye steaming increases the average size of dye crystals in nylon, which accounts for a decrease in their hiding power and an increase in their fastness to fading; and second, that the larger crystals on the surface can be "rubbed off" more easily than the smaller crystals, with a consequent loss in fastness.

Dr. Hamm has successfully un- locked secrets of "color fastness" by combining American ingenuity with knowledge obtained through the RCA electron microscope. He is, in this respect, representative of the many scientists who daily labor in research laboratories everywhere to improve the products of every- day living.

[26 RADIO AGE]

New Television Antenna Reduces Interference

PERFOKMIXC; like a traffic polic-eman in a one-way street, a new television antenna has been developed which will receive signals from only one direction at a time and will greatly improve reception of set owners in fringe areas which lie between stations on the same channel. Development of the antenna was reported by 0. M. Woodward, Jr., research engineer of EGA Laboratories, Princeton, N. J.

Consisting of an array of four eight-foot dipoles in the form of a square, with the opposite members eight feet apart, the antenna can be made to receive from one direc- tion or the other by flipping a switch placed near the receiver. Interconnection of the dipoles through a diple.xing network makes this one-way effect possible.

The Woodward antenna, it has been emphasized, is not an answer to any and all antenna difliculties, but is effective in cutting down co- channel interference when the re-

O. M. WOODWARD OF RCA LABORATORIES STAFF MAKES ADJUSTMENT ON COMBI- NATION HIGH- AND LOW-BAND TFJJC- VISION ANTENNA WHICH HE DEVELOPED.

ceiver is located between two sta- tions and on the fringe of their transmission areas, and to reduce interference of adjacent channel stations where the receiver is in- sufliciently selective.

Interference experienced in Princeton between Channel 2 sta- tions in New York and Baltimore and between Channel 1 transmitters in New York and Washington has been largely eliminated by the new array.

Efficient reception on high and low bands is achieved with the new device by attaching short pieces of wire in the shape of "V's" to each leg of the four dipoles. This, in effect, "shortens" the dipole, which is designed for low frequency re- ception, and permits optimum re- ception of high frequency signals.

Tube has "Memory"

(C(i»tiiiiicd from page 20) from that spot on the target in an effort to bring it back to equilib- rium. This removal of the electrons produces a signal on the target which is amplified and applied to the kinescope.

The iconoscope scans 30 times a second and can take as long as 2,000 scans to bring the signal area of the target back to equilibrium — or read off the signal completely.

The Status of Television

(Continued from page 7) total conversion cost will not ex- ceed, and may be less, than if partial conversion equipment were included in present receivers. None of this cost will be incurred by the cus- tomer until UHF television broad- casting becomes a reality in his community, and then only if he elects to make the conversion, as- suming that he may need it at all. Moreover, a converter will enable the receiver to pick up programs on any ultra-high frequency channels which the FCC may allocate even- tually.

RCA Victor considers it economi- cally unsound to add to the price of existing equipment, costs that might not eventually be justified. This in- cludes turret tuners or any other

device built in to provide only par- tial coverage of the full range of ultra-high frequency channels which may be allocated by the FCC in the future.

In any method of converting sets for UHF, the services of a trained television technician will undoubt- edly be required. This will be true not only for installation or activa- tion of the UHF tuning unit, but also for the probable antenna changes that will be required for satisfactory UHF reception. Changes in antenna, lead-in or an- tenna location would apply equally to the product of any manufacturer. With its nation-wide organization of television service experts, RCA can and will provide its customers with conversion service as efficient and

as economical as can be obtained.

In summary, the Radio Corpora- tion of America has been active in the exploration of the ultra-high frequencies, and has contributed more to their development, than any other company. Its leadership is as pronounced in this field as it is in all other phases of television, where the sum total of its experience in manufacturing, in field testing, in the design and construction of both television transmitters and receiv- ers, and in television servicing, is unequalled. RCA will continue to pioneer in UHF and, as in the past, to make its findings available to all for the advancement of television as an art and industry in service to the public.

[RADIO AGE 27]

Dr. Zworykin to Receive Lamme Medal for 1948

Ur. Vladimir Kosma Zworykin, Vice President and Technical Con- sultant, RCA Laboratories Division, Radio Corporation of America, has been named to receive the Lamme Medal for 1948, awarded annually by the American Institute of Elec- trical Engineers for "meritorious achievement in the development of electrical apparatus or machinery." Dr. Zworykin will receive the medal durinjr the Summer General Meet- ing of the Association in Swamp- scott, Mass.. .June 20-24.

The Lamme medal was estab- lished 20 years ago by Benjamin Garver Lamme, then Chief Engi- neer of the Westinghouse Electric Corporation. Mr. Lamme assigned to the Institute the responsibility of selecting the recipient and pre- senting the award.

Dr. Zworykin, who joined RCA in 1928, has made many notable contributions to electronics, among them the invention of the icono- scope television camera tube and the development of the kinescope television picture tube.

Dr. Zworykin was cited specifi- cally by the A.I.E.E. for "his outstanding contribution to the con- cept and design of electronic ap- paratus basic to modern television."

RCA Radios for Caracas

A high-frequency radio network employing the latest equipment de- veloped by the Radio Corporation of America has been set up by the Police Department in Caracas, Venezuela.

In addition to two 250-watt trans- mitters at central police headquart- ers, the network comprises si.\ 60- watt fixed stations at other points in and around the city that are operated by remote control from police head(|uarters.

Sixty patrol cars of the Caracas police force are equipped with RCA two-way radios linked to the net- work. A mobile criminological laboratory also forms part of the radio-equipped law enforcement body in Caracas, as do vehicles of various departmental chiefs. The system is under the direction of Inspector Miguel Angel Padilla.

HEADQUARTBHtS OF CARACAS POLICE DEPART.ME.VT. CONTROL CE.NTER OF

THE CITY'S RCA-EQUIPPED RADIO NETWORK. POLICE I.VSPECTOR MIGUEL

ANGEL PADILLA IS AT EXTREME LEFT.

Work Begins on New Tube Plant

C GROUND-BREAKING ceremo- J nies for a new manufacturing center for the mass-production of RCA 16-inch metal-cone picture tubes for television were held March .S in Marion, Indiana. Construction of the first unit of the center will begin at once.

The new Marion plant is to serve as a major "feeder" plant supplying kinescopes or television picture tubes to the industry.

The new building will provide 100,000 square feet of manufactur- ing space. This is exclusive of the 160,000 square feet of factory build- ings already acquired by the RCA Tube Department in Marion.

According to present .schedules, the new building is tentatively ex- pected to be completed by early Fall. In the meantime, plans are under- way to install temporary produc- tion machinery in plant buildings already existing on the site. These facilities are scheduled to produce their first 16-inch metal picture tubes by summer. The entire new plant, with its high-speed automatic machinery, is expected to begin full- scale output of the large metal tubes early in 1950.

In appearance, the new building will be a low-lying one-story ultra-

modern brick and steel structure, air-conditioned and fluorescent- lighted throughout. An extensive landscaping program will be under- taken to provide an exterior view in keeping with the modern char- acter of the new building. Ma- chinery to be installed will be similar to the high-speed automatic equipment especially designed and developed by RCA engineers and now turning out television picture tubes at the rate of more than one a minute at the Tube Department's Lancaster, Pa., plant. The Marion plant will utilize conveyor belts in moving tubes from one operation to the other.

Language Course Recorder

.A recorded language course pre- pared by RCA for teaching English to Spanish-speaking people has lieen announced by Meade Burnet, Vice President of the Radio Corporation of America and Managing Director of the RCA International Division.

Entitled "English in the United States," the two album course is designed to introduce students to American speech, customs of Am- erican life and the essentials of English grammar.

[28 RADI O AGE]

Suppresses TV Interference

Electronic Device Developed by Capt. Reinartz Traps Signals Which Sometimes Affect Quality of Television Pictures

RADIO amateurs who have been , forced to restrict their dot- dash or vocal conversations with other hams because their sijrnals interfered with the operation of nearby television receivers are like- ly to find relief throujrh the devel- opment of an effective "harmonic suppressor" by Capt. John L. Rein- artz of RCA's tube department, Harrison, N. J.

Essentially, the Reinartz device consists of a system of electrical circuits, connected into the trans- mitter, which "trap" certain trou- hle-causinji: frequencies called har- monics, and dissipate them before they can reach the antenna and spread through the "ether".

In describing the procedure that amateurs should follow in makinjr their transmitters harmonic-proof. Reinartz pointed out that an ama- teur station may be operated in full conformance with FCC regulations on harmonic radiation and still in- terfere with nearby video receivers. With the Reinartz suppression cir- cuits in effect, the "ham" is able to police his own transmitter with benefit to all concerned.

To demonstrate the effectiveness of his system, Capt. Reinartz as- sembled a typical amateur trans- mitter and operated it only ten feet from a television antenna and re- ceiver. Even under such rigorous conditions, all six television chan- nels in the local area were sampled and found to be clear of transmitter interference to a degree previously considered unattainable.

Harmonics are not peculiar to radio. They are present in many media where vibrations or oscilla- tions are present. In music, for instance, harmonics are the supple- mentary tones or frequencies that give distinctive timbre to different musical instruments. Without them much of the delicate shadings of musical tones would be lost.

But the presence of harmonics in radio is not always such a fortunate circumstance. If they are permitted to go out on the air from radio transmitters, they are more than

**■-.

CAPT. JOHN L. REINARTZ HOLDS ONK OF THE HARMO.N'IC SI'PPRESStWS WHICH HE DEVELOPED TO ELIMINATE INTERFERENCE BETWEEN AM.^TEUR STATIONS AND TELE-

VISIO.N RECEIVERS.

likely to interfei-e with some of the other radio services. Television is particularly sensitive to their pres- ence.

Although the desirability of sup- pressing harmonics in amateur transmitters has been recognized for many years, it was the upward public surge of television in 1946-47 that focused attention on these spurious radiations because of their

serious, sometimes disastrous, ef- fect on television pictures. When harmonics were found to be present in excessive strength in the ama- teur's signal, he was required to reduce the interfering waves below a figure established by FCC as a safe level. Until Reinartz intro- duced his simple method of suppres- sion, amateurs often had difliculty in reaching this objective.

NBC and Northwestern Join in Summer Radio Courses

In collaboration with the Nation- al Broadcasting Company, North- western University will offer twelve courses in professional radio train- ing during sessions of the Summer Radio Institute from June 27 to August 6. In making the announce- ment in the University Bulletin, it was stated that the subjects cov- ered will include station manage- ment, publicity and promotion, sales, dramatic writing and an- nouncing. The faculty will be com- prised largely of NBC personnel.

Admission to the Institute is limited and members are selected on a competitive basis. Anyone whose educational background meets the regular admission re-

ciuirements of Northwestern is eligible to apply for membership.

Institute members normally will be enrolled for a maximum of nine (juarter-hours in the six-weeks ses- sion. All courses carry three quar- ter-hours of credit, with the excep- tion of radio production procedures which represents six quarter-hours. The normal program will consist of three courses in addition to twelve lecture-discussion sessions featur- ing prominent guest speakers.

The tuition fee for nine quarter- hours will be $11.5. However, stu- dents registering for fewer than nine-quarter hours will be charged %Vl.r>Q a quarter-hour with a mini- mum tuition of $45.

[RADIO AGE 29]

Television Projector Suspended from Ceiling

Provides 6- by 8-Foot Picture Suit- able for Auditoriums

ANEW life-size television pro- jei-tion system, featuring an optical barrel which can be sus- pended from a convenient ceiling mounting, has been announced by RCA.

The system is especially adapt- able for use in night clubs, hospitals, taverns, clubs, hotels, industrial plant recreation and lunch rooms, custom-built home installations, churches, schools, and in television broadcast studios for monitoring, sponsors' viewing rooms, and over- flow audiences. The optical barrel which is focused on a screen up to 6 by 8 feet in size, of either front

or rear-projection type, is connected to the control console by a 40-foot cable. The console, containing tele- vision and audio components, as well as controls, can be built-in if desired, or placed in an out-of-the- way location.

The unit has a 30-watt amplifier, with facilities for microphone and phonograph inputs so that the in- stallation may be used as a public address system when television pro- grams are not on the air.

ADJUSTMENT OP TELEVISION PICTURES FROM CEILINC-MOUNTED PROJECTOR IS CARRIED OUT BY A CONTROL CONSOLE LOCATED AT ANY CONVENIENT PLACE IN ROOM OR AUDITORIUM.

Tubes in '^Clusters'' Increase Power for Television

ANEW method of combining transmitting tubes in groups or "clusters", which materially in- creases the power of television sta- tions operating on ultra-high fre- quencies (300 to 3000 megacycles).

has been developed at RCA Labora- tories. The new method makes it possible to handle the normal band of frequencies involved in television transmission with greater signal strength than has heretofore been

attained. G. H. Brown, W. C. Morri- son, W. L. Behrend, and J. G. Red- dick of the Laboratories staff col- laborated in the preparation of a [laper describing the system which Mr. Rrown read before the Institute of Radio Engineers.

In the RCA method, two trans- mitter tubes — or two complete ti-aiismitters — are teamed through a siJtL-ial network called a duplexer, which permits the combined outputs of the tubes to be fed into the same antenna, thereby doubling the effec- tive power output without narrow- ing the width of the frequency band tiaiismitted. Since the output of the (liil)lexer with the combined power of two lubes acts as a single unit, it is possible to combine two or more duplexers to multiply the out- put proportionately. This process ran be continued to any extent de- sired.

nPERATION OF A TELEVISION SET CAN HE CLEARLY EXPLAINED TO SERVICEMEN

riiRiirr.ii the i'sk of this dynamic

1>EM0NSTRAT()R. A COMPLETE 80-TlllE KECEIVER COMPRISINC, STANDARD PARTS \E{RANC,U1 FOR QUICK INTERCHANGE AND \DJUSTMENT. JOHN R. MEAGHER. RCA TELEVISION SPECIALLST WHO DEVELOPED THE DEVICE, IS AT THE TUNING CONTROL.

[30 RADIO AGE]

"Madame X" was the code name, during research and de\clopnKiit, for an entirely new system of recorded music . . . perfected by KCA.

7^t

'e remark

-h?6/e ^ac/x?roc//^c/ o/^

H.

\ow the identity of "Madame X," till- iinknnwu in a long search for tone [ifi lection, lias been re\ealed. From tills cjnest emerges a complete- ly integrated record-plaving system — records and antomatic plaver— the first to he entirely free of distortion to the trained musical ear . . .

The research began 11 years ago at RCA Laboratories. First, basic factors were determined— minimum diameters, at different speeds, of the groove spiral in the record — beyond which distortion would occur; size of stylus to be used;

desired length of playing time. From these came the mathematical answer to the record's speed— 45 turns a minute— and to the record's size, only 6'8 inches in diameter.

With this speed and size, engineers eoiild giiarantec o'^i minutes of distortion- Iree performance, and the finest (pialily rec- ord in KC;A \'ictor liistory!

The record itself is non-breakable \ invl plastic, wafer-thin. Yet it pltit/s as hm^ as a conventional 12-inch record. The new RCA \'ictor automatic record changer accommodates up to 10 of the new records— 1 hour and 40 minutes of

playing time— and can be attached to almost any radio, phonograph, or tele- vision combination.

Not only records are free of surface noise and distortion — the record phiycr elimi- nates faulty operation, noise, anil cumber- some size. Records are changed (pu'ckly, f|uietlv . . . lU'A \ ictor will continue to supply 78 rpin iuslniinents and records.

This far-rcacbiiig advance is one of hundreds which have grown from HC.\ research. Such leadership adds value hct/ond price to anv product or ser\ice ofRCA and RCA Victor.

nj^DiO cot9f»ofiJiTtOM erf jinifjetiic/i

M/or/c/ L^ac/er in 7^ac//o — T^rsf- in Te/ei/ision

It's easy to navigate in Storm, Fog or Starless Night • • «

Enables you to determine your exact position in relation to:

RADIO BROADCASTING STATIONS

,lf

I

rO

H

VISSILS EQUIPPED WITH RADIOTELEPHONIS

with RADIOMARINE'S new Radio Direction Finder (>"^7n)

Dependable For Navigation In Any Weather. This Radiomarine Moilel AK-8~11 combination liij;li-gr.Klc Katiio Direction Finder and Radio Receiver is both useful and entertaining aboard your boat.

It makes navigation easier and safer, regardless of visibility or weather. Enables you to fix accurately your boat's true position. You also can use it as a homing device, steering a true course b\ radio alone. A movable compass rose and azimuth scale mounted on top of the cabi- net give you the direction of the radio beacon signal. Easy to operate.

In addition, vou and your guests can listen to radio programs, latest news, weather reports.

Model AR-S"^ 1 1 is designed for mounting on a shelf or table, using either an inside or outside loop. It is sturdy and compact. 2H" high, 12"wide, 12"deep. Weight 1-i lbs. Operates from 6, 12, 32 or 115 volts power supply.

RADIOMARINE CORPORATION of AMERICA

A SERVICE OF RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA

KAniOMAKIM ( OKI'OKA I ION of AMIRK A,

7S Varick Si.. .\i« York 1 .^, N. Y. Offices and dtaltn in principal cilieu

Poreign Oiitrihuliott antt Service —

RCA InternatitiHul Diviiion,

■■4' Vijih Avenue, New York 7, ,V V.

ITliit.-.l III U.S.A.

I

"\i>u can sliiri' lluiii in >our bookcase!" All Ihc new albums .ind sinylcs arc ihc same convenient si/c that tils an\ book- case shelf ... 18 albums or nearly 150 singles to the foot !

A ciinipletv, auluniutic phonograph onl\ 1(1 inches square! Unbelievable such full tone and volume from an instrument so small! Improved "Silent Sapphire" permanent-point jewel pickup is J limes lighter onlv I ft of an ounce pressure on records. Handsome. dcx'p maroon plastic cab- ^ ^ f\0^' inet. Its an RCA VUioi V-/: >-.J. AC ^ O V

Here is television al its clearest, steadiest, best!

Pictures are Imkitl in lii/w hv RCA \ iclor's fiye H'ilm'.ss Picture Svnchroni/erl .•\M-hM radio plus hol/i 45 and 78 rpm rcvord chancers li\ the most up-to-date console vou can buv! ^ ^ ^^ ^ ±^i RCA Victor 9TW3'33. AC. only fPlus Federal ux and iasullatioa

*595'

SEE and HEAR

RCA Victor's ^^if^

45 rpm SYSTEM

A completely new approach to recorded music now brings you the first record and changer ever designed together! With this superb system of record playing you can build a record library that stores in a small space . . . costs little . . . and gi\es the most perfect music reproduction you"\e ever heard!

Red Seal QC/ji All other

records only X «J^ records only

nly 65^

At these new low prices vou can casilv alVord the record collection vouvc dreamed of. And the new records, made of non-breakable Vinylite. last up to 10 limes longer!

Best of all is "live-talent" quality— a new brilliance and clarity beyond anything you've ever heard. On the new 4.S rpm recordings, for the tirst time in history. ALL the iiiu.sie i^rooves are within the distortion-free "ifiialitv zone." And virtually no surface or "needle" noise!

World's fastest changer!

Acts sileiitlv. with trigger-action sf>eed! Works vertically, entirely from within the center spindle. You load up to 10 records with one hand, in one swift motion . . . press r>/;<- button once to plav them all automaticallv. Costs you less and works easier because of the amazingly simple new design -far fewer moving parts, no posts or clamps to adjust!

( house the iiuisic vou want! Ml the music vou want when vou want It . . . in the siinie small-si/e rcxords to/'An //; niiv comhimition von choose. There's a wealth of all-time favor- ites and last-minute releases ready for you to enjoy now.

\ll on "TH's" too! If vou own a conventional player you can still enjoy a full selection of RCA Victor recordings. All new releases Hill also he issued for the conventional 78 rpm svstein!

•All price* are \uti)ccl In change wilhmit nnlice Record price* do nol include I ederal bKcitc or local la»cv "yulroln" — T.M. Reg. U. S. Pal. OIT.

Diw>»on of Radio Coiporolion of Amarico

WorliJ leader in radio • First in recorded music • First in television

^.=»

RADIO AGE

RESEARCH • MANUFACTURING • COMMUNICATIONS • BROADCASTING • TELEVISION

)VER

>tic-clomed microwave jiving stations known as idomes," erected by C atop the RCA Biiild- , Radio City, insure de- dable. high-i|iiaiity tele- on pici<iips from remote i n t s , unaflfected b y ither or temperature, iwn in the picture is 0. rianson, NBC Vice Pres- it and Chief Engineer.

Services of RCA are:

^A Laboratories Division

•

RCA Victor Division i!A Communications, Inc. larine Corporation of America il Broadcasting Company. Inc.

RCA Institutes, Inc. )A Service Company, Inc. ;A International Division

VOLUME S NUMBER 4

July 1949

CONTENTS

PAGE

MAN AND SCIENCE

by Brig. Getieral David S<ir)iiiff 3

THE MILLIONTH TV TUBE '^

.1. H. MCCONNELL ELECTED RCA EXECUTIVE V.P 8

TELEVISION AND HUMAN RIGHTS

/))/ Robert P. Mucrs 9

VIEWERS RATE TELEVISION PROGRAMS

bu Hugh M. BeviUe. Jr 10

HARBOR PILOTS BOOST TELEVISION .... 12

"OPERATION CLASSROOM"'

Inj Gilbert Chase 14

RCA — IN SERVICE TO THE NATION 16

TRAINS EMPLOYEES EOR CAREERS

bij Ernesf de la Oxsa 18

TELEVISION OUTLOOK IS BRIGHT 20

RCA INSTITUTES HOLDS GRADUATION 23

HONORARY DEGREES TO FOLSOM AND ENGSTROM 24

DESIGNING EXPORT RADIOS

bij Jiihii Vassds 25

THE RCA EXHIBITION HALL 26

"MACBETH" SETS VIDEO RECORD 28

ZWORYKIN RECEIVES LAMME MEDAL 29

NAVY HONORS DR. WOLFF 30

RCA TO OPEN NEW PLANT 31

TELEVISION IN INDUSTRY 32

R.\DIO CORPOR.A.TIOX OF AMERICA
RCA Building. New York 20, N. Y.
David Sarnoff. Chairman of the Board. Frank M.	FOLSOM, President
Lewis MacConnach, Secretary .Arthur B.	TUTTLE, Treasurer

Radio Age i.s published quarterly by the Department of Information, Radio Corporation of America. 30 Rockefeller Plaza. New York 20. N. Y.

V.

Man and Science

General Sarnoff Telh Medical Group "Hutnati Race Remains in Dan^erom Ignorance of Itself Adrocates Coordination of Scientific Specialists in a "Supreme Quest", Utilizing Atomic Energy — He Proposes "Radionctics" as New Branch of Electronic Science

Applied to the Human Body

1.MMEDIATE use and coordin:i- tion of every new force in botli the physical and social sciences to learn "what makes man tick" and to improve his well-beinK were iirped by BriK- General David Sarnoff, Chairman of the Board ol' the Radio Corporation of America. in an address before the Interna- tional Congress on Rheumatic Dis- eases at The Waldorf-Astoria, on June 1.

General Sarnoff recommended that such a project bepin at once with a penetrating study of man himself, using atomic energy and radiations, electronics and all the other scientific tools now available for research and investigation. Used together, he emphasized, these should point the way to improve man's health and his physical, men- tal and spiritual equipment. He pro- posed the creation of a new branch of science — "Radionetics" — to deal with the application of electronics to the human body.

In stating his thesis. General Sarnoff based his recommendations on the premise that, despite the great advances of science and tech- nology, the "human race remain.- in dangerous ignorance of itself". He charged that largely because of this ignorance, a world "that might have peace and plenty and happier and wiser inhabitants is threatened by violence, hunger, and desola- tion".

Scientific Study of Man Needed "Only through a concerted, scien- tific study of man, as well as of machines," he asserted, "can we make full use of our God-given powers to improve man's mental capabilities and his spiritual out- look."

At the outset of his address. Gen- eral Sarnoff disclaimed any "spe- cialized" knowledge of the fields which he planned to discuss before the medical congress.

RKIC. GENERAL DAVID SARNOFE (RIGHT), WHO MADE THE PRI.NCII'AL ADDRESS AT THE BA.NQUET OF THE I.NTER.N' ATIO.VAL CONGRESS ON RHF.CMATIC DISEASES, CHATS WITH DR. CORNELIUS H. TREAGER, CHAIR- MAN OF THE BANQUET COMMITTEE.

"I appear before this notable group of experts on medicine in the role of an amateur," he said, "but I gain some measure of courage from the fact that I also began my career as a wireless amateur. After 43 years in radio, I do not mind con- fessing that I am still an amateur. Despite many great achievements in the science of radio and elec- tronics, what we know today is far less than what we have still to learn.

"Probably the same may be said of biology and medicine and of manv phases of the older physical and social sciences. The opportunities that lie ahead for research and de- velopment in all these fields, and especially in the new divisions of science involving atomic energy and radiobiology, would seem to be un- limited."

General Sarnoff said the subject of atomic energy has long fasci-

nated him. He recalled that, in fact, in 191.5. before the splitting of the at(mi created the death-dealing blast at Hiroshima, he had prepared a paper entitled "Science for Life or Death" — the theme of which was atomic energy.

At that time, he said, he thought primarily of the ajiplication of atomic power to science, industry and waifare. Since then, his think- ing has been directed to the possi- bilities of atomic energy and elec- tronics, inside of man as well as outside of him.

"It is my belief that controlled atomic energy puts us on the thres- hold of new opportunities. Coupled with electronics, it offers vast pos- sibilities to look inside of man — • and perhaps to discover what makes him function and why he behaves as he does.

"Men have explored and have be-

[RADIO AGE 3]

THE FISSION OK THE ATOM TURNED THE HARSH DREAMS OF A RUTHLESS EMPIRE INTO BARKEN RE(;RETS."

Kun to comprehend the very hearts of atoms. Yet. they larjrely fail to understaiui each other. Men may see and hear electrically to the ut- most limits of this planet. Yet, their minds fail to cross even the narrow boundaries of their indi- vidual and K'roup consciousness. Nor do they understand how their thoughts and emotions are born and by what power they jrrow to fruition.

"Is this force electricity? Is the human body an electric power house? Does it have a communica- tion system that continually radi- ates waves of thoujrht and emotion?

"When we understand each other, is it because we are attuned to each other electrically, or should I say electronically, in much the same way that a distant radio receiver is in tune with a broadcastinjr station? If this be so. we should learn the electrical characteristics of the human body. We should learn h<iw its communication system functions. That cannot be done alone by .social science or psychiatry. It calls for the hcl|) of the physical sciences, includinv' the science of the electron and the atom."

Cieneral SarnofF reported that electronics, first associated with radio, is spreading! into many fields of activity, includint; medicine. He told how the electron microscope has revealed new and unknown worlds in the study of bacteria, viruses and the internal structure of the human cell itself.

"We may well hope, therefore," he continued, "that the electron and its atomic companions will lead us to the cure of dread diseases. And it may be that in the further study of man's electrical frequencies and his intercommunication system — in the application of electronics to the human body — we shall develop a new branch of science. Coininjr a new word to describe it, I would offer the term "Radionetics".

"Recently, in this field, eminent physicians have reported the de- velopment of electro-acoustic de- vices, sonic and ultra-sonic, as aids in the detection of kidney-stones and Kail-stones, in the location of foreiKn objects in the body, as well as tumors in the brain. Further, a new techniiiue for detecting cancer of the cervix has been repoi'ted, in which a simple electrical test shows when a malignant growth exists in the body.

Atomic I racers to Flight Disease

"Cancer is a .scourge. We are told that this malignant v'r<iwth destroys living cells. To fijrht the disease, we attack the malignant growth and. by so doinjr. run the danger of destroying healthy tissues and thereby destroyinR life itself. Sci- entists have expressed the hope that atomic tracers may be sent through the body to ferret out the spots where malignancy is attacking and killing the living cells. I5y this new means, the physician may be able

to act early enough to repair and restore the cells under attack.

"If human cells can be destroyed, why should there not be some way to protect and heal them without resorting to surjrery? There would seem to be some reason for hope in this idea, for already we have dis- covered how to split, change and control the atom and its energy. If we can learn how to do the .same with the human cell, we may dis- cover how to control the individual cells of man and thus be enabled to improve the functioning of the human body."

General SarnofT declared that this is but one of the possibilities that emphasizes the urgency of a penetrating study of man himself, as well as of the methods and plans which would secure to all mankind the benefits to which the individual instinctively feels himself entitled.

"The need of such a program can- not be over-emphasized." he as- serted. "The impact of new scien- tific advances on the mind, emo- tions, and physical makeup of man has been i)rofound and at times be- wildering.

Science Affects Human Habits

"Atomic energy, electrical power, instant communication, winged transportation, radio, television, motor cars, and a host of other dynamic manifestations of life have basically changed the human en- vironment. No wonder so much of humanity finds its surroundings confusing and, therefore, is unable to adjust itself to these rapid changes."

There is grave need for a new type of scientific worker or. to be exact, groups of workers and asso- ciates, to conduct as their supreme ijuest — the study of man, continued General Sarnoff. He stated that these .scientists should not only be highly skilled experts capable of carrying out original research in their own fields, but also well- informed and capable of under- standing the techniques, methods, and data of allied fields. They should be able to apply the knowl- edge of their own specialized fields to the other branches of science, he said, and added :

"Until scientists possessing this

[4 RADIO AGE]

"over-all knowledge' can evolve, spe- cialists should be coordinated in carefully associated ^'•roups. On the one hand, there will he needed ex- perts in mathematics, physics, chemistry, and enjrineerinjr. to pro- vide the fundamental methods, phys- ical laws, apparatus and analogues necessary to a research on man himself.

Skilled Men Must Be Assembled

"But there must likewise be as- sembled correspondingly skilled men in the fields of biology, psychology, and medicine. The latter will define the problems, analyze them, and use their cumulative knowledge of sci- ence towards finding the solutions.

"Fortunately, significant begin- nings have been made toward ac- complishing these aims. An import- ant instance of such integration of the various branches of science is found in the work of Xorbert Wiener, a professor of mathematics at Massachusetts Institute of Tech- nology. He has applied the theory, methods, and eciuipmcnt used in the fields of communications and electronics to the study of biological processes. He has termed this new study of the behavior of living things, in the broad light of their communications aspects, 'cyberne- tics', a term derived from a Greek word meaning the 'steersman' — thus indicating the governing func- tion of communications in living bodies.

"Another instance of coordinated attack by physical and biological scientists has been made by the Sloan-Kettering Institute for Can- cer Research and the Memorial Hospital in New York. I am happy to sav that the Research Labora-

tories of the Radio Corporation of America are cooiierating with the Memorial Hospital in this vital work. For this privilege we are in- debted to Mrs. Albert D. Lasker. who first suggested the idea to me and arranged a meeting between the scientists of RCA and of the ;\Iemorial Hospital which led to this cooperative effort."

General Sarnoff told of the need for a wide variety of ultra-modern tools, including electronic calcula- tors, television-scanning processes, and measuring devices, to conduct the research.

He said there are many lines along which such an intensive study of man might proceed, one of the most promising directions being to select that element in man which is found at the smallest end of the scale — namely, the living cell. He reminded his audience that, con- sidered as a biological specimen, man consists of trillions of such individual cells. Each carries an indication of the nature, person- ality, and behavior of the individual t<i whom it belongs. Each cell also carries some mechanism or struc- ture which controls its own func- tions as well as its part in the life of that particular human being, he said, and recalled how the cellular assembly known as an animal is provided with an amazing inter- communication system, similar in many ways to that known to radio experts.

It is within the realm of possi- bility, he declared, that investiga- tions may teach us how to improve the functioning of the communica- tion system of man himself, and may also teach us how to repair defects or how to substitute artifi-

"COMPUTING MACHINES EXIST WHICH CAN PERFORM SOME OF THE FUNC- TIONS OF THE HUMAN MIND Bl'T FAR MORE SWIFTLY THAN ANY MIND

CAN THINK."

cial channels for those that have been worn out or destroyed by acci- dent or disease.

General Sarnoff stressed the im- portance of working in the world of the infinitesimal, of studying the power of little things in the hitherto unseen, sub-microscopic world.

He said that by dealing with tiny things, man has released atomic en- ergy and "literally clasped hands with Nature".

"So we may be watching the birth of a new i)hilosophical concept, based on dependence on the tiniest elements." he confided. "Its human and physical significance may well be incredibly greater than that of the older modes of thought which centered on large bodies or theorized vainly and incorrectly about small ones."

The course of research into the utilization of atomic energy in the human body has already begun and it has progressed to a point where it is rapidly becoming significant, he continued, pointing out that physicists have leai'ned how to make artificial radio-active elements, which release atomic energy in the form of rapidly moving matter of more or less powerful radiation. On an extremely minute .scale, they are the original atomic bombs, he said, adding:

"These .synthetic radio-active ele-

"THE ELECTRON MICROSCOPE HAS RE- VEALED .NEW AND UNKNOW.N WORLDS IN THE STUDY OF BACTERIA, VIRUSES AND THE INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF THE HUMAN CELL ITSELF."

ments are now in ample supply. They can be introduced into livinjf beinKs and their action in the body studied by electrical, photoRraijhic, and other means. They open the door to a host of new biolojrical and medical techniques.

"These substances have been aptly termed "tracers'. In living organisms they act as "biological detectives' and reveal much that would otherwise be unknown. This is a branch of scientific investiga- tion which is already in rapid evolu- tion. It will facilitate the detailed study of body functions, metabolism and circulation in the living ani- mal . . .

"One may pass into the realm of speculation at this i)oint by assum- ing that atomic energy will not only serve for the treatment of al>- normal conditions of the human body but may be used to repel bacterial invaders and perhaps strenghten and stimulate normal ceils and tissues.

""How far such tissues and their cells might be increased in their efficiency and probable life span is so far unknown. Who can say how powerful and long-lived man may become as he learns further how to master these fundamental cosmic forces and to apply thcni to himself as well as to the outside world'.'"

Under existing conditions, he said, modern man is subjected, to an increasing and dangerous ex- tent, to the need of living at high speed under continued and some- times intense strain, and to the necessity for enduring these con- ditions for prolonged periods. As

a result, many persons suffer se- verely, particularly in their nervous systems.

Sedatives and similar expedients are poor substitutes foi- a strongei-, more enduring nervous system, he continued, adding:

"Maybe correctly selected and ap- plied forms of atomic energy will feed and strengthen our nervous makeup, thus helping us better to meet the jiressures of life.

"Today man is largely ruled by his emotional reactions. Perhaps, even the human brain can be strenghtened in its relation to the remainder of the human controlling mechanism. If so, much good would come to mankind."

Discusses Atomic Power

Discussing the possibility of con- trolling the atomic power within man himself, General SarnofF had this to say:

"This at least is certain: if man were capable of I'cleasing and bene- ficiallv controlling even a minor portion of the atomic energy within himself, his jjowers would be tre- mendously enhanced.

"What is more, there would be placed at his disposal a practic-dly limitless reservoir of energy. To- day, men face such (juestions as: Why does our individual store of energy deteriorate and our i)hysical and mental power progressively weaken until eventually we die?

""Often old age and its cramped capabilities are indicted too early in life. Could it be that our stores of energy are atomic in character'.' Could it be that through lack of our

"ALREADY WK HAVE DISCOVEREI) HOW TO SIM. IT, CHANGE AND CONTROL THE ATOM AND ITS ENKRi;Y.""

control of them they gradually de- crease and finally fail".' . . .

•'We have but to reflect that plants feed on sunlight — a form of radiation. If radiation of one sort may bring into the world the beauty of a (lower, the growth of a tree and of food for our bodily nourish- ment, may not energy or radiation of another sort bring strength, or- der, and endurance into the hum:in frame?

"It is true that today we have no more idea of just how such a process could be carried out than primitive man had of the action of radio, television, or nuclear fission. I!ut the unknown is not the un- knowable. In the case of atomic energy, there is a strong intuitive feeling that this agency will yet lay rich stores of amazing gifts before us, if onl.v we have the determina- tion to overcome the barriers which now guard these gifts."

Describing the cosmic nature of man, with his self-contained aggre- gation of matter and energy. Gen- eral SarnofT pointed out that were we to regard man as an evolving cosmos within himself, there would seem to be many capabilities and potentialities as yet unrealized. Thus the theory of the cosmic na- ture of man suggests the possibili- ties for speeding up these evolu- tionary processes, he said.

Man Struggles for Survival

"In the history of mankind, the struggles of men often have been mainly for sheer survival." he re- called. "For his continued existence, man has needed food, shelter, and clothing. The world wars which devastated the earth have sprung primarily from the desire on the part of one or another people to control the limited resources of this l)lanet. \'ital resources are not evenly distributed on this earth and this fact has produced dissatisfac- tion and hatred.

"With the increase in our under- standing of the universe and of our mastery of the great forces of atomic energy, the struggle for mere physical survival should dis- ai'pear. With freedom from this physical struggle, the opportunity for advancing mentally and spiritu- ally will be immeasurably increased. ( (oiitiiiiii ft (Id page II)

[6 RADIO AGE]

FRANK M. FOI.SOM. Rl'A I'KKSlllKM . L. W. TKK(^AU|iK.N . Ml K I'KI-.SIDKM IN CHARGE OF TECIINKAL PRODUCTS, RCA VICTOR DIVISION. AND NILES TRAMMF.I.L, PRESIDENT OF NBC, EXAMINE THE MILLIONTH TELEVISION PIC- TURE TUBE PRODUCED BV RCA.

THE MILLIONTH TV TUBE

Production of "Milestone" Kinacope at Lancaster Plant Observed by Television Viewers on 1 1 -Station Network

TllK millionth television picture tube to be produced by the Ra- dio Corporation of America rolled off one of the production lines at the fompan.v's Lancaster, Penna., plant on .June 7. under the eyes of KCA officials and millions of tele- viewers alonjr the Atlantic Coast and as far west as Chicago. The tube, which climaxed three years of intensified efforts to produce suffi- cient kinescopes for the mushroom- ing television industry, was a 1(>- inch metal-cone tube. Upon its com- pletion and subsequent test, the tube was inserted in an RCA Victor receiver and presented to the \'all('y Forge Hospital for veteran.s.

In an address which was part of the activities celebrating this mile- stone in television progress, Frank M. Folsom, RCA President, recalled the spectacular rise of the video in- dustry since 1946.

"In that period," he said, "we have seen the number of television stations grow from five to 67, so that today this new service is with- in reach of 70 million people. We foresee continued progress. Tech- nical improvements will be forth- coming from our laboratories and they will be passed along as they are perfected."

During the special 4.5-miniitc

[RADl O AGE 1]

tck'\ision salute, which also sig- nalized the official opening of Lan- caster's fiivst television station. WGAL-TV. scenes of activities within the busy tube plant \vere transmitted over an NBC Tele- vision Network of 11 stations. Using facilities provided by coaxial cable and radio relays, viewers in Washington. Philadelphia, P.oston. Baltimore, Richmond, liuffalo. Cleveland, Detroit, Chicago, Lan- caster and New Haven were given an eye-witness step-by-step visual description of the actual manufac- ture of the millionth tube. With Commentator Ben Grauer explain- ing the sequence of scenes as they

were picked up by a battery of .\'HC image orthicon cameras, TV set owners watched the "milestone tube" from its beginning. ;is a number of individuid parts, to its completion as a high-quality kine- scope, checked, inspected and in- serted into a receiver.

Tube Assembly Revealed

■|"hese viewers saw jets of intense (lame weld the metal cone to the glass tube forming the neck and to the glass face plate which eventu- ally would be the viewing .screen of the kinescope. They witne.ssed the insertion of the finely-engineered and inti-icate electron gun into the neck, and then the majority of viewers learned, for the first time, how the fluorescent material which forms the picture screen was poured into the tube as a liquid solution and allowed to settle out into position on the face plate.

During the telecast from Lan- caster. NBC shifted the action briefly to its New York studios for the address by Mr. F'olsom and a musical selection by Miss Blanche Thebom, Metropolitan Opera star.

Mass-production of the complex and sensitive television i)icture tube on a conveyor-belt and automatic machinery basis, first achieved at the RCA Lancaster plant in 1916, assured the industry of a large- volume su))i)ly of the most vital comi)onent in a home television re- ceiver. This wtLs followed by the mass-production and mass-market- ing of home television receivers and the oi)eniiig of today's mass- television era.

Source of about half of the tele- vision picture tubes now in use in

AN IMACE ORTHICON CAMERA. TIED INTO AN 11-STATION

.VBC TELEVISIO.V .NETWORK, FOLLOWS THE PROGRESS OF

THE MILLIONTH KI.VESCOPE ON THE PRODUCTION LINE

AT THE LANCASTER, PA., TUBE PLANT OF KCA.

LANIA'TKR PLANT MANAliKK li. V. SMITH PKtSKNTS TIIK MILLIONTH Tl'BE AND AN RCA TELEVISION RECEIVER T(t MAJOR MARJORIE MIRTIN REPRE- SENTING THE VALLEY FORGE HOSPITAL FOR VETERANS.

all hiinu' receivers throughout the country, the Lancaster plant was built and operated durinjr the war l)y lU'A as the largest supplier of cathode-ray and power tubes for critical war eiiuipment.

At the end of the war, RCA pur- chased the plant from the V. S. Navy and expended a million dol- lars for the development of high- speed automatic machinery special- ly created for processing metal and jrlass tul)es.

Plant Capacity Doubled Since that time, further develop- ment of e(|uipment has more than douliled the plant's capacity. And now, in addition, KCA is construct- ing a new manufacturing center at Marion, Indiana, which will be de- voted entirely to i)roduction of the comi)any's newly introduced Hi-inch direct-view metal-cone picture tube. Ill piddiicinjr a million kine- .scopes, enormous i|u;intities of ma- terial were needed. The glass that went into the formation of the tube envelopes weiirhed more than :?,000 tons. Fifteen hundred tons of stain- less steel; 81 miles of tungsten wire; 45,000 gallons of li(|uid air, and 800 miles of nickel and copper wire were consumed. The various proces.ses retiuired 22,000,000 kilo- watt hours of electricity, and to ship the total output of the plant at one time would have ret|uired a train of nearly 1,000 freight cars. Yet the (piantities of these major materials .-ire no more amazing than

the variety of substance.s which went into the fabrication of the tube,- themselves. for of the 92 known basic elements in the earth. Lan- caster scientists and engineers found use for more than half of them.

Radomes Improve NBC Microwave Reception

I .^'( 1 (-(/ri / incline )

Two plastic housings for micro- wave-relay receiving eciuipment have been erected by the National Broadcasting Company on the roof of the (J9-story RCA lUiilding. Radio City, New York, for the pur- pose of improving the pickun o'" television programs originating outside the NBC studios. The plas- tic huts, called "radomes", provide an all-weather point-of-reception at Radio City for video programs transmitted frtmi temporary field l«K-ations within a .'lO-mile radius.

According to O. B. Han.son, NBC Vice President and Chief Kncineer. the receiving ecpiipment in the ra- domes consists of a six-foot parab- ola which concentrates the short radio waves — only about l-'i inches in length — toward a waveguide element located at the focal point of the parabola. The latter may be rotated vertically and horizontally for greatest efficiency in picking uji the signals. Provisions are included for heating the radomes in winter and ventilating them in summer.

J. H. McConnell Elected Executive V.P. of RCA

Election of Joseph H. McConnell as P'xecutive Vice President of the Radio Corporation of America was announced by Frank M. Folsom. President, following a meeting of the Hoard of Directors on July 1.

Mr. McConnell, \'ice President in Charge of Finance of RCA since January 7, 10-19, has been as.soci- ated with the Corporation since 1911. In that year, he joined the Legal Department of the RCA Man- ufacturing Company, now the RCA Victor Division. He became Gen- eral Counsel of that organization in 19-12, and three years later he was elected \'ice President and General Attorney of the RCA Victor Divi- sion. From April, 19-17. to January. 1949. he served the same Division as \'ice President in Charge of Law and Finance.

A native of Davidson, N. (.'.. Mr. McConnell was graduated from Da- vid.son College in 1927. In 19:U. he received a Law degree from the University of Virginia. He prac- ticed law in West Palm Beach, Fla.. and in Charlotte. N. C.

In 19;?."). Mr. McConnell became an associate in the New York law firm of Cotton, Franklin, Wright i Gordon ( now Cahill. Gordon, Zachr> iSc Reindel), where he specialized in legal phases of government regu- lation of corporate enterprise. He is a member of Phi Beta Kappa anil Kappa Alpha fraternities.

JOSEPH II. MC CONNEI.I.

[8 RADIO AGE]

Television and Human Rights

Possible Invasion of Privacy by Problem to Producers

By Robert P. Myers

Assistant General Attorney National Broadcasting Company

WHEN" television attorneys jr" to bed at night they don't count sheep to fall asleep — they count rights. They count music rights; they count literary rights, motion picture rights, civil rights and defamation, as well as commer- cial rights and a host of contractual rights. If the video lawyer is still awake, he can try to figure out whether his station's television cameras that day invaded the right of privacy of an African potentate at a football game.

The insomniac barri.ster is most- ly involved these days with the very complicated problem of music rights. The complications involve the working out of a new agreement with the -American Societ.v of Com- posers. Authors and Publishei's which will replace the so-called "free" license which has existed for musical performances on television since 1941. As many of you know, the Television Music Committee of the National Association of Broad- casters iXABi and the television networks have been conducting a series of negotiations with ASCAP on this very problem.

The big problem of working out an ASCAP agreement lies in the scope of the rights which the or- ganization possesses from its mem- bers for television. The problem of a general licensing agreement for some of its music and special li- censing arrangement foi- others of

[RADIO AGE 9

Video Cameras Presents Constant of Television Programs

its works, is the one on which broad- casters and ASCAP now are hing- ing their negotiations. However, all of us feel that an equitable ar- rangement will be arrived at to per- mit the further use of ASCAP music on video.

The music problem, which hap- pens momentarily to be in the tele- vision legal limelight, is but one of scores of new problems that have arisen with the growth of video.

Camera May Invade Privacy

Another sore point is the possi- bility that the probing electronic eye will invade a person's right of privacy. As an example, suppose that General Marshall were attend- ing the Army-Navy football game: The cameras, spotting him as he entered the arena, would naturally follow him through the portals, up the aisle, and into his seat. I believe this is a matter of legitimate public concern and interest. What's more, every now and then — say after an Army touchdown — the cameras would have a perfect right to "pan" the crowd and settle on General Marshall in the act of cheer- ing the action. But if the broad- caster were to place a camera on Marshall for the duration of the football game, then this would cease to be a news use and become a feature treatment of Marshall. In this instance, it would be a definite violation of his civil rights and he

could sue the telecaster for invasion of his right of privacy.

This is, obviously, an extreme case but nonetheless it points up the fact that at times there might be a very thin line between the use of television cameras to cover "news" and the making of a "feat- ure" about a personality which could be construed as an invasion of the right of privacy.

As a general rule, it must be re- membered that a person cannot be held up to ridicule, that the cameras can cover matters of legitimate public interest but that no indi- vidual should be featured except in a true news sense. At public gather- ings, such as football games, it is certainly permissible to "pan" crowds. Many court decisions have arisen out of these points as they relate to motion pictures, but as yet there has been no clear-cut test re- garding television uses. However, a definite pattern has been evolved as a result of past experiences. It is clear that a camera pointing its eyes to a remote and dark spot in a pickup of a night club could in- vade the right of privacy of two individuals located in that spot. However, in pickups such as those NBC has been making from the Village Barn, where the individuals are apprised in advance that a tele- vision broadcast is being staged, the NBC attorney feels that their antics can be covered without much fear of reprisal.

Where a person is held up to ridicule or embarrassment by the television camera, the broadcaster could find himself in trouble. The telecaster must also avoid misrepre- senting a person and his actions or (Ciintiuiied on page hi)

TELEVISI.VG GATHERINGS SUCH AS SPORTS EVE.NTS IS .VOT ORDl.VARILY rO.VSIDERED AN INVASION OF THE RIGHT OK PRIVACY IF THE CAMERA PICKS UP A PANORAMA OF THE CROWD A.ND DOES NOT CONCENTRATE ON

AN INniVIDUAL.

Viewers Rate Television Programs

Studio Audience Sola Reactions nitli Hund-hcid Indicators — At Home, Criticism la Rcj^istered by Cues on I \' Images

the likes and dislikes of up to 80 individuals a t t e n (I i n >r an NBC "Television Review Time" session. Each audience member moves the instrument's knob to indicate "Good," "Fair" or "Poor". Each movement of the instrument is re- corded by automatic pen, resulting in an individual and collective "pro- file" of the video show.

The inauguration of regular (|ualitative testing of TV shows here at NBC is another indication of the speed with which television is pushing to the fore as a com- munications medium. It is a further step in XRC's T\' research program which now includes such features as regular monthly estimates of TV set ownership by cities and surveys in places and periods not covered Ijy syndicated services.

Questions Raised By Television

Some of the old and new ques- tions raised by television, according to Horace Schwerin. president of the research organization, are:

What do audiences think of programs now on the air?

How should se(|uencing of jiro- grams be arranged?

Which camera techniciues are mo.st acceptable?

How long can scenes be held before liking diminishes?

By Hugh M. Beville. Jr.

Director i>i livsvarcli Satiunal Broadcasting Comitany

NVtC television is pioneering the field of television research with audience reaction tests, work- ing in cooperation with the Horace Schwei-in Research Foundation. The Schwerin System of (jrogram- testing utilizes electrical recorders that measure not only immediate individual and collective audience reaction to program content, but also study such related factors as size of viewing screen, film versus live presentation, viewer fatigue, and many others.

In setting up the test situations. NBC exhibits kinescope recordings of its top shows in the RCA .Johnny Victor Theatre two or three times a week. Audience reaction is taken with the Schwerin "TV Test-Trig- ger", an instrument which records

Are film presentations better liked than live shows, or vice versa, and why?

How long will an audience spentl in front of a T\' set?

What .shows can be effectively b road c a s t simultaneously on radio and television?

How effective are various types of TV commercials?

Who is available to see day- time programming, and what kinds of programming have greatest appeal for this group? How can specific programs be slanted toward their primary market audience? On May 17, NBC and Schwerin Research tested simultaneous home reactions of 1."?.000 midwest tele- viewers to "Quiz Kids." Reactions of the huge home sample, largest ever obtained in qualitative tele- vision or radio research, were matched with reactions of two dif- ferent types of studio "control" audiences in New York in the most comprehensive and far-reaching program-testing project ever at- tempted.

Revolutionary feature of the home-viewer test was Schwerin's ap|)lication of the "number-cueing" l)rinciple, basis for his organiza- tion's AM radio testing, to tele- vision. Set-owners in the three TV areas viewing "(Juiz Kids" also saw small numbers, flashed for .'i seconds each at approximately -lO-second intervals, superimposed on the pic- ture which appeared on their screens. As they watched the show, they indicated on ballots, which were mailed to them prior to the

THE POPl'I.AR "Ql'IZ kids" PROGRAM WAS ONE OF THOSE Jl'miEP BY A SECTION OF THE TELEVISION AUDIENCE

rSISr, THE SCHWERIN SYSTEM OF ANALYSIS.

THE "Ti;ST TKICCKR" (BELOW) IS HELD BY A VIEWER Wild MOVES THE TENTEIt KNOB TO "I'OOR", "EAIR" OR "COOD" AC- IDltniNC TO HIS REACTION TO PORTIONS OK THE PRUCRAM.

RUIIARD PAICE AND HORACE SCHVVERIN DISPLAY THE "TV REACTION RECORDER

WITH ITS 80 TRACING PENS EACH OF WHICH IS CONNECTED TO A "TEST TRIGGER"

MANIPULATED BY A MEMBER OF THE STUDIO AUDIENCE.

show's performance, how they judjred portions of the proj.'ram.

Only one of four "sample Kroups" beinjir utilized in the Schwerin proj- ect used the "number-cueinp" sys- tem. Recapitulation of techniciues and size of sample groups beinfr used look like this :

Nine thousand midwest TV fam- ilies (random sample) voting on live telecasts by the "number-cue- ing" method.

Four thousand additional mid- west TV families, voting simultane- ously on the live telecast, using "pictorial ([uestion" ballots on which successive elements of the show were listed under pictures of Joe Kelley and the Quiz Kids.

Twelve hundred pre-selected tele- vision viewers in New York, voting in four SOO-person NBC studio ses- sions on the kinescope recording of the program, projected on a theatre- size screen, using the "number- cueing" method.

Audience Records Reaction More than three hundred addi- tional New Yorkers, viewing the kinescope recording on a closad cir- cuit TV iirojt'ction set, in groups of 7.^ each at the RCA .Johnny Victor Theatre, used the "TV Test Trig- ger" and electric pen recording units.

Some of the questions this test will answer, are:

How enjoyable and effective ai'e "i)anel (luiz" shows?

To what extent are visual "gimmicks" necessary?

How do audiences react to the T\ version of "Quiz Kids" com- pared to the AM version?

Which types of questions are most popular?

How should the commercials be handled ?

Which groups (by age. sex, income, education) like which portions of the program best, and which least? Television in 1949 is in its ma- ture period. Of all the refinements and improvements in store for the viewer and user of video in the future, none is more important than the NBC-Schwerin testing project. We are sparing no expense to equip our test studios with multiple re- ceivers, projectors, screens, elec- trical recorders and many other technological items. Our purpose is to provids reliable data on audience likes and dislikes in television, so that our regular advertisers and those who haven't yet tried tele- vision will be able to approach the new medium with confidence and familiarity.

NBC predicts that no video event of 1949 will surpass the Schwerin tests in ultimate importance to both

sponsor and consumer. We have come through the experimental period in television ; now we're ready to apply the acid test of audi- ence reaction to our programs and 111-ogram ideas.

MAN AND SCIENCE

a iititiiiiicd i riim jxiyt' <> ) With greater powers and better functioning of our physical bodies, may we not reasonably hope for a corresponding improvement in our mental capabilities and spiritual outlook ?

"In conclusion. I would like to repeat my belief that the new tools, including electronics and atomic energy, which science continues to m.ake available, put us on the thres- hold of new opportunities. Like- wise, they impose upon us great obligations to use them construc- tively. The hour has come to bring their vast potential benefits to hu- manity through concerted and sys- tematic research for the develop- ment of man himself. Only through such coordinated scientific efforts can man be assured of his survival in this Atomic Age and of the full use of his God-given powers to progress, to live in peace, and to fulfill his destiny."

[RADIO AGE 111

lU.liTS AWAITINC THEIR Tl BN TO ClIDE

«u SHIPS INTO THE HARBOR PASS THEIR

TIME WATfHINt; VIDEO PRIKJRAMS ON AN

m A Hi-lNtH RElEIVER IN THE SHIP'S

SMiiKINi; I iilSliK

PILOT BOAT NEW JERSEY. SHOWINi; THE LMSIAL ■HALo ANTENNA AMID- SHIPS WHIIH PICKS IP TELEVISION SIGNALS FROM NEW YORK AND PHILA- DELPHIA REGARDLESS OK THE POSITION OK THE

NEW YORK HARBOR.

SHIP WHEN STATIONED OKK

Harbor Pilots Boost Television

Receiver Installed on New Jersey Relieves Mariners of Boredom While on Station off New York Harbor

IN 1917. the pilots who ^alide the world's lai'trest ships — and many smaller ones as well — into and out of New York's traffic-laden harbor in.stalled an RCA ^'i^•tor television receiver aboard the Pilot Boat Xiir Jersey, one of their three floatin>r "homes", thereby joininjr the prog- ress parade of their land-lubber friends. Now. "20 months later, this jrroup of mariners confesses that lon>r-e-stablishe(l shijiboard routines have been drastically revised by the advent of television.

The transition took place almost overniRht. Images on the receiver's 10-inch screen moved in to take precedence over marathon card jrames, the reading of books and magazines, and other time-killing devices. Those long evenings which the pilots had faced during tours of duty at their station many miles outside the entrance to New York Harbor became merely a memory. Once again, the magic of television had demonstrated its al)ility to alter prevailing habits of living.

Recently, the Sandy Hook pilots went a step further. They replaced their original receiver with one of RCA's new models ecpiipped with a IG-inch metal-cone picture tube.

This gives larger, clearer pictures and results in less jockeying for the best viewing posititins in the smok- ing lounge.

Television has made inveterate fans of the men, with prizefights rating top priority on their program list. Normally, few seafaring men become bo.xing fans for the obvious reason that they get little oppor- tunity to attend actual bouts ashore. Now the television screen has brought the .si|uared circle to the harbor pilots, and, to a man. they have developed into ringside "ex- perts".

Special Antennas Designed r.efore the original installation was made, Robert dray. .Joseph Shuskus and .Icseph Rudolph of the RCA Service Company made sev- eral trial runs on the Xcic Jerxcy experimenting with several types of antennas. They finally designed a special "halo" antenna which, because of its circular shape, enables the S'eir Jersey to pick up all signals clearly, no matter how the ship turns, sways, tir tosses. A rotary converter, installed by the RCA Service Company, solved the problem of changing the ship's di-

rect current to the alternating cur- rent retpiired by the RCA set. In addition, the converter isolated the receiver from electric disturbances created by the many motors and generators which otherwise would have affected the picture.

At all times, reception has been excellent, despite the pitch and roll of the ship. The men watch pro- grams from the six television sta- tions in New York and vicinity and. occasionally, are able to pick up the three stations in Philadelphia, ovjr 75 miles away. Frequently, wooden benches must be brought in to ac- commodate the crowd which some- times numbers as high as 35 men.

"Selection of jirograms is quite a problem," one jiilot remarked. "Our tastes differ greatly, but the first man to reach the set usually wins out. Boxing seems to be the one subject on which we all can agree."

The pilots also enjoy baseball, wrestling, dramas and v a r i e t y shows, such as the Milton Berle program. They often sit in the lounge, smoking their pipes, from early evening until the last video program goes off the air. Television, to a great extent, has taken the place of radio, card games and story-telling — the century-old pas- times of seamen.

Life on the S'eir Jersey is some- time exciting but more often on the

[12 RADIO AGE]

dull side. When she leaves the pier on Staten Island for duty just out- side the harbor, the ship carries about 27 licensed pilots and 25 crew members. For two-week periods, the Xetr Jcrnen drifts off Ambrose I.ifrht, sending pilots onto incom- ing liners and pickinjr up those who have just jrnided outjroinjr vessels through the channels and tratllc of the Bay. Since the men spend more time aboard ship than they do in their homes, television has short- ened considerably the lonsr stretch9s between dockiiijrs.

Taking TV to sea has proved a boon to the .sea'hien and the industry alike. As a result of the excellent reception and variety of entertain- ment afforded them by the ship- board installation, ninety per cent of the pilots have purchased tele- vision sets for their homes.

The fact that the Neir Jeixey's pilots had become such confirmed television fans had one drawback. In spite of the excellent reception

UCA TEC'HNUIANS KKKlTl.N(. THK TELK- VISION ANTE.NNA ABOARD THE PILOT BOAT NEW JERSEY. THE SMALL LOOP BELOW THE LARGE A.NTENNA IS FOR STATIO.NS ON CHAN.VELS 7 TO 13.

and sharp pictures provided by the orijrinal RCA installation the 10- inch screen proved inadequate for the many spectators who strained, at times, to catch each movement. The idea of .substituting a new RCA set with 12G square inches of picture area was welcomed by all. When the RCA Service Company completed installation of the new receiver, the 10-inch instrument was transferred to the New York, sister-ship of the Xeir Jersey.

Three Ships in Pilots' Fleet

The Pilot Associations, which op- erate independently, maintain three ships, the New Jersey, New York and Wanderer, as well as four motorboats for transporting the men between their headquarters and incoming vessels. When the New Jersey, largest and most ex- tensively used of the trio, is in dry- dock, operations are transferred to the New York. By popular demand the 10-inch television -set also was transferred but the 16-inch receiver has been made a permanent fixture on the New Jersey.

"Television's trial run at sea has been most successful," the pilots declared, "and thanks to RCA craftsmanship it has proved both indispensable and seaworthy. De- spite the heavy vibrations and strenuous use which the smaller set has undergone, it has remained in excellent condition.

Television and the Invasion of Human Rights

(CoiitiiiKed friiiii page 9) misnaming him. These could lioth result in defamation actions.

There are scores of problems, too. on the subject of literary rights, and especially in dramatic works from which motion pictures have subsequently been made. There are copyrights involved, com- mon law rights, and others. In each case, negotiations have to be made on an individual basis since there are no blanket or general li- censes covering dramatic works. Rights in dramatic works may be vested in the author, but in plays which have been sold for motion

pictures these rights may have been sold, too. Each contract for dra- matic works has to be checked for both live and kinescope recording. In addition, when motion picture performing rights have been pro- cured there exist subsidiary rights, such as the fact that the movie it- self may be copyrighted, that music must be cleared, that rights inhere in talent, producers, directors, etc.

In the event that television broad- casters cannot obtain general li- censes covering a substantial ma- jority of the rights which they will utilize — making it necessary for them to negotiate hundreds of in- dividual licenses each month — it may become desirable if not neces- sary to create a central clearance bureau for rights, with offices in the principal centers where the own- ers of such rights are located.

Advanced TV Courses by NBC and Columbia Univ.

study of television techni(|ues will be incorporated in 25 jirofes- sional training courses to be offered during the 1949-50 academic year by Columbia University School of General Studies in cooperation with the National Broadcasting Com- pany.

The teaching staff will be re- cruited largely from XBC network personnel, with the majority of courses to be given under working conditions in the NBC studios in Radio City, New York. Fourteen network executives are listed as insti'uctors.

The curriculum has been dssigned to give fullest possible coverage of radio and TV. There will be courses in basic radio and TV. dramatic writing, news writing, promotion, publicity, news commentary, speech, announcing, acting, use of eciuip- ment, sound effects, audience re- search, international relations, pro- duction and direction, music and the documentary.

More than 400 person.s from over 40 states and many foreign coun- tries registered for the radio-T\' courses last year.

[RADIO AGE 13]

ITIMLS l)K THE LAWTON SCHOOL, PHILADELPHIA, APPEAR BEFORE THE TELEVISION CAMERA IN A PLAYLET, "A VISIT TO ITALY."

"OPERATION CLASSROOM"

Educational Tclcrhiori Introduced to Schooh in Philadelphia Area

Through Cooperation of RCA Victor nith Local

Agencies and Institutions

ther information on the develop- ment of educational television. To date nearly three thousand replies have been received. Here is con- clusive proof that American edu- cators are fully alive to the i)ossi- bilities of television as a teachinjr aid.

Meanwhile, e.xcitinjr events were takinjf place in television for .schools around the Philadeli)hia area. The- ory was beinjr translated into action. Prophecy was l)einK transformed into history. The schools of Phila- (iel|)hia and Camden were actually and literally "lookiiifr at television", not in an abstract and speculative manner, but in terms of concrete reality, as an experience shared by thousands of pupils and teachers. This was accomiilishcd through "Operation Classroum", a conper.-i- tive project desijrned to test the effectiveness of television as a sup- plement to cla.ssroom teachinj? dur- ing school hours.

This pioneer experiment, the first lonvr-ranvre school television jiroject aimed to reach all jrrade levels, has already attracted nati()nwide atten- tion, and we are receivinir iiupiiries as to how other communities can start their own "Operation ("lass- room". There is no standard for-

By Gilbert Chase

Manager, Educational Division, RCA Victor Division.

E.AIJLV this year the Public Re- lations Department of RCA Victor, throujrh its Educational Di- vision, mailed tn nearly P2.0()0 edu- cators thnuiyfhout the country, an eijfhteen-iJajfe illustrated booklet titled "The Modern School Looks at Television". This was intended to answer some basic questions re- latin); tr) the use of television in schools, and, in the words of F"rank M. Folsom. President of RCA, to inspire the interest of educators "in helping' to develop what may become the jrreatest teachinjr medium known to man". Td each brochure was attached a business reply card ill which the sender requested fur-

mula that can be applied every- where, because much depends on local factors. Nevertheless, the story of what has happened in the Philadelphia area may well serve til stimulate and Ruide others in the same direction.

Any successful operation bejfins with cooperation and is carried ihrou^h by more of the same. In Philadelphia the commercial broad- (.astinjr stations had a well-estab- lished i)(>licy of cooperation with the school system in present injr pro- grams of an educational nature, first on AM radio and more recently on television. There was, however, a serious obstacle in the way of scheduling' television programs for in-school viewinjr, namely, that hardly any schools were equipi)ed with receivers. While this condition prevailed, the stations could scarcely be expected to undertake the ex- pense of preparing special school programs, and the schools had no inducement to acquire sets as lonjr as there no were programs espe- cially designed and scheduled for them. Obviously, it was necessary for a third party to step in and break this deadlock.

Works Closely With Schools

The Kducational Division of RCA X'ictor, for its jiart. had lon>r been workinjr closely with the schools to encourafre and develop every phase of audio-visual education. It was natural, therefore, that we should ofl"er our cooperation in makinjr available a certain numl)er of tele- vision receivers, on an experimental loan basis, to schools in Philailel- phia, in Camden, and the suburban area. Thirty-one RCA Victor table- model television receivers were made available for this purpose, and the schools in which they were to he installed were selected by school authorities. Two sets were placed in each of the seven public .school districts of Philadelphia lone in an elementary school and one in a junior hijfh school i, six sets in Cam- den public schools, eipht sets in Catholic parochial schools in Phila- delphia and Camden, and the re- mainder in adjacent townships.

With the installation of sets as- sured, the planning' of a well- rounded projrram schedule was un-

[14 RADIO AGE]

dertaken by representatives of the school systems in consultation with personnel of the Philadelphia Bul- letin's television station \VCAU-T\'. which agreed to enter the project as a public service to the community. Miss .Martha A. Gable, of the Phila- delphia pulilic schools, and Miss Margaret Kearney, of the I'hihulcl- phia diocesan schools, working to- jrether with Mrs. Ruth Weir Miller, educational director of Station WCAU, devised a series of four weekly telecasts desijrned to reach all jrrade levels from primary to senior high. As a result, early last March, "Operation Classroom" (as the experimental project was called i went into action.

Four Proj^ram^ Telecast H't't-t/i

The four weekly school projrranis were broadcast on the followiuK schedule: Mondays at 3:00 P.M. for primary grades 1 to 3, Wednesdays at the same hour for intermediate elementary grades 4 to 6, Thursdays for junior and senior high schools (1:00 to 1:30 P.M. i, Fridays at 1 :00 P.M. for junior high school students. The Thursday program was the televised version of a voca- tional guidance series known as "Career Forum" that had long proved successful on radio.

Programs for primary grades included such topics as "Music Through Rhythm", "We Learn to Read". "Your Books Come to Life" (dramatization of favorite chil- dren's books), and "A Visit to Story land" ( China >. Youngsters in grades four to six witnessed pro- grams dealing with social studies ("We Visit Italy"), art ("Costumes 'Round the World"), music ("Let's Make Musical Instruments"), and

science ( "\\'hat Makes Weather" i. Designed for junior high school stu- dents were telecasts on such sub- jects as city planning, transporta- tion, art and architecture, and social studies. Teachers, pupils, and out- standing leaders in various fields took i)art in the programs.

Detailed evaluation sheets and questionnaires were sent to all schools participating in the project, to be tilled in by the teachers who actually used the programs. Of those who replied, ninety-eight per- cent agreed that telexision was an effective and valuable teaching aid. In some schools, the pupils were also invited to write down their comments. This typical comment came from a fourth grade young- ster: "I think the telecasts were fine. I liked them because they taught me things I wanted to know".

Yes, television not only teaches children the things they want to know, but also teaches them in a way that holds their interest and that causes the knowledge to remain in their minds. In the words of Rnth Weir Miller. "If the objective of teaching is the acquisition of concepts, then television is the most dynamic tool the teacher has ever had at her command." Of course, television cannot take the place of the teacher: its full effectiveness will always depend on how effec- tively the teacher uses it.

Local TV Stations Cooperate

On April 22nd, Station WFIL- TV, the Philadelphia hiquirer's television outlet, began two series of school telecasts, scheduled in suc- cessive periods on Friday after- noons. One of these was a series on civics, titled "Government in

STLDE.VTS BECOME ACTORS IN .\ TELEVISION DRAMA DEPICTING THE

rfSTOMS OF A F-OREIG.N COUNTRY, ONE OF THE EPfCATIONAL PROGRAMS IN

•'OPERATION CLASSROM-i ■

Action", designed for junior high school students and dealing chiefly with municipal administration. The other series, directed to elementary schools, dealt with health and fit- ness and was called "Fit as a Fiddle".

The third television station in Philadelphia, Station WPTZ, also made a notable contribution to in- school television with a special series of three weekly programs, beginning in March, designed for viewing by high school students in public, parochial and private schools. Thanks to the public- spirited activity of the local sta- tions, as many as nine telecasts were made available in one week to schools in Philadelphia and its suburljs. This undoubtedly consti- tutes some kind of a record.

Many institutions, agencies, and industries contributed to the suc- cess of the programs by making available specialized personnel for interviews and demonstrations and by lending equijimeut and materials to be placed before the television camera. Among such agencies and institutions were The Franklin In- stitute, the City Planning Commis- sion, the Philadelphia City Council, the Pennsylvania Railroad, the Philadelphia Zoo, the Police De- partment, the Department of Sani- tation, etc. Once again, this stresses the all-important factor of coopera- tion, and emphasizes television's ability to bring the outside world into the classroom.

Adults Enjoy Classroom TV i

Telecasts designed for in-school reception are not necessarily limited in their appeal to pupils and teach- ers. As a little girl in the fourth grade of the Edmunds School wrote, "My Grandmother also looked at 'Operation Classroom'. She liked it too."

RCA \'ictor dealers and distrib- utors in many television centers throughout the country have shown a keen interest in "Operation Class- room", and undoubtedly will help to stimulate similar activity in other cities. In this area it is planned to expand the project for the next school year, with the cooperation of local RCA ^■ictor dealers and of the Raymond Rosen Company. RCA \'ictor distributfir in Philadelphia.

[RADIO AGE 15]

m

PT. REYES*

KOAi

BOLINAS

SAN FRANCISCO

DENVER

KNBC

ILL

n I KNEH

LOS ANGELES

LEGEND

TELEVISION STATION

(KEY STATION OF NBC-TV NETWORK)

BROADCAST STATION

(KEY STATION OF NBC NETWORK OF 170 OUTLETS)

OVERSEAS

TRANSMiniNG

STATION

n.

WORLD-WIDE

RECEIVING 1 STATION

MARINE COASTAL STATION

>7f?

o

iWTAM

In I WNBK

CLEVELAND '

CHATHAM

n.

RIVERHEAD ROCKY POINT

RCA UBORATORIES* PRINCETON

NEW BRUNSWICK

LANCASTER 9 BALTIMORE <

CAMDEN ©TUCKERTON

o.

WASHINGTON

m uwRC

WNBW

o

SAVANNAH

O

o.

PORT ARTHUR

o.

TAMPA '

IQ.

LAKE WORTH

Trains Employees for Careers

NBC Conducti txtensiyc Courses to Develop Personnel for Execiitire Positions in Radio and Tclcriaion

By Ernest de la Ossa

Dirrrtor of I'ernoniicl National Uroadcasting Comiiaiiy

AS the pioneer in broadcast net- _/\^ work operations, the National Rroarlc-astinj: ("ompany, since its formation in 1926, has been the Koal of thdusaiuis of youHK peoi)le seek- injr opportunities in a fast-movinjr industry dedicated to public service.

Actually, radio's appeal to the career seeker is many-sided. The business moves ahead rai)idly; it has the KbiTiour of novelty continu- ally renewed, and throujrh deeds, it has ac(|uired a well-deserved posi- tion as a medium of service to the masses.

Younjr api)Iicants for employ- ments are aware of this three-way keynote of newness, accomplishment and service. At the same time, these attributes demand of neophytes a mature outlook at an early business ajfe and a willinjfness to jrive un- stintedly of their labor.

It is not surprisinjr. therefore, that the question I am asked most fretiuently is this: "What does NBC look for primarily when inter- viewing applicants?" The answer involves several basic points. Does the applicant exhil)it a sincerity of purpose, a willingness to work hard, and the potential capacity to develop him.self in the hijfhly competitive atmosphere of the broadcasting field? Does he possess a tempered imagination and a natural creafive- ne.ss; does he have a sense of social responsibility? I^st I jrive the im- pre.ssion that XHC's Per.«f)nnel ,StafT has ;i mystical power of analysis.

[18 RADIO AGE]

let me say here that all of these desirable factors in a prospective employee cannot always be deter- mined in an interview. In fact, some are not developed until the newcomer has been at his assigned task for some time.

That is why NBC has established a system of training and job analy- sis to observe the progress that younjr employees make within the Company. This constant but friend- ly scrutiny is essential if NBC is to build a reservoir of personnel in all branches — administrative, exec- utive and creative — to meet the challenges of an ever-chanpinp business.

The scope of NBC's training ac- tivities ranges from orientation programs to those of supervisory training and executive development.

All new employees are given a five-hour orientation course during the first week of their e-nplovment to acquaint them with the hist'M'v of the Company, its ovcr:>,ll organi- zation and its operational and per- sonnel policies.

Young men and women employed in such positions as guides, pages, messengers, stenographers, clerks and other junior classifications are selected for a variety of foi'nial training to better prepare them for promotion to higher oi)erating posi- tions. .Announcing classes, infor- mation lectures and discussions with Management representatives and

Department Heads on Company operations and job opportunities, and on-the-job assignments in op- erating department.* are provided for those employees who pos.sess the necessary qualifications for ad- vancement to positions of higher responsibility.

Qualified Employed Trained

\ group of top <|Ualified young college graduates is engaged for assignment to the NBC E.xecutive Training Stiuad. These young men are assigned to specific on-the-job training for a period of 12 to 18 months based on a pre-planned program a.ssigning them to all phases of oi)erations related to one of the following four Company ac- tivities: 1) Sound Program; 2) Finance and Services: 3) Sales; 4) Television. At the end of the formal training period, trainees are as- signed to key junior administrative positions.

Technical training jilays an im- jKirtant part in NBC's training pro- gram. Young men from technical schools and colleges are engaged for training in Television and Sound Engineering operations. The train- ing consists of both classroom and on-the-job instructions enabling the trainee to gain practical knowledge of the technical i)lant and all phases of engineering operations. Re- fresher courses for senior engineers are also conducted to assist these employees in keeping up with tech- nical advances and changes in Com- pany technical operating procedures.

So that employees at all levels of operations may have the opi)ortu- nity to keep up-to-date on Company operations and organization, a

NBC PERSO.N'NKL MANAfiER TED THOMPSON CONPITTS A SESSION OF THE network's JfNIoR EXECl'TIVE TRAINING CROUP.

Ullll.NL\ HASTO.N. lUULl Till; liF KMil NhKKl.Wi lUAIN-

INC, EXPLAINS THE OPERATION OK A CONTROL BOARD TO

NBC TRAINEES.

SLI'ERVISOU CKORGE GRAHAM OV 1 1,1 l.\ 1,- 1' iN l.NMNKER-

ING TRAINING POINTS OUT THE DETAILS OF A VIDEO

CIRCUIT TO A STUDENT TECHNICIAN.

series of all-employee information meetings and panel discussions is scheduled periodically throughout the year. Department Directors and Managers discuss their organiza- tion and operations and point out the part that their functions play in the overall operations and objec- tives of the Company. The most recent series of this type, running for a period of eight weeks, was de- voted to discussions of all phases of NBC's television operations.

Supervisory training is an in- tegral part of XRC's training ac- tivities. Supervisors in all depart- ments meet regularly each month to discuss supervisory problems re- lating to job instruction, job rela- tions and human engineering.

At the Management and staff level a program of executive devel- opment is carried on continually. At this level training is offered for the most part on an individual basis. Training timetables are established for key personnel to insure that the employee will be afforded every opportunity to develop his ability and i|ualifications to assume higher executive assignments.

Many Opportunities in Radio

In tliscussing the advantages of employment in any industry there can be no better proof of the op- portunities existing than a mention of individuals who have made nota- ble successes of their chosen voca- tions. During the past 23 years, thousands of young men and women k have been employed by NBC as Pipages and guides. Their duty is to Jmeet and greet the millions of NBC guests and escort them through broadcasting and television opera-

tions. Today, the roll of nearly every department of the National Hroadcasting Company reveals numerous executive or creative spe- cialists who have risen from the ranks after putting in a period of t r a i n i n g and indoctrination as pages. Paul Rittenhouse. manager of the Guest Relations Department: Theodore Thompson, p e r s o n n e 1 manager: Tom McFadden, manager of stations WNBC. WNBC-FM and WNBT, and William Garden, now a television program producer, launched their careers in this man- ner. .John Tiedeman, budget officer of the Comi)any, and George Wal- lace, manager of Network Sales Promotion, also once wore the uni- form of NBC guides. Numerous others have advanced to responsible positions outside the Company : many have even developed into noted artists of the networks.

It should be understood, however, that not all jobs in broadcasting are bathed in glamour. NBC also has a large staff working behind the scenes but etjually essential to the smooth-operating team that has cre- ated the nation's Number One Net- work. Included are messengers, operators of duplicating and mimeo- graph machines, typists, clerks, and a wide variety of other people whose occupations are indispensable in the conduct of any large corporation.

Television Opened New Doors

The advent of modern television in late 1946 opened many new op- portunities for those with the spe- cial qualifications inherent to the video field. Television, like radio, must depend heavily upon young people, but the problems and chal-

lenges of the new medium demand workers with imagination and a readiness to accept responsibilities.

Not long ago, Mr. Niles Tram- mel!. NBC President, who .started his Company career as a member of its sales staff, summarized the radio cmi)loyment situation in this suc- cinct paragraph:

"We want enthusiasm and zest in our business, but the basic essen- tial is the type of dependable skill and judgment that is characteristic of the professional in any line of endeavor. The 'pro' may not be brilliant but his day-in, day-out lierformance is absolutely reliable. The key jobs in broadcasting go to the people who have professional competence and reliability."

"KUKLA" NAMED BEST TELEVISION PROGRAM

"Kukla. Fran and OUie" recently was honored by the Chicago Fed- erated Advertising Clubs as "the best television program of any kind produced in Chicago". Burr Till- strom, creator and impresario of the i)rogram which is sponsored on .•i2 stations of the NBC Television Network by RCA Victor Division, accepted the award.

This is the second successive year that "Kukla. Fran and Ollie", has received this tribute, the third won by the show in recent months. Pre- viously, it was given the citation of merit of the Illinois Federation of Women's Clubs, and an award at the 19th Institute for Education by Radio at Ohio State University.

[RADIO AGE 19]

Television Outlook is Bright

In Address to Stockfioldcrs at SOtli .-Itiiiual Mvcting of Corporation, General Sarnoff Says Tclevisiott is Safeguard Against a Serious Economic Recession — Chairman of Board Rereals 1948

as Most Successful Year in RCA History

TKI.E VISION, continually jrrow- injr in popularity as a new servit-e and industry, is becominn a vital fai-tor in the Nation's econ- omy, lirifradier General David Sar- noff, Chairman of the Hoard of the Radio Corporation of America, re- ported at the 30th Annual Meeting of KCA stockholders held May 3 in a studio of the National Hroadcast- in^ Company at Radio City. He .said that television is "one of the safe^'uards ajrainst a serious eco- nomic recession".

Pointing out that the impact of war and the subseiiuent reconver- sion period created an unusual situation. General Sarnoff said: "In the return to more normal business conditions, where the law of supply and demand again is in operation, and to a buyer's market in which competition is keener — it is clear that 1919 will be a more difficult year than 1948."

Net profit, after taxes, of RCA for the first (luarter of 19-19, he re- ported, was $5,9.32,()S:{, an increase of $167,58.5, compared with the same iieriod in 1948. Profit for the fir.st quarter of 1949 — before Fed- eral Income Ta.xes — amounted to $9,801,(),s:{. compared with $9.(131.- 198 in 1948.

Karnings |)er common share for the first (|uarter of this year amounted to .37.1 cents, as compared with 35.8 cents per common share for the first i|iiart«T in 1948.

Consolidated gross income of RCA during the first ipiarter of 1949 amounted to S92.327.827, com- pared with $88,053,297 for the same period last year. This repre- sents an increase of $4,274,530 over the 1948 figure.

General Sarnoff reported that during the past ten years RCA has paid more than $65,000,000 or 53 per cent of net jn-ofits. in dividends to its stockholders. Of this amount. $31,820,000 was paid to holders of preferred stock and $33,254,000 was paid on the common stock. He said that during the same ten-year period the net worth of the Cor- |)oration was increased by $60,000.- 000. and now exceeds SI 27.000. 00(t.

Most Successful Year of RCA

The year 1948, he recalled, was the most successful in the history of the Coriioration — either during peace or war. \'olume of business was higher. i)ro(its earned were larger, and dividends paid to stock- holders were greater than any other year since RCA was founded in 1919.

On May 1 of this year. RCA per- sounel numl)ere(l moi-e than 41.000. lie said, luaisiiig the loyalty and spirit of cooperation given to the {'(U-jioration by employees.

"It is gratifying to report that there were no strikes in RCA dur- ing the past year," declared General .Sarnoff. "Labor piolilcnis that arose

from time to time were .solved through collective bargaining with the forty-three unions representing our workers."

Reviewing current operations of RCA, which include research, en- gineering, manufacturing, broad- casting and world-wide communica- tions. General Sarnoff discussed some of the problems for which RCA is seeking solutions.

"First," he said, "let us consider television. Here is a new art and industry, which must be developed within the framework of govern- mental regulation as to technical standards, number of stations that can lie owned by any one company, and other matters. The growth of television today and tomorrow is not dejiendent merely upon manu- facturing and selling transmitters ;ind receivers. Many regulations control its advance and. while di- rected chiefly at the transmitting end. they also affect the receiving end.

"In recent months, you doubtless have read some of the dire predic- tions about ((uick obsolescence of television receivers. Many facts have been omitted. No one need hesitate to buy a present-day type of television receiver, for there is no indication that receivers of 1949 design will be obsolete in the near future. It is interesting to note that RCA \'ictor television receiv- ers, first inti-odiiced to the puiilic

I'ltoIX ( TION LINKS OK MKTAL-fONK A.ND ALL-CLASS TKLEVISION PICTl'RK TUBES AT RCa'S LANCASTER. PA.. PLANT.

ill 1939. are still in use and Kivinjr satisfaction, although more than ten years have passed.

"Television is too powerful a force for the public good to be stopped by misleading propagandi. No one can retard its advance any more than the carriage maker could stop the automobile, the cable, the wireless, or the silent picture the talkies. Television is something the public has long desired and is eager to have. It is here to stay, because the people like television and want it."

Audience Cooperation Needed

General Sarnoff urged patience on the part of the public while showmen and performers develop improved techniques, declaring that only through the cooperation of the audience will the showmen know what to provide in entertainment, news and education.

"Ultimately the success of tele- vision will rest primarily on pro- gramming," he declared. "Tele- vision is a new force in communica- tions, and it is also a remarkable new art form. As such it is frought with problems and requires experi- mentation, both scientific and artis- tic, to determine the direction of progress that will satisfy the nubl'c.

"We in RCA — now, as in the past — gladly abide by the public's decision, for we have found public opinion to be essential in charting the future of an invention, an in- dustry, or an art. This is in keep- ing with the character of a country

that enjoys freedom to invent, free- dom to compete, freedom to think, and freedom to criticize. . . .

"The outlook for television in 1949 is bright. It is continually gaining in popularity with the pub- lic, and as a new industry, it is one of the safeguards against a serious economic recession for it promises to be a vital factor in the Nation's economy.

"The radio industry is particu- larly fortunate in being closely allied with science and invention. This alliance always holds the promise of new products and new services. Scientific research is as vital a function in the RCA as is manufacturing or broadcasting. Radio has been, and will continue to be, a broad field for new develop- ments and expansion. Even in this day of television, we believe that we are only on the threshold, for radio is still a fertile field for in- vention, discovery and progress.

"We have seen radio broadcast- ing, talkies, television, radar. Ultra- fax and the new field of electronics evolve from the small beginnings of the early wireless."

Recalling RCA Victor's pioneer- ing and world leadership in recorded music. General Sarnoff praised the development of the new 4.5-rpm phonograph system which RCA \'ictor recently introduced to the public. He said that the new sys- tem solved problems as old as the industry itself and presented new standards of value and perform- ance, unmatched by any other rec-

ol'KltA .<IAl; l.l.ADVS SWAUTHIIUT COM- I'ARKS THE 12-IN(H, 78-IU'M RECORD WITH THE .NEW 7-INCM, 4.5-RPM DISC.

ord or record player available to the public.

General Sarnoff declared that broadcasting had been immensely widened in scope by the addition of television, and that expansion of operations in this field is going forward under the auspices of the National Broadctusting Company, a service of RCA.

Sound Operations Essential

"How well and how soundly such operations are conducted are of interest not only to our stock- holders, but also to the public, to the affiliated stations and to ad- vertising sponsors," he stated. "Doubtless you have been reading of recent 'talent raids' on NBC. We could have matched the millions in- volved in such skyrocket bidding had we been indifferent to the in- terests of our stockholders, artists and clients.

"We believe time will show there is no profit to the network, the sponsor or the artist in the pur- chase of over-priced talent pack- ages. Commercial program costs must be measured by what radio is able to deliver to advertising spon- sors. According to recent trade re- ports, some of the so-called "assets' purchased in these talent raids already are dwindling.

[RADIO AGE 21]

"Leadership built nver the years on a fuuiuiation of sulid service cannot be snatched over-nijrht by buyinjr a few hijrh-priced come- dians. Leadership is not a lau^hintr matter.

"IJroadcastintr faces no easy task during' this conversion period for each new step presents an economic problem of its own. The policy of the National Broadcasting Com- pany has been and continues to be to provide the highest variety of entertainment and the best in- formational, cultural and educa- tional progi'ams.

"At the same time, we seek to maintain program costs at an eco- nomic Itvel that will pay off to the advertiser, the affiliated station and the network. This mean.s the con- stant production and addition of new, high <iuality, dynamic pro- grams, the encouragement of new talent, new program ideas, and new personalities. In all these respects your Company intends to lead, not to trail, comi)etition."

Future Rests on World Scale In looking ahead. General Sarnoff said that the future should be weighed on more than a domestic scale since the world had been made much smaller and more com- pact by science and because all people, regardle.ss of boundaries and man-made "curtains." live closer together than ever before.

"I have recently been in Europe," he asserted, "and I can assure you that any serious setback in Ameri- can economy would have grave re-

percussions overseas. While I do not foresee any major economic de- pression in the L'nited States, I be- lieve that we should exiiect some adjustment in business conditions.

"The pace of the past ten years, under the impact of war and the conversion to postwar industrial activities, has been swift. We must now take up the slack and readjust our sights in planning for the fu- ture.

"The unusual conditions that pre- vailed in the postwar years, includ- ing 19-18. brought many new prob- lems Ui business and their solutions opened new ()|)portunities. We have made every effort to embrace these opportunities to strengthen the Corporation and to apply them in charting the future. With civilian production curtailed during the war, it was natural that there was a large backlog of consumer de- mand. Our efforts to fill these needs are reflected in our high volume of business and profits in 1948."

General SarnofT said the strength of RCA is found in its scientific re- search and diversification and re- ported to stockholders that al- though from time to time one unit or another of the RCA organization has been up or down, according to the exigencies of the times, the consolidated picture has consistent- ly shown earnings commensurate with progress.

He said that from time to time voices had been raised against ownership of broadcasting stations and manufacturing plants by the same organization, but declared

that practical proof of the value of this ownership to the nation, to the public and to the industry, now is being witnessed.

Enterprise Hastened Television

"For instance," he said, "if the National Broadcasting Company had not gone on the air with tele- vision stations and programs be- fore manufacturing of television sets got under way on a mass pro- duction basis, television might never have been started.

"Certainly the growth of tele- vision would have been retarded and the jileasures derived by the public from television wo,:!d have been delayed. As the broadcasting business is being readjusted to con- form with new patterns dictated by the addition of sight to sound, it is (|uite clear for all to see that diversification is a sinew of indus- trial strength."

In conclusion. General Sarnoff de- clared that the Directors and man- agement of RCA are fully aware of the new and complex problems that lie ahead, and added :

"These problems are inherent in the establishment of a new indus- try. And television is not just some- thing added to bn)adcastin-r. It is a new industry ciUling for develop- ment of a new art form and for new conceptions in entertainment as well as in equipment. While these problems present great challenges, they also present great opportuni- ties for progress. Therefore, we look forward to the future with confidence."

JOS6 FERRER, STAGE STAR, PORTRAYS THE TITLE ROLE IN TELEVISION VER- SION OF "CYRANO DF, BERC.ERAC."

[22 RADIO AGE]

TELEVISION HAS DEVELOPED ITS OWN TECHNIQUE FOR TIIK DISSKMINATION OF NEWS FROM AROfND TIIK WORLD.

INFORMATIONAL AND EDUCATION XL FEATURES COMPRISE AN IMPORTANT SEGME.NT OF VIDEO PROGRAMMING.

RCA Institutes Holds Graduation

C/j» of 16) Stiidciils Hears General SarnofJ Outline Opportunities

in Electronics Field

RAUIU. television and electronics provide a vast field of oppor- tunity for younp Americans alert to clues that lead to discoveries and inventions. Brijr. General David Sarnoff. Chairman of the Board of the Radio Corporation of America, told members of the graduating class of RCA Institutes at com- mencement exercises held May 26, in an XHC studio at Radio City.

Graduates of the Institutes, which is the oldest radio technical training center in the United States, numbered 1(53 at this year's commencement. They included young men having completed courses in radio servicing, operating and broadcasting, and advanced technology covering maintenance, operation and development of cir- cuits and ecpiipment in both radio and television. A welcoming ad- dress was given by Maj. General George L. Van Deusen ; the invoca- tion was by the Rev. Dr. Ralph Thorn, of the Willis Avenue Meth- odist Church, the Bronx.

"The science of electronics serves the people and industry in many ways," declared General Sarnoff. "The full extent of its usefulness has yet to be measured. We think of electronics first and foremost as the heart of modern communica- tions. Through iLs magic, we can transmit messages and music around the earth — and eventually television also will encircle the globe.

"Already news as it happens and history as it is made are seen by many millions of Americans. There are 1,300.000 homes in the United States equipped with television. In comparison, 39 million homes have radio sets, and in the years ahead most if not all of these radio- eci nipped homes will have television.

"Therefore, as television spreads across the Xation, opportunities in manufacturing, installation and servicing will expand. Industrial and theatre television are big fields that are beginning to open. These, broadl.v stated, are the most obvious services of this great science with

which you, through your education, have formed a i)rofessional alli- ance."

General Sarnoff told the gradu- ates that in addition to radio and television, the science of electronics provides many other opportunities.

"We live in an era of high-speed transportation and communication," he continued. "Only recently, we have developed tremendous and po- tentially dangerous source s of power. It is electronics, which has duplicated and even surpassed hu- man performance in many ways, that gives us that precise degree of control so necessary to these tech- nological advances. Indeed, we may well think of this as a century not only of great speed and great power, but also one of master controls."

He said that in the industrial field great mills, which can turn out a mile of cold-rolled steel in a min- ute, have their rollers synchronized perfectly by electronics, as do many other plants owing their production cai)abilities to electronic regulators, heating devices and other electronic apparatus.

Electronics have helped to smash numerous industrial bottlenecks, he reported, recalling that electronic power computers made possible a seven-fold increase in aluminum production in World War II.

Electronics Speeded Tools of War

"Electronic devices have sharp- ened all five human senses," as- serted General Sarnoff. "With one. we can hear a fly walking. And there is a phototube so sensitive it distinguishes more shades of color than the eye. Another device feels variations of one ten-thousandth of an inch in thickness of a copper wire: still another will taste a drop of vinegar in a vat of water; and one electronic instrument can smell the smoke of a match inside a giant warehouse.

"We can watch an electronic cir- cuit measure the speed of bullets whizzing from a gun. Other instru- ments probe electronic fingers deep into the earth and unerringly locate

BRIG. CENERAL DAVID SARNOFF PRESENTS

A DIPLOMA TO ONE OF THE GRADl'ATES

OF RCA INSTITUTES AT E.XERCISES HELD

IN AN NBC STUDIO ON MAY 26.

hidden oil and ore deposits. Sim- ilarly, they can detect impurities in sealed packages and bottles."

He reported the development of electronic computers having the ability to "out-speed the human brain," woi'king out in a fraction of a second ))rol)k>ms that would take mathematicians hours or even days to solve. He told of a tube called the Selectron which, he said, can re- member 256 items of information and can release any part of it to supplv an answer to a problem in less than a millionth of a second.

"Because of their inherent capa- bilities and versatility," said Gen- eral Sarnoff, "radio and electronics deserve our utmost attention in finding or devising new tasks for them. For a number of years, we have been working to reduce the size of personal radios, and with some success. As a result there are in- struments about the size of a jewel box that operate very satisfactoril.v.

Envisages Tiny Television Set

"But why stop there? How about a radio the size of a wrist watch? About a year ago, a Swiss firm in- troduced a wrist watch containing a buzzer alarm. If the Swiss can devise an alarm clock to wear on the wrist, I believe that Americans

(Continued on page 31)

[RADIO AGE 23;

Honorary Degrees to Folsom and Engstrom

IKANK M. Kill, SUM

t-^liANK M. FOLSOM. President of the Radio Corporation of America, received honorary de- frre€.>s of Doctor of Laws from Fordham I'niversity and Manhat- tan ('ollejff. New York, tlllrin^' Com- mencement Kxercises held at the two institutions on .Iiine 0 and 14 respectively.

The citation acccimpaiiyinjr Mr. F'olsom's decree at Fordham read a.s follows:

FRANK MARION FOLSOM — The distinK'uished jiresident of the Radio Corporation of Amer- ica, awarded the Presidential Medal in reco^'nition of his con- tinued and outstanding services to our country in administering a multiplicity of hi>fh offices throujrhnut the war years. reci|)i- ent of the Distinv'uished Civilian Award, the Navy's coveted honor. His American ancestry dates to the early seventeenth-century waves of colonists to our shores. The record of his name in the roll.s of our country's patriots entitles him to memhership in the Sons of the Revolution. For two decades he ha.s executed top-level posts not only in the larjfest busi- ness of the world — our Govern-

ment— but also in half a dozen leadini; corporations. He simul- taneously holds directorships in numerous companies and he is a rejrent or councilor or trustee in many institutions of hijrher learn- injr throujrhnut the United States. For his work and his achieve- ments in favor of the church he holds the papal honor of Roman Knijrht in the Sovereign Military Order of Malta. In celebration of his preat personal accomplish- ments and to add our tribute to his other honors, he is presented for our most jr'orious decoration, the honorarv depree of Doctor of Laws.

.At .Manhattan College, the follow- ing tribute preceded the award of the depree to Mr. Folsom:

The family name borne by this tiistiiiKuished gentleman, Frank Marion Folsom. has been a bri^'ht and honored liKht, from the very l)ojrinninp, in the history of New Knjrland. In the business world (if manajrement and iiroduction that honorable name rinps as a synonym for hard work, for un- tiring perseverance, for absolute honest.v linked with hijrh pifts of mind and heart. Today this dis- tinjfuished gentleman holds the Idfty iiosition of President of the liadio Corporation of .America. He has l)een besides, the recipient of the hijrhest honors of Church and State in recojrnition of no- table services rendered to both.

KImer W. Fnpstrom. vice presi- dent of the Radio C<u'poration of America in charge of research at RCA Laboratories, was awarded the honorary dejrree of Doctor of Laws at the Commencement Kxer- cises of .New '^■(u-k L'niversity on •hine 15.

IJrin. General David Sarnoff. Chairman of the Hoard of RC.A and a member of the I'niversity's Gnv- erniuK' Board, escorted Mr. Knjr- strom to the speaker's iilatf<»rm where Chancellor Harry Woodburn Chase conferi-ed the decree with this citation :

KI \IKIt W, KNCSTHoM

E I. -M E li W I L L I A M E N G - STROM— A native of Minnesota and an enjrineerinjr jrraduate of the University of that state, his ))ersonal contributions as a re- search enjrineer to radio and elec- tronic development, and notably to the incredible progress of tele- vision, command the forthright respect of his .scientific peers. \'ice president in charge of re- search of the Radio Corporation of .America, he is one of that ex- clusive group of latter-day Pro- metheans who not only illumines with his own brilliance, but who yokes the genius of fellow Titans unrenowned for tractability into corporate resourcefulness and fecundity. President of the In- dustri.il Research Institute, he is concerne<l moreover with the con- stant improvement of research activity throughout American in- dustry as a buttress to our com- mon wealth. In his residential community at the grass roots level he has no less proved him- self the good citizen in various roles of civic leadership. For all of which, with unconscionable gusto, we would envelop him with the bondage of our honorary doc- iiirate of Science.

24 RADIO AG L

DESIGNING EXPORT RADIOS

I'lirchascn uf Receivers Abroad Dcinaiut Quiility, Durability and Attractive Appearance in the Products They Buy

By John Vassos

Industrial Designer

Consultant to

RCA International Division

IF we could learn to apply to our own lives the simplicity and truth which we have learned to in- corporate in our export radios, we would be much happier — and have fewer nervous breakdowns.

My export assignment for KCA calls for pure designing — absolute truth. The export market demands complete honesty of line, and lasting simplicity.

In Europe, in Latin America, and in the other countries abroad, the purchase of a radio is a serious business. The prospective buyer wants the full value of his dollar. He wants a quality set, as it may have to last him as much as ten years. And therefore he wants a design which will be harmonious with the furnishings of his house during that time. A radio is an important part of his living-room, but it must not be pretentious.

With thess needs in view, in 1936 I designed for RCA a radio whose pattern has been followed ever since in the Company's models. The top- heavy, "tombstone" style which had been used up to that time was dis- carded, in favor of a longer, lower chassis to blend with the room,

I felt that we should keep only the two basic areas of interest — aural, the mechanism which pro- duces sound ; and visual, the knobs, dial and cabinet which allow the sound to come out. These two ele- ments dictated the form of the in- strument. It was to be a simple

statement expressmg the medium. All extraneous features which were in contrast to this statement, such as the legs and over-ornamentation, were rejected.

We adapted the American jirin- ciple of streamlining to radio de- sign. The Americans, I believe, have always had the greatest feel- ing for simplicity of line. We have been the first to apply it in our design of airplanes and in our architecture. It has been one of the factors in bringing American stand- :'.rds to the top. Yet the apprecia- tion of this simple styling in radios is found to a much greater extent abroad.

The mechanical features of an export radio require much special attention. The value of a set is determined largely by the number of bands it covers, for in many ex- port markets, short-wave stations are of prime importance. Moreover, we must provide the best in sensi- tivity and selectivity.

The materials used must be ex- tremely durable to stand up under the rigors of rough handling in shipment, and of extremes of cli- mate: cloth that won't sag, glue that won't melt, wood so dry that it will not absorb moisture. These :irt' "musts" for every radio.

Another contributing factor in export radio design are the import regulations of various countries. Duties are imposed in proportion to weight and size as well as on an ad valorem basis. This considera- tion particularly affects the radio- phonograph combinations.

Fortunately, in all our problems of design we have the whole knowl- edge and experience of the many RCA branches to draw on — the RCA Laboratories, the RCA Victor Divi- sion, RCA Communications, Radio- marine Corporation of America, and the National Broadcasting Com- pany. At the other end is the world- wide organization of distributors and dealers of the RCA Interna- tional Division to put these quality receivers in the customers' homes.

I\ THIS lllNTIiliL l.AHclliATllin CI. IKS A.NU LACQUERS ARE CHECKED FOR THEUt RESISTANCE TO TROPICAL CO.NDITIO.VS.

I'ARTS KOii EXI'ORT RECEIVERS AKK IM- PREGNATED WITH LIQUIDS IN THESE VACUUM TANKS TO PREVENT DETERIORA- TION IN HUMID CLIMATES.

REMOVIN. :.' \ EXPORT RADIO SET

FROM A •TORTLKE CHAMBER" WHERE IT HAS BEE.N SUBMITTED TO CONDITIONS MORE SEVERE THAN WOULD BE ENCOUN- TERED IN THE TROPICS.

[RADIO AGE 25]

THE RCA EXHIBITION HALL

Radio, Teley'tsion, and Electronic Displays Attract 2,500,000 Persons

in Two Years — Hall's Facilities, Including Theatre,

Used by 1,000 Outside Organizations

TO a majdrity i>f the two and a half million people who have visited the RCA Exhibition Hall, in New York, since its openin^r in May, 19-17. it is a wonderland of radio, television and electronic projrress. There, in Radio City, be- hind windows 20()-feet lonjr and two stories hijrh, RCA products are colorfully displayed and its services portrayed by animated exhibits. On the concourse level, below the street. a theatre seatinK 7.5 people, a jrnest lounge, several reception I'ooms, offices and a completely-eiiuijiped enjrineerinK shop make up an im- portant part of the Hall which the average tourist does not .see.

One of New York's leadinp tour- ist attractions, the Hall is a fa.sci- natinjr spot where the visitor may see himself televised, name his favorite record and hear it played back, operate the latest model RCA Victor radios, phono^rraphs and television receivers, or investigate the marvels of radar, loran. the direction-finder, and radiotelejjhone units — all of which jilay an im- portant part in maintaininjr safety at sea.

By merely pushinjr the button of his choice, the padjret enthusiast sees the NBC station nearest his home town lijrht up on a hujre ^lass map. hears the current network broadcast or sees the latest telecast. Another button i)rinKs into view several tiny, rotatinjr wood carvings which depict the hijrhlijrhts of NBC history. A large global relief map. on which the routes of RCA radio- grams may be traced i)y neon-lit paths, is among the most popular attractions, and few visitors leave without taking with them souvenir messages from the radio-teletype machines.

This combination of education and entertainment never fails to intrigue guests in every age group. Youngsters ai-e delighted with the self-operation gadgets: students of radio and electronics prolje the me- chanical side of the instruments: while the older folk never cease to

[26 RADIO AGE]

marvel at the display of scientific progress.

Though not included in every visitor's tour, the Johnny Victor Theatre and private meeting rooms on the concourse level also play an imjiortant i)art in Exhibition Hall functions. Here, beyond the view of the casual spectator, conferences are held, films screened, cocktail parties given, demonstrations staged, and classes conducted. Tele- vision and radio programs also originate from the Kxhibition Hall.

Outside Organizations Use Hall

Although it operates primarily to serve the Riidio Corporation of America, the Hall's facilities have been made available to more than one thousand outside organizations. It has become a favorite meeting place for philanthropic organiza- tions, business, scientific and edu- cational groui)s, and other associa- tions having a public service to jierform. The po])ularity of the theati'e and lounges is evidenceil by the fact that bookings frequently must be made two months in ad- vance.

The .Johnny \'ii-tor Theati'e is a modern, conipact. comfiu'table stu- dio, constructed with finest acoustics

for musical concerts, a glass-en- closed control room, and an up-to- date projection room for screening films. Large-screen television dem- onstrations on a 6- by 8-foot .screen have been staged here frequently, and the broadcast programs, "Author Meets the Critic" and "Much Ado About Music" originate on the theatre's stage. On several occasions video programs have been telecast from this spot, using the full line of T\' equipment which is Iiart of the theatre's permanent facilities.

Television monitoring and control equipment, panel boards, and turn- tables for disc-playback to the upi)er level are found in the control room. Adjacent to the theatre a record libi-ary of over 10.000 selections is maintained.

Adjoining the Johnny \'ictor Theatre, the attractive and spacious Public Lounge is in constant de- mand both by RCA Divisions and outside groups. This room and the smaller. Executive Lounge, are the scenes of a wide variety of public relations activities, while the "Salle Petite" is used exclusively for pri- vate interviews.

In these attractive surroundings. RCA introduces its new products and developments to the public and the press. For example, the 45-rpm records and reccu-d players, and the new RCA \'ictor television receivers eciuipped with l(>-inch metal-cone kinescopes were first revealed and extensively demonstrated here.

THE JOIIN.NY VICTOR THEATRE OF FREQUENTLY FOR THE PRiiniTT!

THE EXHIBITION HALL IS USED

ON OF VKTWORK BROAIX'VSTS.

KKATIRES (IF THE EXIIIBITUIN HALL HAVE BEEN WITNESSED HV VIEWERS AS EAR WEST AS CHICAGO AND ST. I.dUIS

TELEVISION

Two or three days a week NBC, ill cooperation with the Schwerin Research Corporation, conducts television audience reaction tests in the theatre. NBC also utilizes the theatre to show kinescope record- injrs of prog-rams, such as the Chesteitield Supper Club, to mem- liors of the cast. At times. RCA Victor auditions its recording- art- ists here.

RCA Victor dealers, distributors and Service Company branch man- agers meet regularly in the E.xecu- tive Lounge which also serves as the setting for photographs of RCA home instruments.

One day a month has been s'>t aside in the Hall's engagement book as "Electron Microscope Day". On this occasion slides, a film and dem- onstration of the electron micro- scope are presented to a* many college, scientific and professional groups as can be accommodated. Students, especially, are attracted by the variety of electronic wonders which the Hall has to offer. School classes numbering upwards of 'M),- ()()() pupils have been taken on tours and have watched motion pictures in the .Johnny Victor Theatre.

RCA hospitality has been extend- ed through the E.xhibition Hall to gatherings representative of nearly every phase of American industry and institution. A typical weekly .schedule includes the names of or- ganizations such as Eastern Air

Lines. United States Rubber Co., Twentieth-Century Fo.x. March of Time. A m e r i c a n Tuberculosis Assoc, Museum of Modern Art. Citizens Committee for Displaced Persons. Boy Scouts Organization. Institute of Radio P'ngineers. and .Juiliiard School of Music. Protn'ams in which these groups participate usually consist of film previews, re- hearsals, classes or demonstrations for the press.

A casual visitor to the Hall's con- course level might find .lane Pickens rehearsing a concert before 70 guests, Arturo Toscanini ent°rtain- ing foreign visitors, or encounter a meeting of the Television Writers' Guild.

Special Evcnls Given Attenlion

Special events call for special attention by the Exhibition Hall staff. On election night the Hall remained open until .5 a.m., attract- ing capacity crowds. Returns were televised on a 6- by 8-foot screen in the .Johnny Victor Theatre and on the many receivers installed on the main fioor. This same procedure was followed for the championship prizefights and World Series tele- casts at which time special tickets had to be issued to regulate at- tendance.

Jlore iieople have been introduced to television in the Exhibition Hall than at any other place. Questions

E.VfllNEERINT. ASSISTANT ROSE ANN LONCNECKER CHECKS THE OPERATION OK A TELEVISION SET IN THE MAINTE- .NA.NCE SHOP OK THE EXHIBITIO.N HALL.

of every nature concerning the new art are answered by a competent staff of eight public relations rep- resentatives. These young men are thoroughly instructed in every phase of RCA operations so that they may transmit this information intelligently to interested guests.

Each i)iece of equipment in the Hall must be kept in perfect condi- tion, since it is used for demonstra- tion as well as display. Twelve tele- vision receivers and aiiproximatelv fifteen radios and radio-phonograph combinations are available for in- spection by an average of 3,000 persons each day. Duplicate sets are held in reserve for replacements when models on display reiiuire ex- tensive servicing or overhauling. An engineering staff works steadily on routine check-up and repairs, particularly those made necessary by visitors who are souvenir hunters.

Behind the scenes, 23 nersons work diligently to keep RCA's Radio City showplace mechanically per- fect and to plan, coordinate and supervise its numerous activities.

The fact that it has attracted a multitude of visitors from every state in the Union and more than a hundred thousand overseas guests indicates that the I']xhibition Hall is recognized by the public as a symbol of RCA preeminence in radio, television and electronics.

[RADIO AGE 27]

"Macbeth" Sets Video Record

Top Nanicf of Slafic, Larhh Sccticry and Coflunicf Feature Hiflory- Making T clcvhion Production by NBC.

TIIK biKKi.'-'^t. most lavish and, if paid for and sponsored, the must expensive production on tele- vision was The Players' Club pres- entation of Shakespeare's "Mac- beth" on the NI5C" Television Net- work. Sunday. May 1. To pay the cast alone, toi) names of Hollywood and Broadway, would have cost around $25,000. The rehearsal, air and studio time, plus the cost of the sets and costumes, would have run the total cost well over $1,000,- 000.

An analysis of the time and work expended on the three interior and three exterior sets in Studio 8G and the two sets made for the portions of the play produced on film shows that to run, setup and strike the sets required ten men working' a total of 107 hours.

To build and paint the sets i-e- (|uired 20:\ hours, IG men and 20 V'allons of paint. Some of the paint- ing was done after the .sets were erected in the studio. Five property men were needed for the produc- tion. A hauling crew of three men was re(|uired to brinjr the props, sets and costumes into the studio and a secretary to keep track of the crew and their various pickup points.

JoVlK RKOMA.S- AS "I.APV MACBKTH I .N

NBC's KrcKMAI, TKI.KVISION r'ROItl'CTION

OK TIIK SIIAKKSI'KARKAN TRACKDY.

[28 RADIO AGE]

The costumes — approximately three changes for each of the 85 members of the cast — were obtained from the twci lar>rest theatrical cos- tume houses in the city. Ten tailors, workinK eijrht hours a day for three days were used to net the clothes ready, and it rei|uired the services of six dressers at the dress re- hearsal and while the projrram was telecast to aid the actors and ac- tresses in their changes.

Seven makeup experts were used to make up the cast and five prop- erty men were required to keep track of the various props used during' the show.

There were four cameramen and five lijrht men used on the produc- tion.

Adapted Drama for I clccaft Henry Fisk Carlton adapted the drama to fit the hour telecast. Since members of The Players' Club were doiuK the play as their annual observance of the Bard's birthday, two sets of producers and directors were used. Harold McGee and An- thony Brown were the producer and director respectively for The Play- ers and the late Owen Davis, Jr., and Garry Simpson held down the same spots for NBC. Walter \\'i\)i-

ner of The Players was the only sta^'e manager.

The top names of The Players' Clul> roster — who are also top names of the Broadway stage — played in the production. Walter Hampden, president of the club, played the role of Macbeth and the three highest-paid Witches ever to es.say the roles were Bobby Clark, David Wayne and P-dgar Stehli.

Others in the star-studded cast were Joyce Redman as Lady Mac- beth, Walter Abel .us Macduff, Paul McGrath as Banquo, Leo G. Carroll as Duncan, Sidney Blackmer as Ross, Alexander Clark as Lennox, Phili)) Truex as Malcolm. John Drew Devereux as Donalbain, Ben Lackland as Seyton, Ralph Bi'llamy as Porter, John Carradine and Charles Brokaw as the first and second murderers, Frank Wilcox as Caithness, Krnest Rowan as Men- teith, Maurice Wells as Angus, Douglas A. Clark-Smith as the doc- tor and John Craven as the man- servant.

Even the "spear-carriers." in the liroduction rated among the first names of the legitimate theatre Ladies-in-Waiting were \"iola Keats and Margaret Garland. Gentle- women were Klizabeth Dewing. \"\v- ginia Downing, Monica Lang. .Abby Lewis, Sonia Sorel and Margot Ste- venson. Soldiers were Jack Benwell, Richard Kllington, Carl Frank. Storrs Haynes. Don Moore and .Nelson Wav.

WAI.TKR HAMPDEN, NOTED .STACK ACTOR. I'LAVKD TIIK TITl.K ROLE IN "MACBKTH". SUPPORTKD BY AN IMPRKSSIVK CA.ST OK BROADWAY AND

llOI.I.VWOdli STARS.

Zworykin Receives Lamme Medal

American Institute of Electrical Engineers Honors RCA Laboratories' \'ice President for Contributions to Television

D\\. N'iadimir K. Zworykin, \'ici' President and Technical Con- sultant of the RCA Laboratories Division, received the Lamme Medal, an outstanding award for scientific and technical achievement, from the American Institute of Electrical Engineers at its annual meeting in Swampscott. Massachu- setts, on June 22.

Dr. Zworykin was awarded the medal "for his outstanding contri- bution to the concept and desijrn of electronic apparatus basic to mod- ern television." The award, estab- lished in 1928 throufrh a bequest of Benjamin Garver Lamme, chief en- jrineer of the Westinphouse Electric & Manufacturin}? Company, was jiresented by Everett S. Lee. Insti- tute President.

Brifr. General David Sarnoff, Chairman of the Board of RCA. in presenting Dr. Zworykin, hailed him ;ls the "scientist extraordinary of this ape" and recalled hijrhliphts of the host of scientific contribu- tions achieved by the medalist since his arrival in this country .30 years apo.

"His preat love was television," General Sarnoff said, "and he worked tirelessly toward the jjoal of an all-electronic .system that would some day prove to be the world's greatest means of mass communica- tion, education and entertainment. His first achievement was develop- ment of the basic principles of the now famous iconoscope tube. Then he began working on an over-all system incorporating this new elec- tronic 'eye.' To achieve this he also developed the kinescope, or tele- vision picture tube, for the re- ceiver."

With the development of these tubes, the television tide turned from the mechanical to the elec- tronic system, General Sarnoff pointed out. ". . . In 1929 he dem- onstrated all-electronic television publicly for the first time, proving that it was far superior to the old mechanical system with its motor and revolving di.sc. Scanning was

done electronically and the picture was reproduced electronically."

General Sarnoff cited other de- velopments to which Dr. Zworykin has lent his great talents: second- ary emission multipliers, image tubes, the electron microscope, and a universal electronic computer, which may open the door to weather prediction and control beyond any- thing yet achieved.

"It is recorded that during World War II, Dr. Zworykin performed outstanding service as a member of the Scientific Advisory Board to the Commanding General of the L'nited States Army Air Force, the Ord- nance A d V i s o r y Committee on Guided Missiles, and three impor- tant sub-committees of the National Defense Research Committse." General SarnofT said.

Received Presidential Certificate

"In the course of his war work, he directed research resulting in the development of fire control, tele- vision guided missiles, infrared image tubes for Sniperscopes and Snooperscopes, and storage tubes. He received the Presidential Cer- tificate of ilerit in recognition of his distinguished achievements dur- ing the war."

In accepting the medal. Dr. Zworykin said that the rise of the scientist in public esteem presented an opportunity for the reexamina- tion of the engineer, not only as a contributor to our standard of liv- ing but to the progress of science itself.

"The man in the street becomes conscious of scientific advances only as the engineer translates them into an instrument, a manufacturing process, or a machine," Dr. Zwory- kin stated. "The strategic impor- tance of the engineer in making products of scientific discovery available to the public becomes evi- dent when, for prolonged periods, a scientific discovery remains dor- mant because engineering talent is not applied to its utilization."

Pointing out that we ordinarily

UH. V. K. ZWORYKIN

think of engineering development following scientific discovery. Dr. Zworykin declared that. "At the moment we are more interested in the fact that engineering progress uniformly promotes scientific dis- covery by giving the scientist tools of increasing effectiveness.

"The present development of nu- clear science appears inconceivable without the assistance received from the electronic industry in the form of high-power oscillator tubci^ and control e(|uipment of all kinds. The same applies to the study of cosmic rays, the research into the nature of the electron through the study of atomic resonances, and al- most every other problem in the forefront of present-day scientific interest."

Reviewing the development of television, the scientist said that its growth appears to be limited only b.v the space in the frequency spec- trum, adding:

"There are. however, many ap- plications of television which are not so limited. If the transmission is by cable or along sharply defined radio beams, the problem of inter- ference, and hence of frequency al- location, vanishes. As a matter of convenience, it has become custom- ary to refer to television applica- tions satisfying this condition as "industrial television.' Special com- pact cameras and receiving units

(Contitnied on page .12)

[RADIO AGE 29]

DR. IRVING WOLFP. DIRECTOR OK THE RADIO Tl'BE RESEARCH LABORATORY. RCA LABORAToRIE.<. RECEIVES THE DISTIN- r;i'ISIIEli PVBLIC SERVICE AWARD VRDSl REAR ADMIRAL C. D. \VHEEU)CK, FOR HIS WORK IN ELECTRONICS AND RADAR.

Navy Honors Dr. Wolff

Director of Radio Tube Research Laboratories at Princeton Receives

Distinguished Public Serrice Award for Achievements

in Electronics and Radar

IN CEREMONIES at Princeton. N. J., on May 24. Dr. Irvinjr Wolff, director of thi' Kiidio Tube Research Laboratory of RCA Lal)- oratf>ries, received the "Distiii- j^uished Public Service Award" of the Navy Uepartmeiit. in recojrni- tion of his aihicvi'ments in elec- tronics and radar.

The award, which included a cer- tificate .sijrned by Secretary of the Navy, John L. Sullivan, was pre- sented by Rear Admiral C. D. Wheelock, U.S.N., Deputy Chief of the Hurcau of Ships. It is the high- est honor bestowed on a civilian b\' the Navy.

Such recoKiiition is jriven only to individual citizens, not in Navy employ, who "have contributed measurably in scientific or manu- facturinK fields to the success of the Navy's [lolicies and projrrams," the Secretarv's office stated. In ad-

dition, the recipient must have ren- dered outstandin^r service over and above that normally expected of him and not required by his joi) or the terms of his contract.

Aided Navy's Effectiveness

"Dr. Wolff contributed immeas- urably to the efl!'ectiveness of the operation of the Navy during the late war, and the interim period since then," the Navy spokesman declared. "His achievements and accomplishments covered the field of electronics in jreneral, but more particularly that of radar.

"In 10:?2. while in the employ of the Radio Corporation of Amoriia. he conducted research in micro- wave transmission and reception. Usinp- e(|uipment developed as a result of this research, he demon- strated the ability to detect radar signals reflected from gas tanks

and small ships about a half-mile distant. Shortly thereafter, he de- veloped a means of timing these signals, whereby distance to the re- flecting object could be measured. This was one of the fundamental contributions to modern day radar."

Later Dr. Wolff and his associ- ates developed airborne radar equipment to prevent collisions and high-altitude precision radar for altitude determination, it was pointed out. The radio altimeters used by the United States and her Allies were developed by Dr. Wolffs group.

"Had he been content to do only what was expected of him." the Navy statement said, "the Navy and other Armed Services would have been deprived of equipment that proved invaluable in the suc- cessful prosecution of the war and increasing the safety of air and .sea navigation since the cessation of hostilities."

Dr. Wolff received the K. S. de- gree in physics from Dartmouth College in 1916 and a Ph.D. degree in the same subject from Cornell University in 192:?. He was an instructor in physics at Iowa .State College in 1919 and at Cornell from 1920 to 192:?, where he was a Heckscher Research F"ellow in 1924.

He joined RCA in 1924 as a mem- ber of the Technical and Test De- partment and from 19:?0 to 1941 was with the Research Division of the RCA .Manufacturing Company. Camden, N. .1. In the latter year, he jointed the staff of RCA Labora- tories. He has specialized in prob- lems in microwaves, sonar, radar and aviation.

Dr. Wolff is a fellow of the Acoustical Society of America, the Institute of Radio Engineers and the American Association for the Advancement of Science; and ; member of the Physical Society and Sigma Xi.

[30 RADIO AGE]

RCA TO OPEN NEW TV PLANT

1^ XTENSIOX of television re- [j eeiver production to a third plant of the RCA Victor Division was bev'un early last month with the installation of new eiiuipment and conversion of other facilities at the Division's Bloominjrton, Indi- ana, factory.

To help meet increasing demand for RCA \'ictor"s television receiv- ers, approximately one-third of the 226,000 sciuare feet of manufactur- ing space in the modern one-story Bloomington plant will be initially devoted to TV set production. This extension supplements present oper- ations in Camden and Indianapolis, with provisions for later expansion of the Bloomington space as re- quired.

Production lines are scheduled to start in August, and are expected

to reach full output by September. The entire operation will be auto- matic, with conveyors used to facil- itate materials handling. Use of a special arrangement for adjusting the height of conveyor lines will permit interchangeable production of table-model, consolette, and con- sole instruments.

"This extension of television pro- duction, involving facilities valued at more than half a million dollars." said H. G. Baker, general manager of the Home Instrument Depart- ment, "is a reaffirmation of RCA ^■ictor's faith in the continuing growth and stability of the tele- vision industry.'

In addition to television receiv- ers, the Bloomington factory will manufacture all of the intricate television tuners or station-selector

RCA Institutes Graduation

(Confirmed from page 23) can perfect a wrist-watch radio, and eventually a miniature television set!"

As some other examples of out- standing developments in electron- ics undreamed of only a few years ago. General Sarnoff mentioned the RCA Ultrafax system which is capable of transmitting a million words a minute; Teleran, a combi- nation of television and radar, of vast importance in air navigation and traffic control; radio-controlled planes and electronic maritime navi- gation aids; and the electron micro- scope which can peer deeply into submicroscopic realms.

"A serious error that must be avoided when considering the heights of achievement reached in electronics," declared General Sarn- off, "is to think that everything has been done. The radio-electronic developments I have mentioned here are but an index to the opportuni- ties that exist.

"Progress calls for ni)t only re- search scientists and experimenters, development and design engineers, but also for operators and technical •epairmen, mechanics and testers. . Each field offers chances for ad-

vancement, and it is encouraging to realize that from each branch of radio-electronics new trails will b3 blazed. Therefore, it behooves you to select that field which appeals most to you and to follow it with all the talent, initiative, eagerness, and hard work that you can muster. "Let me repeat : The most im- portant factor to keep in mind is to continue your education. Science and industry will reward you for your talents and energy. Out of your efforts may come inventions, new products, processes and serv- ice.':. Through your achievement. I hope that you will find success and happiness — enhanced by the knowl- edge that you are contributing to progress for the benefit of this Na- tion and its people. There is every- thing good yet to be accomplished in our lives and in our work. What man has done, man can do better. May each one of you be that man."

Canadian Doctors Watch Surgery by Television

Television as a medium of medi- cal and surgery instruction was demonstrated for the first time in Canada by RCA Victor during the

switches required for both its own production and that of its comi)an- ion plant at Indianapolis. It will also continue to produce the com- pany's full line of table-model, IHirtable, and personal radios, as well as all RCA \'ictor radio chassis for radio-television combinations.

Inauguration of television opera- tions at Bloomington will raise to four the number of RCA Victor plant.s assigned to various phases of television production in Indiana. The others are the Company's larg- est television receiver factory, at ln(iianai)olis; a cabinet factory at Monticello, and the new television picture tube factory now under con- struction at Marion.

The Bloomington plant will re- main under the management of T. , S. Weeks, who will supervise tele- vision production in addition to continuing his supervision of radio production.

national convention of the Canadian Medical Association, held in Saska- toon on June 1.3-15.

Television equipment worth §100,000, including two cameras, control apparatus and a transmitter were installed at the Saskatoon General Hospital where the surgical operations were televised. The pro- grams, broadcast for an hour each day, were sent lU miles by micro- wave radio relay from the hospital to convention headciuarters where they were viewed on twelve 10-inch and 16-inch RCA ^'ictor television receiver.s. In addition. 6- .x 8-foot pictures of the operations were shown on an RCA television projec- tion unit installed at the hotel.

Arrangements for the demonstra- tion were made in cooperation with the E. R. Squibb & Sons Interna- tional Corporation.

NBC Extends TV Net

Five television stations have been added to NBC's rapidly expanding TV network, bringing the chain's total television outlets to 4-5. The new stations are WKV-TV. Okla- homa City; WBRC-TV. Birming- ham; WBTV. Charlotte; WOW-TV, Omaha, and W.MBR-TV. .Jack.son- ville.

[RADIO AGE 31]

TELEVISION IN INDUSTRY

Use of Video Equipment in Commercial Fields May Exceed Scope of TV in Howes. Walts Tells Milwaukee Engineers

USE of television in industry may develop into a service broader in scope than that of video pronramminp for the jxiblic. yrreat- er even than those that mi^'ht be encomjiassed by the widest sweeps of imagination conjured up by sci- ence fiction writers. This prospect was outlined recently by W. W. Watts, vice president in charjre of the RCA Kn^rineerin^' Products I)e- pai-tment. in an address to the En- jfineers Society of Milwaukee.

Speakinjr on the subject, "Tele- 'vision's New Directions", Mr. Watts described some of the applications of television to industry which are now beinjr explored. He mentioned particularly the use of fixed-focus cameras in laboratories and at criti- cal points in production lines to facilitate inspection of materials and observation of processes and ^rau^'es in location.s where explosive materials, dan^'erous jrases. extreme temperatures, or difficult acce.-is make it impracticable to station a human oljserver. Other uses he en- visajred included the i)robable uses of television in traffic safety, the puardinv the asylum and prison cor- ridors, retailing', teaching', jrraphic communication, and the theatre.

Outlining a system to detect fouls in horse racing, he described how six television cameras mounted around the track could provide stewards with a head-on view of the entire race on television screens, especially those portions of the course that are ditlicult to see from the judjres' stand.

In the field nf education, he added that televisinn has proved to be a particidarly brilliant and u.se- ful .servant of society. He told of the numerous applications of tele- vision to medical and surjrical teaching which have been found, and of the explorations conductedln schools throujfh the coo])erati<in of stations, school otlicials and manu- facturers. He explained how tele- vision can look down the eye-piece of microscopes and throw the im- ages on large screens before class-

rooms; how manufacturing methods in fields ranging from heavy engi- neering to watchmaking can be taught to large groups quickly, and how the best of facilities and facul- ties can be made available simul- taneously to all students in an area by broadcast or direct-wire tele- vision service.

New applications of television, he said, are "an inviting frontier for creative engineering, and a source of prestige, fortunes, and opportu- nities to render service to the world."

Zworykin Receives Medal For Work in Television

(Continued from page 29) are being built for such purposes."

Potential applications of "indus- trial television" cited by Dr. Zwory- kin included: observation of ma- chines or gauges in inaccessible places; monitoring of dangerous operations from a distance: tele- casting of important meetings fin- press coverage or overflow audience ; presentation of fashions or other merchandise on television receivers in stores, and in hospitals for ob- servation of ojierations. surveillance of patients and entertainment of patients.

"The greatest benefits can only be achieved through the intimate interplay of fundamental science and engineering," Dr. Zworykin concluded. "As long as both fields of endeavor are adeijuately stafli'ed and exchange information freely, we need not fear for the material progress of our civilization."

The Lamme Medal is the latest in a long series of awards and hon- ors bestowed on Dr. Zworykin. These include: The Morris I.ieb- mann Memorial Prize of the Insti- tute of Radio Engineers, the Ben- jamin Count Rumford Medal of the Boston Academy of Arts and Sci- ences, the Howard N. Potts Medal

of The Franklin Institute, the Rum- ford Medal of the American Acad- emy of Arts and Sciences, the Gold Medal of the Poor Richard Club, the annual award of the Television Broadcasters Association and the Cross of the Chevalier of the French I.«gion of Honor.

A graduate of the Institute of Technology, St. Petersburg, he re- ceived the Doctor of Philosophy degree from the University of Pittsburgh in 1!)2G. Brooklyn Poly- technic Institute has conferred up- on him the honorary degree of Doctor of Science.

In addition to being a Fellow of the A. I. K. E.. Dr. Zworykin is a member of the Institute of Radio Engineers, the American Physical Society, the American Association for the Advancement of Science. The Franklin Institute, Electron Microscojie Society of America, Sig- ma Xi, the National Academy of Sciences, the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, and the French Academy of Science.

NBC Grants 5 Fellowships To Summer Radio Institutes

-Vine ministers, directors of re- ligious education, and laymen in religious radio have been granted fellowships to the NBC Summer Radio Institutes by the National Broadcasting Company and the Protestant Radio Commission, it was announced recently by Sterling W. Fisher, manager of NBC's Public Affairs and Education De- partment.

The awards were made to those who are currently planning and providing radio programs on sus- taining time for state and city federations of churches, and min- isterial associations of other inter- <lenominational agencies. Each fel- lowship carries a stipend of $150, which will cover tuition and a por- ticui of the recipient's traveling expenses.

The Summer Radio Institutes are conducted by NBC in cooperation with Northwestern University, Uni- versity of California at Los An- geles and Stanford University.

[32 RADIO AGE]

^wb/r

cLfb

rary : ■<v*

RADIO AGE

RESEARCH . MANUFACTURING • COMMUNICATIONS • BROADCASTING • TELEVISION

'CTOBER

949

Color Television

World's finest recorded music...

through your present set

VAUGHN MONROE says:

'The new RCA Victor 45 rpm Records have superb tone quality . . . are the easiest in the world to play!"

World s fastest completely automatic changer

Mere it is — the world's "new standard of recorded music" — at a sensational low price! Now every- body con afford these odvontoges of 45 rpm:

• Plays fhe amazing 100'^'^ diitortion-free records f

• Plays up to 10 records at one touch of a button — up to 50 minutes of musici • Easier toadingl No posts or clamps to adjus*. • No storage problems — all records are convenient 7-inch size! (Can play as long at ordinary 12 -inch!) # Non-breakable

records! Wear up to ten limes longer. • Virtually no surface noise!

. . . and 45 rpm records aro low In costi Rod Seol clotsici only 9Sr, all others 6SC (plus oxcIm lax).

This astoundingly compact changer Is all you need lo bring the pleasures of 45 rpm into your home' It's easily attached to your present radio, phonograph, or combination. Start enjoying "the system of the future" TODAY!

OVER 1000 45 RPM RECORD TITLES INVITE YOU!

The pops ond clatsict • veryone w^ants — by "fhc Start who mak« th« hits . ■ ■** ond "Ihe world's greatest arljsis . . ."! Dox- ens more titles coming out oil the timel

Get your changer NOW at this special price!

(IM.Y HC\ \ It, 1 1 111 MAKI> Till; Vl( TliOl \

••Vklrola'— T.M.R.B. US. Pol. 0«.

' III t i^iii\ III

^1^

/»/l /•^/r»\ ol H mill I <lHI'<il< I I l()\ ol I ^// A'/'./

World leader in radio . . first in recorded music . . . first in television

J

RADIO AGE

RESEARCH • MANUFACTURING • COMMUNICATIONS • BROADCASTING • TELEVISION

:)VER

rect-view picture re- idiicinjr system of RCA's electronic completely ipatible color television tem in which three kine- pes are used with two hroic mirrors to provide h-definition images in ural color.

Services of RCA are:

Zk Laboratories Division

•

RCA Victor Division OA Communications, Inc anne Corporation of America III Broadcasting Company, Inc.

RCA Institutes, Inc. lA Service Company, Inc. :A International Division

VOLUME 9 NUMBER I October 1949

CONTENTS

PAGE

.\KW liC.A COLOR TELEVISION .SYSTEM "^

CONES OK SILENCE ^

S.ALES OF 15 RPM RECORDS SOAR ^

THEATRE TV A NEW INDUSTRY

/))/ ir. ir. Wnffg 10

19o0 MODELS OK RCA VICTOR TP;LEVIS!0N RECEIVERS 13

TELEVISION AFLOAT 14

NBC CO-SPONSORS UN PRO.TECT 1''

HEIIIND THE SCENES OF NBC TELEVISION PROGRAMS 1 <>

MEXICAN OPERATIONS E.XTENDED 1**

CHANCES IN NBC EXECUTIVE STAFF 20

BRINGING TV TO NEW MARKETS

by Henry G. Baker 21

TRAINING ANNOUNCERS FOR ROLES IN RADIO AND TELEVISION

by Patrick J. Kelly 23

DKIVE-IN THEATRES INCREASE

/)(/ .1/. F. Bennett 26

STANDARDIZATION OF RCA PRODUCTS

/)(/ /). F. Schmit 28

RELIES ON RADIOTELEPHONE 30

(A complete index of articles which have appeared in Radio Age from Volume 1 through Volume 8 is included with this issue.)

RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA

RCA Building, New York 20, N. Y.

David Sarnoff, Chairman of the Board Frank M. Folsom, President

Lewis MacConnach, Secretary Er.nest B. Gorin, Treasurer

Radio Age is published quarterly by the Department of Information, Radio Corporation of America, 30 Rockefeller Plaza. New York 20. N. Y.

MCALLlSTfcK ill.. MUST IKAKT TO BE KgllPI'Kn WITH NKW RAniOMARINE SMALL. LOW-COST RADAR FOR HARBOR BOATS, KKRRIES AND YACHTS. PASSES .STATtE OK LIBERTY ON BEDLOES ISLAND.

COLOR CONVERTER USING SMALL PROJECTION KINESCOPES AND REFRACTIVE OPTICS.

New RCA Color Television System

First Public Dcnionstratioii of Field Test Broadcast in Washington, D.C., Shons All-Electronic, High- Definition and Completely Compatible Color System Which Can Supplement Black-and-W hite Service

Without Disturbing Present Sets.

THE first scheduled program of color television broadcasts — a part of the Radio Corporation of America's field tests — was pre- sented by RCA in Washington, D.C., on October 10 to demonstrate to the Federal Communications Commis- sion and to the public the new RCA all-electronic, high-definition and completely compatible color tele- vision system.

The initial demonstration was presented for the official record of the FCC in its current hearings re- lating to the adoption of technical standards for color television serv- ice. This demonstration and sub-

sequent color transmissions, origi- nating at the National Broadcast- ing Company's WNBW studios at the Wardman Park Hotel, provided an opportunity for representa- tives of the Government, the press, science, industry and the public to observe the color system which RCA believes to be the best foundation for satisfactory standards.

Continuing demonstrations are planned to show how this system can be the basis for the establish- ment of a color television service without obsoleting present black- and-white sets.

The demonstration program fea-

tured variety artists, radio and television stars, color motion pic- tures and color slides, all scanned by color cameras to demonstrate the effectiveness of the new RCA sys- tem in transmitting and receiving scenes and action in natural colors for the added enjoyment of the IJublic.

A special entertainment program presented some of America's favor- ite entertainers, seen for the first time in color television. NBC tele- vision favorites Kukla, Fran and Ollie of television's top puppet show introduced other stars including Gladvs Swarthout of the Meti-o-

RADIO AGE 3]

I.KKT: RIA roUIR CAMERAS (lCKRATIN(; IN STl'KIO OK WNBW. WASH- INGTON, U.C. BELOW: NEW COUIR TELEVISION CAMERA WITH COVER REMOVED SIIOWINO DICHROIC MIRRORS (IN FRONT) AND SOME OK THE camera's ELECTRONIC CONTROLS.

politan Opera who sanp the "Malianera" from Carmen, juyr^'ler Hiuly ("ardcnas and the dance team of F'red and Susan IJarr.v. Dickinson Eastham. untlerstudy to the "South Pacific" star Ezio Pinza sanK "Some Enchanted Evening" with Miss Swarthoiit. The commercial possi- bilities of color television were demonstrated by Sid Stone, the popular "|)itch man" of Milton Belle's Texaco Star Theatre. A 19- piece NKC orchestra under Norman Clout ier provided accompaniment for the talented stars as they ap- peared in brijrhtly colored costumes characteristic of their roles.

Objective of RCA

Speaking for the record. Ur. Elmer \V. EnKstrom, Vice Presi- dent in Charjre of Research, RCA Laboratories, declared : "RCA has believed from the bejrinninvr that television should projrress from black-and-white to color just as .soon as this was practical. BelievinK this, RCA has ajrKi"e-''>'<ively worked upon .nil promisinff systems of color

television and has earnestly directed its efforts to this end.

"RCA has believed that color tele- vision, when established, should be based upon a lastinK foundation of liroper standards, excellent perform- ance, and should be developed in an ortlerly manner with regard to the black-and-white television service.

"RCA is pleased that its exi)eri- nieiital work and enKineerinjr analy- sis provide the basis, and this we may now state with conviction, for hiRh-definition color television with- in six-me>facycle VHF and UHF channels and compatible with the present black-and-wliite service.

"This system for the first time enables color television in 0-mc to proceed upon a lasting foundation of proper standards, excellent per- formance and complete compatibil- ity with existinjr receivers."

Importance of Compalihilily

Dr. EiiKstrom pointed out that the RCA color television system is a compatible system. This means, he explained, that present television

receivers can receive color iiro>rrams in black-and-white without any modification. Also, when a broad- caster shifts from black-and-white transmission to color transmission, the viewer of an existing black- and-white receiver is unaware of the shift. On the other hand, a viewer of a new color set, receivinK pnijrrams in color, will, when the broadcaster chaiiK*'!* from culor to black-and-white transmission, see black-and-white pictures without making any changes in his receiver.

"The (luestion of compatibility is of >rreat importance not only to the present owner of a black-and-white receiver, l)ut may very well be fundamental to the economics of a color television broadcast in>r serv- ice," said Dr. En^'strom. "In con- siderinp the public interest, it is necessary to take info account these economic factors, because the pub- lic cannot be served unless the bro.-idcasters are able to render a commercial service.

"With a compatible system a broadcaster first starting color

[4 RADIO AGE]

schedules is automatically assured that he will retain his full potential audience on all the receivers in his service area, both black-and-white receivers and new color receivers. The economics of the television broadcasting industry appear to be such that rcKular color broadcast- ing service mi>rht be seriously de- layed if the broadcaster must sacri- fice circulation, and therefore revenue, in order to provide color transmissions.

"With a fully compatible system, however, the broadcaster can change at will, either from color to black- and-white or the reverse, without disturbing the viewers of either the e.xisting receivers or color re- ceivers, and without requiring ad- justments to either type of receiver. This means no loss of audience at the start or later, which will no doubt be an important factor for some time, because it is probable that many programs will be trans- mitted in black-and-white even when color becomes an established service."

With appropriate production de- sign. Dr. Engstrom declared, RCA believes that new color receivers of reasonable cost, practical to install, and simple to operate can be made available by the radio industry. He pointed out that economies and price reductions have been achieved in black-and-white sets and simi- larly it may be expected that econo- mies and price reductions will be experienced in color receivers as de- mand and (|uantity production de- velop.

Adapting Sets to Receive Color

Existing black-and-white televi- sion receivers may be converted to receive color pictures by various methods in the RCA color system. Dr. Engstrom said. He described these methods as follows:

1. By using a separate converter unit containing appropriate elec- tronic gear and picture tube view- ing arrangement of a ten-inch dia- meter size.

2. By substituting a new projec- tion unit for the cathode ray tube in the black-and-white set.

.3. By adding one tube to the cathode ray tube in the black-and- white set and changing the three- color signal to a two-color signal

[RADIO AGE 5]

to be viewed on the two-cathode- ray-tube combination.

Scope for Future Improvement

"In a medium of such tremendous social and economic impact as color television," continued Dr. Eng- strom, "RCA believes that it is vitally important that the system adopted be based upon such prin- ciples that its future improvement is unhampered. The RCA color tele- vision system provides this scope and flexibility.

"It is the belief of RCA that this new system provides for the first time a sound basis for bringing color television service to the pub- lic, as well as full scope for the con- tinuing development of color as the art progresses, without involving obsolescence of present-day black- and-white receivers. RCA color is a complete departure from me- chanical color and the rotating color di.scs and moving parts which have characterized all the mechanical color systems invented since 192-5."

Equipment Used in Demonstrations

Dr. Engstrom said that the RCA color television equipment used in the demonstrations before the FCC and others was developed at RCA

Laboratories, Princeton, New .ler- sey. It consisted of two cameras for live subjects in the studio, one camera for color motion picture film, and one camera for color slides. There were two color moni- tors and a control-room console. Color pick-ups also were viewed in the studio on a specially-l)uilt re- ceiving unit, designed with Ki-inch tubes.

This studio equipment not only provides ample flexibility for cur- rent operations, but has the neces- sary elements for conducting the continuing color broadcasts |)lanncd by RCA.

The WNBW transmitter used in the demonstrations operated on Channel 1 of the assigned standard black-and-white television band.

Color receivers and black-and- white receivers for the demonstra- tions were installed at the Wash- ington Hotel, two miles from the transmitter. Since the RCA color system is comiiatible, RCA engi- neers pointed out that the ti-ans- missions in color did not interfere in any way with the regular black- and-white service of WNBW. In fact, any owner of a standard tele- vision receiver in Washington and surrounding areas was able to view

THE 16-MM. COLOR MOTION PICTURE PROJECTOR WHICH IS ONE OF

THE UNITS OF THE RCA COLOR TELEVISION SYSTEM AND, AT LEFT,

THE ELECTRON SAMPLER WHICH TAKES :?,800,000 SAMPLES OF EACH

COLOR A SECOND.

STUDIO C'ONTUOI, INITS (IF NtW R( A ALL-ELECTRONIC, HIGH -DEFINITION COMPATIBLE COLOR TELEVISION SYSTEM

AS INSTALLED AT NBC STATION WNBW LV WASH INGTON. RAY D. KELL. HEAD OF THE TELEVISION SECTION, RCA

LABORATORIES, IS OPERATING THE MONOCHROME MONITOR.

the demonstrations in Mack-and- white with full detail.

Ne» Field-Type Color Camera

An increasinfr numher of c()lor receivers is to be made available by RCA for field testing to obtain technical data, service experience and user comment and reaction. Dr. Engstrom reported. He al.so re- ported that RCA has started de- velopment of a field type color camera and associated apparatus. This is expected to be ready next spring and will then be added to the field te.st .set-up. Thus field camera will use a new camera tube which will greatly reduce the size of the camera itself. A mock-up of this camera and an oiierating samjile of the camera tube were dis- played (hiring the demonstration.

How the RCA Color System Worki

Briefly, as Dr. Kngstrom ex- plained, this is what happens when

the RCA color teli'\isioii system goes into action :

The color camera in the studio is equipped with three separate tubes. Each of these iiick-up tubes. i(|uiiii)ed with an appropriate color filter, receives one — and only one — of the primary colors, which in tele- vision are red, blue and green. In transmitting a color picture, these colors are electronically "sampled" in rapid seiiuence and coml)ined. The combination is then transmitted as a unit over a standard television transmitter.

At the receiving end, the single television signal is fed to an elec- tronic arrangement which is the inverse of the sampler at the pick- up. The combination is separated and a signal representing each color goes to a tube in the receiver which reproduces a picture in that particular color. The three sepa- rate colors are then viewed simul-

taneously as a single, complete color picture.

One of the fundamental charac- teristics of the RCA system is the apiilication of "time multiplex transmission," which has been adopted and applied to television from the art of radio telegraphy. Other innovations are the "elec- tronic sampler" and "picture dot interlacing."

The electronic sampler, which is described as a new and outstanding engineering development, functions with microsecond (irecision in sam- pling the colors. From the sampler the signals, representing the three primary colors, arc fed to an elec- tronic combining device. Standard synchronizing signals from the synchronizing generator are also applied at this point, and the prin- ciple of "mixed high frequencies" is also utilized.

Each color is .sampled 3.800,000 times a second — for the three colors

[6 RADIO AGE]

a total of 11.400,000 samples a secoiul. Tho vrrt'en sijrnal is samplcii and less than 9 hiiniired-niiliionths of a second later the red is sampled, and then the blue. This means that the signals of each color are trans- mitted at an approximate rate of one every four millionth of a sec- ond. When viewed on the screen of a receiver the recurrence of the signal is so rapid that the color ap- pears to be constant — frivinjr a high qualit.v picture without flicker or color breakup.

The three color signals from the camera are combined in an '"elec- tronic adder" and then are passed through a band-pass filter. The out- put of this filter contains frequen- cies between 2 and 4 megacycles, with contributions from each of the three color channels. The signal at the output of the band-pass filter is known as "the mi.xed-highs signals." These mixed-high fre- quencies are fed to an "adder", which is already receiving signals from the sampler and from the synchronizing generator. The com- posite signal which comes out of a smoothing filter is applied to the modulator of the transmitter.

"We have demonstrated," con- tinued Dr. Engstrom. "that the

mixed-highs procedure is successful and satisfactory in a wideband simultaneous system. In the RCA color television system the sampling process by itself is sufficient to carry high frequency components of each color signal so that when combined the resulting band width is below 4 megacycles (the samp- ling freiiuency determines the high- est frequency which will be passed ). However, the choice has been made to sample for the lower half of the video band ( up to 2 megacycles i and to use the mixed-highs prin- ciple for the upper half of the video band, because this has technical ad- vantages.

"The radio-frequency circuits, the picture intermediate-frequency amplifiers, the second detector, the sound intermediate-frequency am- plifiers, the discriminator, and the audio circuits are identical with those of a conventional black-and- white receiver. The composite video and synchronizing signals from the second detector enter an electronic device called the 'sync separator,' which removes the video and sends the synchronizing pulses to the de- fiection circuits and to the sampling pulse generator. The sampling pulse generator utilizes the trailing edge of the horizontal synchronizing

pulse to actuate the receiver sampler in synchronism with the transmit- ter sampler.

"The signal from the second de- lector also enters the sampler. It is a composite signal. An electronic commutator samples the composite signal every 0.0877 microsecond, producing short pulses. The ampli- tude of each of these pulses is de- termined by the amplitude of the composite wave at that particular instant.

"The commutator feeds these pulses into three separate video amplifiers which in turn control three cathode-ray tubes or kine- scopes having appropriate color- producing phosphors. This method for jiort raying the single color pic- ture with three kinescopes in a projection system is similar to that which RCA has previously demon- strated to the Commission."

Dr. Engstrom summed up the characteristics of the new RCA color system as follows: (1)6 mega- cycle channel; (2) Fully compat- ible; (3) 525 lines; (4) GO fields per second; (5) Field interlaced; (6) Picture dot interlaced; (7) 15 color pictures per second; (8) Time multijilex transmission; (9) All- electronic.

STUDIO CONTROL CONSOLE OF THE RCA COLOR TELEVISION SYSTEM.

[RADl O AGE 71

l.F.VT. TWO TONES CLAMPED TOGETHER AT THEIR OL'TER EIX;ES I--ORM ONE SILENCING

INIT. below: INSTALLATION OF "CONES OF SILENCE" IN THIS CARPENTER SHOP

REDl'CED NOISE BY SIXTY PERCENT.

Cones of Silence

Inexpensive Sound-A bsorbers. Developed at RCA Laboratories,

Prore Effective in Solving Extremely Difficult

Acoustical Problems

NOISF'. tlu' arch-enemy of man's \vell-l)i'in^' and efficiency, can be converted into heat and dissi- pated by an ingenious functional sound absorber developed at RCA Laboratories, Princeton, N. .1.

These units, sometimes called "cones of silence", were developed by Dr. Harry F. Olson, director of the Acoustical Laboratory, to solve special noise problems in the Lab- oratorios. More recently they have been made available to industry by a leadinvr manufacturer of building materials.

Each absorbing' unit consists of two 1-1-inch cones, made of pressed wood pulp. The cones are fastened together base-to-base b.v a li>rht steel band, and suspended from wires strung over the area to be sound-])roofi'd.

Whereas most materials used for sound absorption rejjre.sent a com- I)romise, in that they .serve that purpose and al.so act as a wall or

ceilinjr covering, the sole objective of the "cones" is to soak up clatter. Since the cones are not designed to do two things at once, their absorp- tion efficiency is twice that of con- ventional materials.

Noise Level Greutly Reduced

Originally, the Olson devices were developed specifically to alleviate very bad noise conditions in the cabinet shop and drafting room of the Laboratories. In the former, the din created by circular saws, band saws, hammer.-;, and planers was excessive; in the latter, echoes and reverberations made concentration by personnel difficult. Both rooms have truss roofs, with skylighting and roof ventilation. Acoustical ceilings not only would have been extremely costly, hut would have impaired the lighting and ventila- tion.

Installation of the absorbers re- duced the noise level more than

sixty per cent in each room, with a cone suspended at a height of ten feet for every five square feet of space.

In many instances it is not advis- able or possible to install sound ab- sorbing materials on ceilings or walls because of cranes, pipes, wir- ing, and other necessary facilities, etc. The great (lexiliility of the ab- sorbers i)ermits their use in many such situations and at a reasonable cost. The absorbers are inexpensive and easy to install. In one instance three men, without previous experi- ence, equipped a room having L500 square feet of floor space in less than two days.

The absorbers operate on a i)rin- ciple of acoustic resistance, in which the acoustical energy — or noise — is converted into heat energy. This conversion takes place when air is forced through very narrow pas- sages, such as are found in the fuzzy surface of the "cones".

It is believed that functional sound absorbers may undergo con- siderable improvement, w h e r e a s conventional materials, under devel- opment for 20 years, appear to have reached a point where actual results approach their theoretically possible values.

[8 RADIO AGE]

Sales of 45 RPM Records Soar

Folsom Reports 260' \ Increase in Sales Within Past 90 Days —

Three Shifts Work Overtime to Meet Demand for

Nen Hi^h-Quality Disks.

SALES of 45-rpm phono^i'aph records have increased 2(j0 percent since the middle of July and RCA Victor plants are pres- ently unable to keep up with the public demand, Frank M. Folsom. President of the Radio Corporation of America, announced on October 20.

"We are ruore than delijrhted with the progress made by the '45' phonograph system since its intro- duction to the public last April." he added. "I predict with utmost confidence that it is destined to lead the phonograph field both in record players and records. We have in- cluded the Mo" system — which has the simplest and quickest record changer in the world — in all of our radio-phonograph consoles.

"In response to the rapidly mounting demand in all sections of the country. RCA Victor has in- creased its record production fa- cilities, which now are being worked

three shifts daily, with overtime. Demand for the ni'w ' I")" record players is so great that our de- liveries to distributors are running a minimum of two weeks behind orders. The upward trend is cer- tain to continue as more and more music-lovers become accpiainted with the (luality. as well as the sim- [jlicity and economy of the new '45' system.

"Since .June, every new RCA \ictor recording has been produced on 45 rpm as well as conventional 78 rpm disks. Our catalog of ^l')' records now numbers more than 1.000 .selections and is being ex- panded as rapidly as possible. It encompasses a full range of re- corded music, including symphonic, semi-classical, popular, children's selections, and folk tunes.

"I vigorously declare," said Mr. Folsom. "that the ■45' ;is a system of recorded music is here to stay, and let there be no doubt about it."

YOUTIIKL'L MUSK- LOVKKS H.M) THK KCA 45 RPM PHONORRAPH AN IDEAL ADDI- TIO.V TO TIIF.IR PLAYROOM. PARENTS ARE IMPRESSED BY THE AUTOMATIC CHANCER AND THE UNBREAKABLE RECORDS.

NEW SHORT 16-INCH PICTURE TUBE

Anew 16-inch metal television picture tube, five and a half inches shorter than present kine- scopes for IG-inch television sets, has been announced by the Tube Department of the Radio Corpora- tion of America.

The new kinescope, which, for the first time, will utilize an RCA "Filterglass" face plate for greater l)icture contrast, is expected to make possible more compact chassis and more flexible cabinet design in television receivers that will be available next year.

The new picture tube, designated the RCA-16GP4, will be supplied in very limited quantities to makers of television receivers in December. Appreciable quantities will be avail- able early in 1950. company officials revealed.

Design engineers and television receiver manufacturers were told

of the new tube last May. Later, engineering samples were supplied to television set manufacturers who are RCA Tube Department custo- mers, so that new receiver designs and circuits could be worked out for utilization of the new tube.

Like the first Ki-inch metal kine- scope, the new television receiver tube hits a funnel-shaped metal cone, with a glass face plate sealed to the large end and a tubular glass neck containing the electron gun fused to the smaller end. The new tube, however, is but ITVs inches long, which comi)ares to 22V'> inches for the present Ki-inch tube, and 18-inches for the widely used 10- inch television picture tube.

The new kinescope utilizes a wider deflection angle, 70 degrees as compared to about 55 degrees for the present tube, to make pos-

sible its shorter length. Perform- ance characteristics remain essen- tially the same.

The new RCA "Filterglass" face plate has a special material incor- porated in the glass, which greatly increases picture contrast. Light- ening of black areas in the televi- sion picture by reflected room light is greatly reduced. Contrast is further improved by reduction of reflections within the face plate it- self.

As in the present IG-inch kine- scope, another outstanding feature of the new tube is the large-area vacuum-tight seal running com- pletely around the front circumfer- ence of the tube between the face plate and the metal cone. The metal to-glass sealing technique is also u.sed to bond the neck section of the tube to the metal cone.

[RADIO AGE 9]

RINGSIDE

THEATRE TELEVISION FIRST CAME INTO PROMINENCE EARLY IN li>49 AT THIS BROOKLYN MOTION PICTURE HOUSE.

Theatre TV-A New Industry

Contract Signed by Fabian Theatres Expected to Bring RCA Telcrision to More Than 50 Morie Houses; Pact Regarded as Forerunner of Nationnide Enterprise; Milestones in Video's New Serrice Recalled.

By W. W. Watts

Vice I'rcsidcnl in Chiiij/c of

Engincvriiig I'rodiictn nrpartnictil,

RCA Victor Division.

THEATRE television, a poten- tially tremendous new industry an<i a potentially powerful mass medium of entertainment, educa- tion, cult u r a I development, and news, was born jls a commercial entity this past summer with the sijrninj? of a contract betwi>en Fabian Theatres and the Radio Corporation of America for the first permanent, commercial installation of instantaneous, theatre-size 'l'\' projection e(|uipment.

This installation, for which the first unit of commercial dcsijrn is

now in production in the RCA plant at Camden, will be made in Fabian's Brooklyn Fox Theatre early in 1950. Termed by S. II. Fabian the "provinp jrround" of tlieatre tele- vision for his circuit of more than 50 theatres, the jiioneer Brooklyn installation is also envisaped by leaders in the television and motion picture industries as the forerunner of a nationwide theatre-television service.

Spyros Skouras, iiresident of the 20th Century-Fox Film Corporation has disclosed plans for the installa- tion of instantaneous TV equip- ment in more than 20 West Coast theatres. He predicts that theatre television will be established on a national b;usis within seven years. It is recalled in this connection that it tr)ok the "talkies" only five year.s to displace 22.000 "silent" motion picture houses in favor of 15,000 theatres wired for sound. Com- putinjr the investment, profit, and employment opixirtunities in initial e(|uipment rt'iiuirements alone — on llic l)asis of the nation's approxi- mately 20.000 theatres and the pres- ent equipment price of $25,000 per theatre — the immense economic

significance of the 500 million dollar development is self-evident.

Further indication of the immi- nence and immensity of the pro- jected new service of theatre tele- vision is found in the statement of roinimum recjuirenients for fre- quency channels filed August 30 with the Federal Communications Commission by the Society of Mo- lion Picture Engineers. The SMPE rei'ommended that the FCC set aside approximately (iO channels in the higher part of the spectrum, where they would not interfere with the 54 channels now earmarked for home television service. This num- ber of channels, said the SMPE, is needed to jirovide for a nationwide competitive system in which a large number of program-originators can operate.

Broadway in Every Town

The prospect of a "Broadway in every town" is seen in such a sys- tem. Its entertainment possibilities include the telecasting of motion picture or other productions from a central theatre to subscribing sub- urban theatres throughout a given communitv or area, the use of inter-

[10 RADIO AGE]

city relays foi- simultaneous show- ings of a Hollywood premiere in all parts of the country, or, similarly, the simultaneous TV presentation i>f a Broadway stape hit in theatres in many metropolitan centers.

"Theatre television." it was as- serted in the SMPE statement, "will endeavor to offer material paralleling in a general fashion that presented by the legitimate theatre, radio, and motion pictures, but adding the important element of immediacy."

Social values of the proposed sys- tem were iilso cited by the motion picture engineers. "In times of emergency," the statement pointed out, "the motion picture industry . . . has been exploited for purposes of public morale and governmental information essential to our na- tional welfare and economy. A nationwide theatre television sys- tem will be able to render a similar service of even greater effective- ness because of its instantaneous nature.

"Theatre television . . . presents numerous educational as well as en- tertainment possibilities. Events of outstanding historical importJince or of great social significance may be viewed in schools, public audito- riums, and theatres at the moment they occur.

"It will afford marked industrial aid to the country by providing em- ployment and personal opportunity to many people."

Conceived during RCA research which began in 1928. theatre tele- vision made its first appearance in an e.xperimental form in .January, 1930, when the Company presented 60-line images on a 7y>- by 10-foot screen at the RKO-58th Street Theatre, in New York City. The low-definition pictures were crude compared to those produced by present-day equipment, but they in- dicated the possibility of annihila- ting time in bringing important events to the motion picture screen as they happened.

Substantial Progress Made

Substantial progress was made in the next decade, and in 1940, RCA achieved 441-line screen images measuring 15 by 20 feet in demon- strations in the New Yorker The- atre, in New York.

Although WiirUI War 11 inter- rupted commercial development in that same year, RCA's research and engineering on military appli- cations of television led to findings which facilitated speedy improve- ment of the theatre system when commercial work was resumed.

Much of the intensive develop- ment of the past two years was car- ried out by RCA under separate joint research contracts signed with 20th Century-Fox and Warner Brothers Pictures, Inc., in the sum- mer of 1947. Pursuant to these pacts, the RCA Theatre Equipment Department, under Barton Kreuzer, developed and delivered to each of the two film producing organiza- tions a set of three equipments, all meeting the present 525-line stand- ard of definition. The first was an instantaneous projection system capable of presenting 6- by 8-foot screen images. Next came a similar system projecting images up to 15 by 20 feet in size, with a maximum projection throw of 40 feet. The third was an intermediate film or film storage system, providing for the filming of images from the face of the TV picture tube and subse- quent projection of the film images by conventional methods.

Demonstrated at Conrenlions

The smaller direct-projection system was successfully demon- strated, w^ith the cooperation of participating film companies, at conventions of the National Asso- ciation of Broadca-sters, in Atlantic City; the Society of Motion Picture Engineers, in New York; and the Theatre Equipment and Supply Manufacturers Association, in Washington. Enthusiastic interest in the possibilities of the project was di-;played by industry leaders at each of these demonstrations.

One of the larger instantaneous systems was used by 20th Century- Fox at the Fox Theatre in Phila- delphia on June 25, 1948, to present the first inter-city telecast to be viewed by a regular admission- paying theatre audience. On that date, a capacity audience in the theatre watched the .Joe Louis-Joe Walcott heavyweight championship bout on a 15- by 20-foot screen as it was taking place in New York's Yankee Stadium, 90 miles away.

[RADIO AGE ir

When the initial postwar units had been completed, tested, and de- livered, RCA proceeded with its research, looking toward the engi- neering of a much smaller and more flexible unit — one with physical dimensions and design that would be entirely practical for theatre use. This was finally achieved less than a year ago as the outgrowth of an advance in picture tube design.

It requires 80 kilovolts to power the projection-type kinescope used to achieve theatre-size images. Up to a year ago, the smallest tube capable of operating at this high voltage was one with a 12-inch diameter face.

Smaller lube Developed

The development of a 7-inch, 80- kilovolt kinescoi)e by the RCA Tube Department in 1948 gave Camden engineers what they needed. Though the reduction in face diam- eter was only five inches, it per- mitted the use of a 20-inch spherical mirror and a 15i'2-inch correcting lens in the optical barrel of the system, in contrast to the 42-inch mirror and 20-inch lens used there- tofore. Moreover, the smaller lens, it was found, could be moulded from plastic, instead of being ground slowly and expensively from glass. This in addition to savings in size and cost, achieved a dramatic reduction in the combined weight of these major optical elements from 500 pounds to only 50 pounds.

TIIEATRE-SIZE TELEVISION IMAC.ES. 1.5

BY 20 KEET, CA.X BE PROJECTED BY THIS

TYPE OF EQUIPMENT.

MOTION IMCTIRE KSGISKUIS WATCH A DEMONSTRATION OF A TEST MODEX OF RCA S LARCE-SCREEN TELEVISION PROJECTOR.

The smaller, lijrhter, and less costly system which evolved swiftly from these advances, and which also represented an improvement in imajre quality, was first seen out- side the laboratory by an intent crowd of about 1000 exhibitors, theatre equipment manufacturers, and dealers at the St. Ix)uis con- vention of the Theatre Equipment and Supply Manufacturers Associa- tion in September, 1948.

Half a year later, on April 4, 1949, members of the SMPE and leaders in the theatre and television industries, who were puests of the engineers at a special session of the society's convention in New York's Hotel Statler, saw the impressive outcome of RCA's last major step in the development of a television system for the theatre. They saw bright, steady, well-defined theatre- size images projected from an op- tical barrel only 30 inches in diam- eter and .36 inches long, with all auxiliary equipment such as power supplies, amplifiers, and controls housed in .separate, relatively small cabinets which could be placed in the projection booth or any suitable remote location in the theatre.

Following this demonstration, the television committees of the SMPR and the Theatre Owners of America held their first joint meet- ing to consider inter-related prob- lems of the showman and the en- gineer in this new field and ex- change opinions and ideas. Both the TOA and the SMPE, as well as

[12 RADIO AGE]

the Motion Picture Association of America, have since given full sup- port to the advancement of theatre television service.

June 22, 1949, brought the first public demonstration of the final experimental model— the one seen by the engineers at their New York convention — which had now been installed in Fabian's Brooklyn Fox Theatre for the Walcott-Charles championship fight. One result was a cheering audience of regular ad- mission-paying movie-goers and boxing fans that jammed every seat and all allowable standing room an hour before the fight went on the air. Another was the decision of Fabian Theatres to place its order for the pioneer installation.

First Demonstrations in West

The past month ha,-* seen the first West Coast and Midwest demon- strations of the final experimental model, presented by RCA at the conventions of the Theatre Owners of America, in Hollywood, and the Theatre Equipment and Supply Manufacturers, in Chicago.

The remainder of the hi.story of theatre television is as yet unwrit- ten, but the rapid growth of this pha.se of the video industry seems assured and its general course fairly well defined. It possesses virtually unlimited opportunity for development as a great and unique service to the American pul)lic. with equally great potentialities for economic benefits.

New TV Transmitting Antenna Designed

ANEW super-gain transmitting antenna, developed to meet television requirements for higher po'ver. greater power gain, and di- rectional effects, has been announced by the RCA Engineering Products Department. The initial equipment has been delivered to Station WENT, Columbus, Ohio, and other units are being built for TV sta- tions in the Midwest, South, and on the West Coast.

The new WENT antenna consists of a combination of dipoles and screens, each unit measuring 30 by 48 inches and weighing 100 pounds. The antenna achieves a new flexi- bility and other performance char- acteristics through the many pos- sible arrangements of the individual units in the tower-mounted array. Each unit is capable of serving an area extending from the tower in the form of a quarter-circle. By mounting one, two. three, or four dipole and .screen combinations on as many sides of the tower, the broadcaster may obtain signal cov- erage in any direction, or in all directions. To achieve higher power gain, the dipole-.screen combinations are stacked above each other on the side of the tower facing in the de- sired direction. Conversely, units may be omitted or reduced in num- ber on any side of the tower where signal interference with another station might result.

The new units can be tuned for use in both the high and low fre- (luency portions of the VHF tele- vision channels. They are also ex- pected to find wide utility as standby television antennas for emergency use, as well as auxiliary units for broadcast stations which wish to increase power gain or eliminate interference with other stations by greater directional control of the signal.

46 Stations in TV Network

-VHC's television network will number 46 affiliates with the addi- tion of WSAZ-TV, Huntington, W. ^'a., which begins commercial oper- ations on November 15.

1

ble Model 9T270 has a 16-inch plc- e tube and a large loudspeaker which is moun'ed under the cabinet top.

The "Anniversary Model" provides a 10- inch picture tube in a cabinet of simu- lated wood grain and maroon side panels.

insole Model 9TC272 with 16-Inch nescope and inc'ined front panel for mfortable viewing of television picture.

Doors in Model 9TC275 moy be closed to conceal 16-inch tube, controls and loudspeaker.

1950 Models of RCA Victor Television Receivers

Console Model 9TC240 is equipped with a 10-inch picture tube and is available in mahogany, walnut and blond finishes

2''5-inch Kinescope tube features Model 247 which also includes the high-qualify "Golden Throat" sound system.

This Chippendale-styled console has a 16-inch picture

tube and facilities for AM, FM and short wove reception

plus automatic changers for 78 and 45-RPM records.

I

Smart, modern cabinet design provides a

attractive setting for the 12'/2-inch pictur

screen of the 9TC245 console.

MOTION PICTURE ENGINEERS WATCH

rca's large-screen

A DEMONSTRATION OF A TEST .MODEL OF TELEVISION PROJECTOR.

The smaller, lighter, and less costly system which evolved swiftly from these advances, and which iUso represented an improvement in imafre quality, was first seen out- side the laboratory by an intent crowd of about 1000 exhibitors, theatre equipment manufacturers,' and dealers at the St. Louis con- vention of the Theatre Equipment and Supply Manufacturers Associa- tion in September, 1948.

Half a year later, on April 4, 1940. members of the SMPE and leaders in the theatre and television industries, who were guests of the engineers at a .special session of the society's convention in New York's Hotel Statler. saw the impressive outcome of RCA's last major step in the development of a television system for the theatre. They saw bright, stead.v, well-defined theatre- size images projected from an op- tical barrel only .30 inches in diam- eter and .36 inches long, with all auxiliary equipment such as power supplies, amplifiers, and controls housed in .separate, relativelv small cabinets which could be placed in the projection booth or any suitable remote location in the theatre.

Following this demonstration, the television committees of the SMPE and the Theatre Owners of America held their first joint meet- ing to consider inter-related prob- lems of the showman and the en- gineer in this new field and ex- change opinions and ideas Hoth the TOA and the SMPE, as well as

[12 RADIO AGE]

the Motion Picture As.sociation of America, have since given full sup- port to the advancement of theatre television service.

June 22, 1949, brought the first public demonstration of the final experimental model— the one seen by the engineers at their Xew York convention— which had now been installed in Fabian's Brooklvn Fox Theatre for the Walcott-Charles championship fight. One result was a cheering audience of regular ad- mission-paying movie-goers and boxing fans that jammed everv seat and all allowaljlo standing room an hour before the fight went on the air. Another was the decision of Fabian Theatres to place its order for the pioneer installation.

Firsl Demonstrations in West The past month has .seen the first West Coast and Midwest demon- strations of the final experimental model, iiresented by RCA at the conventions of the Theatre Owners of America, in Hollywood, and the Theatre Equipment and Supply Manufacturers, in Chicago.

The remainder of the history of theatre television is as yet unwrit- ten, but the rapid growth of this phase of the video industry seems assured and its general course fairly well defined. It passesses virtually unlimited opportunity for development as a great and uni(|ue service to the American public, with equally great potentialities for economic benefits.

New TV Transmitting Antenna Designed

A .NEW super-gain transmitting antenna, developed to meet television requirements for higher po'ver. greater power gain, and di- rectional effects, has been announced by the RCA Engineering Products Department. The initial equipment has been delivered to Station W B.\T, Columbus. Ohio, and other units are being built for TV sta- tions in the Midwest, South, and on the West Coast.

The new WENT antenna consists of a combination of di poles and screens, each unit measuring 30 by 48 inches and weighing 100 pounds. The antenna achieves a new flexi- bility and other performance char- acteristics through the manv pos- sible arrangements of the individual units in the tower-mounted array. Each unit is capable of serving a"n area extending from the tower in the form of a quarter-circle. By mounting one, two, three, or fouV dipole and .screen combinations on as many sides of the tower, the broadcaster may obtain signal cov- erage in any direction, or in all directions. To achieve higher power pain, the dipole-.screen combinations are stacked above each other on the side of the tower facing in the de- sired direction. Converselv. units may be omitted or reduced "in num- ber on any side of the tower where signal interference with another station might result.

The new units can be tuned for use in both the high and low fre- quency portions of the VHF tele- vision channels. They are also ex- pected to find wide utility as standby television antennas for emergenc.v use. as well as auxiliary units for broadcast stations which wish to increase power gain or eliminate interference with other stations by preafer directional control of the signal.

46 Stations in TV Network

NBC's television network will number 46 afliliates with the addi- tion of WSAZ-TV, Huntington, W. \a., which begins commercial oper- ations on November 15.

^^ •••*'

''"'™«nts for hi„K.

TkeiDitialciipffient

'f '''^ to Station - 'IS, "' ■

,, f«rTVsta.

»'KSoiitli,aiidon «t.

BN'TaDteona consists lation of „^._ ,

t)V

lUMievesanewiesi. isr perforaiance ck- the many

toweMjounted amy, capable of serving an n? from the tower in a quarter-circle. By e. two, three, or four _, creen comhinations on les of the tower, the may obtain sipal cov- y direction, or in all J achieve hif her power )le-icreen combinations bove each otter on the ower facing in the (ie- - on. Conversely, units ._ or reduced in num- ,ie of the tower where [erence with another result, can be tuned for fre- 7'the VHF tele- They are also ex-

e Model 9T270 has a 16-inch pic- •e tube anci a large loudspeaker which is mounted under the cabinet top.

The "Anniversary Model" provides a 10- inch picture tube in a cabinet of simu- lated wood gram and maroon side panels.

nsole Model 9TC272 with 16-inch lescope and inclined front panel for mfortoble viewing of television picture.

Doors in Model 9TC275 may be closed to conceal 16-inch tube, controls and loudspeaker.

1950 Models of RCA Victor Television Receivers

Console Model 9TC240 is equipped with a 10-inch picture tube and is available in mahogany, walnut ond blond finishes

Aif'7-mch Kinescope tube features Model 91 ?47 which also includes the high-quality "Golden Throat" sound system.

This Chippendole-styled console has a 16-inch picture

tube and focilities for AM, FM and short wave reception

plus automatic changers for 78 and 45-RPM records.

Smart, modern cabinet design provides a

ottractive setting for the 12'/2-inch pictur

screen of the 9TC245 console.

A.

A

Television Afloat

Seryiccimii Oycrcoinc Obstacles in Installation on Private Yacht and Provide Images Equal to Best on Home Receivers

AFTER installinK almost two mil- i lion television reeeivers in American homes, servicemen are convinced that they have encoun- tered about every conceivable obstacle, most of which they have successfully overcome, but three technicians from FK'A's service branch at Franklin Scpiare on Lonjr Island. New York learned recently that a TV install.-ition on a ship i)re- sents problems never faced ashore. Yet by drawinjt on their in^'enuity and skill they carried out the diffi- cult assijrnment to the complete satisfaction of the customer.

As a result of their efforts, a 16- inch Rf'A \'ictor receiver aboard the l.'55-foot yacht Snuthi ni S>n.-< now cruisinK somewhere on the coastal waters of the United States, is providing owner ClifTord J. Mooers and his guests with tele-

vision programs whenever they are broadcast from cities near the yacht's route.

To the uninitiated it might seem that setting up television on a ship would present few unusual diflicul- ties. but the three technicians — Bert Schroeder. Kdward Meek and Geof- frey O'Connell — have a different opinion which they formed the hard way, by experience.

Although the receiver aboard the Stnitlieni Seas is standard in all respects, practically everything else in the seagoing installation had to be custom-tailored to meet the spe- cial conditions.

Erected New Mast for Antenna

The most important item, next to the receiver itself, was the erection of a suitable antenna. Since it was not feasible to place the antenna in

ANTKNNA ERECTED ON THE STERN OF THE "SOl'THERN SEAS" CAN BE ROTATED TO ITS BEST RECEIVING POSITION FROM A MOTOR CONTROL BOX ATOP THE TELE- VISIO.N RECEIVER IN THE CABIN.

the most obvious place — atop one of the ship's masts — the technicians decided to "step" a new mast to sup- port the signal collector. Accord- ingly, a 24-foot length of aluminum pipe was fixed in position just in- side the stern rail of the Southern Seas. Six guy-wires leading from the peak of the mast and from its midpoint to deck cleats hold the pipe rigid.

Hut a ship's course is changed frequently, a fact that would make the ordinary fixed antenna inef- fective at times. To overcome this draw-back, the Schroeder-Beck- O'Connell combination attached a motor to the antenna and placed the motor control box on top of the receiver. This permits the user of the set to rotate the antenna into its most advantageous positions while he is tuning the receiver.

Protected Against Moisture

To connect the antenna to the re- ceiver in the main salon a coaxial cable was "snaked" down through the pipe mast, into a conduit under the deck and through the steel bulk- head of the cabin. The two wires for the antenna motor followed the same course. Extreme care was exercised at all points in the run of the wiring to protect the cable and wires against spray and rain. This was done by thoroughly caulking all openings in deck and bulkhead through which the conductors passed.

Normally, this operation would have completed the installation ex- cept for plugging the socket of the receiver into a handy power outlet. But this was impossible aboard the yacht. The Southern Seas is equipped with a 110-volt direct-cur- rent lighting .system, while the re- ceiver was designed for alternating current of 117 volts. This meant that some means had to be devised to convert the d.c. into a.c. and in- crease the av.-iilable voltage to 117. RCA's technicians specified the method for accomplishing this change but soon discovered that the neces.sary equipment was in short supply in the electrical market.

[14 RADIO AGE]

Eventually, however, they secured a device called an "inverter" which did the trick.

The inverter was placed in a cab- inet directly beneath the receiver and wired into the circuit so that the movement of a single switch turned both receiver and inverter "on" and "off".

When tested on Long Island Sound near Port Washington, the installation drew the approval of television experts. Reception of the si.K metropolitan stations was uni- formly e.xcellent. The picture was steady and completely free from the types of interference that might be created by fhe craft's electrical de- vices. As a consequence, the yacht's owner and guests are able to obtain program quality seldom surpassed on standard installations ashore.

SERVICE TECHNICIAN BERT SCHROEDER EXPLAINS OPERATION OF 16-I.\CI RCA RECEIVER TO CAPTAIN HENDRICKSON OF THE "SOUTHER.N SEAS"

NBC Co-Sponsors UN Project

Series of Six Network Programs Broadcast to Illustrate Purpose and Importance of United Nations

SIX w e e k 1 y documentary pro- grams prepared by outstanding radio personnel from the United States, Great Britain and Canada have featured the fourth annual countrywide United Nations Proj- ect, co-sponsored by the National Broadcasting Company and the American Association for the United Nations. Norman Corwin, head of special projects for the UN, supervised the series which was de- signed to point up world reliance upon the United Nations for peace, welfare and security in the post-war era.

The opening program on Septem- ber 11, titled "Could Be", was writ- ten, directed and produced by Cor- win. This full-hour presentation marked the tenth anniversary of the Poland blitz that touched off World War II. The program, a fantasy, depicted the world of the future based on the premise that all na- tions had combined to blitz the prob- lems of peace.

This offering was followed a week later by "Sometime before Morn- ing", written and directed by Mil- lard Lampell, writer of many highly acclaimed programs. \\. Gibson-

Parker, formerly of the British Broadcasting Corjioration and now chief of productions for UN Radio, produced the show. "Sometime be- fore Morning", demonstrated the function of the United Nations in the paramount objective of keeping peace in the world, and interpreted the history of mediation.

The third presentation, "The Big- gest Show on Earth", took the radio listener on a whirlwind tour behind little-known scenes of UN activities at Lake Success. It was written, produced and directed by Jerome Lawrence and Robert E. Lee.

On October 2, NBC offered "Junc- tion in Europe", written by Gibson- Parker and directed by Corwin. This program illustrated the accom- plishments of the Economic Com- mission for Europe, one of the least publicized and most important of the many UN agencies.

The fifth program in the series, "Nightmare at Noon", told the story of one man's fight to persuade all nations to outlaw mass killings, starvation and the consequent deple- tion of entire peoples. The broad- cast originated at Toronto, Ont., and was written bv Len Peterson and

directed by Andrew Allen, members of the Canadian Broadcasting Cor- poration staff.

To conclude the project. NBC broadcast "11 ]\Iemory Street" on Octol)er 16. This half-hour pro- gram was written by Allen Sloane and produced by Gerald Kean. It outlined the work of the Interna- tional Refugee Organization and embodied material recorded on the scene in Europe and broadcast here for the first time.

NEW RELAY TUBE

A new miniature electron tube which automatically will turn an electrical current on and off an aver- age of 4.5 million times during its effective life has been announced by the RCA Tube Department.

Uses of the new tul)e include con- trol of the Hashing of animated elec- trical signs and the intricate light systems of stock market quotation boards. Because the tube, which is a cold cathode, glow discharge type, consumes no standby electrical power and resiuires no warm-up period, it is especially suited for use in burglar alarms, remote-control devices, and complex automatic business machines. Because of its low cost, small size, and unusual features, it opens up new design possibilities for ingenious electronic toys.

[RADIO AGE 15]

Bob Wode (left) and Elwell of NBC's tele- vision production staff inspect model sets for a scheduled production.

O Workmen ossemble and point scenery ^^

units according to details of the miniature ^^

Production i, tests "ill

Giving players their cues is one of stage manager's most exacting dut

HIK'

COURTYARD OF TIIK MODERN RCA MANLFACTf RING PLANT KECKNTl.V Ol'KNKD NEAR MK.\K

Mexican Operations Extended

Modern Production L'ma hi RCA's Mexico City Plant Turn Out Ten Types of Export Radios and Many

Phonograph Records. Manufacture of Nen 4'i-rpm Discs and Plaxers to

Begin Soon at Factory in Colonia Cloreria.

OS the outskirts of Mexico City. Rf'A's liiock-lon>r ultra-modern radio and record plant typifies the streamlining of industry which is taking' place under the progressive proyram of the Mexican K'>vern- ment. On jjroduction lines of the new plant, opened in May, 1!)48, ten diffwent types of RCA export re- ceivers are heinp assembled for dis- triljution to cities and hamlets throuvhout the country. Records of lioth popular and classical North American melodies are pressed here, and an up-to-the-minute recording studio is available for local artists. The country's projrram of indus- trial modernization has raised the livinj? standards and jrreatly changed the daily routine of its people. The sombrero-shaded peon, enjoyinjr a leisurely siesta, is no lonjrcr the symbol of Mexico. Today. th;it same Mexican is much more

likely to be seen, very wide-awake, h;ln^rin^' on for dear life as he speeds to work in a modern bus as .iani-packed as any New York sul)- way during' rush hour. He works a five and a half day week in a plant whose construction and facilities are likely to be a.s up-to-date as ;uiy in the United States.

Attracliyc Wurkiu^ Conditions RCA Victor M e x i c a n a. S.A., RCA's associated compan.v south of the border, opened its new two-stor.v structure in Colonia Cloveria. >;i"ow- injr industrial center on the north- western edjTP of Mexico City. Sur- rounded by carefully landscaped grounds, the liprht, airy buildinjr w'hich houses jreneral offices, record- injr studios, factory and warehouse provides the best of working condi- tions for its '215 employees, 60 of

whom are women. Factory employ- ees work daily from eijrht to four, and on Saturday from ei^'ht to twelve. Otlice hours are from nine to five on week days and from nine to one on Saturday. Lunch is pro- vided in a cafeteria in the buildinfr.

For many years the Company ob- served the popular siesta custom by closing' for two hours during the middle of the day. However, this custom was prohibited in all fac- tories by Ciovernment order during the war, and has not been revived. Generally speakinp. it is only the professional men of the country who continue the custom and cease work for two and sometimes three hours in the early afternoon.

There is little to distinpuish the Mexican industrial worker from his North American counterpart. He works in a fluorescent-liphted office or on a pleaminp assembly line.

ri8 RADIO AGE^,

Only the "reboso", or shawl, worn by some of the g'irls adds a touch of local color.

The home life of the RCA factory employee reflects a similar blend of North and Latin American influ- ences. Many of the houses are built in typical Spanish style. They stand close against the street, and only when the door is open can one glimpse the attractive, flower-tilled patio onto which all rooms open and which is the real center of the home. However, the newer residences have discarded the patio style and seem to vie with each other in having the greatest number of flowers in yards around the houses.

The Mexicans work hard and play hard, too. They are great sports enthusiasts. Bull-fighting is the main attraction, but they are also fond of baseball, jai alai, horse racing, golf, tennis and soccer.

Music has always been an impor- tant part of Me.xican life. The old custom of giving "gallos" (serenad- ing) to a pretty sefiorita is still widely practiced. After work hours, the "cantinas" and "pulquerias" are favorite gathering places for re- freshment and entertainment.

Music is supplied, sometimes by a jukebo.x, but more often by a "mari- achi". The mariachi, delight of both Mexicans and tourists, is an in- formal instrumental group consist- ing of as many as eight pieces — trumpet, bass, accordion and several guitars. Such groups may even be found singing and playing on many of the buses in and around Mexico City.

Home Instruments Are Popular

Radios and phonographs are widely used to bring both Mexican and North American music into the home. Although Mexico has a pop- ulation of 24.0()(),000 iieople, only one-third of this number falls with- in the economically active class with earnings of a dollar a day or more. But of this segment, 70 per cent own radios or radiophonograph combi- nations.

Recordings by such native stars as I'edro X'argas, .Jorge Negrete, -Maria Luisa Landin, Luis Alacraz. Fernando Fernandez, Avelina Lan- din, the Trio Calaveras, and many others, are made in the new "float- ing" studio of RCA Victor Mexi- cana, S.A., where special vibration-

free construction and the latest re- cording eiiuipment combine to give facilities equal to the finest studios iii Hollywood and New York. A great many of these recordings are released in the United States and in other Latin American countries. Master recordings of classical and popular music are sent from the United States to Mexicana for local pressing. In fact, American music has become so pojjular in Latin America that RCA Victor Mexicana recently obtained rights to record Hit Parade tunes as soon as they are announced.

To keep pace with its Northern neighbors the RCA associate com- pany plans to make the new ■15-r])m records and phonographs available to the Mexican people. Machinery for pressing and recording discs and manufacturing the record players is on its way to the Mexican capital.

Plant Makes Some Components

A recent government decree re- ciuires assemblers to manufacture at least twenty-five per cent of all parts for radios built in Mexico. As a consequence, RCA Victor Mexicana, which formrrly concentrated its op- erations on the assembly of radio receivers, is now manufacturing some components to comply with the aw.

Television eventually will be in- troduced in Mexico. Due to the high peso exchange rate its development south of the Rio Grande has been delayed, but there is no doubt that when video reaches Mexico it will enjoy the same popularity it now is experiencing in the United States.

SKILLED NATIVE WORKERS ASSEMBLE COMPONE.VTS OF RADIO RECEIVERS ON A PRODUCTION LINE IN THE MEXICO %

PLANT OF RCA. ~"

AIR VIEW OF MODERN FACTORY OF RCA VICTOR MEXICANA ON THF. OUT- SKIRTS OF .MEXICO CITY.

[RADIO AGE 19;

MLKS TRAMMKLl,

Chairman of the Board of NBC

JOSEPH H. MCXKNNKI.L

President of XBC

Changes in NBC Executive Staff

At its rejrular meetinp held on October 7, the Roard of Directors of the National Hroaiicastinjr Com- pany elected Xiles Tranimell Thair- man of the Board of the National Broadcast infj Company, and upon the recommendation of Mr. Tram- mell elected Joseph H. McConnell President of NBC.

In recommendinjr the chanpe, Mr. Trammel! stated: "For some time it has been evident that with the rapid development of television and the changes in radio broadcasting technique, I could better serve the interests of the National Broad- castinK Company by beinjr relieved of administrative duties and be able to devote more of my time to client, talent and station relations in both radio and television. In selectinR Mr. McConnell to be President of the National Broad- cast in>r Company, I am confident he will contribute materially to the continued success of our operations in the chanjrinp era ahead. Mr. McConnell, who is forty-three years of uRe, has been associated with the operations of RCA for the past twelve years. He has had success- ful experience in finance, law and business administration. Prior to his election today as President of the National Broadcasting Com- pany, Mr. McConnell was Execu- tive Vice President of RCA and worked closely with NRC in deal- ing with its expanding business

I)roblems. Mr. McConnell is thor- oughly familiar with our ojierations and personnel and his election, I know, will be enthusiastically ap- plauded within and outside the Company."

General David Sarnoff, in vacat- ing the Chairman.-^hij) of NBC in favor of Mr. Trammell, stated : "The step was taken because we agreed with Mr. Trammell's view that expansion of the broadcasting business which the growth of tele- vision makes possible, and chang- ing conditions in the industry, re- quired him to be freed from ad- ministrative duties so that he can give more of his time to talent, client and station relations and to the major developments of the Company. My interest in NBC con- tinues jia heretofore and I remain a member of its Board of Direc- tors."

Niles Trammell has been Presi- dent of NBC since July, 1940, and has held important executive posi- tions in NBC and RCA for more than twenty-six years. Mr. Tram- mell joined RCA in San Franci.sco in April. 1923, and transferred to the National Broadcasting Com- pany in March, 1928, as a Salesman. In May, 1928, he was made Mana- ger and Vice President of the Cen- tral Division with Headiiuarters in Chicago. In December. 19:?8, he w;is made Executive \ice President of the Company in New York.

"Armed Forces" Theme of New NBC TV Programs

THE story of unification of the nation's armed forces, told from the level of the Secretary of De- fense down to the lowest-ranking serviceman, will be unfolded in a weekly television series presented by the Department of Defense ex- clusively over NBC facilities, be- ginning October 30, at 5:.']0 p.m., EST. The programs will be titled the "Armed Forces Hour" and will be comi)arable to the "Army Hour" which NBC broadcast during the war years.

In commenting on the series. Secretary of Defense Louis Johnson .said: "As our program for unifica- tion of the armed forces proceeds, it is important that the people of the United States understand the increased efficiency and financial economy resulting from this action. Each taxjiayer should know that under unification wasteful duplica- tion will be eliminated and he will receive full value for his defense dollar. It is therefore gratifying to me and to all of us in the Depart- ment of Defen.se that the National Broadcasting Company will soon present on television a series of pro- grams called the 'Armed Forces Hour.' By means of these programs, many millions of citizens will be able to see how their defen.se dol- lars are being spent. Subjects will range from food and guns and planes to how a small businessman can sell his products to the armed forces.

"E(|ually important, citizens will be able to see some of our ke.v peo- ple in the military establishment at work in their offices or in the field. Information and a sense of per- sonal acquaintance with our de- fense leaders will be two important benefits. There will be others which will become apparent as unification proceeds toward the creation of a defense team which will assure our country's safety and guarantee a Listing peace.

"I commend the National Broad- casting Company for undertaking to reflect these developments whicli are so important to our national security."

[20 RADIO AGE]

X^IS"

i

Bringing TV To New Markets

Extensive Surveys, Planning and Industry Cooperation hnportant Factors in Staging Successful "T-Day" Operations

parts, becomes a familiar street sight. Rooftops sprout television antennas, first a few here and there, then, seemingly in no time at all, some regions fairly bristle with them. Television becomes an in- creasing part of everyone's conver- sation as people compare reception and program favorites. Something new has swept over a city spontane- ously and captured it by storm.

Yet behind television's advent into each new television market lies many months of planning and the sort of cooperation between dealer, station, distributor, service organ- ization and manufacturer that makes them jointly invincible and inevitably successful.

Before television can make its contribution to the home life of a community, there must be long hours of training in how to display, demonstrate and sell this new serv- ice. Before there can be crowds on the sidewalk watching a set in o'^eration in a store window, there must be crews of men plotting the size, nature and time schedule of a market.

By Henry G. Baker

General Manager,

Home Instrument Department,

RCA Victor Division.

TO folks living in any new tele- vision town, television's arrival seems something sudden. Over- night stores seem to blossom out with streamers and banners and electric signs proclaiming that you can now buy RCA Victor television. Articles about television crop up in newspapers. A new type of truck, with ladders and television masts on top, and carrying hundreds of pounds of cable, test equipment and

CITY DEALERS CROWD AN AUDITORIUM TO LATEST TELEVISION MODELS ON "D-DAY".

Through having participated in the introduction of television into 48 new market areas by mid- summer of this year, the RCA Victor Home Instrument Depart- ment has brought the introduction of television into a community to as exact a science as a constantly growing and changing new indus- try allows.

Surveys of a prospective tele- vision market region begin almost as soon as a station application is filed. Transmitter sales organiza- tions, our Sales and Market Re- search Departments, field salesmen, station managements, our distribu- tors, FCC reports and the trade press are constantly checked and their findings compared. In this way we learn when new stations will go on the air, when commercial broadcasting will begin, and what plans there are for programs in each region. Close and frequent contact is maintained with each station to assure accuracy in these records.

Every Market Surveyed

Every market is carefully sur- veyed to determine the buying power and preferences of the people there, the area likely to be covered by the television signal, and other factors which will affect its tele- vision receiver requirements. Ex- perience in earlier, somewhat com- parable markets is invaluable here, frequently revealing facts which might not be known otherwise.

Not the least important of the contributions made to the success of television in a new region is in the supplying of merchandise ac- cording to the territory's desire for traditional or modern styling. Buy- ing power, of course, varies with the potential of each locality. Some communities consist predominantly of individual homes, while others have an important percentage of their families living in apartments — situations influencing receiver size requirements. In addition to the standards of cjuality which are now generally accepted, knowledge

[RADIO AGE 21]

of requirements in finishes, prices, and cabinet and picture sizes is important in pivinjr the manufac- turer the competitive advantajrc necessary to win a jrivcn share of the market in each community.

One of RCA's first allies in estalj- lishinK a fresh market area is the RCA Service Company. Even be- fore the station poes on the air, the Service Company may survey the market, .select a location for a branch oftice and shop, and prepare preliminary estimated contour maps of the region for use in advance planning of service zones and oper- ations. By the time a meeting is held with the dealers of the repion to ac(|uaint them with the RCA Victor television receivers, a serv- ice branch is invariably installed, staffed with a nucleus of factory- trained technicians and some per- sonnel from the repion. equipped with the latest of installation, test and service eiiuipment, and backed by a fleet of distinctively marked service trucks, fully etiuipped foi- professional operation.

Distributor is Key Factor

In conformance with well-estab- lished Home Instrument Depart- ment policy, the distributor is the key factor in television receiver dis- tribution in each repion. Principal efforts of the factory are to counsel and lussist him in obtaininp the most desirable results in his terri- tory.

Timinp of the entrance into a new television market is of primary importance. While an early start may sometimes be forced for com- petitive reasons, we try to defer the first meetinp with dealers until shortly before the station goes on the air. Premature activity allows too much time for enthusiasm to dwindle and serves only to hamper the sale of such other services as radio.

Approximately three months be- fore the station bepins to broadcast its lest pattern, field sales repre- .sentatives <if the Home Instrument I)ei)artment meet with the distribu- tor and Service Cnmpany represen- tatives to map out iilans for the forthcoming all-important introduc- tory meeting. At that time, riealers will be shown the RC.A Victor tele-

[22 RADIO AGE]

vision receiver line and given effec- tive sales procedures.

The first meetinp of distributors, dealers and manufacturers' repre- sentatives in a new market is called Dealer Day or "D" Day, a policy established at the very beginning of i)ostwar television. Later, when the new station has its otticial open- ing, RCA ^'ictor advertisinp in the region begins and .sales efforts go into high gear. This is called Tele- vision Day or "T" Day.

Sales Machinery is Complex The sales machinery set in mo- tion by distributors on "T" Day is as complex as a television chiissis. Advance mailing pieces, ranging from "tea.sers" which awaken in- terest to tickets of admission for the opening are printed, and mail- ing lists are compiled. The local distributor prepares large maps showing where he should issue RCA Victor television franchises to get adequate dealer coverage. A spacious room, usually a ballroom in one of the city's principal hotels or clubs, is reserved for the initial receiver presentation. Arrange- ments are made with a local store to create room settings appropriate to the various television receiver models being displayed and demon- strated.

RCA \'ictor distributors, in most cases, already have secured the co- operation of the local television sta- tion or the RCA Victor Promotion Department to present an actual television program, either broad- cast or by direct line, with which to demonstrate the receivers.

When the machinery has been jnit in readiness, the dealers begin to receive attention-getting mailing

pieces. At first they merely hint that something important to their television futures will soon take place. Subsequent mailings fill in details about the date and location of the meetinp. topics to be covered, demonstrations that may be given, and how to secure tickets. By the time the "last-call" invitation is issued, all key dealers of the region have been reached and attendance of their salesmen at the meeting is fairly well assured.

Merchandisers, however, are not the only ones in the community con- cerned with television, able to bene- fit from it and to contribute to its success. Many other important ele- ments are invited to attend this first meeting and participate in television's introduction.

State and local political leiiders are invited and many an introduc- tory television meeting has been honored by the presence of the governor and the mayor. Other par- ticipants may include local liankers, whose organizations may later handle financial papers for dealers; utility executives, whose coopera- tion can prove invaluable; news- paper publishers and reporters, im- portant to advertisinp and publicity proprams; television station repre- sentatives, whose programs help create demand and who benefit from expanded audiences; radio broad- casters, trade paper representa- tives, and other influential people.

The introductory meeting is a fast-paced, staccato event, with speeches kept short and meaty. Here, the enthusiasm that will carry television to sweeping success is given its start.

(Cftiitiniied on page 3~ >

ARTISTS COMBINE THKIR TAI.KNTS WITH KN(;iNKKRS TO STACK A "LIVE TELEVISION OEMONSTRATli'V IN \ NIW MARKhrf AREA.

Training Announcers for Roles in Radio and Television

Emphaih in Both .Media is Aon Placed on Showmanship Rather than on Diction and CUibncss

By Patrick J. Kelly

Manage)-, Announcing Department

Xational Broadcasting Company

THE qualifications which make a good announcer, namely, voice plus the ability to use it: background; clear thinking: and a combination of personality and showmanship, are as necessary to- day as they were twenty years ago. When radio was in its infancy, the announcer stood apart, primarily as a model of perfect diction, but as broadcasting formats changed and television appeared on the scene, he gradually stepped down from his pedestal and became an intimate part of the program. To- day, his principal qualification is showmanhip.

As is true in every profession, time and mechanical advancements have greatly lessened the duties of the "man at the mike". When 1 joined the XRC announcing staff, in 1929. fifteen men — among them Graham McNamee. Tiny Kuffner, Ah\'>ii Bach, Curt Peterson and Milton Cross — ran two networks. At the time the Red and Blue net- works were separated this number had increased to thirty-nine. To- day, NBC alone has a staff of twenty-four announcers.

On one occasion, Ed Herlihy and I had to run both the Red and Blue networks single-handed. Five of us were scheduled for duty, but two

[RADIO AGE 23

of the men were in auto accidents enroute to the studio. A third. Jack Costello, was almost electrocuted by touching a live studio mike with one hand and a short-circuited lamp with the other. Ed and I took Jack to the first aid room, then handled shows on both networks for an hour and a half, until we could jiro- cure replacements for the missing men.

Wlicii \'eriatilil) Was Essential

I can remember the days when we had to write our own copy for sustaining shows, act as producers, and quite frequently improvise when breakdowns occurred. We were delighted if a pickup came through from London or San Fran- cisco, even though we had to listen intently and carry on when the sig- nal "cracked-up" in the middle of the broadcast. Now, of course, each program has its own producer, copy is written by the script depart- ment, and mechanical difficulties rarely arise.

Most good announcers have been either actors, singers, or both, be- fore they entered the radio field. .My own experience as a singer

and actor i)roved to be an invalu- able microphone asset over the years. In fact, my knowledge of opera and music in general came to my aid the first day I set foot in the XBC offices. Tiny Ruffner, who did the interviewing, asked me to read some news reports and several pages of extremely difficult opera announcements, which I managed to rattle off with the greatest of ease — much to his surprise.

Back in the early days, the an- nouncer had many opportonities to call upon his ability to think quick- ly and take command of an emer- gency situation. It wasn't unusual for him to be assigned to introduce a singer on a fifteen-minute broad- cast and find that the artist had failed to show up. In that case the announcer usually took out his own music and sang the entire show.

Another e.xamjile of ([uick-think- ing was illustrated by Ford Bond when he intei'viewed Lou Gehrig many years ago on the Huskies show. Ford plied the question to Lou: "I expect you to eat a good healthy cereal every morning to keep yourself in tip-top shape?", expecting the star to reply: "Yes, I always eat Huskies." Instead, Lou blurted out: "Yes, I eat a bowl of Whcatii'K every morning." Ford turned pale, but without a pause he ;.d-lil)l)ed : "Yes, Lou, I know you always did, but now I understand you're eating another cereal." Lou caught on and replied once more: "Oh, ves, I made the change be-

AUTIIOK INSTRUCTS A MKMBEK OF NBC'S ANNOUNCERS CLASS l.\ THE APPROVED TECHNIQUE OF ADDRESSING A IWICROPHONE.

IN THE EARLY DAYS OF RADIO, AN ANNOUNCER WAS lORCKl) To I SK AN UNWIELDY STUDIO MICROPHONE WHEN ASSIGNED TO REMOTE BROADCASTS.

cause I felt that Huskies were the best in the world!"

Today's announcer must be as great a master of the "ad-lib" as he ever was. but not for the same reasons. In the days when i)lanes taking off for Europe and the dock- ing of big liners made headlines, the .special-events announcer was a busy man. On-the-spot coverage was made of happenings which to- day would rate only a couple of newspaper lines.

At the launching ceremonies of the S. S. America, George Putnam, star NBC newscaster-announcer, more than justified his title. A moment after Putnam opened the half-hour broadcast a gust of wind swept his script, containing all sta- tistics on the event, into the river. Undaunted, Putnam, subtly ex- tracted facts, figures and "color" concerning the giant ship from at- tending notables. Microphone in- terviews completed, and the shij) safely down the ways, he then treated his eoast-to-coast audience to a polished ten-minute summary of the proceedings.

Perhaps the longest ad-lib job in NBC announcing history was exe-

cuted by Charley O'Connor, who was sent out in an airplane to cover the arrival from England of the Mollison plane. When the Molli- sons failed to show up O'Connor circled Long Island Sound in the dark for forty-five minutes, telling his aiuiience anything and every- thing he could think of.

While incidents like these sel- dom, if ever, occur in the present- day pattern of perfectly-timed and wel!-i)repared broadcasts, our an- nouncers must have clear, level heads and be always on their toes. They never know when the unex- pected will happen.

Good Voice Only One Requirement

A good voice is but one of the many prere(|uisites which the man who Would stand behind the mike must have. His ability to use that voice, give feeling to words, and project his personality into the printed word is what really counts. This ability does not just exist in a man: it is the result of a combina- tion of many factors. The would-be announcer must bi- alert and versa- tile; he must have initiative and, most important of all, background. This means poise, an easy, dignified

.ipproach, knowledge of music and languages, familiarity with foreign names, places, titles, blended on a generally broad cultural base.

How background is acquired matters little. The career records of many of our most noted announcers make a colorful list, representative of nearly all walks of life. Graham McNamee was a salesman and con- cert baritone; Jimmy Wallington, who once aspired to be a minister, studied medicine, geology, litera- ture, and finally sang with the Rochester American Opera Com- pany; Ed Thorgersen tried his hand as a seaman, cowboy, journal- ist and organist; Alwyn Bach, con- cert baritone and choral conductor, spent some time in the printing l)usiness; Ford Bond, who directed choral groups, was also a news- paper reporter, and George Hicks served as a deckhand, lumberjack and member of the U. S. Diplomatic Service before he entered radio.

Most unusual of all, perhaps, is the career of Kelvin Keech who once taught the Prince of Wales to strum a uklele. Keech studied voice, graduated as a chemical en- gineer, entered vaudeville, served in the Signal Corps during World War 1, and later led a jazz liand around the capitals of Europe. A mingled marine, engineering and stage ca- reer preceded my own entrance into broadcasting.

Experience if a Requisite

When enthusiastic young men come into my office, convinced that they are qualified to be announcers, I try to imi)ress on them the impor- tance of experience and back- ground. In order to give an intelli- gent performance on any subject, a man must have a liberal arts edu- cation in music, art and current events, or ecpiivalent experience. It is also difficult to convince some aspirants that many voices which are pleasing to the ear may sound entirely different coming out of a loudspeaker, since amplification af- fects both the pitch and timbre of a voice. Although we have had about six different women announc- ers over the years, their careers were short-lived for the reason th.'\t most radio listeners prefer a low sjioaking voice — even in men.

[24 RADIO AGE]

In my nineteen years as Chief Announcer I have auditioned thou- sands of men both within and out- side the NBC organization. Unfor- tunately, vacancies in this field do not occur frequently enouRh to take care of all who qualify, but a substantial number of men have reached their goal on the network. I'>en Grauer, Ed Herlihy. Howard I'etrie, Jack Costello, Charles F. McCarthy and Peter Roberts are some of the more well-known "mike men" whom I have placed on NBC's staff. Fretiuently NBC affiliates as well as independent stations call on us to supply them with announcers, and many yolinjr men have started their careers in this way.

Annual Auditions for Employees

We try to hear all applicants, and certainly those with a good back- iiround of announcing experience. In the fall of every year we conduct auditions for young men in the Company who express interest in announcing as a career. Each group, which numbers about sixty, includes guides, pages, mail boys and others who are willing to begin at the bottom of the ladder. Usu- ally fifteen or sixteen of the.se men are picked to train through the winter in our announcing class. Students showing the most talent are recommended for positions. Some are placed with smaller sta- tions to gain experience and others are engaged as junior announcers here in New York. Many graduates of NBC's training plan, such as L) a V e Garroway, Hugh James, George Ansbro and Don Gardner, are successful free-lance announc- ers or staff men on other networks.

In 1932, when I first started training members of the NBC staff, the announcer was expected to be a gem of English speech — a very precise type of gentleman who al- ways wore a tuxedo after six p.m.. and whose speech matched his suit. The American Academy of Arts and Letters awarded an annual dic- tion medal to the announcer whd possessed the most beautiful vocal tone and who, throughout the year, never tripped on his consonants or tightened his vowels. Showmanshi]) was a secondary matter.

Fortunately, this period didn't

[RADIO AG E 25

last too long. As changes took place and new shows were built, the an- nouncer gradually was brought down to earth. He was taken from his proud pedestal of artificial ar- ticulation and absorbed into the progriim where he belonged. His function has remained the same — to announce the program — but now he must do this as a part of the show and not as an individual apart from all others. The an- nouncer must work in the mood of the program, and if he does this in a pleasing natural manner, making his presence felt without being too obvious about it, he is a good an- nouncer.

Aside from the fact that it has made advertising far more friendly and effective, this transition has given the announcer greater oppor- tunities to make use of his acting talents ami to prepare for televi- sion.

Television Presents Nen Problems

To a large degree, television has revolutionized announcing, as it has the entire entertainment field. It requires announcers to sing, act and perform as a part of the pro- gram — feats which they accom- plished in the past only in emer- gency situations. Since video is an extension of radio, experience gained in one field is invaluable in the other.

A good radio announcer, who has pleased large studio audiences, should be perfectly cquipjied to step into television. Although not all T\' announcers are seen on the

screen, those who are will have to be as concerned about personal ap- pearance as are the stars of the program. This factor undoubtedly will carry much weight with cast- ing directors.

Whether for radio or television, we must be able to furnish the right man for the right job at the right time, in a business where sec- onds count. We must know where each man is and when he will re- port back to the Announcing Divi- sion. In shuffling the announcers' names on schedules, I sometimes feel like an intelligence officer plot- ting a commando raid. I never know when I may be called, on shoi-t notice, to iilace a man aboard a plane, an ocean liner, or even a submarine, to help carry an NBC program to the nation.

In addition to training an- nouncers, we try to develop young men for future responsible posi- tions throughout the Company. Promotion within the ranks is our constant aim. One young man, who came into the Announcers' Office as Night Secretary, was promoted to an Assistant Supervisor; later he was placed in complete charge of night operations, and he is now Manager of Audience Promotion. His successor became Program Manager of a Philadelphia station; and a third young man moved up the ladder to take charge of our central booking office. Such inci- dents confirm the value of our training, whether or not the train- ees remain with NBC after the con- clusion of their educational j)eriod.

DOING SEVERAL THINGS AT ONCE IS MERE ROUTINE IN THE BUSINESS DAY OF A MANAGER OF NETWORK ANNOUNCERS.

RCA KlVl'IPMKNT WAS SELECTED FOR THE

ridiJElTloN KociM (IE WHITESTONE

BRIDCE DRIVE-IN.

l.IH IlSTEAKKKS SCSI'ENDEl) UN PEDESTALS BETWEEN KllWS UE CARS

ARE DRAWN THROl'Cll A WINDOW AND ATTACHED AT THE MOST

CONVENIENT PLACE FOB THE OCCUPANTS.

Drive-in Theatres Increase

Outdoor Screens, a Pre-war Rarity as Public Flocks to

By M. F. Bennett

Theatre Eiiiii/nncnt Section RCA \'irtiir f)ivision

SOON after sundown, in more than a thousand American communities, automobiles move out into the hijrhways and head for moviehmd's newest innovation in entertainment. the Drive-in Theatre. This idea of viewing the latest film.s from the informal com- fort of your own car is, in reality, nearly twenty years old, hut its jrreatest jrrowth has taken place since the end of the last war. To-

, Notf Number More Than 1 iOO Informal Movies.

day. these al fre.sco auditoriums are multiplyinjr r;ipidly al! over the country, particularly in sections where the climate is mild durinjr most of the year.

The first drive-in theatre was liuilt near Camden, N. .J., in 19:5:i. For nearly a decade thereafter, such ventures were considered in the novelty class. By the end of World War II, the number of out- door screens scarcely exceeded 50. Then the tide turned and what had started as an experiment, soon be- came one of the wonders of the film industry.

The fundamental reason for the increased popularity of the drive-in was the development of specialized e(iuipment for the purjiose, i)ar- ticularly film projectors, carbon-arc lamp houses, and sound systems. One of the first firms to sense the importance of this newcomer to the film exhibition field was the Radio Corporation of America. As a re- sult of its jiioneerinjr, the Company has installed equipment in more than 800 of the 1300 theatres now ill operation.

A drive-in theatre consists es- sentially of a larpe viewing screen, a precision-built film projector, a powerful li^ht source, a method of distributinjr the sound to the car-borne patrons, and a series of semi-circular ramps or ridjies onto which the automobiles are driven. The averape outdoor theatre ac- commodates -100 to 500 cars, but many larger ones are in operation in the principal cities of our country.

Patrons of a drive-in theatre reach their vantage point with a minimum of confusion and delay. They drive their cars to a ticket booth, pay their admission and are then directed to a vacant space on one of the ramps. Each ramp, be- ing raised slightly in the direction of the screen, elevates the front end of the car so that its occupants are able to view the screen over the tops of cars parked on the forward ramps. With his car in positicm, the driver reaches out of the win- dow and lifts a special weather- proof loudspeaker from a handy pedestal and attaches it to any con- venient spot within the car. The speaker is connected to its pedestal by a sturdy extensible cord. If the weather is bad or the temperature uncomfortably low, the car window- may be closed on the cord without damaging it.

[2 6 RADIO AGEj

One of the most appealing fea- tures of the drive-in theatre is its informality. If time is short, father does not have to change from his work-clothes into his party suit. If there are small children in the family, the baby-sitter ceases to be a problem. Youngsters can go along with the grown ups and get their rest in the rear seat while the par- ents are concentrating on the silver screen.

Owners of drive-ins are capitaliz- ing on the county-fair atmosjjhere of their properties. Recalling how gas stations have attracted addi- tional business by offering and per- forming extra services for their patrons, outdoor film exhibitors are following a similar pattern. Wind- shield wiping, car towing, tire changing, a galaxy of vending ma- chines, playground e<iuipment, and sometimes a nurse-in-attendance, ready with equipment for mixing formulas and heating bottles, are among the added attractions offered patrons. At one drive-in, during hot and humid weather, an attend- ant with an insect repellant can be hired for a small fee to keep coupes and sedans free of bothersome in- sects. It has been estimated that the returns from concessions now account for nearly a fourth of the gross income of outdoor theatres.

Drirc-itti Seek Wider Audience

Although these theatres gener- ally are operated only for the "car- riage" trade, there are exceptions. Several which provide locations for planes, are called "Fly-in Drive- ins." At least one, adjacent to a stream, has made arrangements for canoeists to tie up at the bank and watch the show. From all this, it is evident that promoters of drive- ins do not intend to stint in adding services that will attract a broader cross-section of the amusement- seeking public.

As contributors to the progress of drive-ins, Hollywood supplied the films, exhibitors planned and con- structed their theatres, but to engi- neers fell the task of developing suitable equipment for the installa- tions.

Adequate screen illumination was, perhaps, the number one prob- lem. Close behind was the demand for a sound system that would pro-

[RADIO AG E 27]

vide the film's accompanying sound to the occupants of 200 or more cars at a volume level and with the tonal quality that moviegoers ex- pect.

To flood the outdoor theatre screen with sufficient light to en- sure a bright film image to viewers on the outermost ramp, engineers were forced to develop arc lamps far more powerful than those re- quired in indoor auditoriums. While an inside screen 30 feet wide is considered a giant, today there are many outdoor screens twice as wide. To deliver this greatly increased ([uantity of light demands an arc lamp and optical -system operat- ing at maximum efficiency under the special conditions imposed by out- door usage.

Sound Annoyed Nearby Homes

In the same way and to an even greater degree, the production and distribution of sound for an out- door auditorium kept engineers busy for many years. The first drive-ins relied upon one or more l)owerf ul loudspeakers, u s u a 1 1 y perched atop the screens. But it was impo.ssible to keep the sound within the limits of the theatre property, and adjacent householders objected. Moreover, automobile win- dows had to l)€ open throughout the film program to allow the sound to be heard at all.

After intensive experimentation, RCA scientists developed the rug- ged weatherproof speakers and sound distribution system which have been generally adopted. Be- cause of their construction, these speakers can remain on their ped- estals for months at a time with- out being affected by the elements.

As proof of the resistant qualities of the speakers, RCA engineers call attention to a drive-in theatre in upper New York State which was under flood waters for three days. When the theatre was reopened, only three of the hundreds of loud- speakers showed effects of their immersion.

To insure that these reproducing units will withstand extremes in weather conditions, the speakers are subjected at the factory to a series of "killing" tests. They are forced to undergo a salt spray for 200 continuous hours; they are submerged in water for two hours and then heated in an oven at 140 degrees for an equal period. This latter procedure is repeated four times before the units are consid- ered acceptable.

Such precautions in manufactur- ing equipment have done much to popularize the drive-in theatres and to make an economic success of the business ventures. But there is still I'oom for progress. For one thing, exhibitors would like to ex- tend their operating time first into the early hours of dusk and eventu- ally into daytime. Obviously, the longer hours would add materially to income, particularly in the sum- mer months when daylight-saving means shorter programming hours.

Much attention also is being given to the possibility of in-car heating which if accomplished would make it practicable to oper- ate drive-ins twelve months a year.

Solutions to these and other prob- lems, authorities are convinced, would give added stimulus to an industry which already promises to become a major factor in the field of film exhibition.

CARS MOVE UP TO TICKET BOOTH OF NEW WHITESTONE BRIDGE DRIVE- IN, .\EW YORK'S LATEST OUTDOOR THEATRE. SIDE OF HUGE SCREEN SHOWS IN BACKGROUND.

Standardization of RCA Products

Painstaking Rcfcurcli. Exhatistirc Tests and Coordination of Data on Finishes, Materials and Components

Are Amon^ Functions of Specialized Group Set Up to Increase Production Efficiency and

Assure Dependable Performance of Products.

By D. F. Schmit

Vice President in Charge of Engineering,

RCA Victor Division.

THE proudest claim of the RCA Victor Division is the depend- able performance of its products in the use for which they are intended — whether a camera-size portable radio, a home television set, or huge installations of broadcast, scientific or industrial electronic equipment. A scientific equipment may po to sub-zero Arctic cold; another RCA equipment, for military or commer- cial use, may go to the tropics. meeting conditions of excessive heat and humidity. Television antennas and masts, from the relatively simple ones perched atop homes to the complex installations on tall towers for broadcast transmitters, are exposed to cyclical weather changes, the corrosive effects of

atmospheric jxillution, and some- times to winds of hurricane force.

The.se are problems that confront every design engineer. It's his re- sponsibility to make sure that the product he creates will stand up, that its finishes, materials and com- ponents will prove satisfactory within the range of potential use. In days gone by, this would have meant exhaustive experimentation, improvisation, and learning by bitter experience. The present-day engineer depends most often on specifications, im standardization, based on painstaking testing.

Since it is desirable to coordinate activities of this sort, and eliminate wasteful duplication of effort, RCA Victor's Engineering Administra- tion has a specialized group on Division Standardizing. Its func- tion is to provide within the Com- pany a listing of the best available materials, components and finishes, and the most desirable procedures in their applications.

Higher quality, accompanied by lower costs, is the result of stand- ardization, whose basic objective is to reduce the diversity of parts and materials fabricated or purchased for related products, and to estab- lish uniform criteria.

Within a company, standardiza- tion develops along lines peculiar to its needs. On a broader scale.

standardization is carried on by industry-wide trade and technical organizations, and nationally, by the American Standards Associa- tion and government agencies such as the Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Standards.

Importance of Standardization

The importance of standardiza- tion is readily seen, when one con- siders the essentially repetitive nature of modern mass production techniques. Components and assem- blies of components must be inter- changeable for products made on an assembly line; operations must be simplified. As effectuated by lirogressive industrial management, these recjuirements result in a con- stantly improved product at lower prices.

In a company like RCA Victor, whose products are the result of an unceasing How of developments and refinements from its engineers and scientists, standards are of special importance. They are at once the tools of the laboratory and the means of communication with pur- chasing and manufacturing.

At this point. RCA Victor's Di- vision Standardizing comes into

ELECTRON ir COMPONENTS MUST UNDER- CO EXTREME HEAT TESTS IN THIS OVEN BEFORE BEINfi ACCEPTED FOR USE IN

RCA PRonrcTS.

THESE INSTRUMENTS ARE USED TO TEST THE WIDE VARIETY OF CON- DENSERS NEEDED IN RADIO A.VD TELEVISION APPARATUS.

h;XrERTS Ctl.MrAUK A SECTION OK METAL TUBING

WITH REQUIRED SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE MASTS OF

TELEVISION DIPOLE ANTENNAS.

A STANUARDIZINC SPECIALIST SCRATCHES A CAHINKT TO DETERMINE ITS WEARINC; (Jl'ALITY UNDER ALL CON- DITIONS OF USAGE.

service. Amoii^r its responsibilities is the publication of Company Standards. These are embodied in 13 volumes, in three categories. One covers the subject of Finishes, comprisinfr some 500 active speci- fications, each supplying full infor- mation, including approved methods of application.

A second category, General, lists specifications and information on materials and mechanical and elec- trical comi)onents. including such data as recommended procedures in use and the hazards that are to be avoided.

The third category of RCA Standards books. Purchasing, lists specifications on the items that have been standardized and the sources of supply, greatly simplifying buy- ing procedures.

Items are listed in the RCA Standards book mainly when used by two or more product depart- ments. These listings are kept up to date by periodic additions and cancellations. Each category is in- dexed and its contents presented in a format especially engineered for maximum utility.

Standards Books Widely Used

These RCA Standards books are in use in some 200 locations at RCA Victor's ten plants and among RCA afliliated companies such as RCA Victor of Canada and the Radiomarine Corporation. They are also on file in a number of

government agencies and outside standards organizations.

In addition to the RCA Standards books. Division Standardizing has issued and maintains a widely used Drafting and Shop Manual, of which some 700 copies are in serv- ice.

Working closely with Purchasing activities. Division Standardizing seeks to coordinate standardization by each operating department. While concerned with everything that goes into RCA Victor products, the Division Standardizing unit concentrates on items that repre- sent a large dollar volume.

Miles of Wire Consumed

This year, one of its important activities has involved plastic in- sulated wire. Annually, some 100- million feet of wire and cable of all types, costing several millions of dollars, are used in RCA Victor products. Objective of standardiza- tion on this item is to bring into use in all RCA Victor plants newer, better, and more economical types of wire.

Obviously when suppliers are able to concentrate on fewer items, in larger quantities than previously required, they can make them with greater efiiciency.

From the consumer's point of view, there may appear to be an inconsistency between the functions of a standardizing activity and the

variety of styles in the many RCA Victor products.

Cooperate in Setting Standards

While there is a great deal of standardization in chassis of radios, phonographs and home television sets, there is no attempt to inject this factor into areas that are prop- erly controlled by styling and mer- chandising considerations. But merchandise and styling people do standardize themselves within the limits of their recjuirements. It was found, for example, that the stylists could work with 14 colors of glass dial plates, instead of some 40. Sets of these approved colors for dial glass were made up, distributed to the styling sections, vendors, inirchasing groups, and incoming material inspection, and purchasing of glass dials was put on a jnirely competitive basis.

The major part of RCA Victor Division Standardizing activities are conducted in the group's oflfices and laboratories in Camden, N. .1.

In the laboratories, electrical and mechanical components, materials, and finishes are subjected to rigid testing, under extreme conditions that do not merely synthesize con- ditions that may be anticipated in normal use, but even exceeding those that might be encountered in abuse.

Electric ovens are used to bake parts for weeks on end. Finishes are subjected to heat, cold, and

[RADIO AGE 29]

humidity tests, then scratched and abraded with sensitive machines to record their diiralnlity. For prod- ucts that mijrht be used at sea or in the tropics, tests are made for fundus prowth, resistance to rust and salt sea air. These are routine procedures utilized in determinintr RCA Standards. Then there are the special problems, brought to the group by the various product de- partments, which may require test- ing that makes Division Standard- izinp's normal "torture chamber" procedures seem i)allid by com- parison.

Even more d r a m a tic is the trouble-shooting in the field for which Division Standardizing en- gineers are often called upon. A recent instance arose from a threat to production schedules of RCA Victor's new metal cabinet tele- vision receivers. As production lines were prepared for assembly of thousands of sets a week, it was found that the adhesive compound supplied to bond transfers of the wood-grain finish to the metal cab- inets failed under heat ami humid- ity tests. A Division Standai-dizing expert scoured the finishes field, found a company that could supply in quantity an adhesive solution that would do the job and stand up under heat and humidity cycling. Production schedules were not im- paired, and the new sets reache<l dealers' stores in time for their debut.

A Problem in \\ irc liisulalioti

On another occasion, a large order of plastic insulated wire threatened to bog down iiroduction .schedules because the cover slipped on the conductor. In assembly oji- erations, it is customary to cut the wire in (piantity to the precise size recjuired, then drop it into a fixture or solder it directly to the tei'min- als. When assemblers came to this operation, it was found that the plastic insulating coating was loose, and would slide over the wire. For each solderer to take time out to adjust the plastic coating would disorganize an assembly line, jire- venting the smooth flow that is an essential to low-cost, volume pro- duction.

A Division Standardizing engi- neer was reached on his vacation.

[30 RADIO AGE]

hurried to the supplier's plant. There he tracked down the trouble to the fact that the silk marker thread which was imbedded in the plastic coating would pick up mois- ture from the air. As the moisture- laden thread entereti the heat of the extrusion machine, the water would vaporize, and expand the in- sulation. The latter, in turn, set in this semi-expanded condition, and failed to grip the wire tightly. "The Case of the Sliding Insula- tion" was solved by a simple expedi- ent— drying the marker thread with infra-red lamps just before enter- ing the e.xtrusion machine.

"The Ca.se of the Flying Paint" was another dramatic field problem solved by Division Standardizing. A scheduled production run of per- sonal radios at the Kloomington, Indiana, plant had suffered two set- backs on priduction dates.

The supplier of the finish com- pounded it in his Newark, New Jersey, plant, and shipped a quan- tity l)y air express to another sup-

plier in Grand Rapids, Michigan, where the cabinets were made and finished. Applied to the first few cabinets, the finish api)eared fiat and unattractive, lacked luster, had poor adhesion, and was not at all in accordance with the approved RCA Standards upon which it was formulated.

It appeared that when the cans of paint were shipped by air, the plane gained an altitude of over 10,000 feet. This caused the top of the can to blow off, and the iiaint lost a substantial percentage of its top toners and i)igments. Whoever observed this, replaced the missing top, wiped off the paint from the can, and delivered it to the con- signee. But it was no longer the RCA Standard finish.

But the iiroduction schedule was met. The Home Office engineer drove in his car to another plant of the paint supi)lier, in Cincinnati, personally supervised the formula- tion of another quantity of paint.

(CoiitiiiiiFd nil jinge 32)

CAHINKTS FOR TAIU.K MODELS OF TELF.VISIOS RKtEIVKKS (AHiiVK) MOVK

IN A CONTINUOl'S LINE AT RCA'S CAMDEN PLANT. WHILE COMPLETED ICi-

INCII TELEVISION CONSOLES (BELOW) RECEIVE FINAL ADJISTMENTS AT

THE COMPANY'S INDIANAPOLIS FACTORY.

TVNAm

Relies on Radiotelephone

\l'(»)ia)i Skipper of Charter Boat Depends on RCA Unit for Safety, Convenience and Entertainment of Her Guests

WHEN Mrs. Dorothy Garcia, only licensed woman skipper of a charter pleasure boat in the New York area, pilots the .So-foot Tinia III away from her home dock at Freeport, Long Island, headed for the Hempstead Bay fishing grounds, she knows that the safety of her guests, mostly women and children, as well as their entertainment and convenience is assured by the pres- ence aboard ship of an RCA radio- telephone. To her, the radio unit is one of the most important accesso- ries of her craft.

Installation of the radiotelephone, Mrs. Garcia contends, was not a whim. As a pioneer of her sex in conducting charter boat excursions, she realizes the responsibilities she must assume while operating the craft. Knowing that emergencies may arise at any time, she feels reassured to be able to call the Coast Guard by radiotelephone if it should become necessary. Moreover, with

the same instrument, passengers may talk to their families ashore or be reached in similar manner while they are miles away at the fishing grounds. And as a final feature, the RCA set includes a radio broadcast receiver which provides programs for the entertainment of those aboard the Tinni III.

Family Boat Was Classroom

Mrs. Garcia's interest in boats started four years ago when her husband bought the Titna III. Dur- ing spring overhaulings of the boat, she helped with the sanding, paint- ing and motor repairs. Then, under the guidance of her husband, a former merchant marine radio op- erator, she learned how to navigate the family boat.

This initial training intensified her desire to become a licensed op- erator. She stndied the intricacies of motor-boat equipment, the reg- ulations applying to safety at sea,

( IIAKTKU BOAT "TU.NA III", OPERATING "KK UlSr. ISLA.\D CARRIES RADIOMAKINE RAIIIOTELEPHO.VE AS A SAFETY ADJUNCT.

MRS. DOROTHY CARCIA, SKIPPER OF THE CRAFT, LIFTS THE MICROPHONE OF THE RADIOTELEPHONE UNIT TO COMMUNI- CATE WITH SHORE TELEPHONE SYSTEM.

;iik1 mastered the complicated "rules of the road". She learned how to take cross-bearings and how to ride out a storm. To complete her train- ing, she took a 10-week course in the handling of small boats. Thus, well primed on nautical subjects. Mrs. Garcia in March of this year passed the U. S. Coast Guard exam- ination for her skipper's license.

So few women have invaded this masculine-dominated field that the government apparently has not yet thought it necessary to provide for them in the official license form. Neatly framed and hanging in the Tuna Ill's cabin is Mrs. Garcia's certificate which reads in part as follows :

"This is to certify that Dorothy V. Garcia has given satisfactory evi- dence to the undersigned Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection for the District of New York, N. Y., that he (sic) can safely be intrusted with the duties of operator of motor boats . . . when carrying passengers for hire, on the navigable waters of the United States. . . ."

[RADIO AGE 31]

New Television Markets

(Continued from page ii)

Immi'diately after the meetiiiK. newspaper stories appear, helpiriK to sell the public on television and inspire it to purchase television re- ceivers. Publicity releases on the news event, interviews with com- pany executives in town for the television meetinjr, i)h(it(>>rrai)hs of local celebrities with the new sets, facts about the effect of the new industry on local business and en- tertainment, all find their way into print. In the new television mar- ket, everything about television is news. Advertising to consumers is keyed to the be^rinnin^' of commer- cial programs in each market.

While some of the introductory procedures have become fairly well standardized, constant vigilance is maintained to prevent this stand- ardization from creating hackneyed operations or blind spots. For ex- ample, in Miami, marine equipment dealers were given franchises. An appreciable market was found

TELEPIIO.NE OPERATOR AT TEXAS E.N- CINEERINT, PLANT E.N'TERTAINS 2500 EMPLOYEES WITH RCA -tS-RPM RE- CORDED .Ml'SlC, Dl'RING LUMH AND REST PERIODS.

among yacht owners who wanted television aboard their craft.

Simultaneously with the fran- chising of dealers, the H("A Service Company's local branch swings into action. Antennas are mounted on the roofs of stores request ing Serv- ice Company installations and the l>est possible reception is obtained, in order that every set may be dem- onstrated properly. Almost imme- diately after installations of the franchised dealers have been com- I)leted, each dealer is expected to have RCA Victor sets installed in his house and in those of his sales- I)eoi)le. This helps them to become well acquainted with television, able to discuss it as first-hand informa- tion. Also, it generates enthusiasm among them for the product, indus- try and programs.

Knowledge gained from these in- stallations is invaluable to the Serv- ice Company later, since this pre- liminary work represents a sam- pling of all sections of the market and familiarizes the organization with reception conditions over much of the surrounding terrain.

Another early type of installation made in each new market is in public places such as hotels and taverns, clubs, churches, schools and fraternal organizations, where large groups of the public can have an early opportunity to see television in action. This creates the desire for it in the homes of all who see a good demonstration in public places.

Sjiecial newsiiajier sections de- voted to television are jniblished. A television column may become a daily or weekly newspaper feature. Television program listings take their place on the radio page and even on sports pages.

New television areas are of vital importance to our industry. They are triljutaries that swell the main- stream of television. They expand the potential market out of propor- tijin to their actual size becau.se I hey are completely un.saturated and they have tremendous momentum right from the start.

Possibly more '"mpnrtant than any of these points is the fact that e.-ich new television market brings new- opportunities for achievement. Also, we are aware that, even in the oldest of television markets.

thousands of families are only now realizing that television is not a service only for "other people." but is something they may, should, and can afford to have in their own homes.

Standardization

(Continued from page 30)

tested it for compliance with RCA Standards, put the cans of paint into the trunk of his car. and drove back to Grand Rapids.

There he supervised the finishing of the first 1,000 receiver cases, and saw them loaded on a truck and dispatched to Bloomington, where production ran as scheduled.

"The Case of the Smeared Silver" was not even a mystery — except to the supplier who failed to meet the RCA Standards specifications. This involved a silver-plated case for a piece of government equipment, which after plating, was to receive a green-tinted lacquer finish. When the first units were received from the supi)lier. they were dull and smudgy-looking. RCA Victor's Di- vision Standardizing finishes spe- cialist went to the supplier's plant in Buffalo, and spotted the troulile. The company was spraying the green pigment as it was received — cut in alcohol — without mixing it with clear lacipier, as specified in the RCA fini.sh standards. When the alcohol evaporated, the green pigment could be rubbed off the case.

And so, another problem was solved, another threat to RCA qual- ity standards eliminated.

The standards — the specifications and procedures — are as dynamic as the Division-wide engineering in which they are utilized, whether re- search, development, or product de- sign. RCA Standards are not static. They are devoted to the best that is currently available, in each field they encompass. Tomorrow there may be something better, po.ssibly something less costly, or more eco- nomic;d to use. If it offers advan- tages of more dependable perform- ance, of economies that may lead to lower costs to the consumer, it will soon be listed in RCA Standards, and will hold its listing only until something better comes along.

[32 RADIO AGE]

f^

c ^

-n;

<^>

O lo V

\^'

KADiO AG

r

RESEARCH • MANUFACTURING • COMMUNICATIONS • BROADCASTING • TELEVISION

JANUARY

1950

«MP'v('

ne\'

to >

insi

cei\

nes\

pan

tele

loc:i

fact indi tert: prii; ket. new- key, cjal

\V1 proct- stanii maint ardiz; opera 1 amplf deal, appi-

TELKI TIN'

r.y. ':

I

J

\t.

«ta),ln

*\Au!L

%?j

<AD]0 AGE

RESEARCH • MANUFACTURING •JOMMUNICATIONS • BROADCASTING • TELEVISION

if RCA are: atories Division . ictor Division niunications, Inc.

poration of America casting Company. Inc. 'titutes, Inc. 3 Company. Inc. jnal Division

VOLIVIE 9 NUMBER 2 JANUARY 1950

CONTENTS

PAGE RADIO ND TELEVISION IN 1949-1950

h Brig. General David Sarnoff 3

TELEV ION — BILLION DOLLAK INDUSTRY

b Frank M. Folsom 6

SARNCF HONORED 8

SHAH VISITS LABORATORIES 10

ELECTON MICROSCOPE MADE MORE EFFECTIVE IN CANCER RESEARCH . 11

MAKI". MINIATURE TUBES 13

CUSTCIS BUREAU ADOPTS FM 14

RCA I3TITUTES GRADUATES 198 15

COUN' NUCLEAR RADIATIONS 16

KOLSC RECEIVES PLAQUE 17

NEW -.STRUMENT SAFEGUARDS WORKERS 17

RADICOUTLOOK CONTINUES GOOD

b Joseph H. McConnell 18

SIMUEASTS 19

FOLSCI DEFINES POLICY ON RCA VICTOR RECORDS 20

NEW HF TELEVISION STATION OPENED AT BRIDGEPORT 22

TV NI 'SREELS TO BE EXCHANGED

; William F. Brooks 24

MULT'LE UNIT ANTENNAS 25

STUD1:TS RECEIVE RCA AWARDS 26

TELE\SION MOVES AHEAD

h Joseph B. Elliott 28

COMFVY SPEAKERS ADDRESS GROUPS 30

\

RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA RCA Building, New York 20, N. Y. DaviiSarnoff, Chairman of the Board Frank M. Folsom, President

Lewi MacConnach, Secretary Ernest B. Gorix, Treasurer

I dio Age is published quarterly by the Department of Information, ] dio Corporation of America, 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20, N. Y.

'm

Ik

y^/y^//y/?r;

?rY//

Finest lone »y st

y stem

in RCA Victor history

\ . here's a big, 8-inch speaker in this dramatic radio with the "Golden Throat ". The cabinet's less than a cubic foot in size, yet you feel you are listen- ing to a full-sized console! Dramatic in styling, too, with its golden center against rich mahogany 'Fine-Wood' finish on plastic. (Blond "Fine-Wood " finish for a few dollars more.) And there's a "phono-jack " for attaching the "•45"" automatic record changer. RCA Victor 9X571.

RCA Victor

Division of Radio Corporation of America

RCA Victor ■•45" p,„y,,h,

niw 45 tpm trcords ftirougfi any ft! Ill Ihg world', rmcil • oslosl oulomolic racord chonger And Iho rccoids? They'r* 7-inch slie, non-breoh- ablclotluplo lOlimes longtr. AC Model 9JY

RADIO AGE

RESEARCH • MANUFACTURING • COMMUNICATIONS • BROADCASTING • TELEVISION

Services of RCA are:

CA Laboratories Division

•

RCA Victor Division CA Communications, Inc. narine Corporation of America al Broadcasting Company. Inc

RCA Institutes. Inc. CA Service Company. Inc. CA international Division

VOLUME 9 NUMBER 2 JANUARY 1950

CONTENTS

PAGE

RADIO AND TELEVISION IN 1949-1950

by Brig. General David Sarjwff 3

TELEVISION — BILLION DOLLAR INDUSTRY

by Frank M. Folsom 6

SARNOFF HONORED 8

SHAH VISITS LABORATORIES 10

ELECTRON MICROSCOPE MADE MORE EFFECTIVE IN CANCER RESEARCH . 11

MAKING MINIATURE TUBES 13

CUSTOMS BUREAU ADOPTS FM 14

RCA INSTITUTES GRADUATES 198 15

COUNTS NUCLEAR RADIATIONS 16

FOLSOM RECEIVES PLAQUE 17

NEW INSTRUMENT SAFEGUARDS WORKERS 17

RADIO OUTLOOK CONTINUES GOOD

by Joseph H. McConnell 18

SIMULCASTS 19

FOLSOM DEFINES POLICY OX RCA VICTOR RECORDS 20

NEW UHF TELEVISION STATION OPENED AT BRIDGEPORT 22

TV NEWSREELS TO BE EXCHANGED

by William F. Brooks 24

MULTIPLE UNIT ANTENNAS .... 25

STUDENTS RECEIVE RCA AWARDS 26

TELEVISION MOVES AHEAD

by Joseph B. Elliott 28

COMPANY SPEAKERS ADDRESS GROUPS 30

R.\DIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA

RCA Building, New York 20, N. Y.

David Sarnoff. Chairman of the Board Frank M. Folsom, President

Lewis MacConnach. Secretary Ernest B. Gorin, Treasurer

Radio Age is published quarterly by the Department of Information, Radio Corporation of America. .30 Rockefeller Plaza. New York 20. N. Y.

z.

o u

<

£ Z

3

(-

•"•

u

S °

o m

^ o u

X X U

< a. - >•

_ Z

r o

■"• o s o~

*£

U Z

9 <

.. "

;^ *■ CQ

<

Radio and Television in 1949-1950

Chairman of RCA Board Says Every Radio Home Should Be a Television Home When Potential of

New Art Is Realized — He Reviews Electronic Developments and Other Scientific

Achievements, Pointiti^ Out Their Future Import

By Brig. General David Sarnoff

Chairman of tlw Ilinnd Radio Corporation of America

I^HE year 1949 completed a half century of historic achieve- ments in electric communications, with the electron tube as the great- est basic radio invention in 50 years. It has been the master key to radio progress. It opened the pathways throug-h space for world-wide radio- telegraphy and telephony, for radio broadcasting, television, radar, Ul- trafax and numerous industrial ap- plications. It will continue to unlock new developments from .vear to year.

Man's harnessing of the electron, and the progressive development of the kinescope, iconoscope, image orthicon and various other electron tubes, resulted in 1949 becoming television's first big year. In 1949 television began to e.xert a powerful impact on the entertainment habits of Americans. Home-life, education, news, politics, sports and all forms of entertainment are beginning to realize the social and economic im- port of this new art, for there are 3,700,000 television receivers in use. A comparison of this figure with the 61,000,000 radio sets in the United States reveals the great potentials of television's further g r o w t h. Eventually every radio home should be a television home.

I believe that within five years — by the end of 1954 — there will be about 20,000,000 television receivers in American homes. This will mean a total viewing audience at that time of approximately 75,000.000 people.

The year 1949 was a good one for the radio-television industry and 1950 promises to be another good year.

Major Achievements In 1949

The outstanding achievements in radio-electronics and television dur- ing 1949 were:

1. Expansion of television as a service to the public.

BRii;. (;kni-;k \i. i> wii

2. Development of the RCA all-electronic, high-definition compatible c o 1 o r television system now being field tested.

:5. Introduction of the RCA 45- rpm .system of recorded music featuring the simplest and fastest phonograph record changer ever devised and pro- viding the best quality of re- production.

4. Advanced development of ra- dar and its increased applica- tion for national security and safety at sea and in the air.

5. Application of the electron microscope and electronic techniques in the fields of bi- ology and medicine: for ex- ample, its use in research for close-up study of cancer cells and tissues.

Indeed, the achievements of RCA scientists and research men, coupled with the accomplishments of com- mercial engineers, contributed much to the advance of radio-electronics

in 1949. New fields of research were opened with promising possi- bilities for the future not only in communications but in science and industry. For example, the "mem- ory tube," developed as an electronic brain for rapid computing ma- chines, makes it possible to com- plete the multiplication of two num- bers, each having as many as 12 digits, in a hundred millionth of a second. It is called a "memory tube" because the figures fed into it can be retained for an indefinite time and be extracted when desired. Another new RCA tube called the Graphechon has "visual memory." It can store radar signals and tran- sient phenomena which occur in less than a millionth of a second and which ordinarily fade out in only a few seconds when traced on fluores- cent screens yet this tube stores such signals for more than a min- ute.

RCA VICTOR 4r)-RPM AUTOMATIC RECORD

PLAYER HAS THE FASTEST PHONOGRAPH

RECORD-CHANGING MECHANISM EVER

PEVISED.

[RADIO AGE 3]

Nt'.'. , ■JMI, ((iMl'\(T RAOAB I'NIT DE- SltiNKU yoH TUGS AND PLEASURE BOATS.

New photo-tubes developed by RCA have made possible a new in- strument, called a "scintillation ccunter," which detects and meas- ures atomic and nuclear radiation at a rate which the Geiger counter cannot attain.

A new super-sensitive electron tube, called an "electronic trans- ducer," perfected by RCA, meas- ures minute vibrations with tr^eat accuracy and makes it possible to convert the readings into visible or audible signals.

Investigation by RCA of the per- formance of amplifying devices utilizing germanium crystals in cir- cuits now dependent on electron tubes has revealed many uses for these so-called semi-conductors. As one possible application, these crys- tal devices eventually may replace some of the electron tubes now re- quired in the operation of electronic computing machines.

For marine use, RCA in 1049 in- troduced a new small, compact radar unit designed for tugs and pleasure boats.

Advanced techniques in the prep- aration of specimens for viewing by the electron microscope have ef-

fectively increased the application of electronic vision to such an ex- tent that the RCA electron micro- scope is now playing an important part in cancer research. Jledical research men have succeeded in viewing and photographing consec- utive slices of cancer tissue cut so thin that there are 250,000 of them to the inch. Thus, a perplexing problem that has retarded a thor- ough study of cancer cells and tissue has been solved. The high magnifi- cation power of the electron micro- scope— up to 200,000 diameters — makes this possible.

The electron microscope has sig- nificant applications in many fields of medical research and has already proved invaluable in the study of viruses — the causative agents of many diseases, including influenza, poliomyelitis — and the infinitesimal structure of bacteria.

Telerision

Television shook off its adoles- cence and came into man's estate during the year. Wherever it ap- peared the public embraced it, no longer as a novelty of sight and

sound but as a service of untold potentiality. Great as is its future, from industrial, scientific and edu- cational standpoints, the American people have been quick to recognize the new era of entertainment it has brought to the home, the significant informational services it has begun to develop, and its importance in communications by serving the eye as well as the ear. The strides it is making as an advertising and mar- keting medium of unsuri'assed im- pact on the business and buying habits of the nation are now widely recognized, and new technical devel- opments give promise of continu- ous improvement.

As 1950 opens, there are 98 tele- vision broadcasting stations in the United States. New York has 1,- 000,000 receiving sets : Philadelphia has 350,000 receivers; Chicago 350,- 000; Los Angeles 340,000; Boston 230.000; Cleveland 110,000; Balti- more 110,000. end Washington 80.- 000. Networks are being extended by coaxial cable and radio relay in- terconnections. Millions of people in areas still out of range of the wave-borne pictures eagerly await the arrival of TV. In February

[4 RADIO AGE]

1950, RCA Victor will manufacture

its millionth television set, and sets will come off the production lines in greater numbers as increased mass production makes it possible. A further important development in television is RCA's new field-type camera and associated apparatus which soon will be ready for field tests. Because of the camera's small size, about the dimensions of a home-type motion picture camera, it is expected to have widespread use in outdoor pickups as well as in medical and industrial television ap- plications.

Color Television

While black-and-white television captured the public imagination in 1949. scientists and research ex- perts kept their thoughts on the future. They demonstrated that television can "paint" pictures elec- tronically in color. RCA Labora- tories demonstrated a new all-elec-

tronic, high-definition color televi- sion system, completely compatible with present monochrome receivers. Scientists, broadcasters and radio manufacturers heralded this new system as an important and logical forward step. Its eventual introduc- tion as a service to the public would not obsolete existing television re- ceivers. Black-and-white sets would continue to receive color telecasts in monochrome, without the neces- sity for any changes in the receiv- ers. Viewers who would want pro- grams in color could attach a con- verter to their present sets, or use a color television receiver.

Much experimental work, as well as further engineering development and exploration of the radio spec- trum, will be required before color television attains the present status of black-and-white. To this end, field tests of the new RCA color system are now under way in Wash- ington, D. C. The preliminary re- sults have been highly encouraging.

Notable progress is being made by RCA Laboratories in the develop- ment of a color picture reproducer of the single-tube type. Perfection of this color picture tube will great-

"MEMORY TUBES," SHOWN .ABOVE, WERE

DEVELOPED AS ELECTRONIC BRAI.NS FOR

RAPID CALCULATING MACHINES.

PROJECTION PICTURE - REPRODUCING COLOR TELEVISION SYSTEM USING THREE PROJECTION KINESCOPES. REFLECTIVE OP- TICS AND A PAIR OF DICHROIC MIRRORS.

ly simplify television sets of the future, because in an electronic sys- tem it will replace the three tubes now necessary to reproduce the three primary colors and will make conversion of a black-and-white re- ceiver for reception of color pro- grams a relatively simple matter.

The Newest Phonograph

Television, however, is only one field in which the magic of electron- ics is being felt. In 1949, RCA Vic- tor introduced a new and revolu- tionary system of recorded music, with the phonograph further elec- tronized and embodying the fastest record-changer ever to be developed. This new and compact record-player operates at the speed of 45 revolu- tions per minute and achieves dis- tortion-free quality in music picked up by a permanent sapphire point from vinyl plastic disks 6"'s inches in diameter. This RCA achievement has modernized the phonograph and added greatly to its distinction as a musical instrument, winning ac- claim of music lovers and music critics alike. As the year 1949 (Covibived ov page 12)

[RADIO AGE 5]

Television-Billion Dollar Industry

spectacular Adraticc of Video Buiiiicsi Surpasscf that of Any Other New Enterprise, Says RCA President in Reporting on Achievements of the Past Year

By Frank M. Folsom

I' resident.

Radio Corporation of America.

THLP:VISI0N"S overwhelming acieplance by the American people, as reflected by its tremend- ous growth during li)49, is an eco- nomic and social development of major national significance.

The spectacular rise of this new service of mass communication is without precedent in the industrial history of the United States. Dur- ing October, after only three years of production, television achieved the going rate of a biilion-dollar-a- year industry. No other new enter- prise of the past has moved ahead so far in so short a time.

At the end of 1949, the wholesale value of all television sets purchased by the American public exceeded one billion dollars — another un- equalled record. The automobile in- dustry, operating in a much higher price bracket, required more than ten years to achieve a similar status.

So great was the public demand for television receivers, |)articularly in the last half of 19-19. that some of the major producers were from two to eight weeks late in deliveries. The total number of sets produced and .sold during the year amounted to 2..500.000. or 500.000 more than had been predicted. In New York City alone, the numi)er of television sets in use rose to 1.000.000.

Outlook for 1950

The outlook for television in 1950 is exceptionally good. The industry may be expected to produce and sell between .'1.. 500.000 and 1.000.000 video receivers, bringing the total number of sets in use by the begin- ning o£-T951 to more than 7,000,000. The potential television audience will then number at least 25,000,000 persons.

To achieve new production rec- ords in 1950, industry reports indi-

FRANK M. FOLSOM

cate that capacity will he increased by nearly 50 per cent. This will be accomplished through the addition of new manufacturing facilities. The only limiting factor that can be foreseen at this time will be, as it was in 1919. the ability of com- ponent parts manufacturers to keep pace with demand.

One of the outstanding develop- ments in television during 19 19 was the introduction l)y K("A of the new IG-inch metal-cone kinescojie. or picture tube. This new tube, more economical to produce than its all-glass counterpart, enabled sub- stantial reductions in the cost of large-screen, direct-view television receivers. Their success was im- mediate, and at no time during the year was RCA able to jiroduce 16- inch receivers in sufficient quantity to meet the public demand.

TV Tube Production lucrcasci

In response to the gi-owing inter- est in larger viewing screens, KCA opened a new tube manufacturing plant at Marion, Ind., in the Fall of 1949, and its entire production is devoted to lO-inch metal-pone kine- scopes.

The impact of televi^ion on the national economy is already having

far-reaching effects. \'ast amounts of raw materials are being drawn from all sections of the country, and tens of thousands of workers are being employed to turn these ma- terials into television set compo- nents and sub-assemblies. This ac- tivity, together with the larger operation of manufacturing com- plete receivers, contributed substan- tially in helping to stop the general industrial slump experienced in the early part of the year.

The reasons for the public's en- thusiastic and wholehearted accept- ance of television as a fundamental addition to home life are clear:

1. High standards of perform- ance and value adhered to by most manufacturers in the television in- dustry.

2. Rapid increase in the number, variety, and ciuality of television programs.

Television Appeals to Masses

When television got its first start as a full-lledged industry immedi- ately after the end of World War II. there was general belief that its greatest appeal would be to people in the upper income brackets. The contrary has been true. Television's appeal is to the masse.s — people in all economic levels — and its greatest su|)i)orf has come from families in the middle and lower income brack- ets.

The social implications of tele- vision's wide public acceptance al- ready are becoming apparent. There is much evidence to show that it is becoming an influential factor in estalilishing closer family rel;ition- ships reversing a trend set in mo- tion l)y other modern developments. People have an innate desire to see, as well as hear, subjects of enter- tainment, education, and news, and television comes closer than any other medium to fulfilling this basic human want.

Telecasters, stimulated by the public's keen interest, stepped up the number and quality of programs

[6 RADIO AGE]

in 1949. Improvements were made and new ideas were tried out. Dur- ing the evening-, the viewing audi- ences, especially in New York where seven stations are on the air, are finding it increasingly difficult to choose between the many fine pro- grams being offered. As a result, the demands on artists and perform- ers of all types are increasing. This condition is certain to bring about better programs, greater variety, and higher levels of entertainment. While the progress of television held the spotlight during the past year, sound broadcasting steadily advanced. Far from being doomed — as some pessimists predicted - — broadcasting continued to function as the greatest single medium of mass communication available to the American people. Reflecting the soundness of its position is the fact that the radio industry expects to produce and sell between 8,000,000 and 10,000,000 radio receivers dur- ing 1950. Moreover, there is every reason to believe that there will be a market for 6,000.000 to 8,000,000 radio sets a year for an indefinite period in the future.

45-RPM Record Syitcm Advances

In the phonograph field, the out- standing event of 1949 was RCA Victor's introduction of the revolu-

tionary new 45-rpm system of re- corded music. As more and more people became acquainted with the quality, convenience, and economy of this new system, its public ac- ceptance soared. In October, only seven months after the "45" was introduced, the new records were being produced and sold at the rate of 20,000,000 a year and the new record players at the rate of 65,000 a month.

System to he Standard

The progress of the 45-rpm sys- tem provides ample justification for the prediction that it will be the standard of the phonograph indus- try within a jieriod of five years.

.Aside from other favorable char- acteristics, one of the chief factors in the "45's" growing popularity is the complete selectivity it affords in every classification of music.

The major advances of the radio- television-phonograph industry in 1949 are but proof of still better things to come. At no time in the history of the radio-electronic arts have conditions been more favor- able for continued growth and ex- pansion in service to the American people. To the fulfillment of this

DEVELOPMENT OF THE 16-INCH METAL-CONE KINESCOPE ENABLED

SUBSTANTIAL REDUCTION IN THE COST OF LARGE-SCREEN, DIRECT-VIEW

TBXEVISION RECEIVERS.

promising outlook, RCA whole- heartedly dedicates its facilities and services in scientific research, man- ufacturing, and communications.

Major Radio Developments Since 1900

The ten outstanding develop- ments in radio science during the first half of the Twentieth Century have been listed by Dr. C. B. Jolliffe, Kxecutive Vice President in Charge of RCA Laboratories, as follows:

1. Wireless communication

2. Electron tube

3. Radiotelephone communi- cation

4. Radio broadcasting

5. All-electronic television

6. Facsimile — radiophoto and Ultrafax

7. Radio navigation and di- rection finding aids — loran. shoran. teleran Radar Radio remote control

8. 9.

of

airplanes, rockets and ve- hicles 10. Microwave radio relay sys- tems.

.Many of these developments. Dr. .Jolliffe pointed out. have been facili- tated by the accumulation of new basic knowledge of radio wave prop- agation, thus making it possible over the past 50 years to extend the breadth of the usable radio spec- trum for many new services.

RCA is Subject of Film

The Department of State, in its program of world information on life in the United States, is dis- tributing abroad fifty prints of a 16 mm. sound film depicting research activities of the Radio Corporation of America. Exhibitions will be held in 95 different countries.

The film, which is being supplied with sound tracks in English, Spanish and French, is entitled "To a New World." It was filmed at the RCA Laboratories in Princeton, New .Jersey, and shows RCA scien- tists at work on problems of radio, television and electronics.

[RADI O AGE 7]

BRIG. GENERAL DAVID SARNOFF RECEIVES THE PETER COOPER MEDAL FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE FROM DR. EDWIN S. BURDELL, DIRECTOR OF COOPER UNION. AT RIGHT, THE OBVERSE AND REVERSE OF THE MEDAL, DESIGNED IN 1909 AND AWARDED ONLY ONCE BEFORE, TO J. P. MORGAN IN 1942, IN RECOGNITION OF HIS 30 'i'EARS OF SERVICE AS A TRUSTEE OF THE EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTION.

SARNOFF HONORED

RCA Board Chairman Receives Peter Cooper Medal for Advance- ment of Science, and a Citation from UN for "His Con- tribution in Field of Human Rights".

IN recognition of his contribu- tions to the advancement of sci- ence and to the field of human rights, Brig. General David Sarnoff, Chairman of the Board, Radio Cor- poration of America, has received the Peter Cooper Medal, awarded by Cooper Union, and a citation by the United Nations.

In accepting the award from Cooper Union at ceremonies com- memorating the institution's 90th anniversary on November 2, Gen- eral Sarnoff said :

"Tonight, I feel very much at home in these familiar surround- ings— for it was in thi.s very neigh- borhood that I had my beginnings. I lived in this vicinity, went to pub- lic school and worked in this neigh- borhood. In fact, just across the street, a stone's throw from the very spot I now occupy, I served as the wireless operator atop the enter- prising Wanamaker store. That was 37 years ago — a time when there was born the first public recogni- tion of the importance of wireless. For it was in April, 1912, while I

was working at my wireless key on the roof of the building across the street, that I was able to pluck from the air the feeble dots and dashes that brought to an an.xious world the list of survivors of the ill-fated Titanic, which went down with so many precious lives. That disaster proved the true value of wireless at sea and gave great impetus to the further development of that new method of communication.

"It is natural, perhaps, that standing at the crossroads of the scientific age and despite the vision of the more abundant life which it brings, men should be awed by ter- ror of the remorseless physical forces unleashed by Science. True, Science has placed in men's hands the matches that could ignite a world-wide conflagration; but they could also light the furnaces of a technological ago of undreamed benefit to humanity. The great (lue.stion of our time is what men and nations will do with the new- forces at their command.

"I am thrilled, not saddened by

the thought that wo live in the Atomic Age. It was my good fate to be born on the threshold of the 20th Century, when Marconi in- vented the wireless, Thomson dis- covered the electron and Crookes the cathode rays. All of them are vital in present-day communica- tions, industry and in many other fields that serve the needs of modern society.

"The discovery of the electron alone has wrought such changes in the everyday lives of all of us that it can justifiably be compared to the historic achievements of Galileo and Faraday. It has extended man's range of speech, hearing and sight and through the electron microscope has opened a complete new world of the infinitesimal, hitherto un- seen by the human eye or by any mechanical microscope. This alone jiromises much in the advance of biology and medicine.

"The tiniest thing in the uni- verse, it is at work in many indus- tries. To mention only a few — radio, television, motion pictures.

[8 RADIO AGEl

chemistry, mining, textiles, avia- tion and other forms of communii.a- tion and transportation. The field of practical and commercial applica- tion of the electron still is in its early stages of exploration. In its use mankind has the most versatile tool that was ever discovered.

"Those who behold the electron's unlimited possibilities can see the day when every part of the world will be seen by television. We shall look across the hemispheres from nation to nation and see as clearly as we are now accustomed to hear by radio. Perhaps this added sense of neighborliness will help us bet- ter to understantl each other.

At ceremonies held on December 10 to mark the first anniversary of the adoption by the United Na- tions of the Universal Declaration of Human Rijrhts, General Sarnoff was awarded a United Nations citation for his "notable coopera- tion in the development of public understanding of the work of the United Nations and for his contri- bution in the field of human rights through advocacy of concepts of Freedom to Listen and Freedom to Look as fundamental expressions of Freedom of Information."

Presentation of the citation to General Sarnoff took place during a 2 hour and 15 minute program, which was telecast from Carnegie Hall, New York, by the National Broadcasting Company and fea- tured participation by world leaders and prominent musical artists.

Upon receiving the citation. Gen- eral Sarnoff described the award as a "generous commentary and kind recognition . . . directed more to a principle than to a man." He said : "I had the privilege of discussing this principle on several occasions with President Roosevelt, President Truman, Secretaries of State Hull and Marshall, and with other high officials of our government. It was gratifying to see creation of an international broadcasting service that disseminates information to the rest of the world and that is now- known as the 'Voice of America.'

"Shortly after the United Na- tions was organized, I presented to Mr. Trygve Lie and other ranking officers of the U.N., a plan for inter- national broadcasting that would be known as the '\'oice of U.N.'

OK.NEUAL SARNOFF RECEIVES FROM TRYGVE LIE, SECRETARY-CEN- ERAL OF THE UNITED NATIONS, A SCROLL CITING RCA's BOARD CHAIRMAN FOR HIS "NOTABLE COOPERATION IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE PUBLIC UNDERSTANDING OF THE WORK OF THE UNITED

NATIONS . . ."

And it is encouraging to observe the steady growth of your broad- casting service.

General Sarnoff participated in a roundtable discussion on "Freedom of Information" with Brig. General Carlos P. Romulo, President of the United Nations General Assembly and Dr. Gerrit Jan vanHeuven Goedhart, Netherlands' representa- tive to the United Nations. Benja- min Cohen, United Nations Assist- ant Secretary-General in Charge of Public Information, acted as mod- erator.

Concepts Vital to Peace

In a statement on Freedom to Listen and Freedom to Look, Gen- eral Sarnoff said that only free ac- cess to information tlowing across all boundaries can make possible a world peace that rests upon mutual awareness of common goals, upon the accommodation and adjustments necessary to reach them, upon the conviction that all people want and require a peaceful world. He said that never before have the concepts inherent in Freedom to Listen and

Freedom to Look been more impor- tant to the peace of the world than they are today.

General Sarnoff expressed the opinion that peace, like liberty, can never be safe, except in the hands of the people and declared that the world can never be free from fear as long as destructive propoganda has the opportunity anywhere to breed without exposition and oppo- sition.

"Radio speaks to a mass audience and delivers its message with a powerful impact," he asserted. "It can break through any blockade against the influx of facts and ideas. In the struggle for peace, the elec- tron—the heart-beat of radio— may prove mightier than the atom."

NBC Network Grows

On Dec. 31, 1949, the NBC tele- vision network consisted of 53 sta- tions operating in 32 states, with 26 of the stations connected by co- axial cable. A year ago, NBC had only 23 outlets, all along the East Coast.

[RADIO AGE 9;

THE SHAH OF IRAN WATCHES AS DR. JAMES HILLIER OF RCA I^BORA- TOEIES EXPLAINS OPERATION OF AN ELECTRON MICROSCOPE.

Shah Visits Laboratories

Iranian Ruler Views Research Projects in Radio, Television, Acoustics and Electronics at Princeton

HIS Imperial Majesty, the Shah of Iran, was jfiven his first look into the wonders of one of American industry's preat centers of scientific research during' a visit to the RCA Lalioratorics on Novem- ber 22. Accompanied liy a >rroiip of Iranian and U. S. State Department officials, the .Shah was jfrccted by Meade Hrunet, a \'ice President of the Radio Corporation of America and Manapin^' Director of its Inter- national Division, and was con- ducted through the Laboratories to view some of the latest research projects in radio, television, acous- tics, and electronics.

He was interested and amused when he saw himself on the kine- scope of new industrial television equipment. He shifted from side to side in his seat in order to see his imav'e move on the tube.

When RCA's new all-electronic color system, now under develop- ment, was demonstrated to His Majesty, he followed with close at- tention the explanation of color sep- aration at the camera and th;- later re-assembly of the colors at the re- ceiver.

Later, the K'<'up witnessed the operation of an electron microscope which, by maj^nifyinjr submicro- .scopic objects more than 100,000 times, enables scientists to probe more deeply than ever before into the unknown. His Majesty jrave every indication of beinj; impressed with the microscope's ability to penetrate deeply into the structure of materials thereby opening up new fields of research, development and use.

Other demonstrations included a comparison of a conventional radio

receiver loudspeaker and a full fre- tiuency ranjre unit, which can repro- duce music from 30 to 15,000 cy- cles; an electronic counter; and the "snooperscope", an electronic device which permits seeing in total dark- ness by means of invisible infra-red light.

While visiting the free-field sound room, one of the quietest places in the world, the royal visitor asked members of his party and photogra- I)hers to leave. After they had left and the door closed, the much-feted Shah soaked up the silence for sev- eral moments. He then turned to Dr. Harry F. Ol.son, Director of the .Acoustic Research Laboratory: "I like it here," he said. "This is the first moment of peace and quiet I've h.id in weeks."

Develops Black Screen For TV Backgrounds

A black screen for rear projection of television backgrounds, capable of providing greater pictorial con- trast than the i)resent conventional translucent white projection screen, is the latest innovation in video production to be introduced by the National Broadcasting Company.

The screen, which has already been used on several NBC television programs, was designed and spe- cially developed for video by the Trans- Lu.\ Corporation and is known as a Tele Process .screen.

According to O. B. Hanson, NBC vice president and chief engineer, NBC, as the pioneer user of this type of screen, has made extensive tests which indicate that more "spill-light," a troublesome feature in the past, can strike the screen without loss of contrast or detail. ".Spill-light" is the excess unwanted light that is reflected from a lighted stage or set onto a background pro- jection screen. This formerly caused a fading of picture detail. The new black translucent screen ab.sorbs this additional light without any noticeable loss of clarity.

"The new screen, used in conjunc- tion with our latest rear-screen projection process, will enable Pro- duction and Programming Depart- ments to provide more realism in story presentation and better pic- torial values to home viewers," Han.son said.

[10 RADIO AGE]

Electron Microscope Made More Effective in Cancer Research

Dcvcloptncnt of New Tcchiiujucs Problems Encountered in

DKTAILS of advamed tech- iiiciues that increase the ef- fectiveness of electronic vision in the fijrht ajjainst cancer were dis- closed recently by scientists and medical researchers who have suc- ceeded in viewing and photograph- mg consecutive slices of cancer tis- sue, cut so thin that there are 250,- 000 of them to'the inch.

The disclosures coincided with the start of public demonstrations of an electron microscope loaned by the Radio Corporation of America to the exhibit of the United Ilosiii- tal Fund at the Museum of the City of New York.

In announcinjr the new tech-

ni Preparing Spccnncm Eases Examination of Tissue

niques. Dr. James Hillier, co-devel- oper of the RCA electron micro- scope, said they evolved from research in cooperation with medi- cal scientists of the Sloan-KetterinK Institute at Memorial Hospital.

"It can now be revealed," Dr. Hillier said, "that we have over- come a problem which has retarded penetrating study of cancer cells and tissue. Solution of this problem involves the sectioning of specimens in such a manner that, with the high magnification power of the electron microscope, we can examine and photograph each consecutive slice of tissue. By keeping the minute slices in consecutive order.

\\ I' can then reconsli-uct exact three- <limensi()ual |)ictures of affected ai-i'as. This achievement may be regarded as having great promise in the field of cancer research."

Describing the new process used in obtaining consecutive slices of specimens. Dr. Hillier said the first step had been to modify a standard rotary microtome, or cutting blade, to a point where it could i)roduce successive sections of exactly the same thickness — about four mil- lionths of an inch.

The next step was to provide a means of assuring that each slice would be pi-eserved in the proper order of cutting. To achieve this Mr. Mark Gettner, of Sloan-Ketter- ing Institute, has developed a trough which can be attached to the microtome and filled with a liipiid of appropriate surface tension so that, as sections are cut, they float directly on the litjuid surface, with the trailing edge of one section re- maining attached to the edge of the knife until it is pushed on by the leading edge of the succeeding sec- t ion.

Dr. llilliiT said that, in addition to permitting the cutting of serial sections, this technique completely eliminates destruction of the thin slice normally caused as it slides Mver the blade of the knife.

Anotlicr Major Advance

Another major advance, he said, is in the preparation of the slices of specimens after they have been cut. The problem was this: a section of tissue cannot be permitted to dry, as this introduces basic structural changes; yet the sjiecimen must b(; dried if it is to be examined in aw electron microscope.

Solution of the problem was achieved by applying what is known as the iirinciple of embedding. Dr. Hillier said, explaining ihat this consists of treating the si)ecimen slices chemically in a manner that leaves them embedded in a trans- parent plastic.

This process created a secondary problem which arose when it was

ItCA ELECTRON MICROSCOPE WAS ONE OF MAIN ATTRACTIONS AT A PUBLIC EX- HIBIT ARRANGED BY U.NITED HOSPITAL Fl'NI) AT THE MUSEUM OF THE CITY OF NEW YORK.

[RADIO AGE II

found that the plastic covering the specimen reduced contrast of de- tail in micrographs. It was over- come by employing a device known as the "high contrast double objec- tive," which sharpens detail in images viewed through the electron microscope.

Dr. Hillier said that results ob- tained by applying the advanced techniijues have aroused interest not only at Sloan-Kettering Institute, but in other medical groups con- ducting cancer research. He said that advances in the use of the elec- tron microscope are being followed closely by pathologists as well as by cytologists and histologists.

"With our new methods," Dr. Hillier said, "it is possible to slice a single cell into a hundred sections. Were each section to be a si.xteenth of an inch square, such a specimen would have the equivalent of 2,500 square feet of surface under a mag- nification of 10,000 diameters in an electron microscope. That gives you an idea of the vast amount of new information made accessible by these advanced techniques."

MICROGRAPH OF TISSUE SLICE FOUR .Mll.I,lll.STHS OF A.N IN'CH THICK, OB- TAINED WITH RCA ELECTRON MICRO- SCOPE USING ADVANCED TECHNIQUES.

Dr. Sidney J. Circle, Acting Director of the Electrophoresis Laboratory, Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center, demonstrated the RCA electron microscope to the public during part of the time that it was on loan to the United Hos- pital Fund e.xhibit in the Museum of the City of New York. Dr. Circle, who is well acquainted with the ad- vantages of electron microscopy, de- clared :

"The light microscope reached the practical limits of its theoretical possibilities some years ago with regard to its ability to discern fine structure, the finest detail resolv- able by this instrument being ap- proximately a hundred-thousandth of an inch.

"The electron microscope, which is a radical departure from the light microscope, permits for the first time direct viewing of particles and structures not visible in the ordi- nary microscope.

"This electronic development has significant implications for many fields of medical research and has already proved invaluable in the study of viruses, the causative agents of many diseases, including influenza and poliomyelitis, and the fine structure of bacteria and i)ath- ology."

Radio and Television in 1949-1950

(Continued from page 5) ended, RCA was producing the new records at the rate of 20,000,000 a year to meet the public demand. The Challenge to Advance Like other new inventions, tele- vision and the 45-rpm Victrola phonograph have been challenged by those who resent change, by those who would impede or delay progress by clinging to the old. Nevertheless, the year's results confirmed com- mercially that the American public is eager to welcome improvements and advances. As with the electric light, the wireless, the automobile and the airplane, the public finally decided the fate of each. Lamp- makers cast dark glances at Edi- son's electric lamp, cables assailed wireless, carriage builders and blacksmiths frowned upon the ;iu- tomobile, the phonograph makers saw no future in radio, and the theatre belittled the movies. Now the motion pictures, theatres, and even radio itself are confronted with a new art created by science within their own fields. Thev must

meet the challenging newcomer and advance with it or take their places

A NEW Tl'BE, CAI.I.Kn TIIK GIIAI-II; CAN STOKE KOR MOIIK THAN A Ml.NUTE CERTAIN TYPES OF ELECTRICAL SIGNALS WHICH ORDINARILY WOULD FADE OUT IN A MILLIO.NTH OF A SECOND WHEN TRACED ON A FLUORESCENT SCREEN.

in memory as old-fashioned things that constituted entertainment not so long ago.

On the threshold of 1050, the thoughts of those who would ad- vance must be on the future, for modern science moves swiftly. To take one's eyes off the road and look back wistfully to the past, is to lose sight of the vast new opportunities ahead. RCA and its predecessors have 50 years of experience and know-how in all phases of radio communications, electronics, phono- grajihs and records, radio, and tele- vision. Their scientists, research men and engineers pioneered to give America pre-eminence in all realms of this great science, art and in- dustry. As a result, RCA moves into the next 50 years determined to progress in service to the Nation and its people and to people ever.v- where. They will not only hear, but they will see the daily activities, the scenic surroundings and the achievements of each other, leading to the promise of greater under- standing among nations.

[12 RADIO AGE]

BEFORE THE EI-EMENTS AUE SEALED IN- SIDE THE TUBE, EACH PART IS CARE- FULLY TESTED Fdlt I'EKFECTKIN.

TUBES ARE SUBJECTED TO HIGH AND

LOW TEMPERATURES AS ONE STEP IN

THE QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURE.

AT THIS AGING RACK, EVERY MINIATURE TUBE IS STABILIZED TO ASSURE ITS LIFE- TIME UNIFORM OPERATION.

ONK "K THE TWO OKKK TOS OP' A RADIO-EQUIPPED PROWL CAK REPORTS TO HEADQUARTERS AFTER SURVEYING CONDITIONS AT A HUDSON RIVER PIER. RIGHT: INDIVIDUALS SUSPECTED OF CARRY- ING UNDECLARED MERCHANDISE FROM SHIPS ARE SEARCHED BY A CUSTOMS OFFICER DIRECTED TO THE WHARF OVER THE BUREAU'S TWO-WAY FM SYSTEM.

Customs Bureau Adopts FM

Palrol Cars at Eight Seaports Use New RCA Communications System to Catch Smugglers and Thieves.

A STANDARD sedan, undistin- K'uishalile from others on the road except for its two front-seat occupants wearing uniforms, swun^r out of a downtown street in New- York and headed for the West Side hi^'hway. Once on the elevated road, the driver pressed a heavy foot on the Kas pedal and the car i|uickly reached top si)t'ed alon^ the con- crete. Occasionally, a loudspeaker under the dash roared alive with a few cryptic phrases and subsided as quickly. Occasionally, too, the olli- cer heside the driver reached for- ward, lifted a telephone handset from its hook and replied, just a.-- brielly and succinctly. Finally, near 11th .Street, the sedan was driven off the hijrhway and l)rou>rht to a stoj) in front "f "iie nf the piers

INSPECTOR HESS DIRECTS PATROL AC- TIVITIES OF THE FM NETWORK OF RADIO- EQlll'PED <'ARS OPERATED BY THE PHILADELPHIA BlREAf OF CUSTOMS.

[14 RADIO AGE]

where transocean liners drop their pa.ssenfrers and carjroes.

"Here," explained one of the uni- formed men, "is where we would go into action if this assi>rnment hap- pened to be in line of duty. It mitfht be a brawl between shiis' crews or a typical i>ier free-for-all that seemed to be jrettinK out of hand. It mijrht be a suspected theft of merchandise

held in custom's control. Or still again, — and more likely — we might be ordered to search for poods being carried off ships illegally. We never know what we'll run into when we get a call."

But this trip was, in a sense, un- official. It was a field demonstration of the new 2-way FM radio system developed by RCA and now in op- eration in eight of the nation's lead- ing seaports as an adjunct of the U. S. Bureau of Customs. The Bureau adopted the new system as a basic move to realign its law en- forcement activities and gear them

(Cinitiinnd nti pnfjr ft)

DR. C. B. JOLLIFFE ADDRESSES THE GRADUATING CLASS OK RCA INSTITUTES IN AN N liC STUDIO IN RADIO CITY.

RCA Institutes Graduates 198

In Commencement Address, Dr. JoUifJc of RCA Laboratories Points to Possible Developments in World of Electronics.

WORLD-WIDE television net- works, self-powered portable television receivers, and other elec- tronic developments of the future will emerg-e from the creative imag- ination of scientists. Dr. C. B. Jol- liffe. Executive ^'ice President in Charge of RCA Laboratories, de- clared in an address to the gradu- ating class of RCA Institutes on November 29.

During the commencement exer- cises, which were held in Studio 8H of NBC in Radio City, diplomas were presented to 198 students — the largest class to be graduated from the Institutes. The graduates had completed courses in radio and tele- vision servicing, operating a n d broadcasting, and advanced technol- ogy covering maintenance, opera- tion and development of circuits and equipment in radio and televi- sion.

Maj. Gen. George L. Van Deusen, President of the Institutes, made the welcoming address and the in- vocation was pronounced by Rabbi Daniel L. Davis, Director of the New York Federation of Reformed Synagogues.

"The future belongs to those who imagine it." Dr. -lolliffe declared. "What we have accomplished in science and industry is just about enough to provide us with a spring-

hoard into the future and the won- ders it holds. Don't be afraid to speculate and dream — they are fine companions for work."

He said that radio and elec- tronics, "because of their inherent capabilities and versatility, con- stantly goad us into finding or de- vising new tasks for them."

Planetary Communication Possible

Though it seems unlikely that we shall ever hear from another planet by radio, this is scientifically pos- sible. Dr. Jolliffe said, adding:

"We have bounced radio and radar signals off the moon and ob- servations have been made of radio noise which originates in interstel- lar space.

"Closer to realization but still a major problem, is how to create a world-wide television network. This is an economic as well as a technical matter, since it would be necessary to have television systems all over the globe, but scientifically we can see it pretty closely. Transoceanic planes, flying a predetermined dis- tance from each other, could serve as radio relay stations and speed video programs to and from Eng- land and Europe.

"You might couple imagination and technical knowledge and try to figure out a method of producing a

Ijraclical portable television receiver — providing an adequate sized pic- ture from a set weighing less than 20 pounds," he suggested. "This in- volves several problems, none of them simple, such as greatly simpli- fying the circuits, reducing the number of tubes, lowering the power requirements and developing an etlicient picture-reproducing sys- tem which can be folded up."

Dr. Jolliffe pointed out that there exists a broad field for exploi-ation in closed circuit and special purpose television.

"Television cries out for use in any application where observation and danger overlap," he said. "The making of explosives involves mix- ing operations of a perilous nature and there is no necessity to expose men to death when the mixing can be observed by a television camera and the process remotely controlled.

"The mining of coal in dangerous areas of marginal productivity is not morally justified if we must send men under the ground to do it. But a mining machine that would find its own way with its television "eye" would be expendable."

Pointing out the scarcity of fine teachers. Dr. .Jolliffe said that tele- vision in education would make it possible for hundreds or thousands of students to have "front row" seats at lectures or demonstrations given by topflight instructors. In wartime, television would be an in- valuable training aid for the same reason and because it could be used to demonstrate the use of scarce equipment to large numbers of men at widely separated points.

[RADIO AGE 15]

Counts Nuclear Radiation

Dercloptncnt of Setisitire Phototube Increases Utility of Scintillation Counter in Studies of Radioactivity.

SPLIT-SECOND flashes of light, produced when radioactive par- ticles strike a suitably prepared surface may now be measured with great accuracy by an electronic counting- system embodying recent developments in phototubes by the RCA Tube Department. Because of its greater sensitivity and flex- ibility, the instrument, called a scintillation counter, is fast replac- ing the Geiger counter in many ap- plications involving atomic " and nuclear radiation.

The scintillation counter con- sists essentially of an e.xtraordinary phototube "eye" and a fluorescent screen or phosphor crystal. When the instrument is e.xposed to radia- tion, radioactive particles strike the fluorescent screen and produce flashes of light. The light from each flash IS picked up by the phototube and converted into a tremendously amplified electrical signal The signals are then further amplified and registered on a meter or other device to indicate the presence and strength of radioactivity in the immediate area.

The heart of the scintillation counter is a remarkable electron tube called the multiplier photo- tube This photo-electric eve picks up the feeblest phosphorescent flash and converts it into an electrical current which is amplified as much as a million times before it is re- leased to the other circuits of the instrument.

The tube is capable of discrimi- nating or "counting" radioactive particles arriving less than one 100- millionth of a second apart This counting rate, considciahlv faster than that of the Geiger "counter greatly enhances the u.sefulness of the scintillation counter.

The tremendous amplification power of the multiplier phototube 18 accomplished by the phenomena of 'secondary emi.ssion" within the tube. The tube contains a photo- cathode and a series of ten "dynodes" or amplifying stages. The

[16 RADIO AGE]

flash of light, caused by a radio- active particle striking the fluores- cent screen, falls upon the photo- cathode of the tube, releasing a number of electrons. These electrons are directed or focused electrically to the first of the amplifving stages where each electron knocks off a new shower of electrons. Each of these new electrons, in turn, is swept to the second dvnode and again each knocks off a shower of electrons.

Process is Repealed

This process is repeated at suc- cessive dynode stages, until at the last stage a veritable avalanche of electrons is emitted, representing a multiplication of as much as one milJKm times the number of initial electrons released by the original light flash entering the tube. The electrons are collected at the last electrode to become the electrical current put out by the tube.

In addition to the increased counting rate and the enormous

amplification provided bv the scin- tillation counter, the new instru- ment has still other advantages over the Geiger counter. With suitable Phosphors, this new detector is ca- pable of detecting all atomic radia- tions known today, including "soft" radiations, such as alpha particles and soft beta-rays and .x-ravs The detection of these soft radiations with Geiger counters requires thin, hard-to-make "windows" to mini- mize the absorption of the soft radiations by the envelope of the detector tube. On the other hand, the scintillation counter built around the new phototube is rugged and stable, and has high intrinsic efficiency and indefinitelv long life Although several" multiplier phototubes have been previouslv in- troduced by RCA. the type designed specifically for scintillation counter work incorporates manv new fea- tures. For one thing, a new design including a photocathode measuring IV2 inches in diameter, provides a •sensitive area many times greater than that of previous tubes. This large cathode area permits verv efficient collection of light fro^ large-area light sources and allows the design of a scintillation counter which can "sweep" a broad area for traces of radioactivity.

OEVILOPB, ,CA MVLTIPLin !•„<,?«„," "

Folsom Receives Plaque

Denver Hospital Presents Award to RCA President for His Service to Humanitarian Causes.

AS a tribute to his years of serv- j ice to humanitarian causes, Frank M. Folsom, President, Radio Corporation of America, was award- ed a bronze phique at a testimonial dinner in Philadelphia, held in his honor by the Jewish Hospital of Denver on November 20. More than 800 leading industrialists, civic and social leaders witnessed the presen- tation.

In presenting the award, John B. Kelly, chairman of the dinner, pointed out that Mr. Folsom "typi- fies the men of broad vision, pa- tience, understanding and charity, who have made democracy work." He told the guests that they are "providing the means to carry on the fight against tuberculosis — a fight which has been so well ad- vanced by the National Jewish Hos- pital at Denver."

In his reply, Mr. Folsom called attention to the hospital as a "great humanitarian institution," adding that "in accepting this award, I am accepting your tribute to the Hos- pital.

"I recognize that in gathering here tonight, Philadelphians are opening their hearts to what this hospital is and has been doing for half a century.

"This great institution opened its doors 50 years ago for a single pur- pose— to cure and rehabilitate the needy victims of the disease that once brought such hopeless, helpless despair — tuberculosis.

"How well it has fulfilled its ob- jective is attested to not only by its international renown as a center for the treatment and rehabilitation of tuberculosis victims and for re- search and education in the field, but even more important by the thousands of wasting bodies and potentially broken lives that have been saved and restored to useful- ness."

Mr. Folsom saluted the hospital on its 50 years of progress and pioneering in the treatment of tu- berculosis and predicted a centen- nial celebration "as meritoriously deserved."

The plaque cited him for "his con-

FRANK M. FOLSOM, (LEFT) RECEIVES PLAQUE FROM ALBERT M. GREE.VFIELD (CENTER) AND JOHN B. KELLY. TREAS- URER AND CHAIRMAN RESPECTIVELY OF THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY.

cern for his fellow men of every station, race, color and creed, his devoted loyalty and eagerness to serve those in distress ; and his mer- itorious service in providing free tuberculosis treatment to the needy of all faiths as trustee of the Na- tional Jewish Hospital at Denver."

NEW INSTRUMENT SAFEGUARDS WORKERS IN RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

RDUTINE checking of personnel who work with radioactive substances in laboratories and man- ufacturing plants is simplified by the use of a new radiation counter developed by the RCA Engineering Products Department as part of the Atomic Energy Commission's pro- gram to safeguard those engaged in atomic work.

The instrument, called a Hand and Foot Monitor, measures simul- taneously the extent of beta and gamma contamination on hands and feet of those engaged in handling radioactive material, while compen- sating automatically for back- ground radiation.

The Hand and Foot Monitor con- sists of a platform flanked by two posts and a control cabinet. The platform and posts are designed to be installed in any corridor or pas- sageway travelled by workers leav- ing the radioactive area. The con-

trol cabinet is installed in any out- of-the-way space that is free of contamination and excessive vibra- tion.

On the platform are two clearly defined foot positions, and at a con- venient height and angle near the top of each post is a hand cavity. When a worker stands on the foot positions and inserts his hands in the cavities, indicator lights on the posts flash red, yellow or green to show whether he may safely leave the premises or must undergo fur- ther decontamination. A duplicate set of lights flashes on the monitor control cabinet for the benefit of the operator. Circuits controlling the indicator lights are actuated by the degree of radiation picked up by Geiger-Mueller tubes installed on each side of the hand cavities and under the foot positions.

The control cabinet houses all the electronic amplifying and counting

circuits and the necessary power supplies. Front and rear doors give easy access to the equipment units, which are mounted on removable chasses. In the top cover is a clear plastic window to permit reading the positions of "step relays" which indicate the counts of both subject and background radiations. This unit permits monitoring by a trained operator.

In order to operate the instru- ment, the subject merely steps onto the foot positions on the platform and presses his hands down on base plates in the cavities. These plates operate switches which start the tubes counting. It is necessary for both plates to be depressed before the machine will operate. After a 15- to 90-second counting cycle, the appropriate green, yellow, or red indicating lamps reveal the degree and location of contamination.

[RADIO AGE 17]

Radio Outlook Continues Good

In Year-End Statement, NBC's President Says Competition of Television is Good for Sound Broadcasting — Both Services, He Declares, Mill Alake Paral

By Joseph H. McConnell

Pienidctit ,

National Broadcasting Company.

RADIO broadcasting reached new W(>ni>mic levels in li)4!). and the outlook for 15)50 is equally frood.

Program-wise, radio's contribu- tions to the entertainment of the American people will continue to improve. For the first time since its advent in 1920, broadcasting has a rival in its own domain, and the competition is good for it. Televi- sion, which progressed so rapidlv in 1940. will, in 1950. far exceed" its best previous year.

Television as a service to the pub- lic is but four years old. and within this period of growth, it has been nurtured and supported largely by radio, using its studios. e(|uipment and personnel.

From now on television at N'P.r will be "on its own" as a separate and independent organization. It now has its own studios, showmen, engineers, sales force, newsmen, talent .scouts and financial set-up. Henceforth, competition between radio ;ind television will lie keener in all phases <pf ojieration.

Some iV Stations Show Profit Television finds encouragement in the fact that four of its seven lean years are past. Within the ne.\t three years more television stations will move out of the red and into the black. Several video broadcast- ers already report that they are showing a small |>ro(it.

Every year should find an in- crease in this upward trend so that by the end of the ne.xt decade tele- vision will be established on a high- ly profitable basis. It will be nation- wide in scope.

Radio broadcasting, on the other hand, not only is nation-wide in scope, but world-wide. There are fi.'i.550,000 home receiving sets and 1:5.200, 000 automobile radio sets in the United States alone.

There are more than 2.000 stand- ard broadcasting stations. 741 FM stations and 98 television stations in this country.

Sound by radio has been, and will continue to be. a great source of entertainment for people of all ages. It has been a great teacher from kindergarten to college and home extension. It has had pro- found effect upon children born since 1918.

By the time these children could walk, they went toward the radio set to try to turn it on. As they grew up they looked upon radio as something that had always been in the home — at least in their lifetime — and now it is difticult for that generation and those that have fol- lowed to believe that before their time there was no radio in the home. When public broadcasting began, only a few men of vision could see its wondrous potentialities.

They were young pioneers at the time, yet they were veterans of wireless, and among them was David Sarnoff. now Chairman of the Hoard of the Radio Corporation of America, who as early as 1916 envisaged what he called "the radio music box." He predicted it would bring concerts, news, baseball scores and no end of entertainment di- rectly into the home.

Today, everyone knows how David Sarnoff's "dream" came true; it is a reality with c\f ryone. every- where. Yet there were skeptic

illel Progress.

soothsayers in the early Twenties who scorned the idea and believed it was impossible. They brushed broadcasting aside as a fad and a "craze" that would soon pass from American fancy along with Mah- jong and the crossword puzzle. Likewise, the bold prophet of today, who declares that radio broadcast- ing is doomed endangers his sa- gacity.

Radio Has Served the Nation

Indeed, the alliance of sound broadcasting with science has made it the backbone of the American radio industry. It has faithfully served this Nation and its people for 30 years. As the "Voice of Free- dom" it spoke out across the hem- ispheres throughout World War II bringing hope to jieople everywhere.

It played a vital role in rallying Americans to the cause of liberty and justice. It marshalled the spirit of America: it was a modern Paul Revere on a world-wide scale. It instantaneously linked battlefronts and war zones as they had never before been linked in wars of the past; the voices of President Roose- velt and Winston Churchill made history as they encircled the earth.

Credit Goes to Advertisers

Much credit for the success of radi(» broadcasting goes to Amer- ican advertisers who have sponsored the shows and made commercial progress possible. The radio re- ceiver was welcomed into many mil- lions of American homes because the sponsors kept faith with the people and maintained a high stand- ard of etiiiuette in entering the home as a friend.

The new art of television is so fascinating with its double appeal and service of sight and sound that "starry-eyed soothsayers again have rushed to their crystal balls to catch a picture of the future.

(Continued on page SI)

[18 RADIO age;

SINCE MARCH 20. liMH. WHEN MAESTRO TOSCANIM AND THE NBC

SYMPHONY WERE KIRST TELECAST. THOUSANDS HAVE CONTINUED TO

BE THRILLED HY THE SlliSEyUENT SI.MILCASTS.

^Vf^P

^ IW

FllRTLNES OF CO.NTESTA.NTS STRIVING FOR CASH PRIZES OF NBC'S "BRELAK THE BANK" PROGRAM ARE FOLLOWED CLOSELY BY RADIO AND TV AUDIENCES.

SIMULCASTS

Scenes from Sotne NBC Programs That Are Broadcast and Also Telecast.

TALKNTEI) JIVKMLKS ciF IIIK HORN AND HARDART CHILDREN'S HOUR RE- MAIN NATURAL BEFORE THE TELEVISION CAMERA AND THE MICROPHONE.

FIRST NBC NETWORK PROGRAM TO BE

SIMULCAST WAS THE LONG-ESTABLISHED

AND POPULAR "VOICE OF FIRESTO.NE".

AcVrESS FJJITH PIAF AND ANNOUNCER DA.N SEYMOUR SIMULCAST A SKIT ON

"WE TiiK i'i:"i-i.i:."

BELOW: THE ( ITIES SERVICE PROGRAM. OLDEST NBC COMMERCIAL FEA- TIRK. RETAINS ITS WIDE APPEAL AS TELEVISION ADDS SIGHT To SOUND.

RCA Policy on Records

Fohom Reports on Success of 45-rpm Record System and Announces

Plans of RCA Victor, in Addition, to Make Available Its

Artists and Classical Library on New and Improved

Long-playing (33 l/3-rpm) Records.

IS a statement of policy with re- spect to RCA Victor records, issued on January 4, Frank M. Fol- som. President of the Radio Corpo- ration of America, told of the vast success of the 45-rpm record system in attaining nation-wide public ac- ceptance and announced plans of RCA Victor, in addition, to make available its great artists and un- surpassed classical library on new and improved long-playing (33'3- rpm) records.

"So great has been the American public's acceptance of RCA Victor's new 45-rpm system — the greatest advance in 50 years of recorded music," said Mr. Folsom, "that to- day, only nine months after its in- troduction— this revolutionary ad- vance has set a new standard of musical enjoyment in the phono- graph field. Never in the history of the record industry has a new de- velopment moved ahead so fast in so short a time.

"In recent weeks, sales of '45' records soared to a rate of moi-c than 20.000.000 a year, and the new record players were being sold at the rate of 65,000 a month . . . These figures tell a story of outstanding success for the unmatched tone quality, convenience, and economy of the '45.' It is a smashing triumph in recorded music."

RCA Policy

Mr. Folsom enumerated the fol- lowing points of RCA policy:

1. To make available to the public RCA Victor's unsurpassed library of the trorld's {ireatest artists and tutisic recorded for all record players: 45-rpm; 78-rpm; 33':,-rpm.

2. To give the public recordings of the finest artists and the finest music.

3. To achieve through our in- struments and records the finest possible musical rrpioduction.

4. To make available to the public the achievements of world-

renowned scientists and engineers at work in the RCA Laboratories. Through scientific research and develoi)ment they created the in- comparable "45 system." Through further progress they have also succeeded in including the same matchless tonal qualities in the new and improved RCA Victor long-playing records. With respect to RCA Victor's plans to produce the long-playing records, Mr. Folsom declared: "To serve those music lovers who wish to play certain classical selections on long-playing records, RCA Victor will introduce, on or about March 1, a new and improved, non-break- able long-playing record (33';i-rpm» made possible by an exclusive RCA Victor processing method which in- sures high quality and tonal fidel- ity."

He said selections from the RCA

Victor library, suitable for long- playing records, will feature its great orchestras and musical artists, and asserted that as new recordings are made, from time to time, the\ will be available as appropriate ad- ditions to the long-playing reper- toire. Orders are now being booked for delivery in March.

In the interest of millions ol homes still equipped for playing such records, and as long as there is a demand for them, RCA Victor will supply a complete catalog of conventional 78-rpm records, Mr. Folsom stated. He stressed the fact that every new selection will be available on both "45" and "78" disks.

The RCA Victor 1950 line of Vic- trola phonographs and radio-tele- vision combinations, Mr. Folsom pointed out. includes instruments that play all three speeds — 45. 78 and 33V3 rpm. All of these three- speed instruments feature an inde- pendent "45" record player in order that the fullest advantages of "45" quality and simplicity can be en- joyed, he declared.

"45" Destined to Lead

"The '45' is here to stay and is destined to lead all other types of

MIl-J WIISON STUHLMAN OF nROOKI.YN. TllUEE-MIU-IONTM VISITOR TO THE RCA

E.\1I1B1TI0N HALL IS GREETED BY PERRY COMO, RCA VICTOR RECORD SINGING STAR,

WITH A GIFT OF A 4B-RPM RECORD PLAYER AND RECORDS.

[20 RADIO AGE]

recorded music," Mr. Folsom em- phasized and added : "We will con- tinue to record both classical and popular selections on the 45-rpm records. The '45' meets the demands of music lovers who want their tunes and songs on single disks, easy to select and simple to play. It offers the world's greatest music and the finest artists, reproduced with the highest fidelity.

"The 45-rpm record has the finest tone quality in the history of the phonograph art. Only the 'quality zone' of the record's surface is used, and the music comes to you com- pletely free of distortion and sur- face noise. There is a full range of sound — clear and brilliant."

One of the fundamentals of mu- sical enjoyment is selectivity — com- plete freedom of choice of music desired, he continued, declaring that this is obtained in the "45" — "The Music You Want When You Want It!" He said the "45" system is simpler, more satisfying, and it saves music lovers energy, time and money.

"The '45' has the widest possible range of music selection — popular, classical, folk, musical comedy — whatever the music lover wants," said Mr. Folsom. "The present '45' catalog numbers more than 2,000 selections, and is growing daily.

"Moreover. RCA Victor is pro- ducing scores of old favorites from the conventional 78-rpm catalog on the new '45's'."

Mr. Folsom described the auto- matic changer of the "45" record player as the fastest and simplest changer ever developed. Operating within the central spindle post, the changer handles up to ten records with a time lapse of only five sec- onds between each record. It is silent and cannot damage records. In addition, there is no needle to change, since the player uses the famous RCA Victor "Silent Sap- phire" permanent point pick-up.

"Operation of the '45' player is simplicity itself," Mr. Folsom said. "Just stack ten records on the spindle and, with the touch of a button, you can enoy more than fifty minutes of music without touching the player again.

"Because they are the first record and record player ever designed to

go with each other, the elements of the RCA Victor '45' Victrola system provide a new measure of conven- ience for the music lover," Mr. Fol- som said.

He emphasized that the player attachment is small and compact and that the "45" record is made of non-breakable vinyl plastic, wafer- thin and 6% inches in diameter, making for ease and convenience in storage.

"Each '45' record," he concluded, "has a longer playing life — up to ten times as long. The smallness and lightness of the new '45's' en- able a new degree of speed and economy in their distribution. This means a better record at less cost."

Radio Outlook Continues Good

(Continued from page IS)

Enchanted by what they have seen they have hastily predicted that the future is all television, that "sound broadcasting is doomed."

But consulting the record of in- vention in the past, reveals evidence that these hasty prognosticators may be "looking in the dark." The telegraph was not banished by the telephone; wireless has not elim- inated the cables; the phonograph was not killed by radio, the movies did not destroy the theatre, nor did any of these forces do away with books, magazines and newspapers. All these still have their place.

It is well to observe, however, that the older inventions that have survived the onslaught of progress, have done so because they adapted themselves to new conditions cre- ated by science rather than com- placently mold and decay with the old. The clectronized phonograph in combination with radio is an out- standing example of what happens when an older art or instrument keeps pace with progress. It, too advances, gains added appeal and extends its scope of service.

Sound broadcasting will continue to serve and sell, while television continues to develop as a parallel industry.

By no means is radio doomed. It begins a new half century as an

ever-widening horizon for service. Sound accepts the challenges of sight in tandem as well as in com- petition as the camera joins with the microphone to advance the art of broadcasting. The microphone will continue to speak the message of its sponsor, while television displays the products and through illustra- tion adds to the pictorial effective- ness of the spoken word.

Tube Retains Signal Traces on Screen

A storage oscilloscope, capable of "freezing" for a full minute elec- trical signals or traces which occur in a billionth of a second, was re- vealed recently by L. E. Flory and W. S. Pike, RCA Laboratories re- search engineers, at a meeting of the Institute of Radio Engineers.

The device, based on the Graphe- chon — a tube with "visual memory" developed by RCA Laboratories — and the use of a television screen instead of the conventional oscillo- scope, permits scientists to study and photograph instantaneous phe- nomena which previously had been impossible to see and most difficult to photograph, Mr. Flory said.

"The trace resulting from a mini- ature atomic 'explosion' may occur on the screen of an oscilloscope in a billionth of a second," Mr. Flory explained. "The human eye can't detect it for study and it can be photographed only on super-sensi- tive film.

"The storage oscilloscope can probe the secrets of other devices and processes, less dramatic than nuclear fission, perhaps, but of great importance to our everyday living. It can record and retain a trace indicating exactly what hap- pens when a circuit breaker is opened and a current leaps across the gap, thus making possible the development of better breakers which will give the public better electric service."

The Graphechon memory tube is the heart of the storage oscilloscope, which was developed by Mr. Flory and Mr. Pike with the assistance of J. E. Dilley and R. W. Smith, also of RCA Laboratories.

[RADIO AGE 21]

WORKMEN MOIST THE -ID-KOOT LHF ANTENNA INTO n.My. AT NBl S NEW EXPERIMENTAL TELEVISION STATION NEAR BRIIMIEPORT. CONN.

New UHF Television Station Operating in Bridgeport

Satellite Outlet for WNBT, Nen Study Program Service Charactt

AN V.W ultra-hiKh-f r e q u e n c y experimental television sta- tion, whiih is expected to have a vital effect on the fufiii-f of all tele- vision hroadcastin^ in the United States, was put in operation h\ the National Broadcasting Company in the Uridjreport. Conn., area on Tuesday. January ."5.

Completion of the experimental station was announced by Joseph H. McConnell. president of NBC, who said it was a major stej) by the industry toward solving' the broad- cast and reception i)roblems of ultra- hiKh-fre(iuency telecast inK-

"The eyes of the entire television industry are upon us as we em- bark on this experiment," McCon- nell said. "We are confident that

[23 RADIO AGE]

York. Erected by RiA-NBC to

ristici of Upper Frequency Band

the operation of this UHF station will demonstrate the feasibility of broadcasting' in the upper reaches of the spec-trum. The experiments are beinp conducted by NBC to un- ravel the complex problems con- fronting the industry in the present space lojr-jam. If the experiment is successful it will show the way to openinp up vast new areas for hun- dreds of additional television outlets in this country."

A product of years of research and .scientific pioneerinK by NBC and its parent company the Radio Corporation of America, the Bridjre- port experimental transmittinjr equipment was built by the Knjri- neerinjr Products Department of the RCA \'ictor Division, under the di-

rection of V. K. Trouant. for the purpose of .solvinjr the many prob- lems of ultra-hijrh-frequency trans- mission and home reception of tele- vision signals.

This is a continuation of RCA's investijration of ultra-hi>rh-fre- quency television, commenced sev- eral years ajro by RCA under the direction of Dr. C. B. Jolliffe. exec- utive vice president in charjre of RCA Laboratories.

The entire project, McConnell an- nounced, is beinjr conducted under the direction of O. B. Hanson, NBC vice president and chief engineer.

With the industry watching the development of the station closely, the experimental L'HF outlet will operate as a "satellite" to NBC's pioneer New York television station WNBT and will retransmit the pro- grams and test patterns of that station.

Special experimental UHF televi- sion receivers have been designed by the Home Instruments Depart- ment of RCA \'ictor. under the

direction of D. D. Cole, for engi- neering observation of the test transmissions from the Bridgeport station. In addition. RCA has de- veloped an experimental converter which can be attached to present television receivers to make possible reception of these UHF signals. A limited number of the new receivers and of the converters will be placed in specially selected locations in Bridgeport and neighboring areas during the experimental period to evaluate the effects of the radiated signal. Between January :5 and January 15, NBC television engi- neers will make adjustments in the antenna and transmitter. Receivers will be installed within 25 miles of the station, after January 15. The station will broadcast in the fre- quency band between 529 and 535 megacycles, and pictures and sound will be received only on the special receivers.

Selection of the Bridgepoi't area as the site of the new station was made for the following reasons:

1. It is on the edge of the New- York television service area and therefore may be typical of possible future "satellites" which might be located in densely populated areas not adequately served by nearby stations located in large metropol- itan centers.

2. Homes in the Bridgeport area are located in rolling or hilly coun- tryside which will provide an oppor- tunity to study the effects of this

type of terrain on UHF propagation and reception.

Primarily designed to gather technical information on propaga- tion characteristics and reception problems of UHF transmissions, the station has been given the tem- porary call letters of KC2XAK. An antenna gain of 20 is expected to increase the one-kilowatt output of the transmitter to 20 kilowatts of effective radiated power. Future tests will determine whether the radiating system performs as ex- pected.

The transmitter is housed in a residential-type Cape Cod cottage on the outskirts of the city — in Stratford, Conn. It is on Success Hill, one of five hills overlooking Bridgeport.

Ap|)lication for a construction permit for the station was filed with the FCC February 8, 1949 and was granted to NBC May 4, 1949. Con- struction of the building was com- pleted November 15, 1949.

Erection of the tower, a four- cornered self-supporting structure 210 feet high, was started on Nov- ember 17 and completed one week later. The antenna itself, received December 19 and installed atop the tower December 21, projects 40 feet above the top of the tower.

.According to the program of tests, which will last for anywhere from 6 to 12 months, observations of the service will be made in homes with- in the area where service might be

THIS 210-FOOT TOWER SUPPORTS THE ANTENNA I.\ NBC's UHF EXPERIMENTS.

TRA

NSMITTER CONTROL ROO.M OF STATION KC2XAK, WHICH COMMENCED FIELD TESTS ON JA.NUARY 2.

obtained, at distances and under conditions which will determine the extent to which such a station can provide service. It is proposed to test various types of receiving an- tennas, investigate shadow areas and multipath problems, to make field intensity measurements, and observations of tropospheric trans- mission. Some of these measure- ments will be made at represent- ative receiver locations. The project also will include measurements with mobile equipment on radials, the in- vestigation of field intensity versus antenna height under various con- ditions and other factors contrib- uting to UHF propagation and re- ception.

The detailed work will be super- vised by Raymond F. Guy, NBC radio and allocations engineer.

[RADIO AGE 23]

TV Newsreels to be Exchanged

ArrangcmctU Made by NBC with Foreign Broadcasters Calls jar S honing of Latest Films Here and Abroad.

"^

By William F. Brooks

Vice President in Charge of

Radio Netvs and Special Events,

National Broadcasting Company, Inc.

UXDER the provisions of agree- ments recently arranged be- tween the British Broadcasting Corporation, French Television and the National Broadcasting Com- pany for the exchange of news- reel films, news events occurring in foreign countries will be witnessed by television audiences in the United States. Representatives of the organizations discussed terms for the extension of newsreel cover- age at meetings held in London and Paris last October. NBC now has access to newsreels made in Bel- gium, Egypt, Holland, North Af- rica, Spain, Switzerland, South America, Yugoslavia and Scandi- navian countries, in addition to the output of special cameramen sta- tioned in Jerusalem and Tokyo.

NHC maintains a London staff to perform the necessary screening be- fore films are shipped to the United States, a precaution that is possible under mutual arrangements that give both NBC and BBC the right to edit all films.

Although at the year's end Great Britain had only an estimated 200,- 000 licensed television sets installed in the London area, BBC has dis- covered that its viewers are keenly interested in international affairs. Using portions of films supplied by NBC, the British station now spon- sors two weekly newsreel telecasts, originating from Alexandra Palace in London, BBC's main television studios and transmission center.

[24 RADIO AGE]

A new BBC transmitter recently completed at Sutton Coldfield, near Birmingham, with dual connections to London by radio relay link and a coaxial cable, is expected to serve a population of 6,650,000. Other BBC video stations are planned in York- shire and Scotland. Those ac- quainted with the situation believe that the British demand for a larger number of informative news pro- grams and educational features will be intensified as BBC extends its television coverage with these addi- tional transmitting facilities.

France's only television station, located on the base of the Eiffel Tower, recently began broadcasting a series of 15-minute newsreel pro- grams for the benefit of an esti- mated five thousand set owners in the Paris area. Programs are pro- duced by the station's staff camera- men with additional film contributed by part-time lensmen operating in Paris and the provinces.

Since November 11, 1949, when the film exchange agreement went into effect, French Television's en- tire newsreel supply has been avail- able to NBC. In turn, the American comi)any has offered its staff-pro- duced films for French telecasts.

Here again, each party edits the other's films whenever necessary.

NBC's news films dealing with subjects ranging from sports to diplomatic conferences have been enthusiastically accepted by English and French TV audiences. Because newsreels are sent to and from Europe by air express, events hap- pening on opposite sides of the Atlantic are often viewed on tele- vision screens no later than the day after they occur.

Here in the United States, two NBC network shows, the "Camel News Caravan", a Monday-to-Fri- day feature and "Leon Pearson Reports", a Saturday night i)resen- tation, use the foreign newsreels along with films produced by the NBC newsreel staff and 100 cor- respondent cameramen scattered throughout the country.

The "Camel News Caravan", which has been called the most up- to-the-minute show in television, employs the complete news-gather- ing facilities of the network, involv- ing more than 200 persons. The program uses all of the video indus- try's methods of news reporting in- cluding mobile units (live pickups), newsreels, visual aids supplemented by personalities and commentators. The "Caravan", less than a year old, already has established an impres- sive record of "firsts" and "exclu- sives" on television, many of them made possible by film exchanges with foreign nations.

MOTION PlCTfRK FILMS ARE EHITED FOR NBC'S TELEVISION PROGRAMS AT THIS MACHINE. THE OPERATOR VIEWS THE MOVING STRIP THROUGH A LENS AND SYN- CHRONIZATION OF SOUND AND PICTURE IS CHECKED BY MEANS OF THE LOUD- SPEAKER MOUNTED ABOVE THE APPARATUS.

Multiple Unit Antennas

Plans Under Way for Use of RCA Antenaplex in Three Large Housing Projects in New York.

THE first concerted action by a group of realtors to solve tele- vision antenna problems of apart- ment dwellers was disclosed on No- vember 29 at a meeting of realtors and their architects with executives of RCA and the Commercial Radio Sound Corporation. The group's ac- tion, providing for installation of multiple-outlet TV antenna systems in three large apartment projects, will enable 1,000 New York families to have television without installa- tion costs, interference and reflec- tion problems, or the tenant-land- lord conflicts which have frequently developed over rooftop antenna in- stallations.

The three projects installing the system are Schwab House, 11 River- side Drive; 40-44 Park Avenue, and 715 Park Avenue. Schwab House, with approximately 700 apartment units, will have the largest TV mass-viewing system ever installed.

The Antenaplex Systems will be installed as integral engineering features of the apartment buildings during construction, on the same basis as heating, plumbing, and ven- tilating systems.

To obtain the highest quality re- ception from all stations, the tenant in a building equipped with such a

system needs only to plug the TV set into a wall or floorboard antenna outlet, in the same manner that the power cord is plugged into a utility outlet.

The action of the New York group, as an outgrowth of joint de- liberation and planning, is believed to indicate a trend among metro- politan realtors toward making built-in TV antenna systems avail- able to the millions of apartment dwellers in T\' areas throughout the country.

In addition to its usefulness in apartment houses, it was pointed out, the RCA Television Antenaplex System also meets the TV antenna requirements of hotels, department stores, oflice buildings, hospitals, and schools.

Contract is First of its Kind According to Frank M. Folsom, President of the Radio Corporation of America, the concerted action of the three apartment owners, leading to the signing of contracts for the Antenaplex system, is believed to be the first in which realtors have joined to solve the TV reception problem for their tenants.

"As a leader in the distribution of television to American families

SIGNING OF CONTRACT FOR USE OF RCA ANTENAPLEX SYSTEM IN HUGE NEW YORK APART.MENT HOUSE DEVELOPMENTS. SEIATED, LEFT TO RIGHT: FRANK M. FOLSOM, PRESIDENT, RCA; SAMUEL RUDIN, PRESIDENT, PIERMONT ESTATES, INC.; ALEXANDER FISHER, PRESIDENT, COMMERCIAL RADIO SOU.ND CORP., AND JULIUS PERLBINDER, PRESIDENT, 11 RIVERSIDE DRIVE CORP. STANDING: FRANCIS J. KLEBAN, PRESIDENT, 715 PARK AVENUE CORP., AND HIS PARTNER, S. A. SEAVER.

ANTENAPLEX INSTALLATION ON PARK LANE HOTEL IN NEW YORK.

in all kinds of homes, from cottages to mansions," Mr. Folsom said, "RCA is gratified by this step toward solution of the TV reception problems of thousands of families and individuals in metropolitan areas who make their homes in apartments and hotels. The Antena- plex system is designed to remove this last barrier to enjoyment of the increasingly rich variety of televi- sion programs by all Americans in all of the nation's rapidly expanding TV service areas."

In announcing the signing of the contracts, W. W. Watts, Vice President in charge of the RCA En- gineering Products Department ex- plained that the RCA system con- sists essentially of a rooftop array of antennas, matching in number the channels on which service is available at the point of installa- tion ; a master signal amplifier, which boosts the strength of signals received on each channel, and a net- work of coaxial cable carrying sig- nals on all channels to outlets in all apartments or other units of the building.

"In contrast to the countless num- bers of individual antennas required on the roofs of buildings not equipped with such a system — one antenna for each television set — the New York installations will each require only seven antennas, cus- tom-engineered for the seven chan- nels in use in the New York area.

[RADIO AGE 25]

Students Receive RCA Awards

Fourteen FcUowsh'ipi and Ten Students Under

AWARD by the Radio Coipora- t tidii (if AmiM-ica of fourteen fi-llow ships and ten scholarships for the 194i)-1950 academic year to out- standing' students of science has been announced by Dr. C. B. JollifTe. Executive Vice President in rhar^e of RCA Laboratories Division, Princeton, .\. ,1.

Dr. Jolliffe, who is Chairman of the RCA Education Committee, said the purpose of the awards is to encourage scientific training, particularly in radio-television and electronics, in accordance with an RCA Scholarship Plan which has Ix'en in operation since .July, 1945.

This year's award winners in- clude eight frraduate students selected by the RCA Fellowshi)) Board of the Natioi-.al Research Council, two jrraduatf students chosen for fellowships established at Cornell and Princeton Universi- ties, and four engineerinp employ-

[26 RADIO AGE]

Scholar<lups Go to Uttiversity Company's Plan.

ees of RCA selected on a competi- tive basis by the RCA Education Committee.

Graduate students scheduled to receive RCA Feilowshiijs in Elec- tronics through the .National Re- search Council are:

Arthur La Verne Aden, 25 years old, of Cullom. 111., who will con- tinue work in electrodynamics at the Enjrineerinjf Sciences Depart- ment. Harvard I'niversity. It is the second consecutive year that Mr. Aden has won an KCA Fellow- shii).

Robert William Olthuis, 27 .years old, of Rutherford. \. ,L, who will continue research work toward a doctorate at the Electrical Enjri- neerints' Department. I'niversity of Michigan. For Mr. Olthuis, this also represents a renewal of the RCA Fellowship in electronics.

Charles K. Hirdsall. 28. of Rocky River, Ohio, who will study at the Electrical Enfrineering Department.

WILLIAM A. CRAVRN. JR.. WHO WILL

CONTIM'E MUROWAVK RKSKARCH WORK

AT PRI.NCKTON I'SIVKRSITY I'.NDER THE

RlA KKI.LdWSMIP PLA.V.

Stanford L^niversity, under Pro- fessor L. M. Field.

David Carter, 29, of Stanford Nillatre, Calif., who will study in the Department of Physics. Stan- ford University, under Professor .M. Chodorow.

William A. Craven, .Ir., 25, of Princeton, .\'. J., who will continue research work in microwave tech- niques at the Department of Elec- trical Enjrineerin^r, Princeton Uni- versity, under Professor William H. Surber. Jr.

C.erald Estrin. 27, Elmhurst, Qiietiis, .\. v., who will continue studies in microwave propapation at the Department of Electrical En- gineeriuK, University of Wisconsin. Bob Fumio Xaka, 25, of Cam- bridpe. Mass., who will do research work in electron optics in the De- partment of Electrical Enjrineer- inp. Harvard University. He re- ceived his Master of Science degree in Electrical Engineering at the University of Minnesota.

Howard C. Poulter. 2:?, of Menlo Park, Calif., who will study inter- action of electromagnetic waves at the Department of Electrical En- pineerinjr, Stanford University, under Dr. Lester M. Field. Mr. Poulter received a Master of Sci- ence degree in P^lectrical Engineer- ing at the Illinois Institute of Technology.

Universities Cooperate

The graduate students selected to receive fellowships established in cooperation with Cornell and Princeton Universities are:

David F. Woods, 24. of Ithaca, N. Y., who will continue studies at Cornell University for a doctorate in Engineering Ph.vsics. He first entered Cornell in Septenilicr. 1941.

T. R. Williams, of Indianapolis, Ind., who is seeking a doctorate in Electrical Engineering at Princeton University. Mr. Williams received a master's degree in Electrical En- gineering in 1948 and since then has bein a full-time instructor at Princeton. Engineering emplo.vees of RCA

selected for RCA Fellowships are: Joseph Reed, 28, of Brooklyn, N. Y., who will do graduate work at the Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn. He received a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical En- gineering at Cooper Union in 1944 and is employed at RCA Communi- cations, Inc.. 66 Broad Street, New York.

Alan D. Sutherland, 24, of Ur- Lana, 111., who will study for his doctorate at the University of Illi- nois, where he received a Master of Science degree last June. He is employed at RCA Laboratories, Princeton, N". J.

Staff Engineer Participates

Jerome L. Grever, 23. of Haddon- field, X. J., who will continue elec- tronic studies at Purdue University. He is a graduate of the University of Louisville and is employed on the engineering staff of the RCA Vic- tor Division, Camden. N. J.

Joseph P. Ulasewicz, 22. of Col- lingswood, N. J., who will do grad- uate work at Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, where he graduated in 1947 with a degree in Electrical Engineering. He also is employed by RCA Victor.

In announcing the fellowships. Dr. Jolliffe said prominent science educators participated as members of the RCA Fellowship Board of the National Research Council in the selection of winners of the awards. Dean Frederick E. Ter- man, of the School of Engineering, Stanford University, is Chairman. His associates on the Board are Professor Arthur B. Bronwell, of the Electrical Engineering Depart- ment, Northwestern University; Dean William L. Everitt, of the College of Engineering, University of Illinois ; Professor Frederick Seitz, Jr., Department of Physics. University of Illinois; Professor Wayne B. Nottingham, Department of Physics, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; R. Clifton Gibbs, Chairman of the Division of Mathe- matical and Physical Sciences of the National Research Council and C. Richard Soderberg, Chairman of the Division of Engineering and Industrial Research of the NRC. who is Professor of Mechanical En- gineering, Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Dr. Jolliffe disclosed that the an- nual individual grants for fellow- ships under the auspices of the NRC range from $1,600 to $2,000, the exact amount being determined by the RCA Fellowship Board for graduate work in electronics dur- ing the academic year. RCA Fel- lows are expected to continue work on scientific problems related to electronics, but the RCA Fellowship Board accepts applicants who wish to supplement mastery in one field by developing competence in a re- lated field.

In addition to the fellowships for graduate students, RCA undergrad- uate scholarships have been estab- lished at various colleges and uni- versities since 194.5 and are now available to students in the follow- ing institutions: California Insti- tute of Technology, Columbia Uni- versity, Harvard University, Uni- versity of Minnesota, Princeton University, Purdue University, Rut- gers University, University of Washington, University of Wiscon- sin, Yale University.

Students approved by the RCA Education Committee to receive these scholarships are:

Frank G. Adams, 24 years old. of Palisade, N. J., majoring in elec- ti-ical engineering at Rutgers Uni- versity: Francis F. Chen. 20, New ■^'ork City, who will continue work in astronomy at Harvard Univer- sity; John E. Immel, 22. Maywood, 111., a student of electrical engineer- ing at Purdue University ; Lawrence E. Mertens, 20, New York City,

majoring in electrical engineering at Columbia University: Edward J. Novack, 23, Ravensdale. Wash., will continue work in electrical engineer- ing at the University of Washing- ton; Emery I. Reeves, 20, Chilli- cothe, Ohio, who is studying elec- trical engineering at Yale Univer- sity; Curtis M. Stendahl, 21. Minne- apolis, Minn., majoring in chemical engineering at the University of Minnesota; John T. Warner, 23, Verona, N. J., who will continue work in electrical engineering at Princeton University; Maurice B. Webb. 23, Neenah, Wise, engaged in the study of physics at the Uni- versity of Wisconsin ; William M. Whitney, 20, Spokane, Wash., who is majoring in physics at the Cali- fornia Institute of Technology.

Undergraduates in the field of pure sciences, or in various branches of engineering, especially electrical, radio and electronic engineering, are eligible as appointees to RCA Scholarships. Under the terms of the plan, the dean or an academic officer of the college or university, recommends the student to the RCA Education Committee for consider- ation and approval. Each student so selected and approved is desig- nated as the "RCA Scholar" by the educational institution w-here he is enrolled and as such he receives a grant amounting to $600, payable in two eciual installments, at the opening of the fall and spring terms. The RCA Scholar is eligible for reappointment upon suitable recommendation.

ALAN I). SITHERLAND OF RCA LABORATORIES IS AN APPOINTKI) KKI.LOW AT THE UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS, WHERE HE WILL STUDY FOR A DOCTORATE.

By J. B. Elliott

Vice President in charge of

Consumer Products

RCA Victor Division

Television Moves Ahead

Fast Pace of Industry Revealed in Production Figures and in Increased Sales Effectiveness of TV Programs.

up to December 31 reached approx- imately $1,113,500,000. The televi- sion industry in 1949 produced more than 2.300.000 receivers. This year it should produce 3.100,000. There are 70 television receiver manufac- turers. 9 kit-makers and 29 major manufacturers of miscellaneous television equipment. The value of fixed assets of television producers has been estimated at $315,000,000. Thirteen television producers have their securitie.s listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

Furthermore, there are stations, advertising, service, retailing, net- work facilities, and other plant in- dustries all thriving on the support of the TV audience which this vast receiver business creates.

At the bepinninp of 1950, 98 tele- vision .stations were in operation. The average cost of a television station is somewhere around $100,- 000. This figure represents only investments in equipment and facil- ities. Add to it the considerable payrolls for artists, engineers, ad- ministrative personnel, and others, and you can see that the total in- vestment in 98 television .stations far exceeds the $38,000,000 estimate for equipment.

In 1918. when there were fewer than a million receivers in use, ad- vertisers paid ?10 million for sta- tion time. In 1949, as the audience

Excerpts from an address before the Philadelphia Chapter of the A»i<rican Institute of Banking.

THE fast-moving pace of televi- sion is such that it is almost impossible to maintain familiarity with current statistics and develop- ment.s of this field unless consider- able time is devoted to keeping abreast of it.

Dramatic and brilliant as televi- sion's accomplishments have been to date, they will Ije dwarfed and over- shadowed by its accomplishments of tomorrow. And just what are these accomplishments? Let's run through a few figures:

The retail value of television re- ceivers produced by the industry

TELEVISION SERVICE HAS DEVELOPED AS A TRIUITARY OK TELEVISIO.N SET SALES.

grew, advertisers paid $30 million. This year's audience should be ap- proximately doubled in 1950.

Quietly, another important busi- ness has been developing as a trib- utary of television receiver sales. This is television service, a business far different from radio service. The estimated 1949 dollar invest- ment in television servicing and service facilities was $90 million in installation and service charges; $22,500,000 in antenna sales, and $20,750,000 in accessory sales.

Has Far-Reaching Effect

This activity has a far-reaching effect in stimulating the general economic pattern. Let's see just how wide and diverse are the eco- nomic regions stimulated by tele- vision :

That television will eventually hit an annual going rate of 5,000,000 units is an estimate which nobody knowing this field would challenge. This means a great deal to the mines and mills and factories of our coun- try. It means a vigorous, growing market for industries as far apart as New England textile mills, weav- ing intricate cabinet grille cloths, and Southwestern silver mines, whose product is used for television tuner contracts. The 1.100 parts in each television receiver bolster hun- dreds of component and sub-assem- bly manufacturers directly, and thousands of suppliers indirectly.

Television thrives through adver- tising. By this means it is able to finance its social contributions to society. How well does it |ierform this task?

For a really tough assignment, try introducing a new candy bar in New York. Mason's managed to get its cocoanut bar into only a handful of New York outlets before the com- pany hit upon television. Then, through its TV show, children were offered a self-liquidating premium, a humming lariat for two candy wrappers and a nickel. The first week, when only a few dealers had the product, a trickle of 307 requests came in. Hy the tenth week, the sponsor had sent out more

[28 RAD! O AGE]

than 25,000 humming lariats — and 95 percent of New York's candy re- tailers were carryinf? the product.

Or, more recently, an enterpris- ing youHK fellow named Martin L. Henry offered a book titled "So You Want to Write a Song", on WFIL- TV. Within five minutes after his 15-minute program was over, he had received orders for more than four dozen books at $1.98 each, and orders for it have been pouring in ever since.

When an industry can stimulate supplier industries as television does, when it can attain phenomenal stature in as. short a time as tele- vision has, when it can bolster our entire national economy through the sale of products and services of al- most every type of consumer sup- plier, as television is doing — that industry becomes a basic part of the bankers' working program.

Sound Investments to be Made

There are sound investments to be made with retail dealers and, in some cases, distributors, as well as parts suppliers, who are continuing to expand as business increases to unprecedented volume. In 1948, when cash sales represented 71 per- cent of all retail sales, charge ac- counts 20 percent, and installment sales 9 percent, the pattern was different in household appliance stores. Here only 29 percent of the sales made were on a cash basis ; 29 percent were on charge accounts, and 42 percent were installment sales. As of last April, approx- imately 26 percent of all television sales were on time. This leads to an estimate of $181,220,000 for 1950. We can expect the percentage of time sales to increase appreciably.

Commenting on this phase of television John J. Barry, Vice Pres- ident of the National Shawmut Bank of Boston, told the Financial Advertisers Association of New- York a few months ago: "This in- fant of all advertising media already has demonstrated that the yield per advertising dollar will surpass any- thing man has ever devised for the distribution of his products or serv- ices. I am certain that the scramble for time franchises now going on — that is for spots in 5-, 10- and 15- minute time segments, half hours,

Television: Its Costs and Its Profits

The average television re- ceiver consumes approximately 270 watts per hour — far less than an electric iron, toaster or coffee maker. By compari- son a radio consumes about {)5 watts.

If a consumer pays two cents a kilowatt hour for his power, he can operate a tele- vision receiver for an hour for only 2/ 5th of a cent.

Yet due to the large number of receivers in use and the popularity of television pro- grams, this small cost per set means $18,500,000 additional revenue to the nation's elec- trical utilities.

—by J. B. Elliott at Con- ference of International Association of Electrical Leagues.

hours, even hours and a half — will result shortly in a sell-out for the stations in operation."

Mr. Barry went on to state that the television audience is being sub- jected to a form of advertising which, he believes, will wean view- ers away from products and services being sold only through other media and limit their purchases and in- vestments to those things which have been illustrated and demon- strated right in their own living rooms.

Quoting Mr. Barry still further:

"In the service field, with the level- ing of income which has taken i)lace since 1939, the large middle-income group that is the bulk of television's audience is an audience for insur- ance, banking, investment, for the utilities, for the railroads, the air- lines, for recreations, all the in- tangibles that go to make for better li\ing. . ."

Theatre Television on Horizon

Today we have television in its broadcasting form, fully realized, rendering service, delighting mil- lions. Coming over the horizon we see theatre television, the first few installments of which already have been made — industrial television, hospital television, department store television — new broadcasting serv- ices, some of which have never been discussed outside the laboratories.

Television broadcasting service stands today, securely established in the economy of the country, the life of many American communities and the homes of our people. It has attained this status because the team of industry and finance brought it there.

Now, even as this service grows to ever greater stature, new serv- ices, developing from the pioneer work of broadcast television, are emerging from the laboratories and finding their myriad places in the American economy, our industries and our lives.

Study them closely. They indicate that television has yet to be circum- scribed by any predictable economic horizon.

'COMING OVER THE HORIZON WE SEE THEATRE TELEVISION; THE FIRST FEW INSTALLMENTS ALREADY HAVE BEEN MADE."

Activities of Speaker's Bureau

I^WELVK hundred G.I.'s com- prisi'd a particularly attentive audience at F'ort IJelvoir. All sat well forward on the edjres of their chairs, alert, watchinjr the speaker intently. Inspired by this audience reaction, the man on the platform became even more eloquent and im- |)assioned in his delivery. But in the midst of a sentence a Kong sounded. There was a sudden surjre of khaki. .An officer was pumpinjr the bewildered speaker's arm and con^ratulatinK him. In ."50 seconds, the vast auditorium was empty. Not until some time later did the orator whose address was interrupted learn that the ponjr was the camp's mess call!

The foreKoinK incident is just one of many experiences reported by members of the Speaker's Bureau of the RCA Victor Public Relations Department, a jfroup which, in the past two years, has faced audiences totalling more than 100.000 with addresses on RCA \'ict()r products and services.

Staffed by Volunteers

The Bureau is staffed by approxi- mately '.W selected volunteers, ranj;- injf from hiKh-rankinjr executives of RCA Victor to specialists in topics of interest to professional organizations. All have been care- fully screened for ( 1 ) ability to present information with ease, clar- ity and authority ; (2i knowledge of company policies: and (3) authority on the subjects about which they .speak.

Knjrajrements to speak may stem from requests received by RCA \'ic- tor from various organizations, or they may initiated as part of the Di- vision's own activities when there is a particular story to tell. Spon.sor- inj? groups range from small church, civic, service and luncheon clubs to large conventions or national meet- ings of major commercial or social organizations. The rerpiests come all jiarts of the country. When the audience is a very important one. a speaker may be sent thousands of miles to ;uidress a group. Fre-

quently the cooperation of the or- ganization's field personnel and its distributors is enlisted by the bu- reau to fill a desirable engagement. .After an engagement has been approved, all necessary information is assembled. This includes the name of the organization, its loca- tion, the date and time of the meet- ing, name of program chairman, topic, length of talk expected, type and size of audience. Where the ex- pense is warranted, steps are also taken to assemble demonstration etiuipment. slides, films, or charts which may be needed to present RCA Victor's story effectively. This information is supplied to the speaker well in advance of his talk and charted by the Promotion De- partment to prevent conllicting en- gagements and assure orderly sched- uling of speakers.

Every month, from 20 to 40 talks are given by representatives of RCA Victor, in churches and hotels, at veterans' meeting halls, and before Kiwanis, Rotary, Lions, E.xchange and other clubs and service organ- izations. These activities represent a basic part of the Division's com- munity relations program in regions where our factories and other com- mercial activities are located, and are proving to be a valuable element in building good will for RCA Vic- tor and the products bearing its brand name.

RCA COMMUNICATIONS SPEEDS INVENTORIES

Installation by RCA Communica- tions, Inc., of an intercommuni- cating system between its central storeroom and stock record office, has reduced the time reipiired for taking inventory from four to two months. This time-saving system for checking the Company's 11,000 different stock items was adopted at the suggestion of an employee.

A private wire line connects the central storeroom with the oflice where the stock record cards are on file. By a system of jacks, located along the bins in the storeroom, a

storekeeper can talk with the office from almost any location in the room.

When taking inventory the store- keeper or "counter" moves along the rows of bins, describes each item, counts the quantity on hand, and then, by means of a hand micro- phone, passes the information to the "recorder" at the master file where it is checked against the cards. This simple process eliminates the labor involved in recording each item on inventory sheets and the subsequent transfer of the information to cards.

Keeping a complete record of the 11,000 items .stocked in the Central Radio Office storeroom, at 66 Broad Street, is not a "solo" job. It requires a staff of competent per- sonnel with the ability and experi- ence to identify immediately any one of the thousands of items re- quired for the Company's opera- tions. The daily routine of receiving materials and issuing supplies con- tinues even during the two-month inventory period.

Although there are many methods of taking inventory, the staff at CRO declares the new system to be the most efficient yet devised.

INVENTORIKS ARE SPEKDED UP AT RCA COMMl'MCATIONS IN NEW YORK

THROl-GH THE TSE OK AN INTERCOM- MUNICATING SYSTEM FROM STOREROOM TO STOCK-RECORD OFFICE.

[3 0 RADIO AGE]

The Enforcement Division of the Collector's Oflice, which is char>?ed with intercept injr the smupKlinK of "doin-" and all other undeclared nieichandise into the country throujrh intensive inspection by its seai'chinj? squads has found in the lie A FM System a very effective ally. The Customs Agency Service, the investigative arm of the Bu- reau, frequently calls upon the radio network when operating out in the field.

In addition to the New York sys- tem, the new FM communications units have been installed at Boston, Philadelphia, New Orleans, San Francisco and Long Beach. Plans are under way to extend these flexi- ble radiotelephone links to Norfolk; Houston ; Portland, Oregon ; Seat- tle: Mobile and Savannah.

The equipment carried by the patrol cars has an effective radius of 25 miles but this distance can be increased by using individual cars as links in a relay reaching from headquarters to the objective point.

JOSEPH J. FLYN.N", .ACTING SURVEYOR OF V. S. CUSTOMS, NEW YORK, HANDS

ORDERS TO CAPT. C. A. O'H.ARA, OF THE PORT PATROL DIVISION WHICH

OPERATES THE RCA SYSTEM OF FM COMMUNICATIONS.

Customs Bureau Adopts FM System

(ContiHitid jrtnn pagt- 1\) to this modern age of high-speed motor and air transportation.

No place, it was learned from Joseph J. Flynn, acting surveyor of the port, could be better for a prac- tical demonstration of any commu- nications system than New York, with its extremely long waterfront, its multitude of bridges and high structures. To safeguard the health of American citizens and to protect the government against the loss of millions of dollars through smug- gling of contraband. Flynn pointed out, his mobile force must patrol 771 miles of waterfront on a 24- hour basis, several busy airfields and keep a keen eye on a constantly changing fleet of ships in the harbor and adjacent streams. In addition, urgent calls are likely to come in at any time from "trouble spots", re- quiring the fast dispatching of officers to the area indicated.

To perform this function, a siz- able force is needed. Without radio, the dirticulty of the task would be materially increased since govern-

mental econumies have reduced the staff from S44 in 1947 to 542 today. But, fortunately. FM radio has stepped in to prove itself a positive deterrent to w'ould-be smugglers, organized gangs of law^ breakers, and violators of the peace.

The focal points of New York's Port radio system are the patrol service headquarters at 54 Stone Street, in downtown Manhattan, and at 64 Hudson Street, in Hoboken. The 28 prowl cars, comprising the fleet, are in constant contact with these headquarters and with each other. Each radio ecjuipped car is manned by two armed officers who can swoop down on any pier on either side of the Hudson and East Rivers and for some distance along Long Island Sound. Recently, at one of the City's east side piers, a near riot of French crew members was brought under control almost as soon as it started when a hurry call went out to the fleet and brought five fully-manned cars to the scene in a matter of minutes.

View Session of LIN Or\ Large Screen TV

A direct telecast of a morning session of the General Assembly of the United Nations, reproduced on the 15- by 20-foot TV screen of the Fabian-Fox Theatre in Brooklyn on November 22. provided a dramatic foretaste of the tremendous educa- tional opportunities inherent in theatre television, newest of mass communication media. The audience consisted of 4,000 Brooklyn junior high school students, thereby mak- ing the Hatbush Avenue theatre temporarily the world's largest classroom.

Cooperating with Fabian Thea- tres in pre.senting the events as a public service, without admission charge, were the United Nations; the Radio Corporation of America, whose theatre TV' equipment w-as used; the Columbia Broadcasting System, whose signal was picked up; the Ford Motor Co., sponsor of the telecast ; the RCA Service Com- pany, Inc., which provided service engineers; Local 306, Motion Pic- ture Operators Union, and Local 4, International Alliance of Theatrical Stage Employees.

[RADIO AGE 31]

DIRECT-READING

Easier to read . . . gets accurate fixes more quickly

LORAN

Radiomariner//rfr/-rf</^//>/^ Loran is sclf- sulliciciK and independent of all other navigational equipment. It dots not re- quire the use of chronometers, mathe- matical formulas, or maxneiic or gyro compasses for the determination of posi- tion. The equipment does provide ac- curate and dependable fixes regardless of weather conditions, day or night.

The recei\er-indicator may be installed on the bridge or in the chariroom in a very small space. When installed aboard passenger or cargo ships, tankers, fishing craft and other vessels, it helps the navi- gator maintain the shortest possible route, thus assuring a saving in time and money in operatit>n of the vessel.

Kadiomarinc t/irec/-reat/itig Loran is

designed and engineered ahead for years of dependable performance. <!ompletc, fast and reliable Kadiomarinc Service is available in 29 Radiomarine Service Sta- tions at principal ports of l'. S. and through Radiomarinc's world-wide adiliatcs.

Write for FREE Bulletin that gives complete specifications!

04749

Oirvct-Rtoding Tim« Diffsranct Mtl«r

< omplcir rcailiriK <»t iimc ilirtcrcntc appear \ on one mcicr. t% %hown ah4>\c. Makct inicrpolatinn unncc- ct^ar>. A«(Htl«crror\. Simplihc«na\i* RatorA work. Help* itci accurate fixes in a mitier of \ecund\.

New AFC Circuits

Auromaiic trct]U(-n(.> control hold^ %ilinaU on both ihc ma\ier and ^tavc pulsci c\cn under severe fadinn con- ditions, hliminates drift. Provides jcrcater accuracy in maichinR of pulses.

Grtottr Circuit Stability

Lonicer useful luhc life. Fewer ser- vice adiustments. I'rack -mounted chassis makes tubes easily accessible.

Convanlent Mountings

Compact dcsifin and separate power supply permits mouniinR the indi- cator on a shelf or tabic, bulkhead or oscrhcad. Fewer controls insure better readings.

RADIOMARINF CORPORATION of AMFRICA. -? Varick St.. New York I V N. V. Ofliccs and dealers in principal ports lorcigu Distributiofi attJ Senice—RCA ln/cnht/ior/a/ Ih'rt'sion, 745 Pi/fh Ave., Sew York 22, S. Y.

RADtOMARIME CORPORA TtOM of AMERiCA

A SERVICE OF RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA

PRINTED IN U.S.A.

Public Library

Kansas City. Mo,

RADIO AGE

RESEARCH • MANUFACTURING • COMMUNICATIONS

BROADCASTING • TELEVISION

v/ "^ ^ ^-> ^' — — >

APRIL

950

4

NEW

RADIOMARINE

DIRECT-READING

Easier to read . . . gets accurate fixes more quickly

LORAN

Radiomzrine t/trect-readfng Loran is self- sufiiciL-iK and independent of all other navigational et|uipinent. It does not re- quire the use of chronometers, mathe- matical formulas, or ma>;nelic or gvro compasses for the determination of posi- tion. The etfuipment does provide ac- curate and dependable fixes regardless of weather conditions, day or night.

The receiver-indicator may be installed on the bridge or in the chartroom in a very small space. When installed abt)ard passenger or cargo ships, tankers, lishing craft and other vessels, it helps the navi- gator maintain the shortest possible route, thus assuring a saving in time and monev in operation of the vessel.

Kadiotnarine Jirecl-rtailing Loran is

designed and engineered ahead for years of dependable performance. (\>mplete, fast and reliable Kadiomarine Service is available in 29 Kadiomarine Service Sta- tions at principal ports of I'. S. and through Radit)marine's world-wide alldiales.

Write for FREE Bullelin thai gives complete specifications!

04749

Dlrtct-R*adlng Time DtfTortnct Mtttr

Complcfc reading of limc difference appears on one meter. %\ «huwn • ho^e. Make% intcrptilation unnec- ev\ar* . A^oid\err«»r\. Simplifies navi- ffatur'i work. Help* net accurate 6xc9 in a mailer of »econd\.

New AFC Circulti

Automatic fretiuency control holds %iRnal\ on both the master and slave puUes esen under %evcre fading con- ditions. Fliminates drift. Providen greater accuracy in matihinR of pulses.

GrtoUr Circuit Stabiltty

Lonccr useful tube life. Fewer ser- vice adjustments. Track-mounted chassis makes cubes easily accessible.

Convanitnt Mountings

Compact design and \cparaic power suppl> permits mouniinf: the indi- cator on a shelf or table, bulkhead or overhead. Fewer conlrols injure better rcadinf;s.

RADIOMARINF ( ORPORAl ION of AMFRK A. "S Varick St.. New York 13. N. V. Officer and dealers in principal ports lorcif^n nhtrihutioti ant/ Sen ice— RCA httemationai Diiision, 745 Fi/fh Ate., \ew YorJk 22, S. >'.

RADIOMARINE CORPORA TIOM of AMERICA

A SERVICE OF RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA

950

pinNTKii I.N- r s.A

Public Library

Kansas City. Mo,

RADIO AGE

RESEARCH • MANUFACTURING • COMMUNICATIONS • BROADCASTING • TELEVISION

\ij)

perforaance.

RiJioimnne Service SiJ- ipil potts of U.S,a»i lofflarioe'

sworlJ-wiJe

fUEEBDlWi"""'

=1.*

kBinf"*

APRIL

950

^ ^

TOSCANINI

The NEW

RADIOMARINE'sTcm RADAR . . .

for work boats, fishing craft and small vessels

A'om; mariners aboard small craft also can enjoy the advantages of radar. This new, low-cost Radiomarine Model (^R-l()3 oflfers all the advantages of modern radar. I'se it for pilotage . . . lor position finding ... as an anti- collision aid . . . for detecting storms.

Despite its small si/e, it has a 30-kilowatt transmitter. Operating on a wave length of .^.2-centimeters, it

provides dependable and superior service.

Engineered and constructed to fit the small space limitations ol tugs, harbor craft, trawlers, fishing craft, ferries and yachts, the CR-l()3 has these outstanding features:

Clear images on o 7-jnch scope. Operating ranges of I, 3, 8 and 20 miles, with a close-in range of 75 yards from the antenna.

SO-inch diameter low wind resistance ontenno,

weighs only ISO lbs.

Operotes from 24, 32, I IS, 230 volts 0. C. or

I 15/230 volts, 60 cycles.

Backed by Rodiomarine's world-wide Service.

Radiomarine CR-IOi Radar will etiaklt small tessels to operate on schedule, regard- less oj ueather. in harbor, at sea or inland ualers. hiiestigate its possibilities /or sa/ety and economy Jor your crajt. Write for Com- plete information.

Mounted from the overheod

Mounted on Transmitter/Receiver Cabinet

Mounted on a table or shelf

K \1)10.\1.\KI.M ( DKl'OK.MION ol ,\.MI Rll \. "S \ .irick >i , \c« ^ ork H. N. ^V OHiccs and dealers in principal pons iorcign Distribution and Seriice—K( A International Diiision. ".»5 I'i/th .lir.. ,\>U' ^'ori 22. S. Y.

RADtOMARIME CORPORA TtOM of AMERICA

A SERVICE OF RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA

PRINTED IN USA

RADiO AGE

RESEARCH • MANUFACTURING • COMMUNICATIONS • BROADCASTING • TELEVISION

:OVER

oscanini and the NBC ymphony Orchestra are lakinj^ their first nation- ide tour during which the J-year-old maestro and his )6 musicians will ^\\e con- jrts in 20 cities.

Services of RCA are:

RCA Laboratories Division

•

RCA Victor Division

RCA Communications, Inc.

aomarine Corporation of America

amal Broadcasting Company, Inc.

RCA Institutes. Inc

RCA Service Company, Inc.

RCA International Division

VOLUME 9 NUMBER 3 APRIL 1950

CONTENTS

PAGE

NEW COLOR TELEVISION TUBE SEEN BRINGING COLOR PROGRAMS TO HOME . 3

TOSCANINI ON NATIONWIDE TOUR 6

4800 FIRMS SPEED PRODUCTION

by Vincent de P. Govheau 7

FIRST "SATELLITE" TV STATION NOW OPERATING

by Rfiymotirl F. Gtiij 11

VERY MUCH IN VERY LITTLE 13

INDUSTRIAL TELEVISION DEMONSTRATED

by p. B. Reed 14

NBC SATURDAY NIGHT REVUE 16

THE PHONOGRAPH COMES OF AGE 18

NEW TUBE IS A POWERHOUSE OF ENERGY 20

BRAZIL TO HAVE TELEVISION 21

EMPIRE STATE TOWER TO UNDERGO ANTENNA CHANGE 22

PHOTOTUBE AIDS ATOMIC RESEARCH 25

CRYSTALS POLICE THE ETHER

by E. M. Washburn 26

FAMOUS CHIMES NOW "OFFICIAL" 29

HONORS TO PERSONNEL 30

RADIO SYSTEM FOR HOSPITALS 31

RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA

RCA Building, New York 20, N. Y.

David Sarnoff, Chairman of the Board Frank M. Folsom, President

Lewis MacConnach, Secretary Ernest B. Gorin, Treasurer

Radio Age is published quarterly by the Department of Information, Radio Corporation of America, 30 Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20, N. Y.

FESTOONS OF RCA'S "CONES OF SILENCE" FORM ONE OF THE ACOUSTICS EXHIBITS IN THE HAYDEN GALLERY OF THE MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOL(«;Y.

New Color Television Tube Seen Bringing Color Programs to the Home

Sarnoff Acclaims New Development as Miracle of Science and Declares it a Key to a Practical Color Television System for Home Reception. He Sees Future of All-Electronic Color Television

Assured for the Public

A COLOR television picture tube, long recognized by sci- entists as vital for the complete de- velopment of a practical, simplified color television receiver, was demon- strated by the Radio Corporation of America in Washington, D.C., on March 29.

Performance of the electronic color tube in this first public dem- onstration, revealed beyond doubt that the scientists and engineers of RCA have succeeded in discover- ing and developing the only link that up to now had been missing in color television for the home. As a result, another major advance has been made in the RCA all-elec- tronic, high-definition, fully com- patible color television system.

The new picture tube, or kine- scope, was shown in two direct- view types. The color picture is viewed directly on the face of th'e tube the same as black-and-white pictures are seen on the majority of the 5,000,000 television .sets already in use. The high-definition color pictures are reproduced ail- electronically. The receiver is un- encumbered by any mechanical parts or revolving disks. Thus, there is no flicker, no color break- up and no whir of a disk such as characterizes any system utilizing a mechanical scanning disk.

Sarnoff Evaluates Color Tube Praising the scientists and en- gineers of RCA who developed the full-color tube. Brig. General David Sarnoff, Chairman of the Board of RCA, acclaimed the development as miraculous, both from a scientific and artistic standpoint.*

* Reprints of General Sarnoff's ex- temporaneous statement to newsmen at the press conference and demonstra- tion of RCA color tube in Washington, D.C., March 29, may be obtained from the Department of Information, .SO Rockefeller Plaza, New York 20, N.Y.

[RADIO AGE 3;

"Measured in comparison with every major development in radio and television over the past fifty years." said General Sarnoff, "this color tube will take its place in the annals of television as a revolution- ary and epoch-making invention. When historians at the close of the 20th Century evaluate the most im- portant scientific developments, I will predict that this tube will be among the great inventions of the second half of this Century. As the master key to practical color television, it is an outstanding de- velopment of our time.

"We are on the threshold of a new era in television — the era of color," said General Sarnoff. "We can see ahead to the commercial development of practical and sim- plified color receivers. Our genera- tion is assured of clear and natural color television programs. Genera- tions yet to come will see around the world in color because this tube, which will go down in history as

the father of future color television picture tubes, is the key to greater achievements destined to come.

Scientists Congratulated

"I congratulate the scientists, research men and engineers of RCA whose skills have achieved this great success," continued General Sarnoff. "They have made a tre- mendous contribution to the art and industry, and have greatly inten- sified television's effectiveness not oidy in entertainment, but in edu- cation. By learning to harness elec- trons to 'paint' with perfection in natural colors, these men of science and engineering have added to the preeminence of the United States in television.

".As Dr. y. K. Zworykin's inven- tion of the iconoscope and develop- ment of the kinescope revealed to e.xperimenters in the Twenties that the old mechanical scanning disk was a crude and impractical device for the sending and receiving of

RCA COLOR TELEVISION RECEIVERS ARE THE SAME AS THE COMPANY'S STAND- ARD TABLE-MODEL BLACK-AND-WHITE SETS I.N SIZE AND AITEARANCE.

black-and-white television pictures, so this color tube reveals the supe- riority of electronics in color tele- vision," said General Sarnoff. "The mechanical scanning disk in tele- vision now belonjfs to the A^es. As an expedient, it merely jrave labora- tory technicians something to play with while the proponents of elec- tronics applied the modern and practical methods to develop an all- electronic, hiph-definition, complete- ly compatible system of color tele- vision for the American public."

Emphasizing the feature of com- patibility as an engineering tri- umph, engineers explained that those who already own television sets, or contemplate purchase, need have no fear of obsolescence. Nei- ther has the broadcaster any cause to fear obsolescence of his trans- mitter or loss of his black-and- white audience should he also broad- cast color programs. Because of its compatibility, the engineers ex- plained that the RCA color system operates at both the transmitter and receiver in complete harmony with the existing black-and-white system.

In fact, so close is its relation- ship with the present system that both color and monochrome are ca- pable of existing, or o|)erating, on the same channels, same transmit- ters and same receivers, except, of course, that present sets reproduce the color programs in monochrome. To see the programs in color, the present television receiver in the home can be adapted to use the new color tube, or a new receiver de- signed to operate with the color tube can be used.

Compatibility Illustrated

During the demonstration, the significant feature of compatibility of the RCA color system was im- pressively illustrated. A standard black-and-white receiver was placed between two sets equipped with the color tube. While they reproduced the color program in color, the black-and-white set reproduced the same program at the same time in black and white.

Thus, those present at the demon- stration not only saw the show in color, but any one of the thousands of television set owners in the Washington area also could see it

^^^^^^^	•^1^		P is V
^^^^^W^^^^i" f^B^W	3		. 1
	3	^^^^^^^^f^ V y ^^M	LJ

HAROLU U. LAW, K. W. IIKROLD A.ND RUSSELL LAW. RESKARCll SCIEN- TISTS OF RCA LABORATORIES, DISCUSS THE TECHNICAL FEATURES OF THE N£W RCA COLOR TELEVISION TUBE.

in black-and-white without modifi- cation of their sets and without having to change any adjustments or turn any knobs.

The engineers pointed out that such a result was impossible with a mechanical disk system, which lacks compatibility with existing receivers.

Prior to the demonstration, it was disclosed that members of the Federal Communications Commis- sion and its engineering staff pre- viously had been given the first — and unofficial — demonstration of the new color receivers in oi)eration in a Washington studio of the Na- tional Broadcasting Company which had been converted into a temporary "laboratory". It was there, also, that the public demonstration was held. The programs were telecast from NBC's station WNBW. at the Wardman Park Hotel, where the television transmitter, studio and antenna are located.

The color receivers in the demon- stration, in size and outward ap- pearance, arc the same as the standard RCA table-model televi- sion sets. The face of the tube ap- I)ears to the observer exactly the same as in a black-and-white re- ceiver, except that the picture is in natural colors. When color tele- vision is available for the home, the engineers declare that every tint will be clearly and faithfullv

reproduced. Even the texture of the skin and delicate petals of a flower will be vividlv seen true to life.

Describes Color Tubes Dr. C. B. .Jolliffe. Executive Vice President in Charge of RCA Lab- oratories, explained that while the general ajipearance of the receivers was the same as present black-and- wliite sets, there were modifications of circuits and additional radio tubes inside the cabinets to help the color tube perform its function. Revealing that the RCA .scien- tists are expanding their research to explore every possibility for fur- ther advances. Dr. .lolliflfe pointed out that the two color receivers in the demonstration used different types of color picture tubes. One employed a single electron gun to "paint" the pictures. The other used three electron guns, each of which had an electron beam geared magnetically to actuate each of the three jirimary colors on the face of the tube and blend them true to the original .scene being telecast.

"Already these two types of tubes have provided us with a vast store of new knowledge." said Dr. Jol- liffe. "As is the case with the ma- jority of inventions in the begin- ning, these tubes are hand-made. The next step will be to produce them commercially by mass produc- tion methods. As the human eye is

[4 RADIO AGE]

a delicate and wondrous organ of sight, so are television picture tubes. In fact, it is interesting to know that on the faces of these color picture tubes there are 351,000 color dots, and we expect to in- crease that number to improve the resolution for the most critical eye." Calling attention to some of the major technical advances in the new color kinescopes. Dr. Elmer W. Engstrom. Vice President in Charge of Research. RCA Laboratories, ex- plained that the elements that per- formed the color magic were built into standard metal-cone tubes. He pointed out t.hat, while the pictures measured 9 x 12 inches on the face of the tube, still larger pictures can be achieved, in fact, the larger the tube, the easier it is to build them I for high resolution.

Explains Tube's Performance

He said that the images are made to appear on the face of the tube by pencil-like beams of electrons that activate fluorescent materials representative of the three primary colors — red, green and blue. Al- though the trio of beams all operate simultaneously down the narrow glass neck of the same picture tube, they are ingeniously controlled so that their actions are masked from interfering with the operation of each other.

"The main difference between the two types of color tubes shown to- day," said Dr. Engstrom, "is that one is equipped with a single elec- tron gun to generate the electron beam, and the other employs three guns. A duo-feature is that both tubes will reproduce color pictures when color signals are broadcast, or they will reproduce the pictures in black-and-white if the signals are in monochrome. The advantages to the owner of such a flexible receiver are obvious — he can see color broadcasts, or if the transmitter is broadcasting black-and-white pic- tures, the color tube will also see them that way with excellent clar- ity and sharp contrast.

"The electron guns which 'fire' narrow beams of electrons at the fluorescent-coated face of the tube are controlled by the video signals as intercepted by the receiving an- tenna," continued Dr. Engstrom. "The video signals contain the nec-

essary information regarding the color detail of the object or scene being televised. As a simple illus- tration, if a rose is being televised, the video signal will carry the red information as well as the green of the stem and leaves. At the re- ceiver, the red electron beam will handle only the red, and the green beam will be influenced only by its color. With split-second precision the two beams will 'paint' the flower true to the original on the face of the tube, blending the 'fluo- rescent paints' in perfect harmony.

Coated With Color Phosphors

"To accomplish this." said Dr. Engstrom, "the face of each tube is coated on the inside with multi- plicity of dots of color phosphors. These dots are arranged in trian- gular groups of three — one red, one green, and one blue. The total num- ber of dots presently used on each tube face is 3.51.000 or 117,000 for each color, liehind the tube-face is a metal masking screen containing 117,000 holes of approximately the same size as the dots of color phos- phor. The holes are so placed that they overlap equally each red, green, and blue dot of a triangular group.

"As the electron gun, or guns, -scans the face of the tube, electrons pass through the masking screen and activate the color phosphor dots, causing them to give off vis- ible light. When a video signal rep- resenting red passes through the electron gun, a red dot is activated. Green and blue dots are activated as signals representing those colors arrive. The amount of light in color given off by each dot varies in exact accordance with the information supplied from the video signals ti'ken from the air. This action oc- curs so rapidly that the light from the activated color dots blends into the natural colors of the original scene."

Dr. Engstrom added that, in the RCA color television system, the tri-color tube operates on a stand- ard of 52,5-line definition — the same as black-and-white television. This means, he explained, that images are built up with 525 lines of detail, resulting in a high level of clarity and sharpness.

Asked whether there was any one man responsible for the tube's

invention. Dr. Engstrom said that the development was the result of great teamwork among scientists, research men and engineers, all of whom marshalled their special skills and knowledge to solve the problem. Experts in the science of electron- ics, specialists in electron tube de- sign, in broadcasting, in receiving sets, in fluorescent materials, elec- tron guns and engineering, in fact, all phases of television, contributed to the achievement. Dr. Engstrom described it as "an outstanding ex- ample of what can be accomplished in the complex and ever-widening science of electronics in which no one man could possibly find all the answers to a problem." As a re- sult, he said, the color tubes were developed by a corp of scientists and development engineers on the staffs of RCA Laboratories at Princeton, N. J., and at the RCA tube plants at Harrison, N. J., and Lancaster, Pa.

Sarnoff Pointed Way to Success

"I would like to point out, how- ever," said Dr. Engstrom, "that, while no one individual invented the color tube, or developed the RCA color system, this is an appropriate occasion to reveal that the several hundred of us who contributed to the accomplishment were spurred on by the enthusiastic leadership and vision of General Sarnoff. When things looked dark at times, as we faced impasses, it was his support and encouragement that drove us onward. One of the dra- matic stories yet to be told is that of his drive and determination that a color system and a color tube be developed on an all-electronic basis, fully compatible with the present television system to avoid any loss to the public through obsolescence. Without his indefatigable leader- ship and faith in our ability, we would not have reached this goal at least for many years to come. He saw what was needed, and apply- ing wartime techniques, directed us at forced draft. Such tactics are not always productive of speed in achievement when applied to creative effort dependent for suc- cess on new knowledge and new scientific principles. But General Sarnoff has taught us that the (Continued on voge 21)

[RADIO AGE 5]

SCHEDULE OF CONCERTS BY TOSCANINI AND THE NBC SYMPHONY

ON A COAST-TO-OIAST TOIR. MAKSTRO TOSCAMM WILL CONDUCT THE NBC SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA IN 19 CITIES.

April 14 New York April 17 Baltimore April 1 9 Richmond April 22 Atlanta April 25 New Orleans April 27 Houston April 29 Austin May 1 Dallas May 3-5 Pasadena May 7 San Francisco

May 9 Portland

May 10 Seattle

May 1 3 Denver

May 1 5 St. Louis

May 1 7 Chicago

May 19 Detroit

May 21 Cleveland

May 23 Pittsburgh

May 25 Washington

May 27 Philadelphia

Toscanini on Nationwide Tour

Noted Maestro and NBC Symphony Orchestra Left April 17 for Concerts in 19 Cities from Coast-to-Coast

E.NTHAIXING on one of the most e.xtcnsive musical ^rand tours of all timt'. Arturo Toscanini and thf NHC Symphony Orchestra left .New York on April 17 on a transcontinental journey that will cover more than S.OOO miles during which concerts will be presented in 19 cities. None of the concerts will he broadcast.

The six-weeks trip which will be iirulcr the auspices of the RCA \'ic- tor Division of the Radio Corpora- tion of America, has been jilnnned in observance of the musical achievements made in America dur- ing the past .50 years. The openinjr concert wiLs held in Carne>rif Hall. New V<irk. on April 14 and the final one will be on May 27 in Philadelphia.

In announcing the tour, Frank M. F'olsom. RCA president said:

"The RCA Victor Division of Radio Corporation of America wel- comes the opportunity to make pos-

sible this first coast-to-coast tour of Maestro To.scanini and the XBC Symphony, which today, thirteen years after its foundi:iK, is recojr- nized as one of the greatest orches- tras in the world.

"This Corporation, which has pio- neered in brinpinjr out j^reat music to millions of music lovers throujfh phonoprai)h records, radio and tele- vision, is particularly happy to ar- range for Maestro Toscanini and his men to visit cities where they have never been seen or heard in live concert.

"This tour serves as fitting reco^r- nition of the music.-il achievements of our country durin>r the first fifty years of the Twentieth Century, a period duriuR- which the United States attained world leadershi)) in the art of makinfr ^M•eat miKsic and brinjjrinfr it into the American home. This nation-wide tour by Maestro To.^ciinini underscores this accom- plishment. It is also an impressive

portent for the second half of the century and our future musical cul- ture, which will continue to develop and expand throuph the media of live concerts, records, radio broad- casts and television."

The Toscanini Tour Special is a veritable "hotel on wheels" accom- modatinp 125 per.sons. Twelve cars, including a private car for the Maestro make up the caravan.

Toscanini's private car houses not only bedroom, bath and loung- inp facilities, but also a complete kitchen and an observation plat- form. Every effort has been made to give the 83-year-old conductor complete comfort on the S,5fl3-mile trip.

No less effort has been put into making the quarters of the lOG mu- sicians and score of additional per- sonnel comfortable. The best sleep- ing accommodations pliLs lounging and dining cars have been provided. Extra lounge and dining cars will be added to the 12-car train along the route of the trip.

The $2.50,000 worth of valuable musical instruments will be trans- ported in special baggage cars. (Continued on page SS)

[6 RADIO AGE]

4800 FIRMS SPEED PRODUCTION

Majority of RC.-1 Suppliers Arc Small Businesses Spread Over the Nation, Contributing Goods and Services in the Amount of $125,000,000

'r-\

\w*>

By Vincent de P. Goubeau

Vice President in charge of Materials, RCA Victor Division.

THE electronics industry which lias expanded ten times in the last two decades is like a magic wand weaving a pattern of indus- trial interdependence among thou- sands of small and large businesses.

Growing faster than any other industry and receiving tremendous impetus from television, the elec- tronics industry has stimulated business and strengthened the na- tion's economy as much as any new development since the birth of the automotive industry.

Every day more and more small, independent businesses rise out of the dreams of enterprising Amer- icans to share in the success, in the profits of this fast growing in- dustry. There are thousands of these independent business firms, each adding its share, some in a small way, some in large and im- pressive proportions, to the success of an enterprise which has received universal acceptance by the Amer- ican public.

Rapidly approaching a $2 billion- a-year enterprise, television gives us a good picture of how one busi- ness affects and depends upon others. At the end of 1946 there were six television receiver manu- facturers— today there are 105. In 1946 there were 6,500 television sets produced — this year it is esti- mated that over 4,000,000 will be

produced. One clear result of the expansion of this industry is the increased volume of business for vendors and suppliers of raw ma- terials, components and parts to television manufacturers.

Television Employment Increasing

It is estimated that there are more than 500,000 people directly engaged in the television industry. This number is growing every day. Add the thousands of others in the mills, shops, stores, factories and offices supplying raw materials, parts and services for this industry and one has a picture of American interdependence that is of a tre- mendous economic scope.

To bring this point home, we need only consider the contribu- tions of RCA in the spectacular growth of the electronics industry and of television in particular. RCA's achievements have been made possible in a large measure by the support and cooperation of

independent suppliers furnishing RCA with necessary materials, parts and services. The self-con- tained efforts of RCA or any simi- lar company alone could not have harvested the magnificent accom- plishments in electronics which we are all aware of today.

The scope of relationship be- tween RCA Victor, the manufac- turing Division of Radio Corpora- tion of America, and its suppliers is graphically illustrated by the fact that last year 4,800 firms sup- plied RCA Victor with goods and services in the amount of $125,000.- 000. These 4,800 independent busi- nesses represent a cross-section of American enterprise. About four- fifths of them have less than 500 employees; almost half have less than a hundred.

Many of these businesses were born out of the requirements of television alone. Others have their roots in earlier radio and electronic developments. Through many years of loval and friendly associations

4793

SUPPLIERS

IN 42 STATES

49%

2.324 SUPPLIERS

HAVE FROM Ho 100

EMPLOYEES

30%

1,441 SUPPLIERS

HAVE FROM 100 to 500

EMPLOYEES

c

1,028 SUPPLIERS

HAVE OVER 500

EMPLOYEES

%

79% OF RCA SUPPLIERS ARE SMALL BUSINESS' FIRMS

D

[RADl O AGE 7]

A LAKGtC AND (.U.NSTAM SUPPLY OF" PLASTICS MATERIAL IS REQUIRED IN THE PRODUCTION OF PHONOGRAPH RECORDS.

between them ami RCA, an inter- dependence has Krown into a rela- tionship which is far beyond the cold, matter-of-fact business deal- ings of buyer and seller. Each takes pride in the achievements of the other.

Scores of these small businesses have been helped by RCA and simi- lar firms, receiving assistance in orKanization and production prob- lems and in enjrineerin^r know- how, and some. throU),'h hard work, efficiency and (luality performances, have Krown from small bejrinninKs to become leaders in their chosen field, frraduatinK into the "big leajrues" of industry. Indeed, RCA \'ictor itself is one of these grad- uates. Fift.v years ago its prede- ces.sor was only a 17-foot machine shop in Camden, New .Jersey.

Scattered in 42 Slates

Scattered a.'' they are in 42 states. RCA \'ictor's suppliers, large and small, are solid com- munity a.ssets throughout the en- tire nation. They offer employment opportunities which might not have existed were it not for their rela-

rut MANUFACTUUt UK CABINETS FOR TELEVISION AND RADIO SETS

CONSUMES HUGE QUANTITIES OF CHOICE LUMBER SELECTED FROM

MANY KINDS OF TIMBER.

MANY SUPPLIERS PROVIDE THE COMPO.NE.NTS THAT CO INTO THE ASSEMBLY OF KINESCOPE PICTURE TUBES FOR TV RECEIVERS.

tioiiship with IM'.A N'ictor and simi- lar companies. They contribute to the steady growth and prosperity of many communities.

Maintaining production, servic- ing and distribution schedules at RCA Victor depends upon a continu- ous flow of services and materials in (piantites of astronomical pro- portions. Thousands of outside sup- pliers are depended upon to keep the wheels rolling in RCA Victor's four product departments — Home Instrument. Engineering Products, Tube and Record.

Raw materials and component

parts must How from all corners of the nation into the three Home Instrument assembly plants at In- dianapolis and Rloomington, Indi- ana and Camden, New .Jersey and into the Company's two cabinet plants at Pulaski. Virginia and Monticello. Indiana. A few ex- amples of annual re(iuirements of these plants are 20.000 feet of wire and cable. .'"iT.OOO.OOO capacitors, and ."l.OOO carloads of cabinets.

Another large business of RCA Victor is that of the Tube Depart- ment whose plants at Marion and Indianapolis. Indiana: I-ancaster.

8 RADIO AGE]

Pennsylvania and Harrison, \e\v Jersey, require tremendous stock- piles of materials from hundreds of independent businesses. As one example, these plants use three car- loads of glass bulbs for radio and television tube production every working day — more than a million pounds of glass a month.

Requires Material in Steady Flow

RCA Victor's phonograph and record production also requires a steady Mow of materials into twn major plants at Canonsburg. Penn- sylvania and at Indianapolis. Indi- ana. Record label paper is used at the rate of 40,000 pounds a month and resin, compounds and packing materials are needed in equally huge proportions to keep the shelves of the nation's record dealers stocked with the favorite tunes of music lovers.

In the Engineering Products De- partment, a wide variety of raw- materials, components and parts, is utilized reflecting the diversity of products manufactured by this De- partment for government anf' com-

THIS "SMALL BUSINESS" MACHINE SHOP WAS THE PREDECESSOR OF THE FAR-FLUNG RCA VICTOR ORGANIZATION OF TODAY.

mercial uses. Items furnished to this Department range from tiny test gauges of delicate, watch-like precision to 30,000 pounds of steel and other material used in making a 175-foot super-gain antenna for a television station.

These few examples of essential requirements which RCA Victor

obtains from the outside give some indication of the mutual dependence of RCA Victor and its 4,800 sup- pliers. This relationship of mutual dependence, which is frequently taken for granted in our country, is typical of American business en- terprise. It is an essential ingre- dient of its success.

SOME OF THE HUNDREDS OF PARTS AND SUB-ASSEMBLIES THAT GO INTO THE MAKING OF A 121/2-INCH

TELEVISION RECEIVER.

[w^''2

^iV:^ ^ l?*^"^^^*^-^

rf u '^

9 liulmm^ ^i

• 'ill *iiiiiiii^iiiiJ iiiiiiiiiiM*»-««*M.^=^ ^

%^^^^^i>

[RADIO AGE 9]

i

\

:^

^*i

■Ni

.Vei

First ''Satellite" TV Station

New Station at Bridgeport, Conn., «.< Being Used By NBC to Study Effectiveness of Microjvaves in Providing Metropolitan Video Program Service to Outlying Communities

By Raymond F. Guy

Manager, Radio and Allocations

Engineering, Xational Broadcasting Company.

oiidly, this particular Connecticut community is situated on rolling or hilly country which provides an op- portunity to study the effects of this type of terrain on the trans- mission and reception of uhf waves. An estimated population of 350,000 would be reached by the station's signals. A site for the station and tower was selected on Success Hill. 200 feet above sea-level and slightly more than two miles northeast of the center of Bridgeport.

Once preliminary details had been settled, the project moved ahead rapidly. The transmitter

building was completed on Novem- ber 15, 1949, and 35 days later the 40-foot, specially-designed slot an- tenna was in place atop the 210-foot tower. Regular program operations began on December 29.

Program material for the satel- lite operation is picked up direct from Empire State tower by a six- foot parabolic antenna attached to the tower's 180-foot level. The sig- nals are led downward to receiv- ing equipment in the transmitter building, processed there and then retransmitted on the station's as- signed uhf frequency. The com-

AMERICA'S first custom-built ul- ^. tra-high-frequency television station to be licensed by the Federal Communications Commission for the specific purpose of studying the availability of microwaves in pro- viding full-scale video program service is now in regular operation on a hilltop near Bridgeport, Con- necticut. The station equipment was designed by the Radio Corporation of America and was installed and is operated by the National Broad- casting Company under the call letters of KC2XAK.

Intended to function solely as a "satellite" station, KC2XAk does not originate programs but picks up video signals telecast by WNBT, New York, and retransmits then on the frequencies of 529-535 mc Results of field tests now beinj.' conducted are expected to be an important factor in determining the feasibility of opening the uhf band from 475 to 890 megacycles for tht extension of commercial television program service to cover the entire country.

Bordering Long Island Sound approximately 55 miles from New- York City, Bridgeport was chosen for the site of the experiment for two reasons. First the city is on the fringe of the area served by New- York television stations and therefore is not adequately served by metropolitan transmitters. Sec-

— A WINDING ROAD CLIMBS UPHILL THE TRANSMITTER BUILDING AND WER OF RCA-NBC'S NEW EXPERI- NTAL UHF TELETVISION STATION ON CCESS HILL, NE.\R BRIDGEPORT, CONN.

ENOl.NEER TU.NfcS Sl-OT-TYPt ANit.NNA BEFORE IT IS LIFTED TO TOP OF 210- FOOT TOWER OF BRIDGEPORT STATION.

parabolic receiving antenna being

tested before installation on the

statio.n's tower.

[RAP lO AGE II

"bow-tie" antenna (in circle) is one of several types of uhf receiv- ing antennas underooino tests in the bridgeport area.

bination of transmitter output and a hiph-Kain antenna radiate the picture signals with a power of approximately 14,000 watts.

Special uhf tuners and converters were designed for installation in 100 homes and check-points throughout KC2XAK's .service area. These in- struments are l(K;ated at distances in excess of 30 miles from the trans- mitter. Observers at these points make frequent reports of the qual- ity of reception to the station where the data are recorded on a chart represent inp the service area. In addition, a station wafron, carryinjr sensitive measurinjf instruments, niams the surroundinjr countryside recording the strength of signals at varying distances from Success Hill. Several types of receiving an- tennas are being tried out to deter- mine the one most suitable for conditions that are likely to be en- countered in similar typical com- munities throughout the country.

Despite the numerous investiga- tions of uhf propagation that have been carried out during past years, many more exact studies are to be continued at Bridgeport. In par- ticular, engineers need more data

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR VIEWS OF THE STATION WAGON WHICH IS BEING

USED THROUGHOIT THE NORMAL SERVICE AREA OF THE BRIDGEPORT UHF

"SATELLITE" TO MF..\St'RE THE STHENCTH OF THE TRANSMITTED SIGNALS

AT KIFFFJIENT DUSTANCES FROM SUCCESS HILL.

on the effect on reception of inter- vening buildings and hills. Because of the lack of satisfactory mean.s for measuring the strength of TV signals in locations where hills lie between the receiving antenna and the station, NBC is proposing to utilize a helium-filled balloon carry-

ing a small antenna and a detecting device which is connected to mea- uring instruments at ground level. The information to be obtained will provide a pattern showing the travel of waves in the vertical plane. Engineers also want to know (Continued on page Si)

[12 RADIO AGE]

CONTAINING FOUR MINIATURE TUBES AND ALL BATTERIES, THE RECEIVER IS SMALL ENOUGH TO FIT EASILY INTO A POCKET OR MILADY'S HANDBAG. BELOW: COMPARISON OF PREVIOUS "personal" RADIO AND THE LATEST MODEL.

Very Much in Very Little

Research Develops World's Smallest Superheterodyne Receirer with Highly Efficient Loud-Speaker

Radh

RESEARCH in acoustics, con- , ducted by engineers at RCA Laboratories, Princeton, N. J., has resulted in the development of a pocket-size laboratory model super- heterodyne radio receiver smaller than any previously designed with a loudspeaker. Dimensions of the complete instrument are 5', s inches by 3 inches by l-js inches, and the total weight, including batteries is only three pounds.

In addition to a more efficient loudspeaker and horn system, small- er components and better position- ing of the loop antenna were com- bined to give improved perform- ance in a set one-third the size and half the weight of receivers now available, according to Dr. Harry F. Olson, Director of the Acoustical Research Laboratory.

"To develop a set of this size with performance equal — or in this case, superior — to larger portable radios, meant that an increase in loudspeaker efficiency had to be achieved to compensate for the re- duction in power output," Dr. Olson

explained. "The most significant step in this direction was realized by using the movable lid of the receiver case as a horn for the loudspeaker. With this single in- novation the set's performance was increased four-fold over existing models."

When the lid of the case is raised, a tapered horn approxi- mately five by three by one and a half inches is formed, he continued. This provides much more effective amplification than any horn which could be incorporated in the case and wastes no space when it is closed.

"The speaker itself is only the diameter of a silver dollar, but, by using better materials in the mag- net itself and in the surrounding structure, higher flux density in the air gap is achieved," Dr. Olson said. "This improves the loudspeak- er's efficiency by two to one."

The electrical input to the speak- er of the new receiver is only one- sixth that produced in current models, but the eight-to-one gain in

f'ii

■ I*.-

loudspeaker overall efficiency en- ables the miniature set to provide better performance, it was pointed out.

The RCA development employs four sub-miniature tubes in its superheterodyne chassis — one radio frequency amplifier, one intermedi- ate frequency amplifier, one com- bination audio amplifier and diode, and one power output tube. This is the first time these tubes — one-third the size of their predecessors — have been used in this type of receiver.

The power supply consists of two 22V2-volt hearing aid batteries and a single I'o-volt fiashlight cell to provide filament current.

Ry placing the antenna loop in the false lid of the case it is able to operate with greater efficiency than if it were in close proximity to the receiver.

[RADIO AGE 13]

Industrial Television Demonstrated

Using New Vidicon Camera Tube, the New, Simple, Compact System Extends Sight for Aid to Science, Industry and Education — Can Be Adapted for Color Pictures

By P. B. Reed

Manager, liiduKtiUit Equipment, RCA Eiiyiiieering Products Dept.

TKLEVISION'S expansion be- yond the field of entertain- ment has bejrun. Within the past few weeks, the Radio Corporation of America has presented dramatic evidence of how it can be used to extend human sight for benefits to industry, science, education, se- curity and otlier non-broadciist en- deavors. Behind the advance is the development by RCA Laboratories of the smallest and simplest tele- vision equipment ever devised.

This system, first revealed to the public at the 1950 Convention of the Institute of Radio EnRineers in New York City, March G to 9, was demonstrated the following week for the New York City Department of Correction to show its effective- ness in prison security.

The demonstration, presented in the City Prison of Manhattan, re- vealed the usefulness of RCA's ex- perimental industrial television sys- tem for observing' prisoners during relaxation and exercise periods, as well as at work.

For the demonstration, RCA utilized three television camera chains operating in a closed circuit with monitors in the warden's office. One of the monitors was connected to a camera covering the fourth floor tier of prisun cells and showed the guard patrolling the catwalk

[14 RADIO AGE]

while prisoners took their morning relaxation and exercise.

Another camera chain, linked to the prison laundry, picked up pris- oners at work with machines and clothing. The demonstration ended with the camera on the fourth floor monitoring prisoners as they re- turned to their cells.

Development of the system in- volved two separate phases. First came the design of the remarkably small and sensitive pickup tube known as the Vidicon. The second phase involved the engineering and designing of the camera and moni- tor-control unit. All of this work was under the direction of Dr. V. K. Zworykin, Vice President and Tech- nical Consultant of RCA Labora- tories. Details were described in technical papers presented at the LR.E. Convention by Dr. Paul K. Weimer and Richard C. Webb of the Laboratories staff. Stanley \'. Forgue and Robert R. Goodrich as- sisted Dr. Weimer in developing the Vidicon, and J. M. Morgan aided Mr. Webb in the develop- ment of the over-all system.

Future Uses of System

Future possibilities of industrial television include the monitoring of operations from a distance, es- pecially where nearness would mean danger; the enabling of many per-

sons to view a given procedure or activit.v, and the supervising or co- ordinating of a number of opera- tions from a central position.

Installation of the equipment in prisons, banks, and other restricted areas could prevent episodes such as the recent robbery of the Brink vaults in Boston. By television, it is possible to monitor all personnel and visitors and literally see a thief in the act. Furthermore, the equip- ment would be valuable for identi- fication and verification purposes. It could scrutinize passes, security papers, and similar documents from a remote point. A number of re- stricted areas could be guarded by a single officer stationed at guard headquarters or some other central point.

The closed circuit television sys- tem is also expected to become a powerful instrument in education, bringing great teachers into the l)resence of hundreds or thousands of students simultaneously. Medi- cal students, for example, need no longer be relegated to distant seats in the amphitheatre. Instead, through the new medium, they may be brought directl.v to the operating table. In colleges, close-up views of experiments, demonstrations, and microscopic studies ma.v be enlarged and projected instantaneously for convenience in teaching large

S.MALLER TELEVISION CAMERAS, IDEAL FOR INDUSTRIAL AND EDUCA- TIONAL USES, ARE MADE POSSIBLE BY A niMINUTIVE PICKUP TUBE CALLED THE VIDICO.V.

LEFT: INTERIOR OF SMALL CAMERA SHOWINO THE VIDIOON TUBE AT THE LOWER RIGHT CORNER OF THE CASE. BL-LOW: A COMPARISON OF THE RELATIVE SIZES OF TIIF, STANDARD IMAGE ORTHICON CAMERA TUBE AND THE NEWLY DEVELOPED VIDICON.

jrroups of students. The armed forces are e.xperimentinjr with a television hook-up between class- rooms to make more effective use of topnotch instructors for mass training of personnel.

The new RCA television chaii may become the expendable eye that can watch dangerous industrial and scientific processes where it would be unsafe for a human ob- server. The progress of multiple, long-time tests at different places may conveniently be followed from one central point. Phenomena as- sociated with nuclear reactions can now be observed from a safe posi- tion. Diverse operations may be studied directly in a central office Enlargement of subjects on the television screen also reduces eye fatigue and promotes greater effi- ciency.

Will Facilitate Inspection

For inspecting the underside of industrial products and materials, and for exploring the interior of products such as cylinders, cannon bores, and tanks, the camera will have numerous applications. It will also facilitate inspection of the in- sides of oil well casings, factory chimneys, grain elevators, and many other relatively inaccessible indus- trial areas.

Possibilities of industrial tele- vision also include such applica- tions as comparison of the televi- sion image with a standard, either optically or electrically, for pur- poses of product inspection, regis- tration of materials with respect to each other, or location of objects on some pattern such as a map. Since visual details can be represented by wave shapes, television could pro-

vide signals that would motivate automatic controls or indicators.

Still photography may be em- ployed to make permanent records from the screen of the monitor, while motion picture photography may be used to record high-speed data for later examination or study. The ability of television to detect infrared and ultraviolet radiations, associated with some industrial and scientific processes but invisible to the human eye, offers still further possibilities for future applica- tions.

These various services eventually will be available in color, as well as in black and white. While sur- veys have indicated that black-and- white coverage will meet the re- quirements of most industrial users, engineers at the RCA Labor- atories now are working on color equipment to fill needs that may arise.

The Vidicon tube, which meas- ures only one inch in diameter and six inches in length, represents a departure in pickup tube design, in that it operates on the principle of

^tSHfU^lt;

photoconductivity, while the image orthicon and other current pickup tubes in general use employ photo- emissive cells. Ordinary 16mm mo- tion picture lenses, which are com- paratively reasonable in cost, work satisfactorily with the one-inch Vidicon.

The system is capable of trans- mitting a signal 500 feet over a coaxial cable closed circuit, giving it enormous flexibility for a wide range of industrial application.s. It has a scanning frequency of 525 lines, 60 frames interlaced, and is almost compatible with standard television broadcasting techniques. Home television receivers can be adapted for use as monitors by the addition of a single tube, with ac- companying resistors and capaci- tors, at a very modest cost.

The master control unit of the system is 24 inches long, 15 inches high, and S'i inches wide, and weighs 58 pounds. It contains a regulated power supply, small syn- chronizing signal generator, a video amplifier strip, and all the scanning (Confirmed on page 30)

[RADIO AGE 15]

zZm «" ^'i

YOUR SHOW OF SHOWS

FROM NEW YORK

0

Comedian Sid Caesar and supporting cost in one of the many acts that comprise a performance of NBC's 150-minute television voriety shows on Saturday nights, from 8:00 to 10:30 EST.

Marguerite Piazza, who has been fe tured often as an operatic soprano c:, the Saturday TV show. |

Imogene Coca has been featured

regularly in vocal satires and, with

others, in comedy routines.

Bill Hayes, baritone, and the team of Nell Fisher and Jerry Ross, interpret dance novel- ties for the television audience.

Robert Merrill, RCA Victor record- ing star, has appeared on the Revue in operatic scenes.

Burgess Meredith, stage and screen

star, acted as guest emcee from New

York on the first two shows.

Gertrude Lawrence, noted stage ac- tress, was featured in one of the high spots of the opening program.

Marguerite Piazza, operatic soprano,

and G member of the Revue's dancing

company in a ballet number.

icreen star Don Ameche, songstress Dorothy Claire and master-of-cere- nonies Jack Carter in a comedy skit.

Mischa Elman, distinguished violinist,

made his television debut on one of

the early NBC variety programs.

Anita Alvarez, dancer, joins with

Robert Merrill, tenor, in a modernized

scene from "Carmen."

Comedienne Imogene Coca and Choreographer James Storbuck in a comedy skit based on the ro- mantic fairy tale of "Cinderella."

The three Hamilton Dancers present "The Story of

Dangerous Dan McGrew" as an innovation in

modern ballet.

NBC'S

Saturday

YOUR SHOW OF 5

FROM NEW YORK

JACK CARTER

FROM CHICA

■ lomes of Ag?

imMintc Reproduction have ^dle 4^-yptn Syttrm with mSftit, Automatic

'•trs-

20"

Comediar acts that variety

rat

.;c-

)f

:'o-

r«-and-

■ ■' rhe ; in

'■ [10-

xe vvas iri more of the •emark- pm rec- !■ record . in 19-10. . iullest cx- owcomei- ' i.ainmeni if recoi

, i}j;inal nio .c" consistuk A rapped with M

ikeet of tinfoil. Mounted on ttch side of thf! rylindcr were two ir. r i 3ients, th«; Hoiind nrcordcr an' f prodocer. Himilar In conMtrudon, iach contained a mica diaphijfm jonnectcd to a whort chi-'.fUU'- rtyliis or ri*-i>dlc. Vor'al hoiiik] in- troduced into th(! recorder caHcd the diaphruKm to vilir/ite. 'I'hi, in turn, forced the necfllc lo lake indentatioriM on llie litifoil as the cylinder wan lotated hy a and crank. Tlien liy iiiHcrtiriK the nedle of the repro(hicer at the hej/inin^ of the grooved recoi'd and aain tl]rrlin^' the cylirider, the iridota- tioii.4 in llie liiit'oil ( iiM.'ied the ndn.H and (liapliraKni lo vil)r:ile, Ihii re- prodiifinK the soiiiiil.

Early Machine Only a Nintly

I''()r a l>ricr period, I lie ecoiimic vahii' of the crude plicniuKrapl lay solely ill it.s exhil)itioii (pial.ie.H. Many .•skeptics went so far a to disnii.ss tlie lii.st rumcnt a feat of clever ven it.s invt'utor wa.-* n Edison made lar>rer ^■^inodel.s which 1^ ■HKresident "I""' ress and in citir- untry. IIdwim i

of tllr I'Uilii.

f inxcniiT ti

.AOE]

Imogene CocaJ regularly In vo

oth

erj, in

f.xtet,v ti>»9», smsKuam mt» to

- i^-.'Ki-'.ffir. rrsraro — «fin» so

'■■-■its nmK.

< 5«C J«A«TWSfe TO niA- ■ > iXt* IffMSff WAS nt).

major effort.s to thi.s new field, other.s .soon arrived on the scene to continue along the lines he had started.

lOarly in the 1880's, the Volta Laboratory, headed by Dr. Alexan- der (iraham Bell, developed a wax cylinder on which sound grooves coidd he cut spirally. A reproduc- iuK machine, which Bell dubbed the K'raphophone, was used to play the record.s. Spurred by the accom- plishments of his rival, Edison re- sumed his work in this field and de- vised a similar wax cylinder record as well as an instrument for repro- IiicImk the anund. t

In ni; Edisiin nd dale' ons i; o elev the botto Mtliough

recordings, both

adopted the "hill

.hereby the vari-

'ere tran-^lated

depressions in

record groove.

action quality

-i)xif:'>i'.^itt

mrsrc «•( he

:nlliRni^ OWhkt

ikt^ iiifnl!' i<iiiliiitit i>

•iplilFoltbn.

mf^''

m were u-i- as 60 low that .i.ii'j/.v.'., iired to use ear tubes. In e these eai ! iinir <ely resemi machine and despit< cal deficiencies, were in business offices for a limited pt^ riod during the nineties.

Following close in EdiBon's tfy/*y steps was Emile h'-r'.ner, who f,h\- ented the "gramap; rj'/' id I'-'"-''? The Berliner machir,' < ; i ■- 'oated with larf.,o.'>.i',.-;. ;, the German-' orn invf^ii/zr'x. greate?" • • fj th* a/5

'•nnceme:.' 'tvrapti carr.

*"rr.': ].-;.•' . ryju'4 '/

.:.y : ■', iT'fffl ■'

./yetem featarfjd a fbti

d with a fpr'r'ri^ that rj/>t

' ' ' >, '>f tJ'j*: ph/^

v/ti/jid btjt

also piJoifeo .;,• . iy/z ati^ th'c

hom acroHB th*; ;• 'J, f/^/iy^hi'/

the hill-and-<]ijJ'f ;.',= - vi, hm r*Xfyr6

vibrated the itty,^-, Jat^rafty f>y

means of m'j6uhitU/rii in i}iH nide

walls of th«; '/!■/,.■■ ' ■ ■,ry^i tb*

repr'^uc-tio/. ■..>... .< r'^'j/r'^

ear tub*;)'.. >	'. - - ■'-"torifig t*eh-
nique aLv>	'< >^ by B«:r-
lintr for -	lieat* rj/yif*.
f r'jm a ." -
V.VJ. 4 . ;, -	■ >■ '■■ ftj.», ph^yr^yj^raph
rj'^';/; -i	. ,.- of a r/Ki5eharji<iaJ
exp»;r*., ;-->,•	-r.ftr ia Aajfoat 1^^
♦'/'.^ ' - •	' "- thft CaTrid«rj,
;•. < --	K, J'yhTi.v/r>,

^iv*;T) a c/r/tra/;t V/ iir'Am-j',

. -,T)fr/rtJ5 f';r tbft H^Vititir C/r-Ajt^

M'/U", Cy'/tfiyAiiy. Ax XhH h/aUih

'I'Aitiv/fi <-//f)\U)<}i'A witb bj»

y.U^'nuifiM -^uiS litiiMfM a

'ft'/Vyr y/itb a 'tt/nvruirr y/h'Kh

,rtK<jrf a (y/tt»i^rii, torntabJ*;

i<fK'), iohrt%^m a)«<; d>5r/»;)/yxM a

ai tb^r; '/« tb*; wark'^,,

"or tb<; /j^^t /*T^ ysar?:, tb<; flat

'H .'<-/y..r<J c/tfUp^M -rn^h tb<> -waz

r, Wb*so y^rrVntirr r/a?, I'lrfM

.. .; f/'j*in'i»« by biir, ';//r//(Mjt//r»,

i^iwm b<rti{fbi op ma/»7 '// tb*

" '/« pat**/t« to «tjppJ*fr/'(*!r»1;

-'; ar;/J m J{*f>l i'miM tb*

T'ofknuf Maebjn*: '■>>mparfy,

VlU/r (^/fffpUfKy, tJw; iAttmn/^T'oph hj rj'X y«ft i^SiffvM 1r<mi \hh t//y <»*;''/-/';H7 da**, «>rj^ of it« m//«t '■ytiftiOfi t»w« wa* as a r;j/;k<iJ'xJ/<!/>yj

ridli! .rtati'/rjjt, Bwt Wirrn^i i'Aif>' »i$jt p^uxUff)t 'iffori* tb« taJJc-

ai#rjjrtror«*frr/t for hifSSih <itA/-rr^As/in-

t •wa?', aVAA tljjfr s^y^;*: tjr/>«: t^^at i^if/f!i ifinAi', inttf'h^ of bj.* rr;a».tAr

«9lfc^ra4r«4 otb^rr art3,?t* y^'fih tb^^ t<*,'*: ha/3 r-^*r; I'^t^JnA to mk tfcer rep-^.tatJofT;.* oyi t?i* '^n-'rw- fatl<^ fjjtAT'ai^Jy/Si.*' 'V'iii^//i'% fiTx^, (tjo^/a of K^ S^ r^^jord?, jis»»3<id in (fy>4, 'rz-'iaVrd tbi% 'ns.%^^i% x:J!isi(i,

■ - -,^apb 7/; "t/rf'jmASi'/.

■ yrr.<*y;t for «-;>,». J/:::aJ

In tb//?* ytt»rn, talking macbine* y/'jr'; ;!/yW in i/kyah ^hf/fj^, tmrtiw^rt %\/if,% ar/') v<yi'tnv, uni/Mu>',% *b'/p«. i'lhtuf'm, familiar tyitli tb*; tri/;k» '/f tw^nhnuiymn'/:, '■jmi\ni-j'A ttiti h';'/ii & //^y ('//ttnrany 'd C7»J«a^'A tb«T» tbft litricM rft»i«kal b'/ux* in tb<; w/rW, t// ban'D* b»j( c//rftpan/« pht/ni/^rnfAm nn'i T'-J-j/nh. <}u^>'mii 'if *'t/',h imp'/rtant sal'^ o^^tjfrt* f'/r V//;t//r pr'jA<iiM lUffffft^i ^/> <A/*/A*!H^ e^</^ tb« 'yJ/J tcyVunit^ r*!<//r<J« «tin lydn;? prodo«*d by iiAm»nif% c/ym- p^JV/r?(-

To '/»/tain b*rt(«r rttifr'Ant^Atm, )arjf*T b//rr»« earr»<!; ir*t// u.^!*, H//w- 'r'/fT, W:;ay*«; tb*7^ fifinHy l/^;ami! t/>o b'KSi-yj' Vy r««t 'yrj tb<; f^y/rfi yt't^hfAi^, 'ifit(iiiz'm'i( th", '/,T'/ri<^, tii*i Yf/rn -wa* atta/'b*/} t/y tb*: ca^/Tr#«t, an 'ATfattv.fy m/int tbat cj/ttXut'i^'A 1'/r «/ti]j a sb-f/rt tiTrt<>, Wjtb t)"**!: jr/tr'ydo/4J/yr» 'yf tb*!; Vkl/'yja pb//r</yirrapf( in 1 *^)^>, tb« *rra of tb*: pb/yrj/yirrapb -witb tb* •^/A/^mtiX b'/rn -wa* br'y»ys(M, tyy a ';!/-«*, To ftffprt/vH tb*: a/y/yjrti/iaJ

n/yirrapb, tj)* b/yrn '/f tJ'/i? r/^o^l^ii wa» b//u?t«4 m*i/m tb* eaWjM*,

AJJ r<'/'/fT'\'uiX ar^/J T*c^'A^mn% ^nrtsiii Xii". ^^r\y day* of t)'^ tafk- rr<jf mufSniiti', ■m^ri', a/j-j/tu^^S-XfitrA bjr Si/yy-9.?ti/^l m«^,ri/y«l«, Artjsrt* .i^yk* 'yr wtn;^ iT*t/y a JarjiTft TVjfTim% ii*/m yi\iidn ejtfivA a ribratrn^ «Ji*- pbrai?nj to a«toa** tJ** r4eor<Jin:Sf xtjfe*. J>j.*a/f-?arrta4r*s of tl'ii.*, r(t«^f <A y(^<'. it-iUiicm*.. For or**: '<h'ut%, jt '»a* f;^««A«»r7 t/y )!<%!* tb^ rft^nv b«ir.s( of a foU-afcsed oreb^stra o^j tif^T'id ^/rufJiit^ t/y b/mz afl fft.«tr!>- rtxarjt* -witl^m tb* iiunUA Tfa^Xh 'A tb« r^e/yrdnij? bora, Ifi)jttr<7rn«»t« th«m*<iv<g? vymAtin*** ^rfrxttfit/A proW<>Trtst, V<<A«Tar*» r^jy^j*/^, tbat

^AA J 70 7 >

The Phonograph Comes of Age

Seventy-lwo years of Progress in Music Reproduction hare

Resulted in the Introduction of the 45-rpni System with

its High-Quulity Discs and Fast, Automatic

Record Changer

BY curious coincidence the nurs- i eiy rhyme "Mary Had a Little Lamb" has been the Alpha and Omepa in the evolution of the pho- nograph. For it was a verse to this tune which Thomas Alva Edison re- cited into the funnel-shaped open- injr of a stranfre-lookinp contraption one summer day in 1S77. and sev- enty-two years later RCA \'ictor in- cluded the same melody in the first selections recorded for the introduc- tion of its new 45-rpm system of hiph quality records and fast auto- matic reproducing' instrument.

In the more than three-score-and- teii years that have elapsed since the Wizard of Menlo Park succeeded in makinjr a machine "talk," the phono- praph has passed through many evo- lutionary stages. Each advance was a notable one yet none has done more to further the enjoyment of the world's best music than the remark- able new combination of l.i-rpm rec- ords and the fast automatic record changer introduced by RCA in 11119. But to appreciate to the fullest ex- tent the impact of this newcomer on the field of home entertainment, a review of the history of recorded music is desirable.

Rasically, Edison's original model of the "talking machine" consisted of a brass cylinder wrapped with a

sheet of tinfoil. Mounted on each side of the cylinder were two instru- ments, the sound recorder and re- producer. Similar in construction, each contained a mica diaphragm connected to a short chisel-like stylus or needle. Vocal sounds in- troduced into the recorder caused the diaphragm to vibrate. This, in turn, forced the needle to make indentations on the tinfoil as the cylinder was rotated by a hand crank. Then by inserting the needle of the reiiroducer at the beginning of the grooved record and again turning the cylinder, the indenta- tions in the tinfoil caused the stylus and diaphragm to vibrate, thus re- producing the sound.

Early Machine Only a Novelty

For a brief period, the economic value of the crude phonograph lay solely in its exhibition (|ualities. Many skeptics went so far as to dismiss the instrument as merely a feat of clever ventriloquism, but its inventor was not discouraged. Edison made larger and more re- fined models which he displayed be- fore President Hayes, members of Congress and in cities throughout the country. However, when the coming of the electric light im- pelled the inventor to shift his

I.V THE EARLY DAYS, MUSICIA.VS HAD TO

SIT ON CROWDED TIERED BENCHES SO

THAT ALL INSTRUMENTS WOULD BE IN

RANGE OF THE RECORDING HORN.

THE FIRST TALKING MACHINE TO FEA- TURE A CONCEALED HORN WAS PRO- DUCED BY VICTOR TALKING MACHINE COMPANY IN 190fi.

major efforts to this new field, others soon arrived on the .scene to continue along the lines he had started.

Early in the ISSO's. the Volta Laboratory, headed by Dr. Alexan- der Graham Hell, developed a wax cylinder on which sound grooves could be cut spirally. A reproduc- ing machine, which Bell dubbed the graphophone, was used to play the records. Spurred by the accom- I)lishments of his rival, P^dison re- sumed his work in this field and de- vised a similar wax cylinder record as well as an instrument for repro- ducing the sound.

In making the recordings, both Edison and N'olta adopted the "hill and dale" method, whereby the vari- ations in .sound were translated into elevations and depressions in the bottom of the record groove. Although the reproduction quality

[18 RADIO AGE]

and articulation were adequate, the volume was so low that listeners were required to use ear tubes. In appearance these early talking ma- chines closely resembled a dictating machine and despite their acousti- cal deficiencies, were used as such in business offices for a limited pe- riod during the nineties.

Following close in Edison's foot- steps was Emile Berliner, who pat- ented the "gramaphone" in 1887. The Berliner machine used a cylin- der coated with lampblack. How- ever, the German-born inventor's greatest contribution to the ad- vancement of the phonograph came a short time later, while trying to solve the recording problem from a new approach.

Berliner's system featured a flat disc record with a groove that not only vibrated the stylus of the pho- nograph to reproduce sound but also piloted the sound box and the horn across the record. Opposing the hill-and-dale method, his record vibrated the stylus laterally by means of modulations in the side walls of the groove. Although the reproduction quality of this record was inferior to that obtained by his rivals, the volume was loud enough to eliminate the need for ear tubes. A manufacturing tech- nique also was developed by Ber- liner for producing duplicate copies from a master record.

Well aware that his phonograph needed the touch of a mechanical expert, Berliner in August 1896 took his instrument to the Camden, N. J., shop of Eldridge R. Johnson, a recognized genius of machines. As a result of Johnson's success in eliminating defects in this model.

he was given a contract to produce instruments for the Berliner Gram- aphone Company. At the same time, Johnson continued with his own experiments and devised a spring motor with a governor which would insure a constant turntable speed. Johnson also developed a new disc type record, superior to any then on the market.

For the next few years, the flat disc record competed with the wax cylinder. When Berliner was forced out of business by his competitors, Johnson bought up many of the company's patents to supplement his own and in 1901 formed the \'ictor Talking Machine Company.

Critics Finally Convinced

Prior to the establishment of the \'ictor Company, the phonograph had not yet emerged from the toy or novelty class. One of its most common uses was as a nickelodeon in hotel lobbies, barrooms and rail- road stations. But through John- son's persistent efforts, the talk- ing machine gradually won over its critics and gained recognition as an instrument for home entertain- ment.

It was about the same time that Johnson made another of his master moves. He succeeded in signing Caruso to record for Victor in this country. The great tenor's action encouraged other artists who there- tofore had been reluctant to risk their reputations on the "new- fangled contraption." Victor's first catalog of Red Seal records, issued in 1904, created the impetus that aided the phonograph in becoming a dignified instrument for musical appreciation.

In those years, talking machines were sold in bicycle shops, hardware stores and sewing machines shops. Johnson, familiar with the tricks of merchandising, convinced the Lyon & Healy Company of Chicago, then the largest musical house in the world, to handle his company's phonographs and records. Opening of such important sales outlets for Victor products doomed to obsoles- cence the old cylinder records still being produced by Johnson's com- petitors.

To obtain better reproduction, larger horns came into use. How- ever, because they finally became too heavy to rest on the record without damaging the grooves, the horn was attached to the cabinet, an arrange- ment that continued for only a short time. With the introduction of the Victrola phonograph in 1906, the era of the phonograph with the external horn was brought to a close. To improve the acoustical (luality and appearance of the pho- nograph, the horn of this model was housed within the cabinet.

All recording and reproducing during the early days of the talk- ing machine were accomplished by acoustical methods. Artists spoke or sang into a large recording horn which caused a vibrating dia- phragm to actuate the recording stylus. Disadvantages of this meth- od were numerous. For one thing, it was necessary to seat the mem- bers of a full-sized orchestra on tiered benches to bring all instru- ments within the limited range of the recording horn. Instruments themselves sometimes presented problems. Veterans recollect that (Continued on page 32)

THE BERLINER GRAMAPHONE, PATENTED IN

1887, FEATURED A FI^T DISC AND A HOR.V, IN

CONTRAST TO THE CYLINDRICAL RECORDS THEN

IN COMMON USE.

THOMAS ALVA EDISON, INVENTOR OF THE "TALKINf! MACHINE" IS SHOWN HERE EXAM- INING THE WAX CYLINDRICAL RECORD OF HIS

1!HI7 MnriF.I. riliiMiCRAPH.

New Transmitting Tube is Powerhouse of Energy

AFTER several years of develop- ^ ment, a transmitting power tube, believed to be the most power- ful ever produced, with a continu- ous output of 500,000 watts and a tested input of twice that wattage, has been announced by the RCA Tube Department. Despite its enormous power input capabilities — at least four times that of any previous RCA tube — the new prod- uct, called a "super-power beam triode" is unusually compact, meas- uring less than .39 inches in length and weighing only 135 pounds.

Immediate applications of this super-tube are in high-power con- tinuous wave applications and in- ternational broadcast service. In addition, the tube is e.xpected to open the way to new developments in the high-power field hitherto con- sidered economically unfeasible or impractical because of the banks of tubes and size of associated equip- ment required.

The tube can be operated with maximum ratings at frequencies throughout the "Standard Broad- cast Band" and much higher. Limi- tations of the tube for operation at higher frequencies and at higher iwwer have not yet been determined.

Radically new features have re- sulted in a structure unique in electron-tube design. The "electron heart" of the tube is an array of 48 independent unit electron-optical systems arranged cylindrically in the tube. The great power capabili- ties of the new tui)e are due largely to the successful achievement of this design, which, in effect, con- centrates -18 triodes in relatively small space.

In detail, each of the independ- ent electron-optical systems consists of a filament in a slot in the beam- forming cylinder, grid rods, and the copper anode. Klcctrons leaving the emitting surface of the filament are beamed between two grid rods to the anode by the focusing action of the beam-forming cylinder.

The mechanical structure em- bodied in the electron-optical sys- tem permits close spacing and ac- curate alignment of the electrodes to a degree unusual in high-power tubes.

DR. L. p. CARNKR (IK THK LANCASTER, PA., ri„\.NT KXAMINES ONE OF THE REMARK- ABLE .")O0-KIL"WATT TUBES WHICH HE AND HIS ASSOCIATES DEVELOPED.

[20 RADIO AGE]

BRAZILS HKST TELEVISION STATION WILL BE LOCATED ATor THE STATE BANK BUILDING, HIGHEST EDIFICE IN SAO PAULO.

Brazil to Have Television

Most Modern Equipment for St Pickups to be Ready for Use

BRAZIL'S largest radio network — Emissoras Associadas — is proceeding with its plans to intro- duce television in the fast-growing business center of Sao Paulo. Equipment for the project is being supplied by the Radio Corporation of America. The station is expected to be on the air this summer.

Arrangements for the installa- tion of the television transmitter, as well as associated studio and mo- bile pickup equipment, were begun in 1948 and concluded during a re- cent visit to the United States by Dr. Assis Chateaubriand, Director General of the Brazilian network, according to Meade Brunet, a Vice President of RCA and Managing Director of the RCA International Division. The transmitter and an- tenna will be located atop the State Bank Building, highest structure in Sao Paulo.

"The installation," added :Mr. Brunet, "will include what is known as a three-bay super-turnstile an- tenna, erected 520 feet above street level and capable of radiating 20 kilowatts of power. New studios

[RADIO AGE 21]

udio. Transmitter and Remote this Summer at Sao Paulo

are under construction in Sumare, a Silo Paulo suburb. Since the city utilizes a 60-cycle power supply, it will be possible to adopt the U. S. television standard of 525 lines and 60 fields. The station will operate on 60-66 megacycles, equivalent of channel 3 in this country.

Provisions are being made for the use of RCA microwave transmitting equipment between the studio, out-

door mobile pickup units and the main transmitter.

The contract providing for the installation was arranged through RCA Victor Radio, S. A., the Brazil- ian associated company of RCA.

Mv. Brunet also revealed that since 19-46 the Brazilian network has purchased from RCA 11 radio broadcasting transmitters, which have been erected in that country's principal cities. He said the net- work this year has purchased two 50-kw transmitters for installation at the strategic ports of Rahia and Porto Alegre. At the same time, a 10-kw transmitter was acquired for installation at Recife.

New Color TV Tube

(CuntiiiKcd from page 5)

word 'impossible' has no place in our vocabulary."

"Now, having demonstrated the practicability of the color kine- scope," concluded Dr. Engstrom, "our objective is to continue its de- velopment aggressively. We are confident that we shall achieve steady improvement and refinement in design and performance for we know from experience in radio and television that the science of elec- tronics offers unlimited opportunity for continued jirogress. We have lifted the opening curtain on color television, and it will be our purpose to have color tubes ready for com- mercial production at the earliest possible date, so that the show can go on in color- — as well as in black- and-white — for the pleasure of the public."

FRANK M. FOLSOM (RIGHT), PRESIDENT OF THE RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA, PRESENTS THE NOTED CONDUCTOR-PIANIST JOSE ITURBI WITH A GOIJVPLATED -l.^-RPM RECORD OF CHOPIN'S "POLONAISE", COMMEMORATING THE MILLIONTH PRESSING OF THE RECORDING MADE BY ITURBI.

Empire State Tower to Undergo Antenna Change for Better Television Service

Present Array — the Sixth hi Video History — to be Replaced by 199-Foot Column nhich nil!

Support Antennas of Fire Television Stations

THE pinnacle of the Kmpiie .State Building, now 1250 feet above New York's streets, soon will lift its already lofty head 199 feet farther into the clouds. The move is to be made to improve the video program service provided by tele- vision broadcasters in the metro- politan area. The National Broad- casting Company, which, since 1931, has been beaming TV signals from its perch atop the world's tallest skyscraper, recently signed an agreement with Empire State, Inc., owners of the structure, whereby it will share this e.xcep- tional location with the American Broadcasting Company, Inc. i WJZ- TV), Columbia Broadcasting Sys- tem, Inc. (WCBS-TVj, Allen B. DuMont Laboratories Inc. (WABD), and WPIX Incorporated. Plans are under way for construc- tion of a tower high enough to sup- port individual antennas for the building's new television tenants. Centralization of TV transmit- ters at the Empire State Building — highest point from which tele- vision broadcasts are made on the Atlantic Seaboard — will make it possible for the antennas of most

local video receivers to be oriented to this single location. It is expected that signals of some of the new- comers not only will travel beyond their present limit of service, but will provide better images gener- ally. The new arrangement should be especially helpful to viewers in Manhattan's more congested sec- tions where reception now is often marred by "ghosts" and other dis- tortions due to the location of trans- mitters.

Present Mast to be Dismantled

In order to make room fur the new installation, the present 61-foot, 4y2-ton mast will be dismantled. However, NBC's scheduled trans- missions will not be affected during the change. Temporary antennas at the sides of the building will be used until the replacement is com- pleted. At that time, WNBT will have priority for top position on the television totem pole.

Veteran engineers at WNBT re- gard erection of a new television antenna, with its temporary in- conveniences, as a somewhat com- monplace occurrence. Since XBC's pioneer station, W2XBS, took up

its abode atop the skyscraper, nine- teen years ago, si.\ different an- tennas have been constructed to meet the needs of the new industry. These technicians have watched television progress from mechani- cal systems producing peep-hole size pictures to all-electronic equipment capable of reproducing theatre-size images.

A few Company pioneers can re- member the infant days, back in 1927, when RCA began work on television at its Van Cortlandt Park laboratory in New York. When the first permanent TV broadcasting license was issued for W2XBS in December, 1928, the station's equip- ment included a circular aluminum scanning disc with 48 holes located in a spiral near its outer edge, ca- pable of scanning 15 complete pic- tures per second, feeding a trans- mitter of a few hundred watts out- put.

Later, this pioneer experimental station was moved to the RCA Pho- tophone Building at 411 Fifth Ave- nue with virtually the same operat- ing equipment, except for a 60-line rotating disc which scanned 20 pic- tures per second. Experiments con-

\'M\ — T-„,s "DIAMOND" ANTENNA

WAS INSTALLED ON THE lO.lTH PLOOR

l-ARAPKT OK THE EMPIRE STATE

BUILDING.

1981 — FIRST PERMANENT TELEVI- SION ANTENNAS WERE ERECTED ON TWELVE-FOOT POLES ON THE SKY- SCRAPER TOWER.

liJSti — AN ARRANGEMENT OF AND RODS SUPPORTED THE Tl TRIANGULAR A.NTEN.NAS OF THE OND STRUCTURE TO BE BUILT.

[22 RADIO AGE]

ducted fi-om this location included a demonstration of theatre-size television pictures at RKO's 58th Street Theatre.

In June, 1930, W2XBS was moved apain, this time to NBC's Times Sciuare Studio in the New Amsterdam Theatre Building. A month later NBC took over man- agement of the RCA station, and both companies intensified their re- search and broadcasting- experi- ments. A new one-kilowatt crystal- controlled transmitter replaced the original model, and late in the year an 80-line mechanical scanning sys- tem was demonstrated.

-Although W2XBS was operated primarily for experiments, a defi- nite broadcasting schedule was maintained, consisting mainly of posters, photographs and moving objects, such as Felix the Cat and Mickey Mouse revolving on a pho- nograph turntable.

Among the tests made by RCA- .\'BC in a survey of TV transmit- ting locations were those conducted from the roof of the General Elec- tric building in the summer of 1!):U. As a result of its findings, XBC selected the Empire State Building — the highest, most dif- ficult and most expensive location in the world — as its permanent transmitting site. By November of that year, equipment was installed which would transmit 120-line pic- tures scanned mechanically at 24 frames per second on a frequency of 50-56 megacycles.

The original Empire State an-

£ '%

ENGI.VEEKS ERECT THE KIRST TV .A.NTEN.NA O.N THE EMI'UtE STATE BUILDING, 1250 FEET ABOVE THE STREET.

tenna was mounted on two 12-foot poles. This simple construction was used by RCA-NRC for the first ultra- high - frec|uency television tests ever made in the world. In 1933, station W2XBS transmitted signals between New York City and Camden. N. J., comprising the first radio relay of any length in the world, the pi'edecessor of present- day radio relay systems.

In those days, television was "just around the corner" but as it turned out, the new art still had a long way to go. During succeeding

years television research was in- tensified ; the iconoscope, televi- sion's electronic "eye", was per- fected; the all-electronic experi- mental system transmitting pic- tures based on 240 scanning lines at 24 frames per second was fol- lowed by 343 lines at 30 frames per second. To accommodate each of these improvements, it was neces- sary to modify transmitting equip- ment and receivers.

NBC began frequency modula- tion experiments from the Empire State station in March, 1934, and

J8 THE THIRD MAST STOOD 35-

ST HIGH WITH RI.VG-SHAPED DI- :-ES AS UPPER ELEMENTS AND A VIDEO TURNSTILE BELOW.

1939 — THE RADIATOR PICTURED BE- LOW WAS ONE OF THE UHF UNITS ADDED TO THE MAIN ANTENNA STRUCTURE FOR EXPERIMENTAL T'SE.

1946 THE PRESE.NT 01 -FOOT SUPER- TURNSTILE ANTENNA WAS ERECTED WHEN NBC COMMENCED TELEVISION TRANSMISSIONS ON CHANNEL 4.

^rn

A PLASTIC "FELIX THE CAT" WAS THE PRINCIPAL "PERFORMER" IN

NBC's EARLY EXPERIMENTAL TELEVISION TRANSMISSIONS FROM ITS

TIMES SQUARE STUDIO.

continued the tests until space was needed for a much-extended video proKram.

When, in 1936, the Radio Manu- facturers Association set television scanning standards at 441 lines, 30 frames per second, the Empire State video equipment again was modified to meet the new require- ments. This time a triangular an- tenna. 37Va feet high, was erected. In the two years that this second structure was in service, televi- sion's progress was highlighted by coaxial cable transmissions, suc- cessful outdoor pickups, and im- proved 10-inch picture tubes.

To make further field tests in the New York metropolitan area, and to study problems involved in taking TV to higher frecpiencies. NBC in 193H. replaced its triangular an- tenna with a third installation. The new signal radiator consisted of a single mast 35 feet high carrying a ring-shaped arrangement of di- poles at the top for sound broad- casts and a video turnstile at the bottom. This antenna was capable of handling any one of six televi- sion channels in the low-frequency region.

One of the most significant dates in television history is April 30, 1939, when RCA-NBC started regu- lar commercial T\' program serv- ice, coincident with the opening of the World's Fair. Late that same year an additional transmitter was

installed at the Empire State Sta- tion to service NBC's FM station. W2XWG. which began regularly scheduled transmissions in Janu- ary. 1940.

A year later the Federal Com- munications Commission set up definite television standards, calling for 525-line pictures at 30 frames per second. At this point the pat- tern of the future was taking form. On July 1, 1941. NBC received a license for full commercialization of its Empire State video station and call letters were changed to WNBT.

U'orld War II interrupted tele- vision's progress as all research, manufacturing and broadcasting facilities were concentrated on na- tional defense.

hidustry Rcsttiitcd in 194^

When hostilities came to an end in 1945 the struggling young industry resumed activities with unbelievable speed. The image orthicon camera tube, developed at RCA Labora- tories, reduced lighting require- ments both indoors and out ; Eye-Witness Synchronization locked receivers in tune with the transmit- ting station; mechanical and later all-electronic color television were demonstrated: receivers began to roll off production lines, and trans- mitting and studio e(|uipment was put on sale by RCA Victor.

Necessary alterations caused WNBT's first shut-down in the spring of 1946. The FCC had re- allocated television channels and WNBT was assigned to the 66-72 megacycle band in place of the 44- 50 mc band which it had occupied previously. Four modern transmit- ters— including one each for sight and sound, one for frequency modu- lation and one for uhf experimental broadcasts — were installed during the interval, and a 61-foot super- turnstile television antenna took its place on the building tower. After two months of silence on the air, WNBT was able to commence full- scale operations on its new Channel 4. In 1948, when completely new 5-kilowatt equipment was installed, the existing transmitters were re- tained as auxiliary units.

Because the new TV tower will lift New York's skyline into a higher altitude than ever before, aircraft traffic regulations will have to be altered accordingly. But far more significant than the incidental changes involved in the erection of the new mast is the better and more dependable program service which the multi-antenna facilities will make available to televiewers in metropolitan communities.

NBC UHF TV Station

(Continued from page IS)

more about the paths of signals reaching the receiving antenna from more than one direction. Further tests are desired to show how the strength of TV signals varies at different times of the day and season. But what is perhaps as important as any detail is exact information about the ultimate dis- tances over which uhf television signals travel. Knowledge of the latter will have a direct bearing on the distances which must separate stations if they are to operate with- out interference on the same chan- nel and on adjacent channels.

The Bridgeport project was initi- ated by Dr. C. B. .lolliffe. Executive N'ice President in charge of RCA Laboratories. The NBC work is under the supervision of O. B. Han- son. NBC Vice President and Chief Engineer.

[24 RADIO AGE]

IMPORTANT advances in nuclear research, astronomy, photoelec- tric spectrometry, and other fields involving work with light at ex- tremely low levels are foreseen with the announcement of a greatly im- proved multiplier phototube by the RCA Tube Department.

Multiplier phototubes are ex- traordinary photoelectric "eyes" ca- pable of picking up the feeblest illumination, converting it into elec- trical current, and "multiplying" or amplifying the current as much as several million times.

The new tube, labelled the 1P21, already established as outstanding in its field, has been made more useful as the result of a develop- ment program carried out at the Company's plant in Lancaster, Pa. One of the notable improvements embodied in the 1P21 is the six-fold reduction in operational "noise." This saving permits a correspond- ing reduction in the lower limit of measurable light intensities. Sim- ilarly, this extension in range makes the tube even more valuable as an aid to astronomers studying light from distant stars, to nuclear scien-

THE 130-l.NCH CVtLolKUN I.NSIALLKD AT TlIK U.MVEHSnV OF ROCHESTER

USES THE ULTRA-SE.N'SITIVE RCA MULTIPLIER PHOTOTUBE (RICHT) TO

MEASURE THE RADIATIONS PRODUCED WITHIN THE HUGE DEVICE.

Phototube Aids Atomic Research

Improved Tube with Built-in Electron Multiplier Provides Ultra- sensitive "Eye" in the Study of Radioactive Particles

tists studying atomic radiation, and for other laboratory research work requiring measurement of light of extremely low intensity.

One interesting application of the tube has been made at the Uni- versity of Rochester where opera- tion of the institution's 250.000,000 volt cyclotron depends in great de- gree on the phototube. The Ro- chester atom-smasher, believed to be the largest built and which has been in full operation since the war. already has produced new knowl- edge of high energy particles and has been the means of producing mesons for nuclear study.

Involves New Technique

Typical application of the new tube in atomic research involves the use of a "light-piping" technique to measure radiation generated by a cyclotron. To overcome the problem of introducing a test instrument into the cyclotron itself, this tech- ni(iue utilizes a long light-conduc- tive rod of quartz or clear plastic with a phosphor on the end of it. Flashes of light or "scintillations", produced when radiations from

UIMINUM FOIL SHIELD

radioactive particles strike the phosphor, are conducted down the rod to the phototube, which is housed in a light-tight box outside the cyclotron. In this way, radio- activity caused by the cyclotron beam can be measured accurately and conveniently.

The 1P21 is particularly useful where light is to be picked up from a small area.

The 1P21 utilizes the phenomenon of "secondary emission" to achieve its enormous amplification. Feeble illumination striking the photo- cathode of the multiplier tubes re- leases a number of electrons. These electrons are swept electrically through a series of amplifying stages within the tube, snowballing into an avalanche as additional elec- trons are released at each stage. The greatly magnified electrical current which emerges provides a highly useful signal for research work.

[RADIO AGE 25]

SAMPLE OF NATl RAL ylARTZ CRYSTAL

AS MINED IN BRAZIL'S MOUNTAINS AND

RIVER BKPS.

CIRCULAR SAWS EKCKD WITH DIAMOND

DUST SLICE THE MOTHER CRYSTALS INTO

THIN WAKERS.

<il AKTZ .SE<TI<INS ARE MorSTED ON

<;I.ASS PLATES BEFORE SAWINC THE

CRYSTALS Til RIU(;H DIMENSIONS.

Crystals Police the Ether

Thm Wafers of Quart, Make ,1 Passible for All Types of Radio Stations to Operate without Chaotic Interference

MILLION'S of people operate their radio receivers and find each station precisely on its as- signed frequency. The twist of a selector switch on a television set brinjrs in the desired picture on its correct hi^h-frequency channel. A foK-bound ship at sea obtains its beariiiirs accurately from distant shore stations. An air liner makes a perfect landing in zero-zero weather. Police cars converge on an escaping criminal. A business man speeding along a highway re- ports tt) his home office by radio. Scattered groups of armed forces keep in constant radio touch with their commanding officer. Photo- graphs are transmitted to distant points by radio signals. Much of the world's business is conducted through this modern miracle of radio communication which literally fills the radio frequency sprectrum with a complex multiplicity of sig- nals.

How is it possible, then, to avoid intolerable interference w h i c h would cause a Iiabel of meaning- less dots-and-dashes and unintelli- gible voices".' The answer is two- fold. First. Government and inter- national regulations assign each da.ss of communication to specific portions of the frequency spectrum, like a certain group of keys on a piano. Second, each transmitting station is accurately controlled on its particular fre(|uency by a truly remarkable little device called a "Crystal Unit". The heart of this unit is a small quartz plate, fash- ioned with great precision from a single crystal of silicon dioxide. This material, in its raw form, looks much like a hexagonal prism of gla.ss, with .somewhat irregular, tai)ering sides which terminate in a pyramidal apex at each end.

.N'atnral ((uartz crystals are found 111 many i)arts of the earth, but the largest and best cpiality specimens come from the high mountains of I'.razil. There is much speculation • is to the age of these crystals and

26 RADIO AGE]

By E. M. Washburn

Mamij/er, Cryiital Engiueering.

ludiiKlrial Products Section.

RCA Victor Division.

under what conditions they grew. Although they are found thousands of feet above sea level, it is believed that they must have been formeii hundreds of thousands and perhaps millions of years ago, when that part of the earth was submerged deep in the ocean's bed. Modern .scientists have verified Biblical ref- erences to a tremendous catastrophe which overtook this earth when it nearly or actually collided with a meteorological body, possibly the planet Mars. A terrific impact of this type could well account for the violent upheaval which must have transported large sections of the earth's crust from the bottom of the ocean to form the awe-inspiring mountain ranges as they exist today.

Possess Kcniiirkablc Property

Whatever the true history of these crystals may be, it has been discovered that they possess a re- markable property called "piezo- electricity". This term means that when they are mechanically com- pressed along certain directions electrical charges are formed, and conversely, when electrical voltages are applied in a given manner me- chanical distortion of the crystal takes |)lace. This property is also found in many crystals other than quartz, but none of them have all

the desirable features of hardness, durability and economy of procure- ment which make quartz the out- standing material for stabilized control of radio frequencies.

How can small pieces of rock be used to control radio frequencies? The answer rests in another won- derful property of quartz crystals. When the raw material has been cut into thin wafers in certain di- rections by means of diamond saws, and rectangular or circular quartz plates fashioned from these wafers, each such crystal has the prop- erty of offering a very high resist- ance to all but certain critical fre- quencies. These are determined by the very precise orientation of the wafer from the mother quartz and the final, exact dim.ensions of the small crystal which is introduced to an electronic oscillator circuit. These critical frequencies or reso- nant points may be shifted to any desired position by slight changes in the crystal's boundary dimen- sions, and at each such resonant point the resistance or impedance of the quartz plate drops to a very low value. This behavior, combined with the piezo-electric property, permits the electronic circuit to function normally. Obviously, then, the only frequency at which that circuit can be employed is the exact value as determined by the reso- nant frequency of the crystal unit.

Now we begin to understand how the frequency of one radio trans- mitter can be controlled to a high degree of precision, and confusion in the radio spectrum avoided by controlling all transmissions in a similar manner. Since this was all

made possible more than a score of years ago, how can there be any justification for continued research by some of the world's best sci- entists and engineers'' A little fur- ther logical reasoning will provide the answer to this question.

Usable Speclrttin Limited

The presently usable radio spec- trum is limited largely to frequen- cies below a few thousand mega- cycles, or a few billion cycles of alternating voltage per second of time. Actually, the vast majority of all radio communication takes place at much lower frequencies. The important consideration is that there exists a practical limitation to the width of the usable radio fre- quency spectrum, and already the demand for channel allocations is so great that there simply is not enough room for all unless the width of each channel can be greatly reduced.

The actual width required for each channel of communication de- pends upon two thing.;, first, the type of transmission employed and second, the degree of frequency stability which can be maintained. Even though a frequency of trans- mission may be crystal controlled, the actual frequency may wander or drift away slightly from its as- signed position. Changes in tem- perature, vibration or aging effects cause the crystal's properties to change slightly, with a correspond- ing variation in the exact position of its resonant frequency. It is quite common practice to avoid drifting effects due to temperature

variations by enclosing the crystal unit in an oven which is maintained at a constant temperature. This, alone, is highly beneficial in de- creasing the channel width required in the frequency spectrum. How- ever, there are very many applica- tions where the weight, size or power requirements of such ovens can not be tolerated. For such use, then, the only remaining possibility is to so fashion the quartz plate that its tendency to drift is greatly reduced.

RCA engineers have determined to a high degree of precision the exact angles of orientation at w^hich the finished quartz plates must be fabricated for lowest frequency drift. X-ray measurements of atomic planes within the quartz are used to an accuracy of less than one minute of arc. The optimum orien- tation is not a constant angle for all fretiuencies, and must be varied according to well defined orienta- tion curves, depending upon fre- quency and crystal boundary dimen- sions.

Aging of Crystals Important

A second problem confronting the crystal engineer is to develop a crystal fabrication technique which will decrease frequency drift due to aging effects. This is a far more serious problem than normally sus- pected. RCA research has found that aging effects alone can cause gradual frequency deviations far outside permissible limits, and this in a comparatively short period of time. RCA was one of the first to minimize the causes for this be- havior by recognizing the existence

EACH CRYST,VL IS SUBJECTED TO X-RAYS TO DE- TERMINE THE ACCURACY OF THE SAWINC PROCESS TO \-ERY CLOSE TOLERANCES.

GROUPS OF WAFERS ARE POCKETED IN A FLAT

PLATE AND LOPPED TO EXACT DIMENSIONS BY"

APPLVINC ABRASIVE MIXTURES.

of dama^^ed crystal surfaces, as caused by the abrasives employed in lapping to desired crystal thick- ness, and removing this faulty ma- terial by dissolution in a potent chemical such as hydrotluoric acid. It was also found beneficial to sub- mit all crystals to a hijrh tempera- ture bakinK cycle, such as an an- nealing process, to remove any final traces of strained areas within the quartz plate, after the etchinjr op- eration. This practice, which has been employed by RCA for the past ten years, is now becoming recog- nized as an effective anti-aging treatment and is mandatory for many types of units.

Frequencies Rise to High Values

Usable radio frequencies extend to very high values, thousands of megacycles per second, but by far the major portion of crystal con- trolled frequencies lies below about 200 megacycles. Crystal units with natural resonant frequencies of this value are not yet commercially available, and unless employed in circuits specially designed to e.xcite them at overtone or harmonic modes, the top practical frequency limit for high quality crystal units is about 20 megacycles. Obviously, then, it has been necessary to use frequency multiplier stages or spe- cial "overtone" crystals, to arrive at the desired carrier frequencies between 20 and 200 megacycles.

The early method of accomplish- ing this was to use a series of fre(|uency doubling or frequency tripling stages in the transmitter design, between the crystal oscilla-

tor and final output stages. This system is still employed in many high power, fi.xed stations, but where space and weight are at a premium it is far more desirable to have the oscillator circuit itself operating at the carrier frequency, or as near that as may be feasible. About 15 years ago, an RCA engi- neer discovered that a specially fabricated quartz plate could be ex- cited to operate at three times its normal, fundamental value. This immediately had the effect of re- ducing the number of frequency multiplier stages required. Later developments showed that similar "overtone" crystals could be used reliably when operating at higher orders of odd harmonics, such as the 5th, 7th, 9th, etc. At present, there are but few practical uses of these units above the 5th overtone, but here RCA research is stepping in to show that the 7th and 9th modes also may be employed with dependability. Thus, this particular development is extending crystal oscillators to higher and yet higher frequencies.

Frequency Limit Raised

Only five years ago the top fre- quency for a crystal unit of the overtone type was about 20 mega- cycles. Today that limit has been pushed upward to 150 megacycles or even higher. The top limit has by no means yet been reached, the limitations being not the oscillator circuits nor the crystals, but rather suitable measuring equipment to test the uniformity of crystal unit performance characteristics.

The modern trend in crystal unit size and weight is to make them smaller and still smaller, and as light as possible. One factor which has contributed most to reduction in size is the deposition of the two metal electrodes directly to the major faces of the quartz plate in the form of thin metallic films of silver or gold. More than 10 years ago RCA pioneered in the fabrica- tion of plated crystals and during World War II was the major sup- plier of plated, high-frequency crystal units for the armed serv- ices. The original electrode mate- rial of evaporated aluminum was changed to silver for better elec- trical contact. Present research is advocating the use of gold, for im- proved stability characteristics. Whatever material is employed, the weight per unit is far less than the former designs which used thick, separate, metal electrodes.

M' eight Greatly Reduced

A typical mmiern. hermetically sealed unit with plated electrodes weighs but one-ninth of an ounce, as compared to a pre-war unit of the same freciuency, weighing al- most five ounces. An equally start- ling comparison is to note that a typical pre-war unit occupied a space of more than 2''2 cubic inches, whereas the modern e(|uivalent has a volume less than two-tenths of one cubic inch. Obviously, then, continued research has paid-off handsomely in both reduced size and decreased weight, and RCA is justly proud of its own contribution to this development.

SOME OP THE MANY TYPES OF QUARTZ CRYSTALS

PRODUCED BY RCA FOR THE CONTROL OK RADIO

FRFQUENCIKS.

INK PLACED ON VIBRATING CRYSTALS FORMS INTO

PATTERNS WHICH INDICATE THE ACCURACY OF

MANI'FArTrRE.

Famous Chimes Now ''Official"

Familiar NBC Musical Station-Break Is Rcy,istcred at U. S. Patent Office as First "Purely Audible" Service Mark

THE NBC chimes— famous ■"binp-bonp-bing" notes sounded during- station breaks on the network's affiliated radio and television stations from coast to coast — have received the distinc- tion of being the first '"purely audi- ble" service mark dealt with by the U.S. Patent Office. The government department's official Gazette, pub- li.shed on January 17, 1950, con- tained a notice of the allowance of NBC's application to register thf three chime-like notes as a "serv- ice mark" of the National Broad- casting Company

The precise legalistic terminol- ogy of the Patent Office describes the resonant tones as a "sequence, of musical chime-like notes which in the key of C sound the notes, G, E, C, the G being the one just below Middle C ; the E the one just above Middle C, the C being Middle C, thereby to identify the appli- cant's broadcasting service."

"Service Mark" is New Term

"Service mark" is a relatively new term in the Trade Mark Divi- sion of the Patent Office. In 1946, a new federal trade mark law, sponsored by Representative Fritz Lanham of Texas, was enacted and gave recognition to trade symbols used in services as apart from trade marks applied directly to merchan- dise.

A "service mark" such as the NBC chimes — the first to be so offi- cially labeled — is defined, in part, by the act as "a mark used in the sale or advertising of services to identify the services of one person and distinguished them from the services of others, and includes without limitation the marks, names, symbols, titles, designa- tions, slogans, character names, and distinctive features of radio . . ."

The history of the NBC chimes goes back 23 years. It was in 1927 when NBC found the need for a signal — a "go-ahead" device — to put its programs on the air. Thus the

ORIUI.NAL NBC CHIMES WERE OPERATED MANUALLY NEAR STUDIO .MICROPHONE.

three famous notes were linked into an audible mark readily identifiable by radio listeners as NBC's "signa- ture". The NBC chimes have al- ready been labeled as the best known sound se(iuence in the world.

Early days in NBC chime his- tory were somewhat hectic, and many network old-timers recall the strange arrangements that some- times went on the air. 0. B. Han- son, Ernest La Prade and Philips Carlin each had a hand in the de- velopment of the present-day three- note signal, but not before experi- ments with seven-note, five-note and four-note signatures had been made.

First Chimes Sounded by Hand

Originally, the chimes were worked by hand, much Like ordinary dinner-table chimes, according to La Prade, now NBC director of music research. "When we used seven notes," he said, "it seemed no two announcers ever got them in their proper order."

Since the adoption of the familiar ''G, E, C" notes, NBC engineers de- veloped an automatic .system. Each of the three notes is composed of

eight partial notes, and the 21 par- tials are then tuned to perfection by an oscilloscope and standard fre- (juency oscillator.

Hence, in today's modern radio and television studios, the chimes are put on the air by the push of a button. This trips an electrical re- lay in the master equipment room, setting rows of fingers on a revolv- ing drum to plucking the eight sep- arate metal reeds. The combined tones resulting are the three famous notes, each in perfect and automatic pitch. No microphone is used, as each of the metal reeds and a pa- rallel strip of metal form a small condenser. The vibrations of the reed vary the capacity of the con- denser, and these vibrations are amplified directly onto the NBC network circuit.

To keep NBC programs "on the nose," the chimes sound automati- cally at 30 seconds before the hour and 30 seconds before the half hour. They are preceded by an announcer saying "This is NBC, the National Broadcasting Company." This rule is not ironbound. An address by the President or one of his Cabinet members will not be thus inter- rupted, nor will various special events and programs ending with the national anthem or a prayer.

O. B. HANSON, NBC VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF ENCil.N'EER, POINTS TO VIBRATING REEDS WHICH PRODUCE CHIMES AUTO- MATICALLY WHEN AN ANNOUNCER PUSHES A BUTTON.

lRADIO age 29]

HONORS TO PERSONNEL

Scientists and Engineers of RCA Receive Recognition of Accomplislnncnis in Electronic Field

MKDAI. OK TlIK .SWKDISII ROYAL AIADKMV OF ENCJINKERING AWARDED TO DR. E. W. ENCSTROM, VICE PRESIDENT IN CHARGE OF RESEARCH OF RCA LABORATORIES. THE MEDAL ALSO WAS AWARDED TO DR. V. K. ZWORYKIN.

roTTS MEMORIAL AWARD RECEIVED BY DR. HARRY F. OLSON OF RCA LABORATO- RIES DIVISION FRO.M "AUDIO ENGINEER- ING" .MAGAZI.NE FOR "OfTSTA.NDING AC- COMPLISHMENTS IN THE FIELD OF AUDIO ENGINEERING."

KEY OF ETA KAPPA NU ASSOCIATION WAS AWARDED TO DR. V. K. ZWORYKIN OF RCA LABORATORIES FOR HIS "TECH- NICAL ATTAINMENTS AND CONTRIBU- TIONS TO SOCIETY . . ."

THE 1950 MERIT AWARD OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF INDUSTRIAL ENGI- NEERS IS RECEIVED FOR THE RCA VICTOR DIVISION BY D. F. SCHMIT, VICE PRESIDENT IN CHARGE OF ENGINEERING (CENTER) AND BENJAMIN R. CARSON, RCA DESIGNER-INVENTOR. THE AWARD WAS PRESENTED BY R. L. CRINNIAN (LEfT). NATIONAL PRESIDENT OF THE .SOCIETY, FOR RCa's DEVELOPMENT OF THE IS-RPM SYSTEM OF MUSIC REPRODUCTION.

Industrial TV Tube

i (. tiutiiiiitti liiiiii I'liy l^)

deflection equipment for both the camera and its own 7-inch monitor- mv. kinescope. It contains 44 tubes -about 50 per cent more than the average home television receiver and operates on 110-volt, 60-c.vcle |)owcr lines. The entire power con- sumed by the system is less than nne-third of that required by an electric toaster.

The camera is 10 inches lonp, '!'4 inches wide, and 5 inches hiph. It has a remote focusing mount, which permits the operator to ad- just optical focus by remote con- trol from the master unit.

It is the aim of the RCA Engi- neering' Products Department to prepare this new industrial televi- sion system for marketinj^, and during the next few months equip- ment will undergo rigid field tests.

Long-Play Record Catalog Made Available to Public

RCA Victor's inaugural catalog of 3;5'.i-i"pm phonograph records, comprising ?,?, classical composi- tions specially suited for uninter- rupted, long-play reproduction, was made availai)le to the public during March. The same selections are ob- tainable on 45-rpm disks.

In reviewing the current status of the record situation. Paul Bark- meier, ^'ice President in charge of the RCA Victor Record Depart- ment said:

"RCA Victor will continue to I)roduce the conventional 7H-rpm records so long as there is a reason- able demand for them. However, public acceptance of the 45-rpm system, as reflected in constantly increasing sales of 45-rpm instru- ments and records, makes it inevi- table that this .system eventually will rei)lace the 50-year-old 7H-ri)m system. Almost one million 45-rpm turntables are now in use in homes, .md 45-rpm records are selling at the rate of almost .SO million a year.

"We are now releasing our initial latalog of improved ,3.3' 3 long play I'ecords for tho.se music lovers who wish to hear the distinguished art- ists in the RCA Victor catalog in selections that are suited to long- play reproduction."

[3 0 RADIO AGE]

Radio System for Hospitals

Newly Introduced Equ'tpment Provides AM and FM Program Service for Patients Confined to Beds and for Entertain- ment in Wards and Personnel Quarters

ANEW line of equipment de- signed primarily to afford en- tertainment and relaxation for pa- tients in hospitals of 50 to 500 beds has been introduced by the RCA Engineering Products Department. As developed by the Sound Equip- ment Section of the Department, each installation consists of an FM-AM antenna, a basic four-chan- nel central station and special hos- pital reproducer units.

The central station apparatus in- cludes four radio tuners and accom- panying amplifiers, control panels, wiring system, and a special time switch and clock which automati- cally controls the daily program schedule. No operating personnel is required.

Several methods are available for distributing both radio and re-

corded music programs to various locations in the hospital. Beds may be equipped with pillow speaker and plug selector switch assembly, al- lowing the patient to select his own program and enjoy the music with- out disturbing others in the room or ward. Individual monoset earphones provide the same individual recep- tion for patients who are able to sit up or be out of bed.

Installation is Economical

The new system may be installed in any hospital at costs ranging from considerably less than ■'$5,000 for hospitals of api)roximately 100 beds to about $17,000 for institu- tions of 500 beds.

The four-channel equipment per- mits selection of major network programs at any of the bedside out-

SAFETY OF WORKERS IN RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS IS ASSURED BY THE USE OF THIS MONITOR, DEVELOPED BY RCA. THE DEVICE INDICATES BY COLORED LAMPS THE PRESENCE AND INTENSITY OF DANGEROUS CON- TAMINATIONS ON HAND AND FEET.

NEW HOSPITAL ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM PROVIDES HANDY HEADPHONE OUTLETS FOR CO.WALESCENTS, AND LOUD-SPF.AKER DISTRIBUTION OF PROGRAMS IN RECREA- TION ROiiMS AMI PERSONNEL QUARTERS.

lets. Additional channels can be provided for local stations, wired music or recorded programs origi- nating in the hospital. Loudspeak- ers may be installed to provide en- tertainment in recreation rooms, dining rooms, doctors' and nurses' (juarters, or solariums. Flexibility of the system permits its use as a service for therapeutic treatment during convalescence and for mor- ale building purposes.

The core of the central station equipment consists of four RCA radio tuners which provide com- plete AM and FM station coverage in the 535- to 1620-kilocycle AM band and 88- to 108-megacycle FM bands. The equipment operates from a 115-volt, 60-cycle, a-c power supply and has a power consump- tion of 1000 watts.

The new sytem, which in many instances may be incorporated in present hospital distribution sys- tems, rounds out a complete line of RCA hospital sound equipment in- cluding such facilities as doctor and public area paging, intercommuni- cation .systems, television antenna distribution systems, and projec- tion television for entertainment of convalescent groups.

[RADIO AGE 31]

■--g-^ j~L-!^i-y

Tilt KCA VUTOR 4r)-RPM AlTd.MATlC RECORD PLAYER FEATURES THE FASTEST PHONOGRAPH RECORD-CHANGING MECH- ANISM EVER DEVISED.

Phonograph History

(Continued from page 19)

the conventional violin did not re- cord well and a special "Stroh vio- lin", ecjuipped with a horn, was re- quired to direct the sound in the one desired direction.

Most of these ditticulties came to an end in 1925 with the introduc- tion of electrical recording, devel- oped by the enjrineers of the West- ern P^lectric Company. Out went the bulky, inflexible recordinjr horn and in its place came the micro- phone. The recording' stylus was no lonKcr actuated by sound waves but by electrical impulses from a vacuum-tube amplifier. The new system made it possible to record frequencies hiRher and lower than ever before etched into wax discs. A short time later, the companion piece to the microphone, the Ortho- phonic Victrola phonograph was introduced by the \'ictor Talking Machine Company. Within two weeks after \'ictor announced this model with its impressive life-like reproduction, orders totalling more than 20 million dollars at factory prices iioured into the home ofllce. To the public, the Orthophonic \k- trola was another miracle in the field of sound.

Several important changes were made in phonographs during the

following years. The automatic re<*- ord changer made its apjiearant* on the Victrola in 1027. Needles were replaced by more efficient an^ durable jewel |)ickups. These de- velojiments and many others im^ proved the phonograph, but engi-- neers were not satisfied.

In 1939, ten years after the Radio Corporation of America ac- (juircd the \'ictor Talking Machine Company, RCA engineers began work on "Project X." The ambi- tious goal of this task was to break with the past, not by refining the instruments and methods, but to start again with fundamentals and incorporate the advantages of in- creased knowledge of electronics, recording techniques and instru- ment engineering. After a decade of research and development, RCA Victor announced the 45-rpm record and record player system in 1949.

The rest is history I As more and more people became acijuainted with the superior quality, convenience, and economy of the "45", its public acceptance soared. Before the end of 1949, the new records were being manufactured at the rate of more than 25,000,000 annually and turn- tables capable of playing the "45" records were being |)ro(iuced at a rate in excess of 1,000,000 a year. Based on past experience, as well as on the overwhelming acceptance of "45", RCA Victor believes this will be the system preferred by the great majority of music lovers; and that eventually it will replace "78" as the standard system.

Luxury Liners to Carry Antenaplex System

When new luxury liners of the American President Lines and the American Export Lines go into service, passengers will be able for the first time to plug their portable radios into built-in antenna outlets and get clear AM and shortwave reception in cal)ins and statennmis. The two lines have signed contracts with RCA and the Commercial Radio-Sound Corimration for in- stallation of the new marine RCA Antenaplax .systems; each of which will feed more than 200 individual outlets from a single 25-foot whip antenna mounted above decks.

Toscanini on Tour

(Continued from page 6)

The smaller instruments rarely leave the sides of their owners. But the string basses, the harps and celli must be cared for. Two carpenters will go along for the entire tour, to crate and uncrate the instruments.

Toscanini and the orchestra will appear before audiences in their usual impeccability. Three huge wardrobe trunks, each the size of a closet, will be u.sed to store the mu- sicians' dress clothes, so that they will be fresh for each performance.

For the additional ease of the travelling musicians, special ar- rangements are being made to ac- commodate them at local athletic clubs, where they may exerci.se and refresh themselves.

Four railroads have cooperated in working this special train into their own schedules so that there would be no slip-up in the three-concert- a-week sche<iule of the NBC Sym- phony Orchestra.

Maestro Toscanini views the tour as an unparalleled opportunity to see more of this country, which he greatly loves and admires. For this reason, his private car, which is the last one in the train, has a full observation lounge to afford him an unobstructed view of the country- side.

Toscanini conducted the first NBC Symphony broadcast on Christmas night, l'.»;?7, and has been the regu- lar conductor of the orchestra since that time. The famous maestro made a personal appearance tour in the Spring of 1940, when he and the NBC Symphony gave a series of sixteen concerts throughout South America. This will be Tos- canini's first coast-to-coast tour with orchestra in the United States, al- though he has conducted both the NBC Symphony and other major orchestra.s in principal cities of the East and Mid-West. His last ap- Iiearance in Carnegie Hall. Ajiril 2(i. 1949, established an all-time box-otlice for the house, a perform- ance of Verdi's "Requiem" for the benefit of .the New York Infirmary grossing more than $50,000 for the Building Fund of the institution.

[32 RADIO AGE

C/tv.

'«Os.

RADIO AGE

RESEARCH • MANUFACTURING • COMMUNICATIONS • BROADCASTING • TELEVISION

JULY

1950

PERIODtCAL DEP1.

The tools of modern government

Alodcrn nations maintain their ■world position today with the tools of r.nliu anil electronics.

Internafional— The volume of prcs- cnt-day communications on a global scale ... the precision of aerial and marine navigation . . . the ordered conduct of business . . . the proper statement of government policies to the world . . . all are dependent upon reliable radio communications equip- ment. Domestic— VC'ise government is aware

of the educational and cultural ad- vantages of the radio broadcast and the docimientary sound motion pic- ture . . . and of the unil\ ing influence these voices exert upon their citi/.ens. Government is also broadening its use of radio-equipped vehicles in municipal police, fire and health ser\ ices.

Public Welfare — Still another tool, the Electron Microscope, affords ama/ing penetration into the funda- mental causes of disease, the structure

and properties of materials, the un- covering of new products and proc- esses . . . important contributions to belter health and economic advance- ment.

RCA has all of these tools of mod- ern government, ^ou are cordially iii\ ited lo contact the RCA distributor in \our area tor intorni.ition on this equipment. Y'ou will find his long experience of practical value. Or write direct to RCA, International Division.

RCA INTCRNATIONAL DIVISION

RADIO CORPORATION of AMERICA

745 FIFTH AVC. NIW YORK, N.Y., U.S.A.

i

r ^

t

fft^

RESEARCH • MANUFACTURING • COMMUNICATIONS • BROADCASTING • TELEVISION

COVER

["ompactness, simplicity, and the lower cost of the new Table Model Electron Microscope are factors which are expected to ap- peal to many colleges, hos- pitals and industrial labora- tories.

Services of RCA are:

RCA Laboratories Division

•

RCA Victor Division RCA Communications, Inc aomarine Corporation of America

ainal Broadcasting Company, Inc.

•

I RCA Institutes. Inc RCA Service Company. Inc

I

RCA International Division

VOLUME 9 NUMBLK 4

JULY 1950

CONTENTS

PAGE

COLOR TELEVISION 3

RCA POLICY ON PATENT.^ 7

TOSCANINI'S TRIUMPHANT TOUR 8

YEARLY RCA BUSINESS TRIPLES IN 10 YEARS 11

SETTING THE STAGE FOR TV

by Robert J. Wade 13

ROYALTY RATES REDUCED 15

TOSCANINI TOURS THE NATION WITH THE NRC .SYMPHONY .... 16

FRENCH MEDAL TO URIC. GENERAL DAVID SARNOFF 18

COMPACT ELECTRON MICROSCOPE 19

"PRINTED" TUNERS FOR TV 20

BOSTON JUBILEE AWARD TO SARNOFF 21

NBC CITED FOR PROGRAM QUALITY 21

MOVING PRODUCTS AND PEOPLE

by Richard C. Cotton 22

SIMPLE "RULER" MEASURES SPEED OK TV SIGNALS 23

PLANT EXPANSIONS CONTINUE 24

SUGGESTS WAYS TO WAGE PEACE 2.5

"TEX" DEMONSTRATED 26

AFRICA — MARKET OF THE FUTURE

by B. F. Moore. Jr 27

TELEVISION ENTERTAINS VISITING CANADIAN NAVAL CREWS .... 30

AMERICA IN THE ELECTRONIC AGE 31

l;.\I)IO CORPOK.^TION OF .ArilERICA

RCA. Building:, New York 20, N. Y.

David Sarnoff, Chairman of the Board Frank M. Folsom, President

Lewis MacConnach, Secretary Ernf.ST B. Gorin, Treasurer

Radio Age is published quarterly by the Department of Information. Radio Corporation of America, .'50 Rockefeller Plaza. New York 20, X. V.

NOTICE — When requesting a change in mailing ad- dress please include the code letters and numliers which appear with the stencilled address on the envelope.

John G. Wilson

John G. WUsdti, Executive Vice Pre><idetit iu Charge of the AT .4 Victor Division sitice 1!U8, died June 1. Ili'><i "t his home i)i Wynneirood, Pa.

>SOX, or "Joe" as he liked to be called, revealed throuKhout his life the real si^'- nificance of friendship. When he passed from our midst in June there was a deep feelinjr of loss and sorrow by all who knew him. One of the preat human exiieriences is to know a man of Joe Wilson's calibre, and I had th:it privilege for twenty years. During that time, we worked td- jrether and no one could have had a better team- mate.

Joe was never one to seek the limelipht ; he liked to be in the background, and he pained jrreat pleasure in watching others advance through his ability to help them. Personal jrlory had no api)eal for him, for his own requirements were modest. His capacity for work was enormous. He put lonp hours on any job he undertook, and toiled imceas- injfly to reach the objectives which would add to the stature of the company and the success of everyone in it. As a leader he was a master or- ganizer. Yet, in every move he made he never lost the human touch. In creative effort he was demanding: in achievement he was quick to pive full credit to all who coiitril)ute(l to the results. Loyalty was an outstanding attribute of his character.

Joe Wilson had a preat heart that pul.<ied with friendship for people in all walks of life. He had an uncanny way of sensinp when someone needed heli> — the shoe-shine boy who required expensive dental treatment . . . the collepe professor for whom he made possible a year of advanced study in California . . . the deservinp pirl he put throuph four years of collepe. These and many other acts of kindness characterized Joe Wilson. He soupht no personal plaudits; in fact, it was ditticult for anyone to exjire.ss appreciation or to thank him for a kind deed because he would turn away almost as if to hide the fact that he had anythinp to do with it. Quietly and without fan- fare, Joe Wilson moved amonp his fellowmen accomplishinp much pood in the world and makinp the lives of others more pleasant. He made the world a briphter jilace for those who knew him.

mu/[i4vm^\

Color Television

lit Stdtctiutit before the Federal Connniinications Co?»/i//.s.<;o;;, (Jencral Saruofj Recomtueiids that FCC Set Color Television Standards Based on RCA All-Electronic System

APPEARING before the Federal , Communications Commission in Washinjrton, D. C. on May 8 Brijr. General David Sarnoff, Chair- man of the Board of the Radio Cor- poration of America, urj>:ed that the Commission, at the conclusion of the hearings then in session, set color television standards based on the RCA all-electi'onic completely compatible color system. If this be done, he said, color television re- ceivers will be in factory produc- tion by June, 1951.

Adoption of color television standards based on the inferior and non-compatible method of the Co- lumbia Broadcastinjr System, he said, would earn the scorn of the world and impose an extra cost of more than §100,000,000 a year on the American public for adaptation of black-and-white receivers.

General Sarnoff condemned the CBS color method as "inferior" and "unsound."

"It is my purpose here today to urge you, as public officers, not to turn back the television clock, but to look ahead and take a long-range view," General Sarnoff testified. "The adoption of the CBS system, whose obsolescence is already fore- shadowed in this fast developing electronic art, would earn the scorn of the world. At the very moment I am appearing before you, the United States delegates are at a meeting of the International Con- sultative Committee in London to advocate world television standards on a basis equivalent to present American black-and-white stand- ards. For this Commission to de- grade the standards of American television by adopting the inferior CBS system only would be to show the world that we do not have any faith in the standards which our State Department is recommending to the world.

"Adoption of the CBS system ex- clusively would also earn the dis- satisfaction of American families.

They would be induced to buy CBS type sets by a decision of this Com- mission made at a time when it was evident that the CBS itself would shelve its mechanical system in favor of an all-electronic system."

Main Issue of the Case

Emphasizing that there is no doubt about the desirability of color television, General Sarnoff said that the fundamental issue in this case is:

"Shall American television move forward or backward?"

He pointed out that CBS has asked the FCC to adopt standards based upon "a mechanical, non- compatible system, which gives a degraded pictui-e and has additional defects," and added :

"On the other hand, the Commis- sion is asked by the RCA to adopt color television standards which will permit the utilization of an all- electronic, compatible color televi- sion system which does not have those defects and which has jjicture (juality at least e(|ual to that pro- vided by existing black-and-white standards.

"CBS has asked this Commission to adopt a system which would saddle an all-electronic art with a mechanical harness. You are being urged by CBS to build a highway to accommodate the horse and buggy when already the self-pro- pelled vehicle is in existence and has been demonstrated.

"I know that CBS claims it can use electronic terminal equipment in its system. CBS, however, does not and cannot deny that its system has been designed for and is con- fined by the limitations of a me- chanical disc. Therefore, it does not and never can have the performance capabilities of a true electronic system."

General Sarnoff said that "if the CBS color .system, with all of its known defects, is now imposed

upon the public, great harm will be done to the growth of television and its public acceptance. The recession in the sale of sets which would re- sult from the adoption of non-com- patible color standards and de- graded pictures tailored for the CBS mechanical apparatus would, in my opinion, cause the bankruptcy of many of the smaller television set manufacturers of today."

Pointing out that it had been es- tablished in the record that an all- electronic system "offers boundless possibilities for continued growth and improvement of the television industry," General Sarnoff contin- ued :

"In my judgment, a compatible all-electronic system is the logical system for the Commission to ap- prove. Were it not for the inten- sive promotional effort that has been put into this matter by CBS, the suggestion that the American public will use for the indefinite future a non-compatible system with a mechanical disc and de- graded picture quality would be ridiculous.

"I would be untrue to my long experience in this business if I did not protest, as strongly as I can against the adoption of standards based on an inferior system. For the Commission to shackle an elec- tronic art to the degraded stand- ards of a CBS mechanical wheel would, in my opinion, be a fatal mistake."

RCA Color Developments

Recalling that CBS had stated that the RCA .system could never be improved and should not even be field tested. General Sarnoff went on to compare this statement with the facts.

"We have demonstrated," he tes- tified, "that the RCA color system has the full geometric resolution of exi.sting black-and-white standards.

"We have demonstrated that the RCA color svstem now has color

RADIO AGE 3]

fidelity etiiial to that of any other system, and we expect this to be further improved.

'■\Ve have demonstrated that the Rt'A tri-folor kinescopes make pos- sible a receiver of a size about the same as existing black-and-white receivers. This means that RCA color receivers can be manufactured and sold for prices that will be com- petitive with any other color re- ceiver that has been demonstrated or proposed.

'■\Ve have demonstarted that the RCA color system can be networked even over existinjr coaxial cable facilities.

"Our faith in the KCA all-elec- tronic color television system al- ready has been fully justified.

"Now let us look at the C"BS folks who came before the Commission when these hearings bes^an last Fall and said that they were ready then. They said their system needed no further testinjr and no further improvement.

"U'hat have they done since that time? They have been trying des- perately to improve the quality of their picture and to increase their picture size. They have borrowed horizontal dot interlace from the RCA system in their effort to in- crease the definition of their pic- tures. They testified that they look forward with anticipation to use of the RCA single tri-color kinescope in j)rder to eliminate their mechan- ical disc. They say now that, with the use of dot interlace, the (juality of the CH.S pictures will be im- proved.

"These .supposed improvements in the CBS system are ba.sed upon RCA achievements — to borrow a jihrase from CHS, they have "fol- lowed in the footsteps' of RCA. I!ut CHS concedes that with these chanjfes the CBS color television .system must still be field tested.

"What ha.s the CBS developed for itself? Last week, in New York City, CBS demonstrated its non- comitatible, non-commercial labor- atory model projection receiver which they call all-electronic. Prac- tically no information has been jriven to anybtxly with respect to this laboratory model. There have betn no detailed data de.scribinK the components and circuits.

DEMONSTRATION MODKL OF TELEVISION RECEIVER E.MBODVINC RCA S AIX-EI.ECTRONIC COLOR SYSTEM AND RCA TRI-COLOR DIRECT-VIEW KINESCOPE TUBE.

"CRS claimed they had color ap- paratus that was simple, tested and ready for the home. Now they sub- mit an untested, non-commercial model which they concede on the record is only a laboratory sjieci- men and not ready for the home.

"Compare all this with the many and repeated demonstrations of the RCA all-electronic system and the many bulletins we have made avail- able to this Commission and to the entire industry. RCA said that its color apparatus could be improved and made simple. We have done what we said."

Color Standards Rcqu'ircmenlf

General Sarnnff expressed the opinion that the demonstrations made and the testimony submitted in the hearin^.s have proved that color television has advanced tech- nically to a |)oint that justifies the Commission in setting standards now on a regular commercial basis. "This Would enable broadcasters and manufacturers," he said, "to proceed promjitly with their plans for prr.vidinjr the public with pro- grams and ecpiipment to receive the benefits of color television."

In addition. General Sarnoff de- scribed three basic requirements, which he said RCA believed color television standards should meet. They are:

1. A channel width of 6 mejra- cydes. as proposed by the Com- mission.

2. The color pictures, by what- ever system transmitted or re- ceived, should not be inferior in (juality and definition to present black-and-white pictures.

:\. The color system should be compatible with existiiiK-- black- and-white standards.

"Broad standards based uimii these three reiiuirenients will en- able color television," General Sar- noff asserted, "to move forward as a service to the public. In my judjr- ment, a color television system that does not meet these broad stand- ards will not be acceptable to the iniblic and should not be apjiroved by the Commission.

"That is why the RCA has de- voted its enerjries to the develop- ment of a system which meets each of these three broad standards. We are confident that (.ur system will

[4 RADIO AGE]

meet with full public acceptance and approval and it will enable the Commission and the industry to keep faith with the five or six mil- lion present owners of black-and- white receivers."

Reveals RCA Plans

General Sarnoff outlined in some detail the plans RCA would follow under any one of five different de- cisions the FCC mijrht make in set- tling- the color television question.

"If the Commission were to adopt the CBS proposal only," he declared, "we would be confronted with a field-sequential color system which gives a "degraded picture and is non-compatible. We would then find ourselves saddled with a sys- tem which we firmly believe is in- adequate and inferior and which we seriously doubt would prove accept- able to the public."

Under these hypothetical circum- stances, he said, RCA would act as follows :

1. We would make and sell transmitting equipment, on or- der, to anyone.

2. We would make and sell tubes, including our tri-color kinescopes, and parts, to anyone.

3. We would make and sell field - sequential color receivers, utilizing the tri-color tube, as the public demand for such receivers might exist.

4. We would make and sell tri- color tube converters on the same basis.

5. We would make and sell separate adapter units for tele- vision sets already in the hands of the public, as well as for new sets thereafter manufactured."

Cost of Adapldtiuii tstiitiatcd "Building adapters into our sets at the factory presents an entirely different problem," General Sarnoff said. "This, we do not plan to do. It has been estimated that the pres- ent annual production of television receiving sets is at the rate of five million a year. With an estimated minimal figure of S20 for built-in automatic adapters, the public would have to pay more than $100,- 000,000 a year for an adaptation to a degraded system which is non- ccmpatible.

"We do not believe that the pub- lic will want adaptation to a de- graded CBS picture at this or at any other price. Xor do we believe that the public should be forced to pay this tax of $100,000,000 a year in order to receive the CBS de- graded picture.

Public Reactions Will Guide

"If we are wrong, the public will prove us wrong. In all these plans we would necessarily be guided by public reactions and competitive conditions. We would have to modify or adjust our plans in ac- cordance with such reactions and conditions. And we w-ill have to make receivers with adapters, if future experience proves that this is what the public wants."

General Sarnoff said that RCA stands on its record of "energeti- cally developing" those things in which it has confidence. "On the other hand," he continued. "I do not assume that we would be ex- pected to be in the vanguard of pro- moting any system in which we have no confidence and which we believe is inferior and unsound; a -system whose length of life com- mercially is open to serious ques- tion."

He told the Commission that he thought he had detected some inti- mation in the record that, unless all manufacturers were willing now to commit themselves to full scale

manufacture of a system that is "inferior and not in the public in- terest," then any decision the Com- mission might make in favor of the CBS system, "might in some way be frustrated."

General Sarnoff pointed out that if the Commission were to adopt "the best" system, "then no one in our competitive and free enterprise economy of today is going to be able to keep the public from getting it — if it really is "the be.st.' Conse- quently, any inference that an ad- vance commitment by manufac- turers, or even compulsion, might be necessary to ensure that the public will be able to buy that which has been assumed to be 'the best' is unrealistic. . . . The best will sell itself on its own merits. Competition will see to that.

"Of course we do not think the Columbia proposal is "the best." If it were the best, the Commission would not be faced with the need to get a commitment, or to apply force, to sell it. The need to apply force would come only from the op- posite premise — that Columbia's proposal could not be sold on its own merits.

"Xow I wish to make it entirely clear," said General Sarnoff, "that in answering this hypothetical question I have not anticipated, and do not expect, that the Com- mission's decision will be to adopt standards based on the CBS system

PLANT OF THE RADIO CORPORATION OF AMERICA AT LANCASTER, PA., WHERE THE

NEW RCA TRI-COLOR KINESCOPES ARE BEING ASSEMBLED IN "PILOT RUNS". SOME

OF THE IMPORTANT COMPONENTS OF THESE TUBES ARE BEING PRODUCED AT THE

RCA PLANT IN HARRISON, N. ,T.

[RADIO AGE 5]

exclusively. We cannot believe that the Commission would outlaw the RCA system and all other systems. "Should the Commission adopt the RCA system, or any other sys- tem which meets the three require- ments of the broad standards I have discussed." General Sarnoff said, "the road ahead is clear."

RCA I uhc Inspires Confidence

"Our confidence in the new RCA tri-color tubes, which have been demonstrated l)efore this Commis- sion and the industry, is so strong that we are already iiroceedin^ with plans for acquiring' a new factory and the machinery necessary to produce these color tubes in quan- tity. These steps involve heavy financial commitments on the part of the RCA. By .June of ne.\t year we expect to commence the manu- facture of color tubes on a mass production basis. In the meanwhile we will have completed our com- mercial design and development of these color tubes. By that time also our pilot plant will have pro- duced a sutlicient number of color tubes, to meet not only our own needs for testing and design pur- poses, but also to supply those tubes to competitors in the set and tube industries for the same purposes.

"Within sixty to ninety days frnm now we expect to have about ten development model color re- ceivers usinjr the tri-color kine- .scopes available in the Washington area for field test purposes.

"Durinjr September of this year, we expect to build five or six re- ceivers each week from a pilot as- sembly operation. This pilot oper- ation will continue until a sufficient numl)er of sets have been made to fulfill our testinjf requirements and to make color receivers available to other manufacturers for their test- ing and desijfn jHirposes.

"If final standards are adopted and commercial operation in color is authorized .soon, the RCA could and would be in factory production of color television receivers by .June of next year. This woidd amount to a weekly production rate of 200 color receivers. By the end of that year, our color receiver rate of pro- duction will have reached over 1,000 per week. Thereafter, we exjiect

[6 RADIO AGE]

Dr. EInior W. Engstrom

\'icv President in Charge of Kesedrch, RCA Laboratories Division.

production iiuantities to rise sub- stantially.

"We assume, of course, that com- petiuK' manufacturers would like- wise near their facilities for pro- duction of color tubes and receiving sets once the Commission deter- mines the standards.

"The question was asked as to what percentage of the 20,000.000 sets, which it was estimated will be in the hands of the iniblic in 1954, will be black-and-white if the Commission should adopt the RC.A system.

"I think the estimate of 20,000,- 000 sets by the end of 19.54 is too low," said General SarnofT. "If normal business conditions prevail and if more television stations jjo into operation reasonably soon, it will be much greater than 20,000.- 000. In my opinion, there will be 20,000,000 television receivers in the hands of the pul)lic by the end of 1952.

"We have faith in the RCA color .system and we feel strongly that if it is approved by the Commission a larjre percentajre of the sets out- standing in 1954 will be color sets."

Plan Demonstration of Converter

General Sarnoff revealed for the first time that, within the next six weeks. RCA will demonstrate an

RCA color converter employing an RCA tri-color kinescope. "This all- electronic converter," he explained, "will provide a method of convert- inK exist intf black-and-white tele- vision receivers to color."

With rejrard to the third color system beinjr considered by the FCC, General Sarnoflf said :

"I am informed by our engineers that the CTI .system has not been demonstrated to have satisfactory picture quality in color, nor to ^ive a satisfactory picture on present sets. However, if the CTI system overcomes these defects, if it meets the three requirements of the broad standards I have discussed, and if the Commissidii should adojjt the CTI .system only, then in jreneral our policies would be the same as if the RCA .system had been adopted.

Broad or Multiple Standards

"If the three basic requirements — the ()-me>racycle bandwidth, com- patibility and picture quality equal to existing' black-and-white — are adopted as broad standards, our policies Would be the same as if the RCA system had been adopted.

"If the multiple standards are m adoi>ted by the Commission, and " by that I mean standards that will jiermit not only the RCA system but also systems which do not meet the three basic requirements of the broad standards, we would do what I have outlined in the event the RCA system were adopted."

As to receivers capable of re- ceiving and reproducinjf transmis- sions of all the various systems. General SarnofT said that such re- ceivers would necessarily be com- plex and more expensive. "How- ever, we would manufacture and sell multiple receivers." he said, "to the extent of public demand." .

In concluding his statement. Gen- i eral SarnofT analyzed the RCA and the CBS systems in relation to his three basic re<|uirements of color | television standards. I

"By the adoption of horizontal f dot interlacing. CBS has conceded that its system ouRht to have im- ., proved picture quality. If CBS, in ; spite of its testimony that it cannot " visualize the tri-color tube bein>r (Continued on page 10)

*

RCA POLICY ON PATENTS

Stateme7it by Brig. General David Sanioff before the Federal Com- munications Commisaion, Wash- ingtou. D. C, on May 3.

RCA has been licensinK its own inventions in the radio and television industry for a great many \ ears. It has also for many years been iicensinjr the inventions of others in those instances where it has sub-licensin>r rights. The basic structure of this patent licens- ing was approved by the Depart- ment of Ju.stice and the United States District Court for the Di.s- trict of Delaware in 19."?2.

At the time the 1932 consent de- cree was entered, the agreements with the American Telephone & Telegraph Co.. the General Electric Co.. and the Westinghouse Klectric Corp., pursuant to which KCA re- ceived the non-exclusive right to grant licenses under the patents of these companies were described by the Department of Justice as being manifestly in the public interest.

From time to time since 1932 RCA has acquired licenses for itself under the patents of others and in some instances sub-licensing rights for the benefit of the rest of the in- dustry as well.

Industry Aided by RCA Patents

In 1942 the Department of Jus- tice through the Assistant Attor- ney General, Mr. Thurman Arnold, sought to set the consent decree aside. After full argument, the de- cree was reaffirmed by the Courts. The Attorney General withdrew his appeal to the Supreme Court of the United States on this issue.

I believe that the beneficial na- ture of RCA's licensing policies are apparent from the assistance which the industry has received as a result of these policies.

As I have said, we have been in the patent licensing business for many years. No one can conceiv- ably claim that the radio industry has been anything but helped by RCA's patent position or RCA's patent policies. The history of the whole radio industry has been one of rapid expansion and keen com- petition.

Coming to the television indus- try, I belive it will be conceded by all concerned that we would not have the highly competitive, highly successful television industry that we have today were it not for the affirmative assistance which the RCA has made available through its patent licenses and otherwise.

Other Manufacturers Benefit

As a result of this, we now have a television industry of a l)iIlion dollars a year. RCA not only gave this industry the benefits of its tele- vision patents at no extra charge, but its licensees got blueprints and manufacturing assistance. Comy)et- ing television manufacturers were invited to our plants and greatly helped to get into competition with RCA.

Our patent licenses contain no re- strictive provisions whatever. There is no effort to fix prices, to limit pro- duction or to do anything but to further the industi-y to the fullest possible extent. We maintain an Industry Service Laboratory as a part of our licensing policy to help licensees. Our licenses are uni- formly non-discriminatory and our royalty rate is low.

Now, I do not wish to be drawn into detail in this hearing. It is no secret that we are engaged in patent litigation of the greatest im- portance in AM, in ¥'S\ and in tele- vision. We are either the defendant or the plaintiff in several litigations of far reaching importance to us and we believe to the entire indus- try.

In these litigations we have been called ail the names which the in- genuity of opposing counsel can im- agine. We have been accused of every nefarious practice which the fertile imaginations of these gentle- men could breed. We categorically deny all these characterizations and charges and we fully expect to prove them false in open court.

I believe it is sufficient for these proceedings that we stand on our record and I believe you will respect the situation in which we find our- selves with regard to these litiga- tions.

So far as our agreements with others for obtaining licensing or sub-licensing rights are concerned, most of these agreements are on file with this Commission. They speak for themselves. The consider- ation paid for the value received was arrived at by the combined best judgment of many experts in our organization. As we have stated on other occasions, however, we can not indulge in the public evalu- ation of the significance of particu- lar patents which belong to others.

We have also submitted to the Commission all patents which we own or under which we can grant licenses which we believe to read on the transmission standards al- ready existing or which are pro- posed in these proceedings.

Further than this, however, I do not think we should be asked to go.

Exhibition Hall Visitors Exceed 3 I/2 Million

IN its three years of operation since the official opening on May 14, 1947, the RCA Exhibition Hail in Radio City has attracted more than three and one-half mil- lion visitors, an accomplishment that places it among the leading tourist attractions in New York City.

The average daily attendance of the exhibit is approximately 3.000. The highest mark was set on Janu- ary 8 of this year when 11,380 people thronged the Hall to inspect the new line of RCA Victor radio and television receivers. In the past three years, 580 school groups have been given special tours through the exhibit with added film and lecture programs in the Johnny Victor Theatre.

Television In Mexico

Mexico's first television station, equipped with a 5-kilowatt trans- mitter and associated studio and mobile pickup units supplied by RCA, is scheduled to go on the air in Mexico City this summer. The station is owned and operated by Television de Mexico, S. A.

[RADI O AGE 7]

Toscanini's Triumphant Tour

Enthusiastic Response to 21 Concerts by the Maestro and the NBC. Symphony Orchestra Sets New

Records in American Musical Annals

AMKKICANS turned nut in im- ^ precedentt'd iiiinil)t'i-s to see and hear Maestro Toseanini and his XHC Symphony Orchestra on their first transcontinental tour of the United States. Nearly one hundred thousand persons made up the rec- ord-hreakinjr crowds in the twenty cities visited in the six weeks, end- ing on May. 27.

On June 5, with bravos of his jrreat 1950 tour still rinjrin^r in hi.s ears. Maestro To.scanini boarded the 5. i'. Viilcatiia for a summer in Italy during which he will make two apiiearances as jruest conductor at the famed La Scala Opera in Milan. r|)on his return to the United States next fall, he will con- duct the XHf" Symphony Orchestra in the 1950-51 radio concert season over station WNBC and the affili- ated stations of the NBC network.

Results of the recent tour were hijrhly ^ratifyinj;- As the spon.sor, the KCA X'ictor Division of the Radio Corporation of America re- ceived commendations from all over the nation. And the National Ilroad- castinjr Comiiany i-eceived no less than five certificates of award for its contributions to musical culture throujrh the formation of the NBC Symphony Orchestra and its per- petuation under the direction of Maestro Arturo Toseanini.

Brijr. General David Sarnoff. Chairman of the Board of RCA. declared :

"Maestro Arturo To.scanini re- turned on May 28 from his first transcontinental concert tour, leav- in^' behind him enthralled thmnv's of Americans who discovered his interpretation.s of the world's music masters to be an unforjrettable ex- perience, and who found Toseanini the man to be even jrreater than Toseanini the immortal le^'■end.

"Comin^r at a time when uncer- tainty prevails in so many (|uarters and when people everywhere wel- come a lift to their spirits, this triumphant journey of the Maestro and his NBC Symphony Orchestra throujrhout our land takes on added si>rnificance. It has been dramatic and inspiring.

"Through their weekly radio con- certs over the NRC network and its affiliated stations, throujrh their recordings of the world's ^rreatest music, and throujrh this epochal tour. Maestro Arturo Toseanini and his orchestra of sunerb musicians have enriched the lives of all of us and endeared themselves to a prate- fu! nation. These efforts have brouvrht to the fore America's love for fine music and the inherent ap- preciation of our people for beauty and sincerity."

Joseph II. MiConnt'li, President of NBC, stated:

"We are i)rou(l to have been a part of this are-M cultural iiiljrrim- affe. We are proud that we were able to help bring Toseanini, the

sreat musician, to the people of America, who now know him al.so to be a great, warm human being.

"The reception of the public and pre-ss throughout the country has been most gratifying to us, and we feel confident that when Toseanini returns to the NBC podium in the fall for another season, he will bring the NBC Symphony to even greater heights of attainment and jierfection, knowing that he is not only ijlaying for great audiences of music lovers; he is also playing for friends."

The response of the audiences moved Maestro To.scanini and the members of the orchestra deeply. They had come to bring fine sym- phonic music to the people of America, and the people were grate- ful. In the halls after the concerts, cheers, a|)))lause and bravos were mingled with tears of joy. The audi- ence and performers were ecjually stirred. Toseanini expressed him- self over and over again on the wonderful, stimulating audiences.

Outside the concert halls, thou- sands waited just for a glimpse of Toseanini. They were not raucous, they didn't ask for autographs. Mostly they stood and watched. A voice would cry out of the crowd, "God bless you. Maestro", and a chorus of voices would echo the words, "God bless you. Maestro".

Little town, big town; North and South, East and West, the people came to hear music and to pay tribute to Toseanini, who brought them the greatest musical experi- ence of their lifetime. Not only did they come to hear music, but to see the man. who at 8:?, is at the height of his artistic powers. They came to see the man who had defied dictators. They came to see a m.in as famous as anyone in our con-

TOSIANIM WAS KNTHRAM.Kn BY HIS

FIRST CI.IMPSE OF THK C.REAT BONNK-

VII.LF, nAM. ONF. OF THK MANY SIGHTS

HE WITNESSED ni'RING HIS TRIP.

8 RADIO AGE

temporary world, yet who remains modest and shy. They came — and the.v were satisfied.

Alct America Face to Face Maestro Toscanini met America face to face. He met a three-year- old boy at a railroad siding in Mobile, Ala. He met symphony con- ductors and opera sinjrers. He met the man in the street. And he met the President of the United States. In every city, not only was Tos- canini sought after, but members of the orchestra, too, were asked for and feted. The NBC Symphony Orchestra is composed of virtuoso musicians. Their names are well known in musical circles around the country. They include concert- master Mischa Mischakoff; Frank .Miller, first cellist: Carlton Cooley, first violist; P^dwin Uachman. prin- cipal of the second violins; Philip Sklar, principal bass; Arthur Lora, solo flute; Paolo Renzi, solo oboe; Karl Glassman, tympany; Harry Glantz. first trumpet; Alex Wil- liams, first clarinet; I^onard Shar- row, first bassoon ; Arthur Rerv, solo French horn ; Xeal di Biase, solo trombone, and Kihvard Vito, harp.

At the train upon arrival in many cities, visitors came seeking them out, vying with one another for the prize of having one of the musi- cians as a guest. The musicians in the orchestra met many former pupils and former associates in the symphony orchestras of the nation.

Not Only a lour bill a A//<>/<>» As the special tour train rolled on through city after city; as one concert after the other was finished, it was apparent to everyone on the trip that this was not just a tour, it was a mission. Each man in the orchestra, as well as Toscanini and the sponsoring RCA Victor officials on the train, felt a sense of re- sponsbility toward the music lovers of America to make this tour a great and lasting monument to American culture. How far they succeeded was told in headlines and

news column.s, on the radio, and in magazines throughout the land. It was written, also, in the lives of nearly one hundred thousand Amer- icans, who had the good fortune to attend the concerts.

The cities in which the twenty- one concerts were performed, were New York, Baltimore, Richmond. Atlanta, New Orleans, Ilduston. Austin, Dallas, Pasadena (two con- certs), San Francisco, Portland, Seattle, Denver, St. Louis, Chicago, Detroit, Cleveland, Pittsburgh, Washington, D.C., and Philadeliihia. The tour started in New York on April 14 and was concluded in Philadelphia on May 27.

Toscanini. the orchestra and spe- cial personnel travelled on a private train assembled and managed by the Pennsylvania Railroad. It moved over the facilities of fourteen rail- roads during the cS,.'j93-mile trip. In addition to stopping in the toni- cities, stop.s were made at Mt. Shasta, at Bonneville Dam and Sun Valley.

The Sun \'alley outing was one of the high spots of the trip for Toscanini and the orchestra. There they rode the ski lift and used the other recreational facilities of this fabulous playground. In the after- noon an outdoor barbecue was given by RCA Victor. An orchestra of toy instruments, called the "Sad Sym- phony", was made up of NBC musi- cians. Toscanini joined in the fun himself by riding the ski lift and later conducting the toy orchestra with a pencil as a baton. It was a memorable day for the musicians.

In most of the tour cities, where time permitted, Toscanini and the orchestra did a great deal of sight- seeing. He visited historic Williams-

AT MOBILE, AI,.\BA.MA, THK MAESTKO I'Al SKS TO GREET A YOUNO ADMIRER ONE OF THE THOU- SANDS WHO CAME TO SEE HIM.

TOSCANINI AND SON WALTER STROLL AI.ONC THE STREETS OK WILLI AMSItURC. VIR(;INIA.

SPEEDING ALONG AT 80 MILES AN HOLR.

THE TOSCA.NINI SPECIAL TRAIN IS

PHOTOGRAPHED A FEW MILES OUTSIDE

OF OMAHA. NEBRASKA.

4A

[RADIO AGE 9

S

bur^r. saw the Cyclorama in Atlanta, toured the French Quarter in New Orleans and saw the San Jacinto Monument and oil wells in Houston. In San Francisco he saw the harbor and, travelinjr North, viewed Mt. Shasta, where the train paused for half an hour. Toscanini was im- pressed with the scenic K''imdeur of the Northwest.

Seeinp the Rreat mountains, he recalled to his associates his youth- ful days when he was an avid moun- tain climljer.

In Chicago he visited the Museum of Science and Industry and kept his jriiide busy answering' questions. In VVashinfrton the hijrhlijrht of his trip was his first meeting with President and Mrs. Truman. The President visited To.scanini back- stajre before the concert. They e.\- chanjred i)k'asantries about touring and music. Toscanini said he under- stood the President was also a musi- cian. Mr. Truman replied, "I'm not a musician, but my daughter Mar- garet is."

Audiences Typical of America The audiences were a cross sec- tion of America. Workers, students, housewives with their babies, po- litical figures, musicians, and busi- nessman turned out. Many people told of having given up other i)leas- ures to be able to attend the Tos- canini concerts.

Capacity audiences were the rule of the trip. In cases where fire laws permitted, standees were admitted. In one or two cities seats were put into the projection booths to ac- commodate music lovers. The or- chestra pits in many theatres were

filled with seats. In some of the halls there were hundreds of seats from which the stage could not be seen at all or very little, but music lovers came nevertheless.

The consensus everywhere was that America at mid-century was far richer in spirit and musical appreciation because of the NBC Symphony concerts given over the radio during the past i;5 years and because of a tour which Arturo Toscanini, at the age of 83, had undertaken with the orchestra to show his appreciation for America.

Color Television

( Contiiimd Iruni ftayf G)

made in quantity, adopts a tri-color tube such as the RCA has developed and demonstrated, and throws away its mechanical disc, CBS may be able to overcome a few more of the defects in its system.

"Nevertheless, the CBS .system will still have important limitations not found in the RCA system. The CBS picture will still have only 40.5 lines, will be non-compatible and will have other defects as well.

"One system — the RCA system — is compatible and the other — the CBS system — is non - compatible. It is the unanimous opinion of all parties to these proceedings that compatibility is of the utmost im- portance. In fact, the President of CBS himself has testified that he would 'love' to have a compatible system. In this statement, he is giving voice to the basic needs of

the entire television industry and of the viewing public.

"As I understand it, it is the field-sequential aspect of the CBS system which prevents compatibil- ity. CBS already has adopted RCA's image orthicon camera tube. CBS already has embraced the RCA single tri-color kinescope in order to eliminate the mechanical disc with its limitations of viewing angle and picture size. CBS al- ready has embraced horizontal dot interlace in order to obtain in- creased definition in its pictures.

Would End Needless Arguments

".All that remains is for CHS lo adopt the dot sequential method of transmitting color. CBS would then be in a position to achieve that compatibility which its Presi- dent .so ardently desires. This would end needless argument and color television could go forward immediately.

"I have watched the develop- ments of radio and electronics for more than forty years and never before have I seen compressed into a single effort so much ingenuity, so much brain power, and such phenomenal results as are repre- sented in these new developments.

"We firmly believe that with the development of its all-electronic, high - definition, compatible color television system and its tri-color tubes, RCA has shown the way for the adoption of color standards now. We recommend that the Com- mission set color television stand- ards based on the RCA color system."

AT SU.N VALI.KY, M)AIIO. TUK MAKSTRO AM) HIS MISU'IANS RELAX, AS

HE CO.VDUCTS THKM IN THEMI "SAD SVMPIIO.W" (RICHT) RCA VICTOR

DEALER IN ST. LOUIS DISPLAYS ONE OK THE ATTRACTIVE TOSCANINI

WINDOWS ENCOl'.NTERED O.N THE TOL'R.

10 RADIO AGE]

Yearly RCA Business Triples in 10 Years

$11,236,231 Earned in First Quarter of 1950 Against $5,932,083 for First Three Months of 1949,

Sarnoff Informed RCA Stockholders at Annual Meeting — Net Equaled 75.5 Cents a

Share for First Quarter — Discussed Great Impact of Television and Reported

It Now Accounts for Nearly 60 Per Cent of RCA Gross Income

VOLUMK of yearly business of the Radio Corporation of America has increased to more than three times whiit it was ten years ago; from a level of S128.000.000 in prewar 1940 to $397,000,000 in 1949, Brig. General David Sarnoff, (^hairman of-the Board, reported at the 31st annual meeting of RCA stockholders held on May 2, in a studio of the National Broadcasting Company in Radio City, New York. General Sarnoff declared that television has become the most ac- tive front of the radio industry and added: "It already has achieved the stature of a billion-dollar-a-year in- dustry. No American industrial enterprise ever moved ahead so rapidly in so short a time. It has wrought a revolution in research, manufacturing, sales, servicing, broadcasting and programming, and its e.xpansion is being acceler- ated in 1950. In February, this year, RCA Victor produced its mil- lionth television set."

First Quarter Results

Net profit, after ta.xes, of RCA for the first ([uarter of 1950, he re- ported, was $11.236, 231, an increase of $5,304,148, compared with the same period in 1949. Profit for the first quarter of 1950 — before Fed- eral Income Taxes — amounted to $18,945,231, compared with $9,804.- 083 in 1949.

Earnings per common share for the first quarter of this year amounted to 75.3 cents, as com- pared with 37.1 cents per common share for the first quarter in 1949.

Consolidated gross income of RCA during the first quarter of 1950 amounted to $127,369,550. compared with $92,327,827 for the

P0PII..\R 45-RPM PHOXOGRAPIl TURN- T.ABLES .ARE TUR.NED OUT IN EVER- INCRE.XSI.VG QU..\.\TITIES ON PRODUCTION LINES .\T THE INDIANAPOLIS PLANT OK RCA VICTOR DIVISION.

same period last year. This repre- sents an increase of $:i5, 04 1,723 over the 1949 figure.

"Based on earnings and the pros- pects for this year," .said General Sarnoff, "an e.xtra dividend of 25 cents per share on the common stocJ^ of RCA was declared by the Board of Directors on April 7. 1950, payable on May 29."

General Sarnoff reported that, during the past ten years, RCA has paid $69,164,000, or nearly .50 per cent of net profits, in dividends to its stockholders. This is a larger sum than has been paid in this period by any other company prin- cipally engaged in the radio busi- nes.s. Of this amount, $31.7.52,000 was paid to holders of preferred stock and $37,411,000 was paid on the common stock. He said that during the same ten-year period the capital funds of the Corporation were increased by $110,000,000, and now amount to $185,000,000.

Expressing the gratitude of the management to RCA's more than 40,000 employees. General Sarnoff congratulated them upon their ac- complishments and splendid spirit of loyalty. He said that 45 unions now represent RCA workers.

"It is an interesting fact." he added, "that in 1949 RCA Victor Division i)laced more than 180,000 purchase orders totaling $125,000,-

000 with 4,800 independent suppli- ers, the majority of whom are small business firms located in 42 states."

Television

Reviewing the progress of RCA in 1949, General Sarnoff said that television had contributed substan- tially in making it the most suc- cessful year since RCA w:us founded in 1919. He said that television ac- counted for approximately 50 per cent of the Corporation's total gross income in 1949, and in the first quarter of 1950 it accounted for nearly 60 per cent.

The 1950 RCA Victor line of tele- vision receivers, as well as radio and Victrola phonograph home instru- ments, has met with high popular favor, he said, with surveys show- ing that a majority of prospective customers going to stores to pur- chase television sets ask for RCA. He asserted that, as a result, there is a shortage of RCA merchandise, despite "all the efforts we are mak- ing to supply the demand."

Based upon industry estimates, he said that approximately 5.000.000 television receivers will be added in 1950 to the 4,000,000 in use at the end of 1949.

"After the hearings now being conducted by the Federal Communi- cations Commission are concluded," continued General Sarnoff, "it is

[RADIO AGE II

hoped that the barrier known as the 'freeze' will be lifted in order that new television stations may be added to those now in operation. This action by the FCC would widen the market for receiving sets and in- crease television ius a broadcasting service to the millions of Americans who now live in areas beyond the ranjre of existing stations."

DurinK the past year, RCA scien- tists and engineers have achieved remarkable results in the continued development of the RCA all-elec- tronic, hiv'h-definition, completely compatible color television system, General Sai'iioff I'ecallcd. Field tesb< and dcnionstratiiins have been con- ducted in Washinjrton, D. C, since September, 1949, and major ad- vances have been made.

"On March 29, 1950. in Wash- ington, the new RCA electronic direct-view color picture tube was demonstrated publicly for the first time," he said. "It has been ac- claimed in enKineerinjjf circles and in the press as a miraculous devel- opment. In fact, it promises to be one of the first of the great inven- tion to be credited to the second half of the Century. It is an outstanding development of our time, and the master key to practical color tele- vision for the home. It provides a color television receiver unencum- bered by any mechanical parts or revolvinjf disks. As a result, there is no flicker, no color break-up, no whir of disks in the RCA all-elec- tronic color television receiver.

"I have watched the development of radio and electronics for more than -10 years. Never before have I witnessed a single device into which has been compressed so much ingenuity, so much research, so much development, and with such phenomenal results. It would be

difficult today to estimate fully the vital significance of the RCA color tube to the future of television."

A major feature of the RCA color system is its complete compatibility with the present black-and-white system, he pointed out, adding that owners of the present television re- ceivers can continue to receive in i)lack-and-white the programs that may be transmitted in RCA color. They can receive such programs, he said, without any modifications or adjustment, and without having to press a button or turn a switch.

Hecause of the feature of com- [latibility of the RCA system, he |)ointed out. those who already own television sets or contemjilate their purchase, need have no fear of ob- sole.scence if the RCA system is ap- proved by the FCC. Neither has the broadcaster any need to fear ob- solescence of his transmitter, nor the loss of his black-and-white audi- ence when he broadcasts RCA color programs. The RCA color system functions at both transmitter and receiver in complete harmony with the existing black-and-white system.

Another electronic develojiment was demonstrated by RCA to the Federal Communications Commis- sion in Washington on April (>, 10.")0, CJeneral Sarnoff reported. At that time, RCA revealed a new method that makes po.ssible the transmis- sion of color television programs produced by the RCA color tele- vision .system over existing coaxial cables. Special eciuipment makes it possible, at the very start of color television service, for all existing network facilities, whether coaxial cable or radio relays, to transmit RCA color television programs.

"We are jiroud of the magnificent work which our scientists and en- gineers have done in developing the

RCA all-electronic fully compatible television system and the direct- view color picture tube," declared General Sarnoff. "I am sure that, as stockholders, you will join with the management in congratulating the scientists of RCA Laboratories and the engineers of the RCA \'ictor Division on their achievement. As a result of their accomplishments, we can see ahead the continued com- mercial development of practical and simplified color receivers. Thus, our generation is assured of clear and natural color programs at home, and tliere is every reason to believe that the next generation will be able to see around the world in color tele- vision."

Many new fields of application for television are opening, he said. For example, industrial television is making important strides. RCA en- gintH?rs are developing e(|uipment for educational and industrial use in such fields as coal mining, chem- ical processes, medical and surgical instruction halls, classrooms and factories, as well as military appli- cations. A new small television I)ick-uii tube, called the "N'idicon". (ieveloiied by the RCA Laboratories Division, makes possible the smaller television cameras which are ideal for industrial purposes.

Recorded Music

General SarnolT recalled that, at last year's Annual Meeting, he re- ported that the new RCA 45-rpm system of recorded music, intro- iluced in the Spi-ingof 1910. marked "an achievement of great technical and commercial significance." Since then, he said, the "45" h;is won widespread public acceptance and is rapidly becoming the most popular tyjie of ithonograph record on the market.

"These recoi'ds are being manu- factured by RCA at the rate of more than .'{O.OOO.OOO a year." he re- ported. "Turntables capable of play- ing the '45' records are being pro- (Continiieil on pa^r .??)

MIK RCA I.NUrSTKIAl. TEI.KVISION SYS- TKM IS KXI'KCTKI) TO KIM) WmE ACCEPT- VNCE IN THE REMOTE-OBSERVATION OF MANITACTIRINC PROCESSES. HERE A VIEW OK A ("HEMICAI, OPERATION IS TRANSMITTED HV THE ViniCON CAMERA To A SCREEN .SOME DI.STANCE AWAY.

\2 RADIO AGE]

-.•■ 4>: r

pmi

m

Xn :

- «*vj;^

THOUSANDS OF "H AND-PROI'S"

RANGINC FROM CAN OPENERS TO 18T11 CENTURY PISTOLS LINE THESE SI IN A SECTION OF NBC'S PROPERTY STOREROOM.

V,

Setting The Stage For TV

NBC's Tclcrisioii Production Facililics Dcfiurtinciil, nitli Staff of 250, Designs and Builds Settings for Fifteen Programs Daily

THE modern miracle of tele- vision continues to amaze the average viewer and impress the in- dustrial leaders of America. Video's audience has grown from a few thousands in 1944 to today's un- paralleled figure of 20,000,000. Yet few outside the industry rgalize the tremendous expansion of program- ming facilities and trained person- nel, operating far behind the studio cameras, which was nece.ssary ta keep pace with TV's progress.

At NBC, the unit responsible for staging the video programs is called the Production Facilities Division. It was started in 1944 with an Art Director and five assistants, and today numbers nearly 2.50 persons. Every minute of their working day is devoted to plotting, planning, ex- ecuting orders and meeting inflex- ible, and sometimes almost impos- sible, deadlines.

As the network's television sched- ule grew, demands on Production Facilities became proportionately Treater. Producing scenery in the original cramped quarters in Radio

City soon developed into a major problem. There was only one solu- tion. A new, spacious Central Shop at .533 West 56th Street, acciuired early this spring, provided the answer. Now, television at NBC has room to breathe, to spread out, to expand as needed, and to experi- ment on a larger scale than was ever possible before.

The work of this Division starts ;ls soon as the script for a program has been read and its "Staging Rou- tine" indicated. From that point on, scenic designers and artists, carpenters, and property men work with lightning speed to turn out the finished products. Moreover, the staff is not fazed by any re(|uire- ment. Whether a television script calls for a stuffed seagull, an Egyp- tian mummy case, or a Spanish market-place. NBC Production nev- er fails to produce the goods.

The fastest-working crew in the TV industry, this unit of the Operations Department provides settings, artwork, titles, properties, costumes, special effects, and make-

By Robert J. Wade

Manager. Tclevixian Prodnctioti

Facilities Division, Xational Broadcasting Company

up for an average of 15 video pres- entations each day.

At the new 56th Street head- (juarters. three complete floors, totalling 75,000 s<iuare feet of floor space, have been leased from Shef- field Farms, Inc., to house the larg- est and most complete scenic design facilities in the television industry. This Central Shop serves five to six studios at Radio City; the Inter- national Theatre, at Columbus Circle: three studios at NRC's 106th Street Annex; two studios at 66th Street, and additional theatres or studios leased occasionally for spe- cial events.

[RADIO AGE 13

IN PRODUCING SCENERY VVR "MAIIAME Bl'TTERFLY". SCENIC ARTISTS WORKED FROM SKETCHES LIKE TIIK ONE BELOW TO PRODUCE THE REALISTIC JAPANESK

SKTTINC AT TlIK lilllllT.

The ProptTty Section occupies the buildinjj's enormous basement, housinK over 10,000 props, in iuicli- tion to 700 pieces of stock furni- ture, 1,000 yards of drapery fabric, hundreds of costumes, and odd pieces of scenery. Additional items are beinR added at the rate of 200 a week.

Carpenter and Paint Shops are located on the street level, where appro.\imately 1,800 basic scenery elements and 850 units of theatrical canvas scenery are stored in racks within easy access. These si)acious facilities make it possible to turn out finished scenery on an assem- bly-line basis. The scenic desijrners* office and several "dry" rehearsal studios are located on the second floor. Additional working space is available here and is in constant use by scenic painters. Trucks may drive into the plant or up a ramp to the second lloor - a highly at- tractive feature which e.\i)edites transportation of .sets from shop to studio and back to storajje.

Hefore the move to new ([uarters wa; made, NHC television scenery was built and painted in either the RCA HuildinK sixth-tloor shop, or at the lOfith Street studios. Al- thoujrh these facilities were ade- quate for the pro^i'am level in lO'lS, our staff, toward the end of 1949, was workinp day and nijrht in both areas. It was often necessarv to

build and paint scenery in l)r(>ad- cast studios, where the small rtoor area made it impossible to set up realistic scenery efficiently. Fre- ((uently scenic artists delayed the work of carpenters, and vice versa.

Confusion Caused by Congestion

At one jioint, during the prejia- ration of a "Texaco" projrram. the shop was so crowded with .scenery, props, personnel and lumber that a crewman, in attempting to remove a piece of scenery, fell behind it, lirin^'iiiK down with him an entire production of the "Philco Play- house" which other workmen were feverishly disassembling. The vic- tim, who was extricated one hour later, miraculously escaped injury. At another time, a carpenter, at- tempting frantically to make addi- tional space in a corner of the Shop, pushed a piece of scenery through a lijrht plaster wall into the ollice of a startled executive iiroducer.

There wius an obvious need for a larjre central shop where all crafts- nii'ii could be formed into a pool, and where all lumber, paint and other supplies could be controlled fi-oni a central point. Considerable planniiiK was necessary in order tliat the move to the new Shop could be made without impairinjr opera- tions. How well this was done is seen in the fact that, durinjr the

transition, more than 125 projrrams wei-e staged without .serious trouble.

To overcome the problem of ma.ss- producinjr scenery economically, basic stock units were desi^rned. The estimated cost t)f creating an averajre-sized dramatic settinjr tif executed by a commercial scenic studio) mijrht ranjre from $3,000 to 58.000. Hy exerting' some mental gymnastics, the TV desi^rner can generally plan a new set by choos- injr the proper units from the .")0.0()0-odd items piled up in the stock room. These wall sections, pilasters, d o o r w a y s , windows, arches, mantels, steps, fences, etc.. can be redecorated and reassembled in hundreds of different ways to create the desired effect.

Often an entire production must be designed, down to its smallest detail, then built and painted in one day. with each piece titled and num- bered so that studio crews can put scenery together accurately and (juickly. The i)roduction of "Mac- beth" provides a classic example of this speed and efficiency. The Fa- cilities Division designed, assembled and set up a record eight sets, weighing a total of ten tons, and p.-iinted an area of 40,000 sciuare feet i>lus the floor — in just two days! Theatrical producers, work- ing against the clock, possibly could build such a show in two weeks.

[14 RADIO AGE]

As other examples, scenery for the video version of "Dinner at Eijrht" weighed over eijrht tons, not including set dressings and hand- props, while an audition of "The Women" at the 106th Street studio involved the use of 132 units of scenery, 12 doors, 5 mantels, and two truckloads of modern furniture.

Properties normally offer more difficulties than scenery, since scripts often call for unusual items. For example, the "Relieve It or Not" projrram needed an authentic P^-sryptian mummy case; another projrram requested a 1907 drug- store soda fountain, and still an- other, a- reproduction of the rear end of a San Francisco cable car.

A typical show uses from 80 to 100 props, and NBC retains a prop staff of eijrht men to track down the required items. Whether his list calls for a "scrimshaw pie trimmer made of ivory by sailors in the 1850's", a 17th-century spinning wheel, a stuffed moose head or a railroad sleeping car, the prop man must locate the article. No substi- tute can take its place in the script.

Versatile Craftsmanship

No matter where a scene is set, NBC's versatile craftsmen can fur- nish background realistic enough to fool even the sensitive TV cameras. In response to demands for "more and better skies" these men recently

completed a dark grey-green cyclo- rama 80 feet long and 14 feet high, which is rigged between two pipes for maximum spread and tautness.

The Scenic Section of the Shop devours amazing ciuaiitities of ma- terials. Approximately 1.5,000 gal- lons of casein paint and 20,000 gal- lons of thinners, etc. — a quantity sufficient to paint 1,042 small houses inside and out — are consumed each year. In the same period the Car-

pentry Section handles over 4,000 pieces of white pine lumber.

Whether the assignment involves a 5-minule spot commercial or a three-hour full-scale extravaganza, Production Facilities is able to com- plete its tiisk in time for the pro- gram's opening. This is possible because of the Division's highly versatile staff and the ample facili- ties and working space provided in its new quarters.

Royalty Rates Reduced

A

REDUCTION of up to fifty lier cent in the patent royalty rates of the Radio Corporation of America was announced .June 9 by Brig. General David Sarnoff, Chair- man of the Board. The reduced rates apply to radio and television receivers, transmitters and tubes, as well as electrical phonographs. "These reductions in RCA's standard royalty rates," said Gen- eral Sarnoff, "are in accord with RCA's tradition of continuously re- ducing, so far as practicable, the cost of bringing inventions and new developments to the industry and the puljlic. RCA's original royalty rate was 7V2 per cent for radio broadcast receiving sets. In 19."52, this was reduced to 5 per cent, and in 1940, it was further reduced to 2 '4 per cent."

THIS BACKGROL-.ND FOR "MORNING S AT SEVEN WAS CREATED BY A PHOTO

ENLARGEMENT: TITLES FOR THE PLAY WERE FLASHED AGAINST A.N EXACT

MIM\Tri!E OF THE SET ( FdREGROCND) .

ikm.

The latest reductions, he said, "are a further reflection of RCA's efforts to keep the radio and tele- vision industry fully abreast of the art at a minimum cost to the in- dustry and the public." He con- cluded :

"RCA is particularly happy to be able to make these reductions at this time. The importance of the contributions it has made to the radio and television art and indus- try has been demonstrated by the widespread use of its inventions and l)y the successful development of television in which it has pio- neered. Television has attained a growth and a public acceptance un- paralleled in the history of Ameri- can industry."

It was announced that the royalty rate for sound radio receiving sets and electrical phonographs was re- duced by RCA from 2 '4 per cent to 1 ' s per cent of the price received by the manufacturer. The rate for television receivers, including tele- vision combinations, was reduced from 2^4 per cent to 1^4 per cent.

New Rates Effective on June 1

The rate for receiving tubes, in- cluding cathode ray tubes used in television receiving sets, was re- duced from 2V2 per cent to 1% per cent. For transmitting and power tubes, the rates were reduced from 3 per cent and 2 per cent to 1% per cent. The transmitter and other commercial apparatus royalty rates were reduced from 3 per cent and 21/2 per cent to 2 per cent.

These new rates became effective on sales and shipments made by RCA licensees on and after .June 1, 19.50.

[RADIO AGE 15]

April 14 New York — (arnixlr Hall

More than 2.800 nnisio lovers gather at New York's music center for the concert which launches the tour. .'\|)ril 17 llaltiniore — I.yrlc Theatre At thi.s fir.st .stop, an audience of 2.600 fills the house where Toscanini had conducted "Gioconda" in 1908. April 18 Richmond — Mosque Theatre To.scanini electrifies l.OOO Virginians with a thrilling interpretation of "Dixie." played as an encore. April 22 .Atlanta — .Auditorium

Attendance: ."j.lOO. Again, playing "Dixie" as an encore, Toscanini is not permitted to leave the podium until the melody is played a second time. April 25 Now Orleans — .Auditorium Not only the .5,200 persons in the niu.sic hall but the entire city pays tribute to the Maestro's magic. April 27 IlouNlon— <-ity .Auditorium Braving extreme heat. To.scanini and the orchestra present a program ex- ceeding the expectations of the l.."?00 persons present. April 29 Austin— i.regorv Auditorium Special trains bring hundreds of music devotees to the city to swell the audi- ence to more than 6.000 April 30 Dallas-State Fair .Vuditoriun, 4.000 brave a torrential downpour to keep a date with the superlative music of the Maestro and his musicians. May 3-5 I'asmlena— < ivic Auditorium On two successive nights. Hollywood stars join 3,000 local citizens to pay honor to the world's greatest inter- preter of fine music. May 6 .San Fmncisc<»— Opera House Attendance: ;{.20n. NBC receives scroll for contributions to music. May 9 Portland- .Auditorium

Approximately .'i.OOO hear first con- cert presented in Northwest May 10 .Seatll,_<ivic Auditorium

Attendance: 6,000. May IS Denver— .Muni, ipal Auditorium Largest attendance so far: 7,500. Univ. of Colorado presents scroll to NBC May 15 SI. I^mIh— Fox Theatre

Attendance: .-i.lOO. "Tosciinini Dav" proclaimed by city's niavor. May 17 rhlcag.^ivlc Opera lions.'

Attendance: .'j.800. May 19 Detroit— Masonic .\udit.,rlum

Attendance: ■I.S.'iO. May 21 Cleveland- I»ubli<. Kecord audience of entiri May 23 I'iltshurgh— .Syria

Attendance: .'i.Too. May -25 Washington— (oi,sii|„ii„„ Hall President and Mrs. Truman and many government oHicials in an audience of S.T.'iO.

May 27 I'hila.— Academy of Music The S.-'iSa-mile tour concludes before an audience of 3.000.

.Auditorium tour: {(..'iOO. ^Iosf|iie

tours the Nation

; NBC Symphony

Almost from his birth in Pai-ma, Italy, on March 25, 1867, Arturo Toscanini has been imbued with a dual passion for fine music and democratic ideals.

At the completion of his early school- ing, the youthful Toscanini attended the Conservatory at Parma studying the cello and musical theory. As first cellist of an Italian opera company he jour- neyed to South America. As events were to develop, this journey to the western hemisphere was to be the turning point leading to long and busy years of con- stantly greater prestige and to a position of universal acclaim.

The episode which was to set the pat- tern for the young cellist's career took place in Rio de Janeiro during one of the opera performances in that country. The regular conductor of the orchestra had a disagreement with the musicians and re- fvised to go on with a scheduled perform- ance of "Aida". Toscanini, then only 19, but already recognized as an assiduous student of operatic scores, was prevailed upon to act as a substitute director.

Despite occasional appearances as a conductor, Toscanini remained essential- ly a cellist until 1892, when he was in- vited to conduct the world premiere of Leoncavallo's opera, "I Pagliacci". Later he introduced Wagner's "Gottcrdam- merung" in Italy, and was the first to conduct Puccini's "La Boheme".

Word of the great talents of this 2.5- year-old genius spread rapidly through- out Italy. Four years later he was invited to conduct at the great La Scala Opera House in Milan. Thereafter, for more than 30 years, Toscanini continued to be one of the leading lights of La Scala and was responsible for the intro- duction of many operas and symphonies.

In 1908, Toscanini came to America and joined the Metropolitan Opera. There he remained for seven seasons after which he returned to his homeland. In 1921, he came back to the United States and from 1926 to 19.S6 served as director of the New York Philharmonic Symphony Orchestra.

At the age of 69. at the peak of his fame, he decided to retire but Brig. General David Sarnoff and Samuel Chotzinoff, having in mind the formation of an outstanding symphony orchestra for radio broadcasting, induced the Maestro to assume the leadership of the new group. Toscanini accepted the offer and on Christmas night, 1937, directed the NBC Symphony Orchestra in its first coast-to-coast broadcast, an event which was heralded as an historic event in American musical annals. Since that time, the saga of Toscanini has grown along with the stature of the Orchestra.

1

Apr

M

al

c« Apr

A

fll

ct Apr

T.

w

•*I Apr

A

'•I

P«

th

Apri

N. h8 th Apri Bi th ce pc Apr! Sp de en April 1.1 ke i>f May Or sti ho pr. May At foi Mav A I re I May Al niay Lii of May At pn May At Miiy At May

Ite. May

Atl May Pn go\ 3,7. May Th( an

the peoples of all nations — large and small— will be able to see and hear each other directly and to understand each other better.

"The Statue of Liberty, which the P'rench people presented to the American i)eoi)le. has been a famous landmark in New York Harbor since 188G. Throujrh international television it will become a world- wide symbol of liberty. The lijrhted torch held on hiffh will shine around the globe retlecting the friendship that has so long existed lietween the French Uepublic and the United States."

RKNE I.E MESSIERES, CONSEILLER CULTURAL, mENCH tMBAbS^. NEW YORK.

A- CKREMONIES in the French Embassy. New York City, on .June (5, Brig. General David Sar- noff received the Grand Medal of the Association des Ingenieurs- Docteurs de France for services in war and peace that have in "great measure contributed to the develop- ment of public cultural relations on a world scale." Presentation of the award was made by Philip Cort- ney. First Vice President of the French Engineers of the United States, Inc.

General Sarnoff became the fourth American to receive the medal, others being former Presi- dent Herbert Hoover; General Owight n. Eisenhower. President of Columbia University, and Dr. Arthur H. Compton, Chancellor of Washington University.

The Citation noted that General Sarnoff carried out missions of "highest importance" in World War 11. It stated that he had "rendered invaluable services to contemporary science and industry," and added: "The great progress now achieved in the field of tele-communications

ri8 RADIO AGE]

is in large measure due to General Sarnoff's vision and leader.^hip. Through these personal iiualities he has inspired the development of the most advanced apparatus, meet- ing all exigencies of communication service."

Great Expansion in Electronics In accepting the Grand Medal. General Sarnoff expressed deep gratitude, and declared:

"The growth of radio has carried with it a tremendous expansion in the .science and art of electronics. We are now in an era of radio vi- sion as well as sound, and the promise of the future in tele-com- munications is greater than ever before.

"International television is not far off. The scientific principles for linking the hemispheres by tele- vision already are known. The con- tinued growth of this new art will some day make it possible to see as well as hear aroimd the world.

"When this time comes, New- York will look-in on Paris and Paris will look-in on New York. In fact,

Master Antenna Installed In Philadelphia Hospital

Hahnemann Hospital, Philadel- phia, has become the first hospital in the world to install an RCA mul- tiple-outlet master TV antenna sys- tem. The system provides clear and uniform television reception for pa- tients and staff members in virtu- ally any part of the 20-story build- ing.

The installatitm consisits of an •irray of rooftop antennas separate- \y tiined for each TV channel in use in the Philadelphia area, a master signal amplifier, and a net- work of coaxial cable to carry the signals to built-in outlets through- out the building. It is designed to reduce the signal-shielding effects of the hospital building and inter- ference presented by diathermy. X-ray, and other hospital e(iuip- ment. as well as the problems in- volved in using a large number of separate rooftop antennas.

In expressing his gratification of the hospital's .M.lution to the TV re- leption problem f(.r hundreds of hospital convale.-^cents, Frank E. Douglass. .Ir.. Business Manager of Hahnemann Medical College and Hospital, said:

"Television at the patient's bed- side frees him from the bondage of loneliness by giving him the world's greatest entertainers for company. He can derive spiritual comfort from the excellent church programs that television presents, and main- tain contact with the events and personalities that dominate the news."

SPECIMENS T(l BE OBSERVED IN THE TABLE MODEL ELEC'TRON

MR'ROSCOI'E (SEE FRONT COVER) ARE INSERTED INTO THE

INSTRLMENT THROUGH THE SMALL ROD SHOWN ABOVE.

Compact Electron Microscope

New Instrument Expected to Have Wide Usage in Colleges, Hospitals and Industrial Laboratories

ANEW, advanced model of the electron microscope. much lower in co.st, less complex and only 30 inches hijrh. has been developed by RCA and will be placed on the market later this year.

Features of the new microscope — its reduction in bulk, complexity and cost — are expected to appeal particularly to many colleges, hos- pitals and industrial laboratories.

In announcing the instrument. Dr. John H. Reisner, its designer; Dr. James Hillier, research physi- jist of RCA Laboratories and co- developer of the original RCA elec- tron microscope, and Dr. Richard G. Picard, manager of the RCA Scientific Instruments Engineering, described its structure and prin- ciples, and demonstrated its opera- tion.

Of special significance, Dr. Hil- lier said, is the fact that the lower end of the magnification range of the new instrument overlaps that of the conventional light or optical microscope, permitting the student

to progress by stages from the known to the unknown. He may thus relate the particles and struc- tural details he observes to those made familiar to him by the optical microscope, before advancing to higher magnifications which dis- close a vast amount of new detail that he might otherwise be unable to identify.

Ecjually imixirtant. it was pointed out, is the simplicity of operation achieved in the new design, which makes the instrument safe for operation in the hands of a high .school student or unskilled labora- tory personnel. With no more than an hour of instruction, it was as- serted, an operator generally fa- miliar with the optical microscope should be able to insert specimens and produce well-focused pictures.

Dr. Reisner said that a unique advantage in time-saving and con- venience is afforded by an engi- neering advance which for the first time permits insertion of speci- mens into the evacuated column,

and their removal, without break- ing the vacuum. In addition, he said, photographic plates may be changed without admilliiig more than a small amount of air to the column. As a result, puniijjng time between plates is reduced to only 90 seconds, which is just about enough time for the photographic development normally carried out between exposures.

Marked Simplicity Achieved

Markeil simjjlicity. Dr. Picard said, is achieved without sacrifice of high-quality performance by means of a combination of design factors, including an entirely new electron optical system employing permanent magnet lenses iiL-^tead of the conventional electromagnetic or electrostatic lenses. Through the use of permanent magnets, he ex- plained, usual stability is perma- nently achieved and many controls and components are eliminated.

Incorporating "new approaches to the problem of energizing mag- netic lenses, new means of intro- ducing specimens and photographic plates into the vacuum enclosure, and a new means of alignment of optical components," he said, the instrument was developed specifi- cally to meet "the microscope prob- lems now clearly defined by ex- perience, by sim])lifiying construc- tional design to essentials, and by utilizing new materials in an inte- grated design".

By retaining the high voltage of the much larger Universal Model, Dr. Reisner explained that greater penetration of the specimen is achieved, thereby producing a more detailed image. Thick specimens such as replicas and tissue sections may be studied by means of the new microscope, he added.

Methods of mounting and intro- ducing the specimen are simple and easily mastered. To change speci- mens the operator needs only to pull out of the column a sliding rod con- t;iining the specimen holder, make the change, and push the rod back in place. A new type of specimen holder facilitates pre-preparation of specimens, so that production-line procedures may be followed in run- ning one specimen after another without any delay.

[RADIO AGE 19]

NEWLY DEVELdl'KI) "PRINTEI) TUNER FOR TELE- VISION RECEIVERS SIIOWINC THE NARROW REMOVABLE STRIPS WHICH REPLACE THE USUAL CYLINDRICAL TUNING COILS.

TUNERS ARE QUICKLY ASSEMBLED BY INSERT- ING STRIPS CONTAINING THE PRINTED CIR- lUlTS K<lR EACH "K THE 12 TV CHANNELS

DKVEI.OI'MEXT of a television uininjr unit in which certain of the most impoitant circuit ele- ments are produced by a photo-etch "printing" process— in contrast to the usual wire-wound coils — has been announced by the RCA Tube Department. This unit, which is heralded as a major accomplishment in home-receiver desijrn, provides jrreatly improved performance of television receivers installed in fringe areas, particularly when the instruments are operated from built-in antennas.

In desijrn, the new RCA unit is a cylindrical turret-type tuner. The turret assembly employs individual coil strips or sc^'ments. each con- taining the i)rintcd circuit for a separate television channel. The strip.s are easily removed for serv- ice or replacement. All the tuned circuits are printed with the excep- tion of the oscillator coils for chan- nels two to six.

Tuninjr is accomplished l)y rotat- ing the turret by means of a con- ventional channel-selector switch which connects with the proper coils for each channel. Special features have been incorporated in the tuner to insure durability .-ind trouble-

''Printed'' Tuners for TV

New Unit Developed by RCA Will Give Better Performance When Biiill-in Antennas Are Used

free service. These include stator contact springs of solid hardsprinjr silver, and turret contact i-ivets of solid coin silver. The unit is capable of withstandinjr well over 40,000 complete revolutions of the turret. Initial desipns of the new tuner ai'e intended for use in picture sys- tems of the type employed in the ().'?OTS model television receiver. This receiver may be changed over to the new tuner with only two minor electrical chanjres and only minor mechanical modifications.

Provides Uniform Gain

The new i)rinled circuit tuner provides hijrh and sui)stantially uniform jrain on all channels under typical operatinp conditions. Other features include an excellent noise factor, hiph rejection of spurious responses, very low radiation iind a temperature - compensated, stable oscillator circuit. The.se character-

istics make the new RCA printed- circuit tuner especially suited to receivers usinff indoor antennas. The new RCA tuner is also the first to use a type (K'HG tube as the RF amplifier. Characteristics of this tiilie include hijrh pain, low noise, and low prid-plate capacitance.

Intensive research leadinp to the adaptation of printed circuits to television tuners was undertaken by RCA engineers shortly after the enil of the war to meet the needs of the rapidly expanding television in- dustry, faced with probkms of mass manufacture of intricate units. In addition to eliminating the me- dianical winding of multpile coils, printed lircuits provide i)ricision inductance and repr()ducil)ility in the oscillator circuits and the RF aniplifer.

The photo-etch process developed for the RCA printed-circuit tuner bejfins with the photographing of

[20 RADIO AGE]

a circuit (IrawinK- A contact print is then made from the ne^'ative in a copper-clad sheet of phenolic plastic whidi is coated with a lijrht- sensitive material. The print of plastic sheet is next developed and placed in an etching solution. The solution etches away that part of the copper not covered by the pat- tern of the circuit, leavinj; the re- quired copper circuit on the plastic sheet. The sheet is then placed in a die and cut into separate sections and pierced.

Especially suited to television- tuner production, the photo-etchinp

process is conducive to continued improvement and circuit develop- ment, since all that is necessary when a change is to be made in a circuit is to make a new photo- graphic negative. Reproducibility is e.xcellent, with detail and pre- cision of the lines in the circuit ap- proaching photographic accuracy.

The new RCA printed circuit tuner, which has already been sub- jected to extensive field tests, is now available to manufacturers of television receivers. It will also be available for replacement purposes through RCA parts distributors.

AN OPERATOR LOWERS A COPPER-CLAD SHEET OF PLASTIC, CONTAINING A PHOTOCRAPHIC PRINT OF THE TU.M.NG CIRCUITS, INTO AN ETCHING VAT.

NBC Cited for Program Quality

Eight citations for outstanding accomplishments in the radio and television fields were awarded to the National Broadcasting Company and its affiliates in Vari(t!/ maga- zine's 17th Annual Showmanage- ment Awards.

Showmanager Awards went to heads of NBC affiliates: John Gillin, WOW, Omaha, and Clair R. Mc-

Cullough. WGAL lAM-TV), Lan- caster, Pa.

NBC's "Saturday Night Revue", received a special citation, and the network's "Voices and Events" pro- gram was given special mention.

Three NBC affiliates received plaque awards: WW.J (AM-TV), Detroit: WBAL-TV, Baltimore, and KIST, Santa Barbara.

Boston Jubilee Award Presented to Sarnoff

The Industrial Statesmanship Award of the Boston Chamber of Commerce was presented to Brig. General David SarnofT, Chairman of the Board of the Radio Corporation of America, on May 18. The jires- entation of awards highlighted a dinner program of the Boston Jubi- lee, commemorating the 175th an- niversary of the founding of Amer- ican democracy, held in the Copley Plaza Hotel. In part. General Sar- noff's citation i-ead :

■■For your outstanding record of good business citizenship as marked l)y your many accomplishments which are materially contributing to the economic advance of America in this dynamic age."

During a round-table discussion, held in conjunction with the Jubilee at historic Faneuil Hall, General Sarnoff made the following re- ma i^ks :

■■1 think it is iierhaps worthy of interest that in the discussions of the capitalistic system, those who stress sharing the wealth, forget the importance of creating the wealth. You can't share if you have not created. In this past fifty years, there has been a creation of wealth under the private enterprise system in America that has provided not only our own high standards of liv- ing, but also has made it possible for us to preserve the lives of many beyond our own borders. . . .

"It has seemed to me that in the ])reservation of the private enter- prise system, there has recently grown up the philosophy of 'sur- vival of the sickest' instead of 'sur- vival of the fittest'. And that is a change from our former concept. It is also worthy of note that in the many investigations which take place in our country, and I doubt whether anyone here is free from those investigations, it is almost always true that a successful com- pany and a successful enterprise is the subject of suspicion and investi- gation. I wish they would start in- vestigating the failures instead of the successes. There might be some very interesting economic informa- tion developed as a result."

[RADIO AGE 211

BY DEVlSINfi A NKW MtmidD tiF CRATINC UIUD-

SPEAKERS, RCA'S TRAKKIC EXPERTS ARE ABLE TO

PACK AND SHIP SO L'NITS IN ONE lARTdN INSTEAD

(»K KOl'R UNITS BY THE (IU> METHOD.

TIIK Tratlic- Division of RCA \'ictoi" is responsible for siiend- jnK some $G,00().0()0 annually for freiffht services and aiijiroximately $450,000 a year for passenger serv- ices. Impressive as these fig-ures may seem, they still do not con- sider the finished jr<'<>ds from Home Instrument and EnjrineKrinv: Prod- ucts departments which are sold f.o.t). factory and therefore shii)ped collect. Vet throujrh it all. Traffic must be able to perform these services while continually keepinfj in mind the required essential of Thrift.

Traffic uses all forms of trans- portation— shipping' via parcel jxist, water, railroad, motor carrier, freitrht forwarder. Hallway Kxpre.ss AKtncy, air freitrht and air express. Travel on company business calls for similar diversification. For ex- ample, the task of routinj,'. schedu- ling antl obtaining' suitable e(|Uii)- ment for the Toscanini Transconti- nental Tour Train was liimdled by the Traffic Division. HCA's freivrht and passenj."'!' hill would he in- creased by about §700,000 if it were not for the efforts of the Traffic Division.

It \v;is not so very many years ago that industrial traffic activities were limited almost entirely to ship- ping by railroad from a freijfht

Moving Products and People

That is Ftiiiclioii of Traffic Dirision Which Spends $6,000,000 J Year Doitiii It

By Richard C. Colton,

Giiniiil Traffic Mtinagrr, RCA Victor Division

station in one town to a freijrht sta- tion in another town. Now all this is chanjred and today traffic per- sonnel think in terms of the l)est method of movinyf jroods from the end of the assemi)ly line in the fac- tory to a position inside the prem- ises of the consijrnee. Traffic re- sponsibilities .such as freight rates, economical routing, loss anil damage claims, freight l)ill audit, rate (|Uo- tations, legal considerations, etc..

MO longer form the limits of ti'affic interest. Today materials handling and packaging, as they overlap with transportation, are of serious con- cern. In fact, in RCA Victor, for the past two years, a Division Packaging, Materials Handling and Tratfic Coordination Committee has been meeting every other month to discuss items of mutual interest. This Committee has standardized imprinting on cartons, worked out many Divisionwide purchase speci- fications for packing materials, acted as a clearing-house for jiub- lications and articles on packing and allied subjects, invited prominent si)eakers to address the Committee, and carried on extensive educational activities in the packaging, mate- rials handling and traffic fields.

Of particular interest is the new- bulk pack developed by the Packag- ing Engineer of Component Parts to handle speakers from Camden to Indianapolis. Packaging was as- sisted by Materials Handling and Tr;>.ffic in working out a bulk pack that eventually reduced the packing

[22 RADIO AGE]

cost per speaker from lie to 3c — a major accomplishment.

Traffic has worked with the Cam- den Trucking Section and other organizations in developinjr ad- vantageous over-the-road private carriajife operations. RCA Victor trucks are now operating on regular schedules between Camden on the one hand and Indianapolis, Lan- caster and New York City locations on the other hand. These trucks provide good service and because they are fully loaded both ways, also provide most economical trans- portation.

Works to Minimize Costs

Traffic works constantly with all organizations to keep premium transportation cost at a minimum. I'remium transportation is defined as e.xpense of service that is costlier than ether cheaper and normally available service. Production Con- trol, Purchasing and Sales people work closely with Traffic in sched- uling shipments for release in eco- nomical ipiantities and with suffici- ent time in transit to permit rout- ing via lowest-rated services. If the normal routing is not satisfac-

tory, traffic personnel is contacted for the fastest and yet cheapest emergency routing. Distributors of RCA Victor products have not been overlooked either. More than 2,000 copies of a comprehensive 10-page Tratlic Guide for Distributors of RCA Victor Products have been re- leased to distributors and dealers throughout the country.

During 1950 RCA Victor traffic personnel will expedite or trace over 20,000 urgently needed shipments. Some 12,000 passenger reservations

will be made by the Passenger Transportation Groups. Traffic anal\ sts will audit about 250,000 transportation bills for correctness of freight rates and classification descriptions. Yes, company traffic is moving in thousands of tons of materials and products each month — that is the RCA traffic picture. It is a fast moving business, this keeping abreast of new ways to ship to assure the best and cheapest transportation commensurate with service requirements.

ONE OF THE FLEET OF COMPANY-OWNED TRUCKS LEAVES THE INDIANAPOLIS

PLANT WITH AN E.MERCENCY LOAD OF l.")-RPM RECORDS DESTINED FOR

OVER.NICIIT DEI.IVKRV TO A IllSTRIBrXOR.

Simple "Ruler" Measures Speed of TV Signals

An ingenious television "ruler", called a "Microstick", which can actually measure the millionths of a second it takes for a television sig- nal to travel across the face of a kinescope, has been devised by the IJCA Tube Department as an aid to servicemen in television picture analysis.

The Microstick is a transparent plastic ruler which in use is held flat against the safety glass of a television receiver to check a num- ber of factors important to recep- tion. The ruler is scaled for use with all picture tube sizes.

The Microstick may be used to measure the bandwidth of a tele- vision receiver, calibrate vertical wedges in test patterns, determine

the l)eat freiiuency of interference, and measure the air-path distance of "ghosts" or other reflected sig- nals. In addition, the ruler is useful for determining the frequency of "ringing" in video circuits and for measuring the duration of sync pulses, horizontal blanking, and other types of video signals.

Conceived by .John Meagher, RCA Tube Department television special- ist, the Microstick is designed to aid technicians, students, and others in gaining a clearer understanding of the important time factors in television. Mr. Meagher is the au- thor of the widely used TV "Pict- 0-Guide" for television trouble- shooting.

Design of the Microstick is based on the fact that the electron beam in a kinescope is deflected from the left to the right-hand edge of the picture in approximately 53.3 micro-

seconds, forming one horizontal scanning line. Because of this, a ruler made equal in length to the width of the picture and divided into api)ro.\imately 53 equal divi- sions, each division representing one millionth of a second, is capable of measuring the duration of any signal pre.sent in picture. Knowing the duration of the signal or the number of cycles of signal that oc- cur in a given time, it is ea.sy to compute the frequency of the signal.

JOHN MEAOHF.R OF THE RCA TUBE Df;PARTMENT. DEMON- STRATES THE ".MICROSTICK", A TRANSPARENT PLASTIC RULER WHICH HE DEVELOPED TO SIMPLIFY TELEVISIO.V PICTURE ANALYSIS.

'^^'

[RADIO AGE 2 3

V ^ \/^.

I

m, 'li.

>^

THIS Bl'ILDINC, RhX'ENTLY ACyUIUED AT HARBISON,

N. J., WILL ADD KAilLITIKS KtlR THK MANUFACTURE OF

ELECTRON TUBES FOR RADIO AND TELEVISION.

SCENE IN PICTURE-TIBE PLANT. MARIO.N, INDIANA.

WHERE KINESCtlPES ABE BEING TURNED OUT BY THE

THOUSANDS TO .MEET THE INCREASING DEMAND.

Plant Expansions Continue

AddU'tons at Cdfiojisbtir^ and Harrison Arc Steps, in Long-Range Program

TWO adiiitiunal steps in a lotiK- rariKe program of plant expan- sion, intended to meet the increasinis' re(|iiirements of the rapidly jrrow- inK electronics industry, were an- nounced recently by the RCA Victor Division. Manufacturing facilities at Canonsburjr, Pa., and Harrison, N. J., are involved in these moves. At Canonsljurjf, the Division has leased a modern one-story building' which will be e(|uipped for conveyor line assembly operations for the production of radio and Victrola radio-phonoKraphs with an annual output of a million units. At Har- rison, a new building; with 126,000 square feet of floor space, has been purchased for the manufacture of electron tubes.

The addition to the Canonsburj.' plant, which adjoins the record factory opened by RCA Victor in 1047. will provide 90,000 square feet of manufacturing space and will employ approximately 700 men and women. Production is expected to start about AuKUst 1.

At first, these facilities will be used to augment the radio set pro- duction of the Bloominjrton. Ind., plant. Later, when added television manufacturinjr eijuipment is in- stalled at Piloomiiijfton, (■anonsl)urjr will assume the Company's entire radio set production. This transfer of operations should be completed

[24 RADIO AGE]

in time to meet the fall demand for television receivers which is ex- pected to exceed that of 1949.

Ac(|uisition of the Harrison prop- erty hijrhlijrhts a iirojrrani of ex- pansion by the RC.A Tube Depart- ment involving many millions of dollars. This addition will employ more than 500 persons.

Expansion Began at Lancaster

Expansion of tube production facilities bepan shortly after the war, when RCA purchased a large, new plant at Lancaster, Pa., where mass-production machinery was in- stalled for the manufacture of tele- vision iiicture tubes, television cam- era tubes, transmitting tubes and power tubes. Since then, additional

machinery has been installed in the original building and in a large, new structure for the production of television tubes.

During this same period, RCA installed much automatic machinery to increase the jiroduction of mini- ature-type electron tubes at its In- dianapolis plant. Large numbers of these tubes are used in television receivers as well as in industrial and communications eiiuipment.

A little over a year ago, RCA purchased a plant at Marion, Ind., which was expanded to provide more than 130,000 sijuare feet of space for the manufacture of television picture tubes. At all of the Divi- sion's plants, machines which have been making older types of metal and glass tubes are being re-de- signed and modernized to provide additional production cajiacity.

Currently, all RCA Tube plants are running at full capacity and achieving new records in output. Lmiiloyment is at an all-time peak.

EXTERIOR OF MARION, INDIANA

AOO AS ANOTHER .STEP IN E

MAKINC, Il'i-INCII TELE

TVBE FACTORY OPENED A YEAR NI.ARCINC RCA FACILITIES FOR VISION PICTURE TIHES.

Suggests Ways To Wage Peace

//; Address to Naval Engineers, General Sariioj] Kraliiates Perils C<)nfr()tili)iii the World

IX a forthright evaluation of the perils confronting the world through the cold war, the spread of Tommunism and the creation of such formidable weapons as the H- bonib, Krig. General David Sarnoff, Chaii'man of the Board of the Radio Corporation of Ame'-ica, in an ad- dress before the American Society of Naval Engineers in Washington, D. C. on April 28, declared that if the cold war remains in deep freeze for the next decade, we may never see another world war.

General Sarnoff offered six ways to wage peace. The first way, he said, was "to make aggression on a global scale an act of suicide for the aggressor nation." President Truman, he added, wa; unerringly correct in ordering Iha vast ma- chinery of research to be set in motion for the production of the H-bomb.

"The world crisis must be met on many fronts," he said. "There are no "pink pills' for peace. There is no easy or speedy road to its attain- ment. It is a long, hard journey."

Pointing to the fact that the whole alphabet of Russia's cold war has been compressed into four C'^ of r(m fusion. Collapse, Chaos and Communism, General Sarnoff said that for every problem the cold war places at America's door, Russia faces five greater ones, gorged as she is by the conquests of her pene- tration in Europe and .•\sia. World peace, he asserted, must come fi'om the hearts of men. We must lead from strength, not from weakness, he said, for power is the only lan- guage which the aggressor under- stands.

Six Ways to Peace The six ways to peace suggested by General Sarnoff were as follows :

1. Adequate military prepara- tion that would enable us to hit back hard and at once with such power as would detei- any but mad men from striking the first blow.

2. The removal as far as pos- sible of the tensions arising from

mutual fears and suspicions, from miscalculations or misunderstand- ings now existing between the two great power groups, and thus keep the cold war from getting hot, before the stockpiles of horror weapons reach a critical mass.

.3. A strong and positive policy against step-by-step aggression — a policy by which the world may know the limits of our toleration. The problems that now confront us, he said, will not solve them- selves automatically.

4. An economically and in- dustrially strong America. The greatest gift to global commu- nism would be a serious recession in our own economy.

5. Our leadership and contri- bution in restoring the shattered economy of the free world and its full confidence in fi'ee institutions.

6. Spreading the message of America on both sides of the Iron Curtain, so that our investment in peace and the maintenance of a free world front will not be lost.

"Much of what I have said," con- tinued General Sarnoff, "rests on the pillars of education. We cannot hope to win the cold war of Soviet Russia without an alert and in- formed public opinion in our own country."

Persuasion and menace, he point- ed out, were the twin instruments of Russian propaganda, with rumors of peace talks always combined with threatened or actual acts of aggi'es- sion.

".■\n informed and effective pub- lic opinion in a democracy like our own is not merely the responsibility of self-education," he continued. "It is also the re.sponsibility of those who guide a free press and a free radio; of public leaders who influ- ence our policy, and of those who control the agencies of Government.

"The predictions and contradic- tions of public leaders and scien- tists on the new and total danger to civilization threatened by the re- centlv harnessed forces of nature

are not conducive to public confi- dence. There can be no denying the speculation of scientists that our physical discoveries have opened up the possibility of world annihila- tion; just as there can be no deny- ing the philosophical implication that the same forces may prove a blessing in disguise. Out of the necessity of controlling, limiting or channeling such forces, from de- structive into constructive energy, eventually may come the outlawry of war and w(, rid-wide peace."

Leaders' Responsibility at Peak

At no time in our history, Gen- eral Sarnoff declared, have the lead- ers of industry had a greater re- sponsibility to our total economy. In these circumstances, it was ironic, he said, "that in our own country attacks continue on bigness in industry, solely because big in- dustry is big. With something like 400,000 manufacturers in the United States, there are those who preach fragmentation here, as again.st the five and ten year plans and the vast installations which a ruthless power abroad is intent on building to effectuate its own plans."

General Sarnoflf urged that "the Voice of America" be greatly strengthened. "It seems to me," he said, "that in addition to Marshall aid we need to find methods to ex- port the purposes of the Marshall plan as well; for it includes ideas as well as goods and money.

"I emphasize this because I note from foreign reaction that our friends, as well as our potential enemies, have not taken too much trouble to make clear to their peoples our purposes and policies in straining our resources to give European aid. We should not allow the opinion to be built up abroad that Uncle Sam has limitless re- sources.

"We should make it clear that, in seeking agreements to remove ex- change and other barriers, we are seeking that measure of unification which would make our help to Euro- pean recovery truly effective. We should inform our friends abroad that, in our efforts to make greater the Voice of America, we would welcome its expansion to the voice

(Continned on page 32)

TRADIO AGE 25]

IK i)igfrnoHOimND3go Wilts

"TEX" Demonstrated

Two-way Customer-to-Customcr Communications Link With Netherlands Opened to Public

ANEW two-way, ciistomer-to- custdmcr overseas radio tele- printer exi-hanjre service, called TKX. was demonstrated May 10 for the lirst time by RCA Commiiiiica- tions. Inc., in cooperation with The Netherlands Postal and Telecom- munications Administration. The new service was made available to the public on May 15, its initial ap- plication providing direct connec- tions between teleprinters in New York f'ity and all parts of The Netherlands.

The demonstration consisted of an exchantre of official messages, current news information and in- formal conversations between con-

sular officials and members of the press assembled in the RCA Kxhibi- tion Hall, 40 West 49th Street, and a similar jri'oup in The Hajrue.

'"For the first time in ci)mmuni- cations' history," H. C. Injrles, President of RCA Communications, explained, "direct teleprinter con- tacts on an intercontinental .scope will be available to the jreneral piil)]ic. RCA private-line teleprinter installations in customers' oHkes in New York hereafter will be con- nected direct to teleprinters in Holland through the Telex network there. Telex corresponds to the do- mestic teleprinter network iTWXi in this country."

For the use of firms not now e(iuipped with teleprinters in New York City, the necessary equipment has been installed at RCA offices, ti(i Hroad Street.

Charges for TEX are made on a time basis rather than on the usual telegraph word-count basis. Kates are ?:{.00 per minute with .1 .'Jii.dO minimum for each connec- tion. Operating at a sjjeed of ap- proximately GO words per minute, the new service provide.s facilities comparable to normal conversation- ,'il speeds by ti'ansoceanic telephone.

1 SKRS OK THE TEX SYSTEM OF TWO-WAY I OMMTNlrATIONS SEE BOTH Ol'TCOING \\|l INCOMINC TEXT WHICH IS PKRMA- NENTI.Y RECORDED BV THIS RCA COM- MUNICATIONS TELEPRINTER.

AT THE FIRST PfBLU- DE.MONSTRATION OF TEX. THE AUDIENCE GETS A C'U(SE-UP VIEW OF THE TELEPRINTER COPY ON A TELEVISION SCREE.N SUPPLIED WITH SIGNALS PICKED UP BY THE VIDICON CAMERA AT RIGHT.

and at a lower cost per minute. The regular telegraph charge is 30 cents per full-rate word.

"New techni(|ues were retjuired lo develop this direct customer-to- ustomer service," according to -idney Sparks, \'ice President in rharge of Commercial Activities, ivCA Communications, Inc. Mr. Sparks explained that the present method of handling the bulk of RCA's regular overseas me.><sage traffic is based on a network of five- unit teleprinter machines. These machines operate electrically to convert individual letters and fig- ures into code combinations of five- signal units. Because of the wide usage of such equipment, this sy.s- tem is particularly adajitable to the interchange of radio and land-line mes.sage t rallic.

"However," he added, "in order to make all the necessary letters, figures and signs required for tele- graph traffic, almost all usable com- binations tif the five units are em- ployed, which makes the system somewhat susceptible to mutilations due to static, interference and fad- ing. Prior to the war, RCA de- veloped a system which u.sed seven- unit combinations and, for radio transmission, greater stability and reliability were achieved."

To clarify the operation of TEX in the first public demonstration, use was made of RCA's new indu.s- trial television system. A A'idicon camera, focused on a teleprinter, was connected to a battery of tele- vision receivers in the auditorium, and the incoming and outgoing texts appeared on the TV screens as they were transmitted across the ocean. This combination of the latest developments in television and in- ternational communications, it was said, indicated the possible use of similar installations for military and commercial conference services. Such a service would i)rovide an immediate written record of inter- continental conversations that could be observed simultaneously in nu- merous locations.

[26 RADIO AGE]

i

MODERN TOWERS ARE PART OF THE AN- TENNA SYSTEM INSTALLED BY THE RADIO CHIR OK MOZAMHKJIK.

AN RCA-EQLIPPED SOIND TELlK GIVES A .MOI)f:RN TOUCH IN THIS ANCIENT SETTING IN FRENCH MOROCCO.

Africa — Market of the Future

Tour of 15 Cities of "Dark Continent" Rcvcah Possibilities of

Great Electronic Developments when Economic Status of

Countries Becomes Favorable to World Trade

TO MOST of us. Africa has meant "The Dark Continent", land of jiinfrles. deserts and naked savages. After visiting a number of the continent's growing cities, in a 25,000 mile trip planned spe- cifically to survey sales possibilities of the Company's electronic prod- ucts, the author prefers to think of Africa as one of the great markets of the future.

After taking off from La Guardia Airport, brief stops were made in England and France before drop- ping down on Tangier as the first of our objectives in Africa. Here the East and the West meet and the result is a rapidly growing, modern city, surrounding a teeming native section. The modern city is based on three things; trade in goods with Spain. Morocco and other parts of North Africa and Europe; the free exchange of all currencies; and a low tax rate which makes it attractive to European corporations as a registration point. The native city, or Casbah as it is sometimes

By B. F. Moore, Jr..

Regional Director for Europe, Africa

and the Xear East,

RCA International Division

called, adds the color and romance of the East.

The effect of the three points mentioned above is that Tangier, site of RCA Communications' pow- erful station, is expanding rapidly. Office buildings, apartments, and homes are going up everywhere. Business is booming for everybody. As long as normal trade into many

countries is hampered by govern- mental restrictions of all sorts, Tan- gier will continue to prosper.

A short automobile ride took us to Casablanca, in French Morocco. Most of us first heard of Casablanca after Roosevelt and Churchill held their famous conference there, an epochal event which, incidentally, was completely unknown to the peo- ple in the city until after the lead- ers were on their return journey.

Immediately, after the war this city was a paradise for many ex- GI's who engaged in the import business which was thriving be- cause of the peculiar status of the country. The United States Gov- ernment has never recognized French sovereignity over French Morocco but instead continues to recognize the Sultan of Morocco. Under this arrangement the French Government was obliged to issue import permits freely to Americans in business. Although the legal status has not changed, permits are now greatly restricted and business

[RADIO AGE 27]

below: the Al'TIIDR AND TWO OK THE MANY RCA DISTRIBl'TdRS WHOM HE VISITED ON THE AKRICAN TOl'R, WHICH COVERED THE ITINERARY AT RKlllT.

with the United States is corre- spoiuliiiKly reduced.

Casablancii is ffi'owinjr even faster than TanKier. Everywhere biiildinKs are beinjf erected, and the I>(>pu!ation is said to have tripled in the last few years.

Although the dejfree of growth varies from city to city, all over Africa jrreat expansion is evident. While the airplane made much of this possible, two other factors have contributed to the post-war im- petus. First is the fear of another war and second, lower ta.xes in the colonies than in the home countries in Europe. Iloth of these have at- tracted investment money to Africa from Europe.

Tunis, in Tunisia, was the next city visited. This .\orth African area beloiiKinjf to Fiance is ad- ministered entirely from the French viewpoint. This means that it is a protected market for French jroods. and American radios and electrical appliances are not ad- mitted. As lonjr as similar F"reiich Koods lannot compete in a free market because of their hijfh costs.

[2S RADIO AGE]

American jiroducts are unlikely to be admitted.

The only permanent American military cemefary in North Africa is located just outside Tunis, amid some of the ruins of ancient Car- thajre. When landscapinjr and build- ing are comi)leted, it will be an im- pressive and beautiful si)ot.

Cairo is only a short nijrht Hijrht from Tunis. Due to increased sales to the dollar area of the lonjr staple cotton for which E^ypt is famous, and to sales for dollars to areas like Japan. Ejrypt is in much l)etter financial shape than in lit-IS. the year of our previous visit. Tourists have also increased greatly in num- i)ers and provide another source of income.

The contrast with 191S was even more striking because of the pres- ent atmosphere of normal livinjf compared to the war conditions ex- isting then.

Egypt an Iiiiporlant Market As .-i result of all these factors Etrypt has become an important market for American radios and certain electrical appliances. Broad- casting' and Communications eipiip- ment. which form part of the lU'A line, are also lindiii),' an increasin>r market here. Now that Ejr.vpt is an indei)cndent country rather than a protectorate of (^re.it I'.rit.iin. it is

shoppinK' in all the world markets and picking the best products, in- sofar as its currency situation per- mits.

In Cairo, we viewed the almost completed buildinjr where an KCA .5(t-kw broadcast transmitter will be installed. Located on the edjre of the desert, it is a symbol of the projfress takinjr place in modern E^ypt. Although Ejrypt has a vast area, almost ail of its 16.000.000 people are crowded into the narrow valley of the Nile, and all their food comes from the same valley. In- tensive farmintr methods must be used and the jfovernment is at- tempting, by radio and in the schools, to educate the people and modernize their methods.

The next city was .Jedda, in Saudi Arabia. Here the Westerner finds himself in a completely different world. There is practically no green anywhere: all is desert sand and rock. It was Sunday to me but not to the Moslem world. Their "Sun- day" is our Friday.

The practicality of the Arab cos- tume appeared immediately. While I was sweating in a suit and sand was blowing down my neck, our Arab friends were comfortable in their loose robes. Their burnooses kept the sand out.

Major Income from Oil

Before oil was discovered in this area, nearly all of Saudi Arabia's outside income came from the Pil- grimages to Mecca. Today, this in- come is negligible compared to that derived from oil. But the sudden influx of wealth has brought prob- lems as well as benefits. The impact of Western civilization introduced by the oil companies hjis also great- ly affected the country.

After centuries of following the same customs, the people do not change their habits overnight; however, radios and some appliances are finding an ev»'r increasing mar- ket. The erection, perhaps this year, of a power plant for Mecca and Jedda will hasten this trend.

For years RCA has supplied small communication transmitters and reeeivers to the Post and Tele- graph Administration of the S;iudi Arabian Government. The quality and ruggedness of these units have earned for RCA the respect and

1

admiration of the officials aiui oper- ators in the Administration.

The British-controlled areas visited were Aden, Kenya, and Tan- Kanyika. Xo dollar imports of con- sumer K"<)ds are permitted, and, in freneral, it is hecessary to pro- duce in the sterling area if one is to sell in these territories. Because of this the only present possibility for liCA lies in the sale of theatre equipment manufactured by lU'A Photophone Limited in London. Nor can American-made enijineer- injr products be sold here. Virtually the only prospective customers are the Administrations, and they buy only British ^roods.

Kenya a Httj^c Game Reserve

If Kenya were not so distant, it would earn many dollars from tour- ists to the huge game reserve. See \ng all sorts of animals roaminp in the wild, all about you, is a thrill.

Ethiopia is a rich country with many resources, but much time and capital will be required to develoji them. Dollars are being earned, but import controls have recently been established which prohibit the im- port of American consumer goods.

Before an American operated airline started to function in this country of few roads and railroads, goods were transported almost en- tirely by donkey. Today combina- tion cargo and bucket-seat planes pick up hides, coffee, and other products all over ?]thiopia and bring them to a central point from whence they are ultimately exported. This is another illustration of the way the airplane is opening up territory. However, because Ethiopia is near the Equator, we were told that a ride in a plane with a cargo of raw hides is a sensory experience not to be forgotten.

Much communications equipment is needed but the finances of the country permit only a very slow ex- pansion of facilities.

The Radio Club of Mozambique operates the largest commercial broadcasting station in Southern Africa, at Laurenco Marques, in Portuguese East Africa. For RCA

MODERN TRANSMITTER BlILniNf;, ERECT- ED BY THE EGYPTI.AN ST.VTE BRO.ADCAST- INC, SYSTEM, IS TYPICAL OF THE PROG- RESS BEING MADE IN THAT COUNTRY.

people it is an inspiring sight to see this station with its five short- wave broadcast transmitters, four of which are RCA, T'^-k"' units, model KT-1750. Programs are beamed to Portugal, to Portuguese West Africa, to the Union of South Africa and other points. The suc- cess of the station is shown by the constant cxiiansion of its facilities, paid for solely out of earnings.

.Johannesburg, in the Union of South Africa, presents a picture of bustling activity. In New York everyone seems to be in a hurry, but in Johburg, as it is called, the tempo seems even greater. -Johburg is not the largest city in Africa, but more business and more enterprises of every sort are concentrated there than in any other city.

The foundation of all the coun- try's wealth is gold. South Africa devotes great amounts of capital and much manpower to finding the gold and extracting it from the earth. Of course, after the precious metal is refined and sold to the United States, we carefully bury it again at Fort Knox.

Has Other Mineral Resource

South Africa has many other mineral resources, including dia- monds, copper, coal, and manga- nese. It also exports citrus fruits and other agricultural products.

Notwithstanding the wealth, im- ports of American consumer goods have been i)iohibited, a situation that is not likely to change for some

time. Engineering products are being imported in considerable quantity, but the general trend on all imports is to favor the sterling area and soft currency countries.

Of all the countries of Africa, the Union is probably the most ad- vanced and ultimately will be the most industrialized. To a great ex- tent this is due to the temperate climate. In the hot tropical coun- tries, industrialization is difficult if not impossible.

Considerable quantities of RCA engineering products eciuipment are in use in the government services. Many units were sent on lend-lease during the war, and have operated .'.() well that much more has been purchased since.

It was intere.sting to hear the an- nouncer at the Johannesburg air- port call out "All aboard for Leo- poldville, Accra, Dakar, Lisbon and New York." It sounded like the .5:L5 from Grand Central, but the distance is 8,000 miles.

We debarked at the first stop, LeoiKildville. The Belgian Congo is a wealthy colony. It has many min- erals including uranium as well as other resources. Here, as in Ethi- opia, the greatest problem is trans- portation. A railroad runs from Matadi on the Atlantic Coast to Leopoldville, a distance of 200 miles, but because of the congestion in Matadi, it takes an average of two months for goods to cover the 200 miles to Leopoldville. From (Continued on page 32)

I

[RADIO AGE 29J

LEFT: AN RfA TElll NllIAN. WdKKlNG HICII ON THE Sl'I'ERSTRl'lTl'KE, ERECTS A TELE- VISION ANTENNA KOR ONE OF THE TV RE- CEIVERS ABOARD A CANADIAN CARRIER.

CREW OF A CANADIAN WARSHIP WATCH PRO- GRAMS ON RCA TELEVISION RECEIVERS IN- STALLED IN MESS-HALL.

WITHIN a few hours after three Canadian warships had tied up at Pier 2(5. North River in New York, in a courtesy visit to the city last April, crack crews of RCA Service Company had completed in- stallation of nine RCA television receivers in the officers' and men's quarters aboard the vessels. Con- siderinK the unusual problems in- volved, the installation is believed to have set a speed record in carry- iuK out an extensive installation of this kind.

Queen of the flotilla, the Magnifi- cent, a 682-foot liKht fleet aircraft carrier was returninK to its base at Halifa.\ after participating with British and U. S. Navy units in joint exercises in the Caril)l)ean. Her escorts, the MiriiKir. a 271S-ton destroyer and the Siranxva, a 1-110- ton friKate, had sailed from Halifax a few days earlier to accompany the carrier into .New York.

Plans for "Operation TV" were worked out rapidly after the Cana- dian Consulate in New York had exprea.sed a desire for the receivers. Klaborate arrangements already had been made for the city-wide entertainment of the crews during their five-day stay in i)ort, but only part of the personnel could be jriven shore-leave at a time. Because of

Television Entertains Visiting Canadian Naval Crews

RCA Technicians Complete Extensive Installation of Receivers and Antennas in Record Time

this, the Consulate believed that television would serve as a diver- sion for those remaininff aboard ship.

The Magnificent, with its crew of 100 officers and 800 men. tied up at the pier at 11 o'clock on the niorn- injr of April 7. W'aitinjr on the dock were six RCA Service Company trucks, fully manned with experts in antenna installation and set serv- icinjr. Earlier, trucks had unloaded 10 of the latest models of RCA television receivers in both table and console models. U'ithin a few minutes after the jranKPlaiik had been placed ;i);ainst the side of the carrier, some of the RCA techni- cians were aboard and roamintr throujrh the bijr ship, seeking loca- tions for receivers. Others climbed hiffh into the upper ri^'jrinjr looking' for suitable antenna sujiports .-imonR the maze of cables and signal lines.

After the two escftrt vessels were berthed, other Service Company crews boarded them and went

throuKh the same prwedure. So well organized was the work that by late afternoon nine television sets were in operation. The tenth was held in reserve, but was never used.

One of the real problems encoun- tered in the jiroject was the lack of an adetpiate power supply for the receivers. F'or technicial reasons, the power jrenerated aboard the shiiis could not be used. When the .Naval Shipyard at Brooklyn learned about this difficulty, a spwial de- tachment, under command of Lt. Ci. A. Krickson of the Planninjr and Estimate Group at the Yard, laid temporary cables alon^ the dock and to the receivers on each ship.

The interest of the ships' person- nel in television projrrams proved jrreater than was anticipated. Ward rooms and miss halls often proved too small to accommodate the audi- ences attracted by the video pro- >: r a m s, particularly jiick-ups of sports events.

[30 RADIO AGEj

America in The Electronic Age

Scientific Marvels Will Open Nen' IVeallli in Sky, Earth ami Sea, General Sarnoff Tells John C'arroil University Graduates

AMERICA is entering an amaz- ^ ing Electronics Age of "un- li 111 it I'd growth" in which television will have the most far-reaching ininu'diato impact upon our national life, economy and politics, Brig. General David Sarnoff, Chairman of the Board of the Radio Corporation of America, declared at the com- mencement exercises of John Car- roll University in Cleveland on June 12.

The scientific marvels of the Elec- tronics Age will create new indus- tries, open new wealth in sky, earth and sea. and help weld this planet into 'One World' at peace, General Sarnoff predicted. War with Russia is not inevitable, he said, and the I'nited States now can use its cour- age, strength and scientific skill to promote "a world of progress" and "freedom of the individual."

General Sarnoff received an hon- orary degree of Doctor of Laws from the University for his pioneer- ing leadership in radio, television and electronics.

The enormous development of television. General Sarnoff said, is fully as important as was the inven- tion of the electric light, automo- bile, airplane and radio.

Not only will television be "one of the ten great industries of this country within the next ten years," he said, "but television also will be a potent force in shaping American history by influencing voters.

"By the time the presidential campaign of 1952 gets under way," he pointed out, "we should have coast-to-coast television and more than 20,000,000 sets in use. That will mean an audience of about 80,000,000.

"Indeed, television may well be a determining factor in choosing the next President of the United States.

"The eye, as well as the ear. will influence the vote. In choosing a candidate it may be that his tele- vision personality will be a deciding factor. He will have to be telegenic, v.-ear the right haberdashery, flash a friendly smile and be sincere.

"How sincere the candidate looks to the voter may be more important

than how eloquent he sounds; a smile may be worth more than 10,000 words."

Also, in the critical field of inter- national relations. General Sarnoff said, television may well be one of the tools of science which will weld this planet into "One World."

"When international television comes, as it will, peojile throughout the world will see democracy and the American way of life in action instead of merely being told aliout it."

Looking to the future. General Sarnoff said: "Science sets the pace. New industries yet undreamed of will be created and developed." He predicted that even such electronic wonders as color television, radio- grams at fantastic speeds, Ultrafax sending a million printed words a minute, radar, electronic cominiters and electron microscopes will soon seem routine.

Descendants Will Call Us Sloiv

"P^ifty years from now our de- scendants will say that we were very slow in 1950," he continued. "Their automobiles, locomotives and ships may be powered by atomic energy. Their systems of transpor- tation will surpass in safety, speed and comfort anything we have to- day. Those who may wish to stay at home and see the world will be able to look around the globe by color television."

General Sarnoff told the graduat- ing class that it was entering "a world of progress, where new forces open broader fields for unlimited growth and expansion."

His own youth, he recalled, gave proof that "America is faithful to its glorious traditions as a land of opportunity and liberty." And he reminded the graduates that, be- cause they have this rich American heritage of freedom and opportu- nity, they have great responsibili- ties to safeguard and promote it by observing all the duties of good citizenship.

In conclusion, General Sarnoff noted the pressure of the "cold war," but declared that "reality and

reason alike suggest that there should be no immediate danger of armed conflict between the United States and Russia." He urged a strong America, and added :

"We must maintain our confi- dence and courage, our national jireparedness and leadership, our scientific advances and technical skill. By continually strengthening these girders in our spiritual, eco- nomic and political structure we shall grow in power to fulfill our responsibility to the world. Clear thinking, realistic understanding and patriotic support from every individual is necessary if war is to be prevented and world peace is to be made enduring. America seeks the friendship of all people.

"Those of us who have passed through two devastating world wars, hope that you young people will be sjiared a third conflict; that you will behold the dawn of uni- versal prosperity and peace so that you may live in happiness and be free to apply your talents to con- structive purposes.

"War is not inevitable. When the shadows seem to lengthen let us re- member that it is always darkest before dawn. In the sunshine of the new day may peace on earth and good will among men prevail and fulfill the high purposes of God."

RCA and DuMont Settle Patent Litigation

Dismissal of litigation which has been pending since 10J8 between Radio Corporation of America and the Allen B. DuMont Laboratories, Inc., concerning claims of patent infringement on radio receivers, electron tubes and radio transmit- ters, was announced jointly on June 6, by Brigadier General David Sar- noff, Chairman of the Board, Radio Corporation of America, and Dr. Allen B. DuMont. President of the DuMont Laboratories.

At the same time, it was an- nounced that RCA had granted DuMont its standard licenses cover- ing radio receiving and transmit- ting tubes, television receivers and transmitters. DuMont has granted a license to RCA for the same cate- gories of equipment.

[RADIO AGE 31]

Business Triples in 10 Years

(Continued from page IS)

duced by RCA Victor in excess of 1.000,000 annually. JiKlK't'd by its grreat popularity, the RCA 45-rpm system of recorded music has proved a development of which we may well be proud."

Early in .January. 1950. RCA Vic- tor announced that it would issue superior .'?3'.;-rpm lon^-pl^.v rec- ords. They have lieen <,n the market since March. These records of im- proved quality and tonal fidelity feature the world's greatest artists, perfiirminjr the world's finest mu- sic, for the benefit of music lovers who desire continuous selections in lonjr-play form. The '•;?.'?':." records supplement the complete line of recordiuKs on 45- and 7S-rpm disks: they do not displace "la's" or "78's" in the RCA Victor catalog, but are an additional service.

".■Ml major recording companies, except two, and a large number of small manufacturers now offer the '45' type of record." declared Gen- eral SarnofT. "while more than 70 instrument manufacturers have in- corporated turntables to play the '45' records in their products."

To accommodate these three types of records. General Sarnoff said, the RCA Victor 1950 line of Victrola phonographs and radio-television combinations features instruments that i)lav all three phonograph speeds. It will be RCA's continued policy, he added, to make available to the public KCA Victor's unsur- passed library of music and noted artists, recorded for all phonograph speeds.

Broadcasthtg and Telecasting

General SarnofT said that notable progress h:is been made by the Na- tional liroadcasting Company ^ — a service of RCA — both in radio broadcasting and television during the past year. The dimensions which radio has reached, he said, graphically illustrate the great po- tential which exists for television. According to the latest statistics, 40,700,000 American homes arc e<iuipped with (>5, 400,000 radios. Adding to this figure the number of portable radio .sets and radios for atitomobik's, there are more than

85,000,000 radios in the United States.

"The operation of a television net- work is as yet unprofitable, but the margin of loss is steadily being re- duced," he said. "We are confident that television stations and net- works will become profitable enter- prises within a reasonable time, jls the size of the audience, number of advertising sponsors and advertis- ing rates increase."

Looking Ahead

Discussing the future outlook. General .SarnofT declared in con- clusion :

"The volume of business and earnings of the RCA for the first three months of 1950 are gratify- ing. The prosjiects for the year as a whole are good. It is to be ex- pected that a constantly changing and expanding art and industry, in a world that is far from settled, should present many problems for solution. In our efforts to solve these problems on a firm and last- ing basis, we must ever be mindful of the interests of the public, our customers, our employees, and our stockholders. We sincerely believe we are doing so and as the record shows, we are making substantial progress from day to day and year to year. We want all of these in- terests to benefit from the progress made by the Radio Corporation of America."

Africa — Market of The Future

(Continued from page 29) there to the interior cities the only movement is by river steamer. .Much loading and unloading takes place which inevitably causes much breakage and adds to the ultimate cost of the goods.

Two of the first RCA 50-kw short-wave broadcast transmitters are installed on opposite sides of the Congo river. One is in I.i'npoldv ille and the other in Hr.i/.zaville, in Frenih E<|uatorial Africa. Much additional RCA equipment is giving a good account of itself in both areas.

Madagascar, the last country visited, is one of the largest island.'^ in the world. Although a French colony, it .seems to have attained more autonomy than colonies nearer France.

Africa is a continent of oppor- tunity. While dollar sales now are not large in proportion to other areas, it is one of the few unde- veloped and rich areas now rapidly expanding. RCA is getting a good share of the business open to Amer- icans now, and we will continue to exert every effort to get more.

Ways to Wage Peace

(Continued from page 25)

of all the democracies so that the message of freedom may ring out through their own agencies of com- munication. So much for our friends. For those who have de- clared cold war upon us, our task i.s to penetrate the Iron Curtain. 1 do not believe it is impenetrable to ideas."

General SarnofT concluded : "Re- ality and reason would dictate that there is no imminent danger of armed conflict between Russia and the United States, if we maintain our national confidence and courage, our jireparedness and leadership, our scientific achievement and tech- nical skill. We must strengthen our economic stability and fulfill our responsibility to the world.

"No one is wise enough to chart the horoscope of himianity's future in the new physical era before us. But this much seems clear. We are rounding a turn on the road with two forks ahead that lead in two different directions. One presents a new vista of universal prosperity .•md i)eace; the other shows the dark shadow of universal destruction.

"With signposts so c 1 e a r 1 y marked, it is impossible to believe that man will deliberately take the wrong turn. Man's basic inttinct is to preserve himself and live, not to destroy himself and die. It is my conviction that the secrets of nature which scientific research is now be- ginning to reveal to us, will one day make war unthinkable and peace inevitable."

[32 RADIO AGE]

How cleilroiiii]

HTille

\)\{i\\m ill our newest arl I'oriii

There's not a single

moving part in a Kinescope

— but it gives you pictures

in motion

No. 4 in a series outlining high points in television history

I'ltDtiis front llif liisliiiltfil iiiUrilimi of lU A

• PZver watcli ;m artist at work — seen how his hriish moves o\er the canvas to place a dot here, a shadow, a line, a mass, or hijililiijht there, until a picture is lormed?

Next time vou're asked how tele\isioii pic- tures are made, rememher the paintbrush eompari.son. But the "brush" i.s a staticmary electron gun, and the "paint" is a highly refined coating of fluorescent material made light or dark in orderlv pattern by electrons.

Developi'd by Dr. \' . K. Zworykin, now of RCA Labora- tories, the kinescope picture tube is one of the scientific ad- vances which gave us iill-rlrctronic television . . . instead of the crude, and nmv outnioded, mechaiiicil techniques.

New 1 6-inch liCA glaxs-aitd-metal kinescope picture tube, almost 5 inches shorter than previous types, incorporates a new type of glare-free glass in its faceplate — Filtcrglass.

PRINTED IN USA

An experimental model of the kinescope -(/t'(<7ript'(/ /)(/ IJi. \'. K. Aiiniykin oj IK. A l.ahoKiloncs - is si rii i/iu/o^d/ii^ luburatorij tests.

Tod, IV. tinongii rcscirch ,it HC.\ Laboratories, these com- plex kinescope picture tubes are mass-produced at I^C.A's tube plants in Lancaster, Pa., and Marion. Indiana. Industri.il authorities call this operation one of the most breath-taking applications of mass production methods to the joli ol making .1 precision instrument.

Thousands of kinescope faceplates must be precisely and evenly coati>d with a film of aljsolutely pure fluorescent ma- terial . . . the electron gun is perfectly synchronized with the electron beam in the image orthicon tube of RC.\ television cameras . . . the vacuiun produced in each tube must be 10 times more perfect than that in a standard radio tube — or in an electric light bulb!

Once it has been completely assembled, your HC.\ kine- scope picture tube is ready to operate in a home television re- ceiver. In action, an electrically heated surface emits a stream of electrons, and the stream is compressed iiy finely machined cylinders and pin-holed disks into a pencil-thin beam. Moving back and forth in obedience to a radio signal — faster than the eye can perceive — the beam paints a picture on the face of the kinescope. For each picture, the electron beam nuist race across the "screen" .525 times. To create the illusion of motion, oO .such pictures are "painted" in every single second.

Yet despite these terrific speeds, there are no moving me- chanical parts in an HC.A kinescope. You enjoy the newest of our arts becau.se electrons can be made to be obedient.

(jf^i Radio Corporation of America

WORLD LEADER IN RADIO — FIRST IN TELEVISION

Business Triples in 10

n

y-.ige 1 ?,)

duc«d by RCA Victor in excess of 1.000.000 annually. Judyeii by its ?reat popularity, the RCA 45-rpm system of recorded music has proved a development of which we may well be proud."

Early in January. 1950. RCA Vic- tor announced that it would issue superior SS's-rpm long-play rec- ords. They have been en the market since March. The^e records of im- proved tjuality and tonal fidelity feature the world's greatest artists, performing the world's finest mu- sic, for the benefit of music lovers who desire continuous selections in long-play form. The "33^ 3" records supplement the complete line of recordings on 45- and 7S-rpm disks : they do not displace ■■45's" or ""S's" in the RCA Victor catalog, but are an additional ser\ice.

"All major recording companies, except two. and a large number of small manufacturers now offer the ■45' type of record." declared Gen- eral Samoff. •^vhile more than 70 instrument mcinufacturers have in- corporated turntables to play the "45" records in their products."

To accommodate these three types of records. General Samoff said, the RCA Victor 19-50 line of Victrola phonographs and radio-television combinations features instruments that play all three phonograph speeds. It will be RCA"s continued policy, he added, to make available to the public RCA Victor's unsur- passed library of music and noted artists, recorded for all phonograph .<5peeds.

Broiidcasting and

General Sarr.off^iin progress has tional Broad service of broadcast ii the past which radji graphically tential wlj Accordii 40.700,0 e-r-i

Addinj portah autoE

'"'.1; table

\a- - a

idio ring

ions viid,

po-

ion.

S-3.000.000 radi^ States.

"The operation work is s»s yet u; margin of loss is duced." he said, that television works will becon prises within a 1 the size of the : advertising s: ing rates inc!\:

hook:

Discussinjr General Sar elusion :

"The volu earnings of t three months ing. The pro a whole are rected that And expandir a world tha should pres solution. I these prob! ing basis, cf the inte: customer ~ stockholc. we are c shows. \v progress i to year. ' terests to made by America.'

Africa

The F

th<rie i'

movemi

Sh. !!.

are ii^

add

J.

eKfCA

n

-Xl

X

■■■■%

h

i

/

nccordwl only in llic distorliou-frcc f/im/i/y zone, music "coino alive" on H< \ \ it lor '13-qMn rccords.

Ma/

maffic

number ^a^es mus/c m/vr-c/earP

Now, for inoic tliaii a wax. intisif-lox'crs lia\ I' liad- and acclaiincd— H(!A N'iftor's rciiiai'kahic tS-ipm rccord-plaving sys- tem. \lrca<l\ . injllioiis know "-/.S" as tlic inaiiii- nninl)('r llial makes music mirror- clear.

.\s was said "lien llic \mericaii So- ciety of Industrial I'.ni^iiieers presented HC;.\ \ictor Willi its 19.i0 Merit .\ward. "We are iii()\ I'd to admiration l)y ^■onr hold departure from past |)rac- ticcs in de\elopinj; a compIcteK' inte- grated record and record-player system."

HcscMrili Icadiiif; to 'M-t"— tiinfinncd at RC \ L.ihi)ralori<'S -ic>\<Trd 1 1 M-ars . . . and rrMillcd in small. non-hrcakaliU- ro<<ird.s wliieli can In- stored liv Iniiidreds in ordinar\- iKwiksliolvcs. vil plav as IniiR a.s convonlioiuil 12-inch records. Tlic anloinatic plav cr. fastest c\pr built. cliaimes ret-ords in less lliaii '3 sei iinds - plavs up to .50 iniiinles of glorious music at llio touch of .i ImKoii! Kverv advantage ol eoiiveiiieiiee and cost, marks "4.5" as the ideal system!

.AiKif/ier ffrcat WC.A dcrrlopmeni h the fine-.! Uiiifi-plini record (S-Vi-rftiii) on the market —jor I/our cn/oi/iiicri/ of .v(/iM/)/ioni<>,v. coiircrtm, and fiill-lrnjilli operas, liaiho Corporation of America. Radio City. S. V. 20.

Fully automatic RCA Victor 45-rpm record player and records — small cnoiiph to hold in one hand . . . inex- pensive enough for any purse.

1 1 i

^-■^

:*!^^V**'5^

•f ^

'%«,*:o.

1
.'■-;.. 1	^»'-;-
'" 1	W-^
1	(

^/-

>i #

•l_M

«:§

i-»-i

Alt

.V«V.V.'

.■T(,:

*

f-f

it>-«ii:«ji:tjii

>/.

« -»..»

*•*«..«

M,«. r

i -1 ■• ^

4 9

V ^i f

^..^.